26 29 23-001A Med Voltage VFD Resubmittal - Garney Construction

Garney Construction 

785 E Warren 

Gardner, KS 66030 

Phone: 816-278-5950 

Fax: 816-278-5931 

SUBMITTAL ITEM 

O. 26 13 23-001A 

PACKAGE O: BP4 Reyn 

TITLE: 

PROJECT: 

DRAWIG: 

STATUS: 

BIC: 

4b Medium Voltage Metal Encl SWGR 

Ward County Pump Station Project 

APP 

REQUIRED START: 

REQUIRED FIISH: 

DAYS HELD: 0 

DAYS ELAPSED: 75 

DAYS OVERDUE: 0 

RECEIVED FROM 

RC 

SS 

SET TO 

FNI 

NL 

RETURED BY 

FNI NL 

FORWARDED TO 

RC 

SS 

Revision 

o. 

Description / Remarks 

Received 

Sent 

Drawing 

Returned Forwarded Status Sepias Prints Date HeldElapsed 

001 BP 4b Medium Voltage 

Metal Enclosed Switchgear 

2/27/2012 2/28/2012 3/9/2012 3/13/2012 ANR 0 1 0 15 

See attached submittal review comments from Jeff Hensley and Rebecca Sandoval 

001A 

BP 4b Medium Voltage 

Metal Enclosed Switchgear 

Approved 

4/20/2012 4/20/2012 5/9/2012 5/12/2012 APP 0 1 1 22 



Submittal o. 26 13 23-001A 

This submittal has been reviewed and approved with respect to 

the contract documents and specification sectionBP4 Reyn 

Approval or acceptance of the submittal does not relieve the 

vendor of their responsibility to comply with the contract 

documents. 

Supplier/Sub: RC 

Date: ______________ 5-11-12 Reviewed by: _________________ 

M. Grace 

Expedition ®

SUBMITTALS 

https://projectdox.freese.com/imarkupwg/form.aspformid=6415&wfdirect=&debug=&co... 

Page 1 of 2 

5/11/2012 

Project No: 

Project: 

Client: 

Contractor: 

CMD11269D 

CMAR Ward County Transmission System - Electrical 

Equipment 

Colorado River Municipal Water District 

Garney 

Shop Drawing #001A 

Resubmittal - Medium Voltage Metal Enclosed Switchgear 

WORKFLOW COMPLETED 5/9/2012 7:38 AM 

SUBMITTAL INFORMATION 

SUBMITTAL 

TYPE: 

SUBMITTAL #: CONTRACTOR REF #: SPEC SECTION: PLAN SHEET: SUBMITTAL STATUS: 

Shop 

Drawing 

001A 

SD-10 Approved 

SUBMITTAL 

DESCRIPTION: 

Resubmittal - Medium Voltage Metal Enclosed Switchgear 

UPLOAD SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS 

SD-001A Resubmittal - Medium Voltage Metal Enclosed Switchgear.pdf 

4/23/2012 8:25 AM Jane Jenks 

CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATION 

CONTRACTOR COMMENTS: 

Submitted via e-mail 

HOW WILL THE COPIES BE SUBMITTED: 

Electronic 

NUMBER OF COPIES SUBMITTED: 1 

This shop drawing has been reviewed by the Contractor and certified to be in strict conformance with the Contract Documents as modified by addenda, field orders, and 

change orders. Deviations can only be approved by field order or change order. Approval is only for conformance with the design concept of the project and compliance 

with the intent of the information given in the Contract Documents. Contractor is responsible for dimensions to be confirmed and correlated at the job site; for information 

that pertains solely to the fabrication processes or to techniques of construction; and for the work of all trades. 

SUBMITTED BY: Jane Jenks 

DATE: 4/23/2012 8:25 AM 

REVIEWER COMMENTS 

REVIEWER NAME: REVIEWER EMAIL: COMPANY / ORGANIZATION DATE SENT: DATE 

COMPLETED: 

Jeff Hensley 

jnh@freese.com 

4055 International Plaza 

4/23/2012 5/7/2012 

REVIEWER 

COMMENTS: 

Approved. 

REVIEWER NAME: REVIEWER EMAIL: COMPANY / ORGANIZATION DATE SENT: DATE 

COMPLETED: 

Rebecca 

Sandoval 

rs@freese.com 

Freese and Nichols, Inc 

4/23/2012 

5/2/2012 

REVIEWER 

COMMENTS: 

5/2/12 

Refer to Jeff Hensley for additional comments. 

Approved. 

UPLOAD SUPPORTING REVIEW DOCUMENTS 

DISPLAY ROUTING SLIP

SUBMITTALS 


Page 2 of 2 

5/11/2012 

Current Workflow Step: DCS Admin: Jane Jenks Workflow Initiator: Jane Jenks 

(Click on the Names above to Email User) 

FNI Forms v1.04


785 E Warren 

Gardner, KS 66030 

Phone: 816-278-5950 

Fax: 816-278-5931 

SUBMITTAL ITEM 

O. 26 29 23.1-001A 

PACKAGE O: BP4 Reyn 

TITLE: 

PROJECT: 

DRAWIG: 

STATUS: 

BIC: 

4e Medium Voltage VFD's 


OPN 

FNI 

REQUIRED START: 

REQUIRED FIISH: 

DAYS HELD: 0 

DAYS ELAPSED: 53 

DAYS OVERDUE: 0 

RECEIVED FROM 

RC 

SS 

SET TO 

FNI 

NL 

RETURED BY 

FNI NL 

FORWARDED TO 

RC 

SS 

Revision 

o. 

Description / Remarks 

Received 

Sent 

Drawing 

Returned Forwarded Status Sepias Prints Date HeldElapsed 

001 Bid Pkg 4e Medium Voltage 

VFD's 

2/27/2012 2/28/2012 3/9/2012 3/13/2012 ANR 0 1 0 15 

Please address engineer's comments and resubmit entire package. Please release for fabrication and delivery per engineer's 

comments 

002 Bid Pkg 4e Medium Voltage 

VFD's 

4/20/2012 4/20/2012 OPN 0 0 0 0 

Urgent Resubmittal - Garney and FNI will review concurrently. 



Submittal o. 26 29 23.1-001A 

This submittal has been reviewed and approved with respect to 

the contract documents and specification sectionBP4 Reyn 

Approval or acceptance of the submittal does not relieve the 

vendor of their responsibility to comply with the contract 

documents. 

Supplier/Sub: RC 

Date: ______________ Reviewed by: _________________ 

Expedition ®

SUBMITTALS 


Page 1 of 2 

3/13/2012 

Project No: 

Project: 

Client: 

Contractor: 

CMD11269D 

CMAR Ward County Transmission System - Electrical 

Equipment 

Colorado River Municipal Water District 

Garney 

Shop Drawing #004 

URGENT Bid Package 4e Medium Voltage VFD's 

WORKFLOW COMPLETED 3/9/2012 11:29 AM 

SUBMITTAL INFORMATION 

SUBMITTAL 

TYPE: 

Shop 

Drawing 

SUBMITTAL 

DESCRIPTION: 

SUBMITTAL #: CONTRACTOR REF #: SPEC SECTION: PLAN SHEET: SUBMITTAL STATUS: 

004 

26 29 23.01-001 

URGENT Bid Package 4e Medium Voltage VFD's 

26 29 23.01 

Approved As Noted, Revise 

and Resubmit, Additional 

Information Required 

UPLOAD SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS 

26 29 23.01 - 001.pdf 2/28/2012 7:52 PM Marcus Grace 

CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATION 

CONTRACTOR COMMENTS: 

Urgent Submittal - Garney and FNI will review concurrently 

HOW WILL THE COPIES BE SUBMITTED: 

Electronic 

NUMBER OF COPIES SUBMITTED: 1 

This shop drawing has been reviewed by the Contractor and certified to be in strict conformance with the Contract Documents as modified by addenda, field orders, and 

change orders. Deviations can only be approved by field order or change order. Approval is only for conformance with the design concept of the project and compliance 

with the intent of the information given in the Contract Documents. Contractor is responsible for dimensions to be confirmed and correlated at the job site; for information 

that pertains solely to the fabrication processes or to techniques of construction; and for the work of all trades. 

SUBMITTED BY: Marcus Grace 

DATE: 2/28/2012 7:53 PM 

REVIEWER COMMENTS 

REVIEWER NAME: REVIEWER EMAIL: COMPANY / ORGANIZATION DATE 

SENT: 

Jeff Hensley 

jnh@freese.com 

4055 International Plaza 

3/1/2012 

DATE 

COMPLETED: 

3/8/2012 

REVIEWER 

COMMENTS:

SUBMITTALS 


Page 2 of 2 

3/13/2012 

1. Approved as Noted. Additional information required. Formally respond to all comment in 

writing and provide revised data per review comments. 

2. The harmonic analysis shall be done in accordance with Specification 26 29 23.01, paragraph 

1.07. The different scenarios required per paragraph 1.07.C. need to be provided at the different 

speeds. Provide paragraph clearly listing Utility data used to perform the study. The write-up in 

the report shall clearly identify the PCC and give an explanation of the results for each 

operating scenario. 

3. The harmonic analysis shall clearly identify the PCC at the TPS site as being the 4160V main 

switchgear. It currently shows the PCC at the 12.47kV bus. 

4. Update harmonic analysis based on comments listed above. 

5. Verify VFD meets the requirements for true power factor and efficiency as required per the 

VFD specification. 

6. Rearrange the following pushbutton and indicating lights so that they are physically located 

horizontally next to each other: Start/Stop, Pump Run/Pump Stop, Valve Open/Closed. Update 

drawing to reflect this. 

7. One the one-line diagram, a separate external 120V circuit shall be shown going to the motor 

space heater. This external 120V circuit shall be shown going through the normally closed SHR 

contact. Update all drawings and terminal block layout drawings to reflect this. 

8. On one-line diagram add note that 120V for CSH is for temporary storage only. 

9. For the three line diagram showing the Multilin 469, the voltage inputs shall be wired to the 

Multilin. Update drawing to reflect this. 

10. Per VFD specification show how the conduits for the control and instrumentation will 

physically be terminated to the top of the VFD. Show how the cables can be routed in the 

spaces provided. 

11. Show fuse sizes, CT ratios and HPs on all applicable drawings. 

12. In the control schematic for the VFD, a VFD fault contact shall be wired in series with the 

MPR Trip to open the circuit and de-energize CR1. Update drawings to reflect this. 

13. The normally open contact CTR2 in the control schematic terminated to terminal 403D 

should be a normally closed contact that opens when the timer has timed out. 

14. The SCADA Reset normally open contact in the control schematic shall be a normally 

closed contact that opens to reset the circuit. 

15. Wiring the 4-20mA signals and RTD directly the Card and 469 relay are acceptable. 

REVIEWER NAME: REVIEWER EMAIL: COMPANY / ORGANIZATION DATE 

SENT: 

Rebecca 

Sandoval 

rs@freese.com 

Freese and Nichols, Inc 

3/1/2012 

DATE 

COMPLETED: 

3/8/2012 

REVIEWER 

COMMENTS: 

3/8/12 

Approved as Noted. Provide Additional Information. Revise and Resubmit. Provide a written 

response to each comment on a separate sheet of paper. 

See attached for complete comments by R.Sandoval. 

Refer to Jeff Hensley for additional comments. 

UPLOAD SUPPORTING REVIEW DOCUMENTS 

CMD SD-04 MV VFD Comments RSandoval 03.08.12.pdf 

Remove 3/8/2012 5:07 PM Rebecca Sandoval 

DISPLAY ROUTING SLIP 

Current Workflow Step: DCS Admin: Debby Greer Workflow Initiator: Marcus Grace 

(Click on the Names above to Email User) 

FNI Forms v1.04

Rebecca Sandoval Freese and Nichols, Inc. 

CMD11269- Contact C4 – Electrical Equipment SD-004 – Medium Voltage VFDs 

3/08/2012 

1. Approved as Noted. Provide Additional Information. Revise and Resubmit. Provide a written response to each comment on a 

separate sheet of paper. 

2. Show the total height of the equipment on the drawings. 

3. The VFD shall be top entry and exit. Currently this is indicated on the drawings as such but the Load/Controller Data sheet 

indicates bottom entry. 

4. As indicated in section 26 29 23.01-12, 2.04.D.2 the lights, push buttons, switches, displays, etc. shall be mounted no higher 

than 5’-6” AFF which shall include the height of the 4” housekeeping pad. Currently the submittal indicates that these devices 

will be located 6’-2” AFF (including the 4” housekeeping pad). If the devices cannot be moved lower then locate the nameplate 

for these devices so that it is shown below the device rather than above it. 

6. Refer to electrical drawing sheet 16: a) Show the valve switch position table indicated on the FNI TPS VFD Pump Control 

Schematic. b) See attached mark-ups for additional comments to the control schematic. Changes include removing one of the 

duplicate pressure switches that was shown on the FNI schematic. Update all associated drawings to reflect this. 

1. Refer to electrical drawing sheet 7, terminals 636 & 636A: The Hand/Off/SCADA label needs to indicate the designation “OOX” 

and not “OXO”. 

2. Refer to electrical drawing sheet 9: There isn’t any pump bearing RTDs at this site. 

3. Drawings shall show cable sizes for the incoming and outgoing sections that the VFD can accept as indicated in section 26 29 

23.01-4, 1.04.A.2.d.7). 

4. Refer to electrical drawing sheet 10: In the bottom left corner there are two lines of text on top of each other. 

5. Nameplates shall be black with white letters as indicated in section 26 13 23-12, 2.02.H. Currently the submitted indicates the 

nameplates will be white with black letters. Update all associated drawings to reflect this. 

Jeff Hensley Comments 

1. Approved as Noted. Additional information required. Formally respond to all comment in writing and provide revised data per review 

comments. 

2. The harmonic analysis shall be done in accordance with Specification 26 29 23.01, paragraph 1.07. The different scenarios required per 

paragraph 1.07.C. need to be provided at the different speeds. Provide paragraph clearly listing Utility data used to perform the study. The 

write-up in the report shall clearly identify the PCC and give an explanation of the results for each operating scenario. 

3. The harmonic analysis shall clearly identify the PCC at the TPS site as being the 4160V main switchgear. It currently shows the PCC at the 

12.47kV bus. 

4. Update harmonic analysis based on comments listed above. 

5. Verify VFD meets the requirements for true power factor and efficiency as required per the VFD specification. 

6. Rearrange the following pushbutton and indicating lights so that they are physically located horizontally next to each other: Start/Stop, Pump 

Run/Pump Stop, Valve Open/Closed. Update drawing to reflect this. 

7. One the one-line diagram, a separate external 120V circuit shall be shown going to the motor space heater. This external 120V circuit shall be 

shown going through the normally closed SHR contact. Update all drawings and terminal block layout drawings to reflect this. 

8. On one-line diagram add note that 120V for CSH is for temporary storage only. 

9. For the three line diagram showing the Multilin 469, the voltage inputs shall be wired to the Multilin. Update drawing to reflect this. 

10. Per VFD specification show how the conduits for the control and instrumentation will physically be terminated to the top of the VFD. Show how 

the cables can be routed in the spaces provided. 

11. Show fuse sizes, CT ratios and HPs on all applicable drawings. 

12. In the control schematic for the VFD, a VFD fault contact shall be wired in series with the MPR Trip to open the circuit and de-energize CR1. 

Update drawings to reflect this. 

13. The normally open contact CTR2 in the control schematic terminated to terminal 403D should be a normally closed contact that opens when the 

timer has timed out. 

14. The SCADA Reset normally open contact in the control schematic shall be a normally closed contact that opens to reset the circuit. 

15. Wiring the 4-20mA signals and RTD directly the Card and 469 relay are acceptable.

135 Dundas Street 

Cambridge ON N1R5X1 

CANADA 

Tel. +1.519.740.4100 

Fax +1.519.740.9871 

The Reynolds Company 

Project Name: Ward County Water Supply 

Rockwell Automation Order Number: 7012577 

Subject: Response to VFD submittal review comments 

Date: March 28, 2012 

Rebecca Sandoval Comments / RA response 

- See current document. 

- The total height is shown on individual structural detail pages. See 7012577-001-12D 

pg. 2 and on. 

- 7012577-001-12D pg. 12, Unit 2A: The "Bottom" load cable exit direction refers to an 

internal inter-cabling connection. The drawing has been revised to state as such. 

- Height of the pilot devices does not exceed the specified height limit. See revised 

7012577-001-12DL. 

- Drawing revised. The valve limit switch position table is shown on pg. 2, referenced in 

pg. 16. 

- Drawing revised. 

- Drawing revised.

- See 7012577-001-12D pg. 5 (line cable), and pg. 12 (load cable). 



- 

Jeff Hensley Comments / RA response 

- See current document. 

- See Tab 6 revised harmonic analysis. The revised analysis includes three additional 

scenarios, one, two and three VFD’s running all at 100% speed. 

- See Tab 6 revised harmonic analysis 

- See Tab 6 revised harmonic analysis 

- See Tab 0 - Ward County - Expected VFD Efficiency. 

- See revised door layout in Tab 1 - 7012577-001-12DL. 

- The drawing has been revised to show a separate 120V external supply. However, it is 

our standard to omit the SHR contact on the one-line diagram. 



- See revised top plate on 7012577-001-12D pg. 4. The new arrangement can 

accommodate 8x 2" conduits in total for control cables. 

- Drawing revised.




- Acknowledged. 

Regards, 

Ken Hilderley 

Rockwell Automation 

Project Manager – MV Drives 

Ph: 519 740 4736 

Email: khilderley@ra.rockwell.com

Rockwell Automation Transmittal – Approval Drawings/Documentation 

Date: March 28, 2012 

To: 

Attention: 


2304 Tarpley Road 

Carrollton, Texas, USA 

75006 

972 417 5400 

Kevin Nowak 

Subject/Project: 

Customer: 

TRANSMISSION PUMP STATION 

WARD COUNTY WATER SUPPLY 

Distributor: 

THE REYNOLDS COMPANY 

Distributor PO#: 1638098-00 

RA Order#: 7012577 Item(s): 001 to 020 

The conformed submittal has been submitted for information only. The information drawing(s) / 

documentation are only submitted when engineering is finalized, at which time manufacturing will 

commence. If changes are submitted, the order will then be subject to revision charges and 

possible delays in shipment. 

1 of 1

RA Order #: 7012577 

Submittal Documentation 

Medium Voltage Equipment 

PowerFlex 7000 Medium Voltage Drive 

Ward County Water Supply 

Transmission Pump Station 

Description 

Table of Contents Page 1 of 3 

Rockwell Publication 

Transmittal – Ward County 

Table of Contents (this document) 

Comments and Clarifications for Section 26 29 23.01 

VFD-Motor Compatibility Letter 

Ward County – Expected VFD Efficiency 

Warranty Letter 

Tab 1 Dimensional Drawings 

Dimensional Drawing – VFD-TPSP1 




Plan Layout Drawing 

Elevation Drawing 

Line Cable Connection Drawing 

Tab 2 Electrical Drawings 

Electrical Drawing 

Tab 3 BOM and Spare Parts 

Preliminary Bill of Materials – VFD Output Contactor 

Preliminary Bill of Materials – VFD Input Contactor / FPT 

Preliminary Bill of Materials – Variable Frequency Drive 

Spare Parts List – Furnished 

7012577-001-12D_2 

7012577-002-12D_2 

7012577-003-12D_2 

7012577-004-12D_2 

7012577-001-12PL 

7012577-001-12DL 

7012577-001-12E_2 

7012577-017-FBOM 

7012577-001-FBOM 

7012577-002-FBOM 

Publication: 7012577 – March 2012

RA Order #: 7012577 






Description 



Tab 4 Component Datasheets 

469 Motor Protection System 80025-911 

Motor Protection Circuit Breakers 

140M 

IEC Non-Fused Disconnects 

194R 

Monitoring Safety Relays 

440R-G23215 

Eutatic Alloy Overload Relays 592 

DIN Rail Timing Relay 

700FS 

Heavy-Duty Industrial Relays 

700P 

30.5mm Push Buttons 

800H 

Fuse Holders 

1492FB 

Screw Connection Terminal Blocks 

1492J 

Supplementary Protector 

1492SP 

Current Transformer, Donut Type 80022-162 

Elapsed Time Meter 80025-413 

Curves, MV Fuses 

Curves, Potential Transformer Fuses 

Curves, TRM Fuses 

Curves, Overload Relay 

Zero Sequence Current Transformer, 50-0.025 80022-030 

Common Mode Choke, Heavy Duty 80022-146 

Control Power Transformer, 1kVA 80022-154 

Potential Transformer, 600VA 80022-164 

Control Power Transformer, 3kVA 80022-197 

AC Line Reactor 80022-210 

Input Sensing CT, 1000-1 80025-551 

Test Switch 80025-597 

Capacitor, Motor-Line Filter 80026-041 

Power Supply, IGDPS 80026-044 

Hall Effect Current Sensor, 4000-1 80026-387 

Icar Capacitor 80026-511 


RA Order #: 7012577 






Description 



Tab 4 Component Datasheets (continued) 

Power Supply, DC-to-DC 80026-518 

Power Supply, AC-DC (Pioneer 1500W) 80026-524 

Main Cooling Fan 80026-845 

400A Moulded Isolator Switch, Bolt-On 80154-544 

Vacuum Contactor 80158-691 

SGCT, 800A 80173-109 

Transient Surge Network 81000-748 

Printed Circuit Boards 

Tab 5 VFD Technical Data 

Ward County - Load Capability Curve 

PF7000B Heat Loss Information 

VFD-Motor Protection Parameters 

PowerFlex 7000 MV AC Drive Technical Data 

GK5.065 

7000-TD002B-EN-P 

Tab 6 Harmonic Analysis 

Ward County – Harmonic Report R2 

Tab 7 Factory Testing 

General Overview of Rockwell Automation Standard Testing 

Typical Test Procedures for MV Products 

Medium and Low Voltage Test Procedures for PF7000 

7000 Family Quality Control Test Listing 

Q.C. Inspection Card – PowerFlex 7000 

ISO 9001 Certificate 

1500-TD220D-EN-E 

CSP-2490-198-03 



Cambridge Ontario 

Canada N1R 5X1 

Tel. +1.519.581.7424 

Fax. +1.519.740.9871 

Ward County Water Supply – Transmission Pump Station 


Subject: Comments and Clarifications for Spec Section 26 29 23.01 up to and including Addendum 3 

Date: February 19, 2012 

__________________________________________________________________________________________________ 

1.00 GENERAL 

1.01 WORK INCLUDED 

1.01.A-C Comply. 

1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE 

1.02.A-F Comply. 

1.02.G As per Meeting Minutes dated January 25, 2012, Rockwell is awaiting FNI to provide the checklist on the 

required pump control tests. 

1.02.H Comply. 

1.03 STANDARDS 

1.03.A-G Acknowledged. 

1.04 SUBMITTALS 

1.04.A.1 Comply. 

1.04.A.2.a See current document. 

1.04.A.2.b See Tab 1. 

1.04.A.2.c See Tab 1. 

1.04.A.2.d.1-9 See Tab 1. 

1.04.A.2.d.10-13 See Tab 2. 

1.04.A.2.e See Tab 3. 

1.04.A.2.f-h See Tab 4. 

1.04.A.2.i See Tab 3. 

1.04.A.2.j-k See Tab 0. 

1.04.A.2.l-m See Tab 5. 

1.04.A.2.n Not applicable. 

1.04.A.2.o See Tab 5. 

1.04.A.2.p See Tab 6. 

1.04.A.2.q Comply: Field test procedures to be submitted for approval two weeks prior to testing as specified. 

1.04.A.2.r Comply. 

1.04.A.3-4 Comply. 

1.04.A.5 NETA ATS is not within RA's scope of supply. 

1.04.A.6-8 Comply. 

1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 

1.05.A-D Comply. 

1.05.E RA standard 150W (120V) cabinet space heaters shall be provided. 

Page 1 of 3

1.06 WARRANTY 


1.07 HARMONIC ANALYSIS 

1.07.A-I Comply. 

2.00 PRODUCTS 

2.01 GENERAL 

2.01.A Comply. 

2.01.B The Drive Input Contactor unit consists of a fused non-load-break isolation switch as per 2.02.B. 

2.01.C-D Comply. 

2.02 ALLEN-BRADLEY VFD'S 


2.03 Not Applicable 

2.04 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES 

2.04.A-C.2 Comply. 

2.04.C.3 The VFD cooling fans are controlled by internal pressure sensor instead of a thermostat. 

2.04.C.4-8 Comply. 

2.04.D.1 Comply. 

2.04.D.2 Exception: See Elevation Drawing in Tab 1. 

2.04.D.3 Comply. 

2.04.E.1 The VFD lineup has total length of 207.54", which includes the input/output contactors and the fan power 

transformer cabinet. See Tab 1 – 7012577-001-12D. 

2.04.E.2 The RA standard CT's at 300:5 have a class C20 accuracy. C200 refers to CT's with much higher primary 

current ratings, which is not applicable in this project. 

2.04.E.3-5 Comply. 

2.04.E.6 RA standard Crompton Elapsed Time Meter shall be provided. See 80025-413 in Tab 4. 

2.04.E.7-10 Comply. 

2.04.E.11 RA standard 1492-J4 terminal blocks shall be provided. See 1494J in Tab 4. 

2.04.E.12 Comply. 

2.04.E.13 The VFD cooling fans are controlled by internal pressure sensor instead of a thermostat. 

2.04.E.14-17 Comply. 

2.04.F Comply. 

2.04.G.1.a-h Comply. 

2.04.G.1.i 3 CT’s and 1 GFCT of RA standard shall be provided. 

2.04.G.1.j Comply. 

2.04.G.1.k Digital I/O's will be wired to terminal blocks. It is advised that the analog signals be wired directly onto 

the respective device terminals (i.e. speed reference, speed feedback, and RTD's). 

2.04.H-J Comply. 

3.00 EXECUTION 

3.01 GENERAL 

3.01.A-B Comply. 

3.02 INSTALLATION AND START-UP 

3.02.A-E Comply. 

3.03 TRAINING 

3.03.A-D Comply. 

3.03.E Rockwell shall submit the training outline 4 weeks prior to the training at a minimum, as specified. 

3.03.F-G Comply. 

Page 2 of 3

3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 

3.04.A-K Comply. 

3.05 SPARE PARTS 

3.05.A Comply: See Tab 3. 

3.06 CLEAN AND ADJUST 

3.06.- Comply. 

Please feel free to contact me directly regarding any technical issue or concern. 

Sincerely, 

Richard Yang, P.Eng 

Application Engineer, MV Drives 

Rockwell Automation Canada 

Tel: +1.519.740.4100 ext. 2496 

Email: rdyang@ra.rockwell.com 

Page 3 of 3




Tel. +1.519.581.7424 

Fax. +1.519.740.9871 

Ward County –Transmission Pump Station 


Subject: VFD-Motor Compatibility Certification 


__________________________________________________________________________________________ 

Rockwell Automation certifies that the PowerFlex 7000, B-Frame, 215A VFD’s to be supplied for the Ward 

County Transmission Pump Station will operate the Teco-Westinghouse 4000V, 1500HP, 197A, 1186RPM 

motors, as per the motor data sheet dated January 30, 2012 (S.O. 0A63AA). 

Regards, 


Application Engineer, MV Drives 

Rockwell Automation Canada 

Tel: +1.519.740.4100 ext. 2496 

Email: rdyang@ra.rockwell.com

Ward County – Expected VFD Efficiency at Varied Speed (1500HP VFD) 

SPEED (%) Spec VFD Efficiency (%) Power Factor 

100 97.0 0.97 

80 96.0 0.961




Tel. +1.519.581.7424 

Fax. +1.519.740.9871 

Ward County – Transmission Pump Station 


Subject: VFD Warranty 


Rockwell Automation is providing the following warranty for VFD-TPSP1, VFD-TPSP2, VFD- 

TPSP3, and VFD-TPSP4 to be installed at the Ward County Transmission Pump Station: 

Parts and Labor Warranty: (24) months following the installation, adjusting and 

acceptance testing, and the start of actual operation of the equipment, or (30) 

months from shipment, whichever occurs first. 



Application Engineer – MV Drives 

Ph: 519-740-4100 ext. 2496 

Email: rdyang@ra.rockwell.com 

1 of 1

Line Cable Connection 

Drawing – VFD‐TPSP1/2/3/4 

Unit 2A/2B, See 7012577‐001‐12D



Preliminary Bill of Materials 

VFD Output Contactor 

Unit Location: 1A 

Series Number: 7012577-017/018/019/020-12 

ED Number: 7012577-001-12E 

DD Number: 7012577-001/002/003/004-12D 

Catalog No: 1599-ADE 

Part No. 

Part Description 

Qty 

80154-736-52 18" MV DOOR SPEC PAINT T1 2 

80253-066-53 GASKETING FOR 18" DOORS 1 

80013-111-01 CABLE SUPPORT 2HI36 1 

80144-887-53 MV DOOR CLIP ASSY BOT DOOR 1 

80158-691-52 400A EH 5KV SER E VAC CONT 1 

80183-242-51 400A CONT'R MTG ASSY 18" CAB 1 

80187-026-02 CABLE BRACE MOUNTING BRACKET 1 

80253-006-52 18" CAB. ASSY. SPEC. PNT. 1 

80255-003 ASSY INSTRU. 18" INC. SER. B 1 

LABKITREQD FA LABEL KIT REQUIRED "FA" 1 

80253-174-51 LABEL KIT,5KV "FA" - ENGLISH 1 

7012577-017-FBOM 1 of 1




VFD Input Contactor 

Unit Location: 2A 

Series Number: 7012577-001/011/013/015-12 

ED Number: 7012577-001-12E 

DD Number: 7012577-001/002/003/004-12D 

Catalog No: 1512BD-ADE-6B-7F-4010-5010D-5051 

Part No. 


80022-154-03 CPT,1KVA,4200:115/230,50/60HZ 1 

80253-055-53 (1)CPT UNDER 2KVA TOP CELL 2H 1 

80253-324-51 1-CPT 110/120V ASSY COMP'NTS 1 

80006-316-01 DANGER LABEL LIVE CIRC. ENG. 1 

80153-591-58 MV DOOR ASSY 1 

80154-956-62 2H LV DOOR BOT&TOP 4PD SPEC PT 1 

80253-066-55 GASKETING FOR 36" 2HI DOORS 1 

80253-161-51 LABEL KIT, 5KV "DR" - ENGLISH 1 

H-17350 NAMEPLATE WHITE BLANK 1 

40266-515-01 20A CARTRIDGE ASSY. 700-CPM 4 

80010-900-76 STAMPING INSTRUCTNS,FUSE LABEL 1 

80025-239-01 1E 4800V 5" FUSE A480T1E 2 

80025-296-10 FUSE:BOLT-ON-A051B1DARO-19R 3 

80153-479-02 VACUUM CONTACTOR MTG. PLATE 1 

80153-646-53 THERMOSTAT & HEATER ASSY. 1 

80154-132-57 TRANSFORMER AND BRACE ASSY. 1 

80154-544-51 400A MOULDED ISOLATOR SW B/O 1 

80157-982-51 HANDLE MODULE ASSEMBLY 1 

80157-983-53 KEY INTERLOCK ASSY."F" (OFF) 1 

80158-002-68 R.H. SIDEPLATE WELD ASSY 1 

80158-691-52 400A EH 5KV SER E VAC CONT 1 

80158-975-57 DONUT CT 300:5 RATIO TOP 1 

80253-004-60 CABINET ASSY (2HI) ( 2 UNIT ) 1 

80253-015-51 TRAILER FB BOLT TYPE FUSES 1 

80253-020-52 DONUT CT PWR WIRE 4/0 TOP EXIT 1 

80253-100-54 B/ASSY 1592BF T/E 1512B T/E 2U 1 

80253-141-59 LINE & LOAD LUGS ASSY (BAGGED 2 

80255-002 CAB ASSY INSTRUCTIONS 1512-B 1 


80253-160-51 LABEL KIT, 5KV "FA" - ENGLISH 1 

80253-162-51 LABEL KIT, 5KV "PL" - ENGLISH 1 

1492-FB1M30 MIDGET FUSE HLDER,1 1/2"X13/32 1 

1492-J4 IEC ONE-CIRCUIT FEED-THROUGH B 20 

592-BOV16 OVERLOAD RELAY SIZE 1 1 

700-N24 SURGE SUPPRESSOR - 150V MAX 1 

700-PK400A1 CONTROL RELAY 1 

80006-047-10 2A 250V FUSE LABEL 2 

80006-047-33 8A 250V FUSE LABEL 1 

80018-529-56 1512B PC WIRE HARNESS(TEW) 1 

80098-968-09 BUL.1503 INTVAC+ 400A E/H TDUV 1 

80158-824-52 SC LV TEST SWT ENG. 1 

80178-370-52 CONTACTOR CTRL MOD INTELLIVAC 1 

7012577-001-FBOM 1 of 3 

Qty

80253-058-51 LV ASSEMBLY 2HI 1 

80255-062 LV PANEL ASSY INSTR 1512-B 1 

F-22013 1492 TERMINAL BLOCK BARRIER 2 

H-17731 TB N/P FOR LIVE TERMINALS 2 

LABKITREQD PL LABEL KIT REQUIRED "PL" 1 

W41 HEATER ELEMENT 3 

X-251083 2 AMP 250V MINI FUSE TRM2 2 

X-251094 8 AMP 250V MINI FUSE TRM 8 1 

7012577-001-FBOM 2 of 3




FPT Load Break Switch 

Unit Location: 2B 

Series Number: 7012577-001/011/013/015-12 

ED Number: 7012577-001-12E 

DD Number: 7012577-001/002/003/004-12D 

Catalog No: 1592BF-TDED-5010D 

Part No. 


Qty 

80153-591-58 MV DOOR ASSY 1 

80154-956-62 2H LV DOOR BOT&TOP 4PD SPEC PT 1 


80010-901-93 15A GOULD FUSE LABEL INSTR 1 

80025-200-18 FUSE/CLIP-ON-A055F1DORO-15E 3 

80025-629-01 LB SWITCH, POWERCON 502-900 1 

80154-132-57 TRANSFORMER AND BRACE ASSY. 1 

80157-982-53 HANDLE MODULE ASSY.(LD BRK SW) 1 

80158-221-69 INSULATOR & LOAD TRML. ASSY 1 

80253-099-51 400ALB CHAIN C/O FUSECLIP ASSY 1 

80253-101-56 36" CABINET STRIP HEATER ASSY 1 

80253-220-55 CABLE, #2 8KV TOP EXIT CLIP-ON 1 

FPT Fan Power Transformer: 8kVA 1 

80253-224-51 LV SWINGOUT PANEL ASSY. 1 

80255-060 LV PANEL ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS 1 

7012577-001-FBOM 3 of 3




Variable Frequency Drive 

Unit Location: 3A-6A 

Series Number: 7012577-002/012/014/016-12 

ED Number: 7012577-001-12E 

DD Number: 7012577-001/002/003/004-12D 

Catalog No: 7000-A215DE-RPDTD-1EDSTP-1STP-1STR-13COMME-14RF-14TS1- 

14TS2-14TS3-14TS4-14TS5-17-85T-760A-804-5010E-5025D 

Part No. 


Qty 

81005-122-76 DOOR KIT B FRAME 1 


80022-030-02 50/0.025 ZERO SEQ CT 301838 1 

80022-210-12 AC L.R.,3300V/50,4160V/60,ND 1 

80026-511-23 ICAR MF/LINE CAP,4160V,300KVAR 1 

80026-511-24 ICAR MF/LINE CAP,4160V,400KVAR 1 

80050-163 ASSY INSTR NEUTRAL RES 7000B 2 

81000-041-51 FA PARTS LINE REACTOR CAB 1 

81005-063-63 LOOSE PARTS,B FRM 2400V-PVM 1 

81005-120-64 BCKPLT,W/W & CONDUIT COVER KIT 1 

81007-561-58 900MM CAP MOUNTING FA KITS 1 

81007-996-51 DOOR INTERLOCK 1 

81011-046-10 CAP RETAINING BRACKET 2 

81011-046-18 CAP RETAINING BRACKET (MULT) 2 

KEYINTLREQD KEY INTERLOCK 1 


81000-018-51 DRIVE LABEL KIT - ENGLISH ONLY 1 

W-662 SILICONE 108 RTV 82.8 ML 1 

81002-234-52 NEUTRAL RESISTOR ASSY,7000B 1 

81001-373-51 FAN MOUNTING ASSEMBLY 1 

81007-766-52 FAN EXHAUST HOOD ASSY 1 

80004-170-01 13.00 X 10.00 ENVELOPE 1 

80026-191-05 TX-30 TORX DRIVER #3F1606J9 1 

80026-191-06 HEX KEY HANDLE #1F1223T1 1 

81005-069-80 SPARE PARTS KIT 1 

81005-074-58 TEST KIT - PWM CC 1 

80014-444-01 GROUND LUG 250MCM 10 MM 3 

80018-036-01 LUGGED WIRE,12AWG,135" LONG 6 

81001-646-51 POWERCAGE LABEL KIT - ENGLISH 1 

81007-781-52 CABINET ASSY 900MM LR 1 

81007-939-64 TOP PLATE WELDMENTS 1 

40011-079-01 BLANK LEGEND PLATE 10 

40011-080-02 LEGEND PLATE "START" 1 

40011-081-03 LEGEND PLATE "STOP" 1 

40274-386-01 FINGER SAFE MULTI-TERM. COVER 10 

40274-387-01 FINGER SAFE TRANS. TERM. COVER 8 

80011-184-02 LEGEND PLATE-SPEED 1 

80011-205-04 LEGEND PLT-EMERG STOP PTS PTR 1 

80025-413-01 ELAPSED TIME METER,3.5,60HZ 1 

80025-975-01 INSUL TERM. COVER FOR 1/4 STUD 2 

7012577-002-FBOM 1 of 3

80026-658-35 MULTILIN SR469-P5-HI-A20-T-H 1 

800H-AR2A PUSH BUTTON FLUSH HEAD 1 

800H-JR2B SELECTOR SWITCH UNIT 1 

800H-PRH16W WHITE LED PILOT LIGHT 1 

800H-PRTH16A AMBER PUSH-TO-TEST PILOT LIGHT 1 

800H-PRTH16G GREEN PUSH-TO-TEST PILOT LIGHT 2 

800H-PRTH16R RED PUSH TO TEST PILOT LIGHT 1 

800H-PRTH16W WHITE PUSH TO TEST PILOT LIGHT 1 

800T-N1B HOLE PLUG KIT 1 

80253-361-51 800H PUSHBUTTONS 1 

80253-361-52 800H PUSHBUTTONS 1 

80253-361-54 800H PUSHBUTTONS 1 

80253-363-51 SPEED POTENTIOMETER ASSEMBLY 1 

81001-449-05 PF7000 PV TERMINAL W/PROG,ENGL 1 

81004-183-10 LV DOOR ADAPTER PLATE 1 

F-21788 GASKET FOR FIESTA AMMETER 1 

H-30861 MASTER NAMEPLATE WHITE BLANK 1 

80022-030-01 ZERO SEQ CT 5.5" WINDOW 301837 1 

80022-162-13 CT 300:5 C/W 2.00" WINDOW 3 

80026-041-75 MF/LINE CAP,4160V,500KVAR 1 

80255-086 FASTENER CONFIGS FOR DC LINK 1 

81000-014-51 FA PARTS FOR 900MM INPUT CAB 1 

81000-094-84 CABLE KIT 215A 1 

81001-050-51 CAPACITOR MOUNTING ASSY 1 

81007-593-16 CAPACITOR RETAINING BRACKET 2 

81001-484-54 TSN/ARRESTER WIRE HARNESS 1 

80018-317-51 18P VSB HARN,PWM,2300/4160V 1 

81000-915-51 TERMINAL ASSY.18 PULSE 1200MM 1 

81000-915-53 TERMINAL ASY 1200MMCAP,INC CAB 1 

81001-303-53 THERMOSTAT/STRIP HEATER ASSY 1 

81001-325-51 RECTIFIER BUS ASSY 900MM INPUT 1 

81001-331-51 CONV-LR 1000:1 CT & INC PARTS 1 

81001-608-51 LEM/BUS ASSY,900MM,ES1000,8KV 1 

81007-465-51 VOLT SENSE BD,SERA,CONF COATED 2 

22401-603-01 INSULATOR 10 

80026-693-02 6KV, SURGE ARRESTER URT 3 

81002-756-02 GROUND BUS FOR ARRESTER 1 

81002-891-01 SURGE ARRESTER BARRIER B-FRAME 1 

81007-317-52 900MM INC/CAP 6P CAB UP COMP 1 

100-C09D200 9 AMP CONTACTOR 1 

100-FSC280 SURGE SUPPRESSOR 1 

1492-SP1C020 SUPPLEMENTARY PROTECTOR 1 

1492-SP1C060 SUPPLEMENTARY PROTECTOR 1 

1492-SP1C070 SUPPLEMENTARY PROTECTOR MINIA 2 

20-COMM-E ETHERNET/IP TO DPI COMM. CARD 1 

440R-G23215 SAFETY RELAY--MSR142RTP 1 

700-FSM4UU23 TIMING RELAY 1 

700-N24 SURGE SUPPRESSOR - 150V MAX 2 



80025-334-01 RECEPTACLE STEGO 03504.0-00 1 

80025-644-01 CIM SIGNAL CONDITIONER(ITC-62) 3 

80026-600-01 RES,5-OHM,3W,FORMED+SHK TUBE 2 

80026-600-03 RES,50-OHM,3W,FORMED+SHK TUBE 3 

81002-174-52 FORGE LV TUB ASSY CONFCOAT 1 

81002-521-57 B-FRAME LV PANEL ASSY 6P/PWM 1 

81002-744-61 OPTIC BOARD KIT-3300/4160V,PWM 1 

81002-572-51 4 DEV PWRCAGE ASSY 4 

81002-572-53 4 DEV PWRCAGE ASSY 2 

81007-996-51 DOOR INTERLOCK 1 

81001-436-54 50VDC HARNESS 3300/4160V RPLR 1 

81000-812-02 CONVERTER BUS LINK 6 

81000-864-56 PWR SUPPLY ASSY 2300V-6600V 4 

81000-865-52 BUS SUPPT & AIR FLOW BARR.CONV 1 

81001-549-51 4 DEV.1000MM BUS MODULE 2 

7012577-002-FBOM 2 of 3

81001-614-54 50V HARNES KIT 3300/4160V-4DEV 1 

81007-496-57 4 DEVICE PWRCAGE W/MID EFF ASY 2 




81000-997-51 FLEXIBLE POWER CONN ASY 1000MM 6 

81004-577-01 WIRE TIE MTG CHANNEL-SGCT PS 4 

81007-321-61 1000MM CONV CAB 6P UP COMP 1 

80022-197-12 CPT,480:120V 60HZ 3KVA 1 

81002-665-02 MV CPT COVER IN DC LINK CAB SP 1 

80022-146-12 COM MODE CHOKE,HDUTY,3300/4160 1 

81000-045-53 CMC FA PARTS, 1100MM WIDE 1 

81000-046-51 FA PARTS FOR COM MODE CHOKE 1 

81001-415-61 HECS ASSY ES1000,8KV JUMPR,CMC 1 

81007-680-72 WIRED FAN, 3.7KW,460V,60HZ,50C 1 

81007-680-97 WIRED FAN,3.7KW,460V,60HZ,REDU 1 

81000-071-57 MF560 FAN MTG UPENDER PARTS 1 

81002-246-60 REDUND. FAN ASSY FOR 900MM CAB 1 

81007-328-52 1100MM CMC CAB UP COMP 1 

1492-SP2D100 SUPPLEMENTARY PROTECTOR MINIA 1 

81002-504-53 PANEL ASSY FOR DC LINK/CMC CAB 1 

81005-057-74 FAN CTRL 110/120V,10A MAX 2 

81005-075-61 POWER SUPPLY COMPONENT KIT 1 

81007-223-61 B-FRAME 2FAN/1PS WIRE HARNESS 1 

81007-224 WIRE HARNESS INSTRUCTIONS 1 

469P5HIA20T MULTILIN 469 1 

7012577-002-FBOM 3 of 3

7012577 - Ward County Water Supply Spare Parts Furnished as per Spec 26 29 23.01 

Part Number Description Total Qty 

Spare Parts Furnished as per Spec 26 29 23.01, 3.05 

1. Six of each type of power and control fuse rated 600V or less 

80145-871-52-R (2)1A ATM FUSE ASSY 3 

80174-902-14-R 6.3A 250V INTERNAL FUSE 6 

X-251083-R 2 AMP 250V MINI FUSE TRM2 6 

X-251094-R 8 AMP 250V MINI FUSE TRM 8 6 

2. Six of each type of fuse rated greater than 600V 

25172-551-02-R 0.5E 4800V GOULD 5" FUSE 6 

25172-551-04-R FUSE 4E 4800V GOULD 5 INCH 6 

80025-200-17-R PKG-FUSE 10E-5500V-CLIP ON 6 

80025-239-01-R FUSE,1E 4800V GOULD 5" 6 

80025-296-10-R FUSE: BOLT-ON A051B1DARO-19R 6 

3. Two of each type of panel lamp 

800T-N318A 6V FULL VOLTAGE LED AMBER 2 

800T-N318G 6V FULL VOLTAGE LED GREEN 2 

800T-N318R 6V FULL VOLTAGE LED RED 2 

800T-N318W 6V FULL VOLTAGE LED WHITE 2 

4. One of each type of printed circuit board, including diagnostic systems 

346567-Q01-R PKG BATTERY,3V,300MA,23MM-COIN 1 

80026-044-06-R PWR SUPPLY - IGCT, ALL VOLTAGE 1 

80190-540-05-R PKGD CUSTR TFB,CONFORMAL COAT 1 

80190-560-01-R PKGD CUSTOMER ACB BOARD ASSY 1 

80190-600-01-R PKGD CUSTOMER OIBB BOARD ASSY 1 

81007-465-51-R VOLTAGE SENSING BOARD (SER A.) 1 

5. One spare EPROM chip for each VFD 

80190-580-01-R PKGD CUSTOMER DPM BOARD ASSY 1 

6. One microprocessor-based interface display and monitoring panel, and keypad 

81001-449-05-R POWERFLEX TERMINAL W/PROGRAM 1 

7. One spare relay and timer of each type 

700-FSM4UU23 TIMING RELAY 1 



8. One of each fan or blower installed 

80026-845-03-R FAN/MOTOR,460V,60HZ,5HP,50C 1 

9. One PWM power cell or power module for each VFD 

81001-450-52-R PKGD (2) SGCT MATCHED SET 800A 1 

10. All spare parts and lubricants required for the first year preventive maintenance 

X-336609 TOUCH UP PAINT GREY ASA 61 1

469 

Motor Protection System 

Complete integrated protection 

and management of medium 

and large motors 

Motor Protection 

Key Benefits 

• Comprehensive motor protection plus voltage dependant 

overload curves, torque metering and protection, broken 

rotor bar protection 

• Most advanced thermal model - Including multiple RTD 

inputs for stator thermal protection 

• Minimize replacement time - Draw-out construction 

• Complete asset monitoring - Temperature, Analog I/O, full 

metering including demand & energy 

• Improve uptime of auxiliary equipment - Through I/O 

monitoring 

Applications 

• Reduce troubleshooting time and maintenance costs - 

Event reports, waveform capture, data logger 

• Built in simulation functions simplify testing and 

commissioning 

• Cost Effective Access to information - Through standard 

RS232 & RS485 serial ports, and optional Ethernet and 

DeviceNet Ports 

• Field upgradable firmware and settings 

• Optional Conformal coating for exposure to chemically 

corrosive or humid environments 

• Protection and Management of three phase medium and large horsepower motors and 

driven equipment, including high inertia, two speed and reduced-voltage start motors. 

Features 

Protection and Control 

• Thermal model biased with RTD and negative 

sequence current feedback 

• Start supervision and inhibit 

• Mechanical jam 

• Voltage compensated acceleration 

• Undervoltage, overvoltage 

• Underfrequency 

• Stator differential protection 

• Thermal overload 

• Overtemperature protection 

• Phase and ground overcurrent 

• Current unbalance 

• Power elements 

• Torque protection 

• Dual overload curves for 2 speed motors 

• Reduced voltage starting control 

Communications 

• Multiple Ports - 10baseT Ethernet, RS485, RS232, RS422, 

DeviceNet 

• Multiple Protocols - Modbus RTU, Modbus TCP/IP, DeviceNet 

Monitoring and Metering 

• A, V, W, var, VA, PF, Hz, Wh, varh, demand 

• Torque, temperature (12 RTDs) 

• Event recorder 

• Oscillography & Data Logger (trending) 

• Statistical information & learned motor data 

EnerVista TM Software 

• State of the art software for configuration and 

commissioning GE Multilin products 

• Document and software archiving toolset to ensure 

reference material and device utilities are up-to-date 

• EnerVista TM Integrator providing easy integration of data 

in the 469 into new or existing monitoring and control 

systems 

g 

Digital Energy 

Multilin 

397

469 Motor Protection System 


Protection and Control 

The 469 is a digital motor protection 

system designed to protect and manage 

medium and large motors and driven 

equipment. It contains a full range 

of selectively enabled, self contained 

protection and control elements as 

detailed in the Functional Block Diagram 

and Features table. 

Motor Thermal Model 

The primary protective function of the 

469 is the thermal model with six key 

elements: 

• Overload Curves 

• Unbalance Biasing 

• Hot/Cold Safe Stall Ratio 

• Motor Cooling Time Constants 

• Start Inhibit and Emergency Restart 

• RTD Biasing 

Overload Curves 

The curves can take one of three formats: 

standard, custom, or voltage dependent. 

For all curve styles, the 469 retains thermal 

memory in a thermal capacity used 

register which is updated every 0.1 second. 

The overload pickup determines where the 

running overload curve begins. 

The 469 standard overload curves are of 

standard shape with a multiplier value of 

1 to 15. 

The voltage dependent overload curves 

are used in high inertia load applications, 

where motor acceleration time can 

actually exceed the safe stall time and 

motor thermal limits. During motor 

acceleration, the programmed thermal 

overload curve is dynamically adjusted 

with reference to the system voltage level. 

The selection of the overload curve type 

and the shape is based on motor thermal 

limit curves provided by motor vendor. 

TRIP TIME (seconds) 

10000 

10,000 

1000 

1,000 

100 

10 

1 

TYPICAL CUSTOM CURVE 

6500 HP, 13800 VOLT INDUCED DRAFT FAN MOTOR 

1 PROGRAMMED 469 CUSTOM CURVE 

CURVE 

15 

12 

9 

7 

4 

3 

2 

0.1 

1 

10 

Full Load 

Setpoint PHASE CURRENT 

(multiples of full load) 

819765A8.cdr 

Fifteen standard overload curves. 

2 RUNNING SAFETIME (STATOR LIMIT) 

3 ACCELERATION SAFETIME (ROTOR LIMIT) 

4 MOTOR CURRENT @ 100% VOLTAGE 

5 MOTOR CURRENT @ 80% VOLTAGE 

1 

Functional Block Diagram 

1 

52 

50 50G 

TIME TO TRIP IN SECONDS 

100 

10 

2 

3 

BUS 

4 

2 

27 

59 47 81 

R2 

AUXILIARY 

1.0 

5 

3 

3 

AMBIENT AIR 

RTD 

MOTOR 

STATOR RTDs 

BEARING RTDs 

LOAD 

14 

TACHOMETER 

DCMA 

R1 

TRIP 

50 

50G 

87 

49 

38 

METERING 

V,A,W,Var,VA,PF,Hz 

55 

51 49 37 66 46 

51G 

78 

4 ANALOG INPUTS 

R3 

AUXILIARY 

R4 

ALARM 

R5 

BLOCK 

START 

R6 

SERVICE 

74 

86 

4 ISOLATED 

ANALOG 

OUTPUTS 

469 

Motor Management System 

14 

START 

RS232 

RS485 

RS485 

Ethernet 

0.1 

0.5 1.0 10 100 1000 

MULTIPLE OF FULL LOAD CURRENT SETPOINT 

Typical custom overload curve. 

806803A5.cdr 

Device 

Number 

Function 

14 Speed switch 

19/48 

Reduced voltage start and 

incomplete sequence 

27/59 Undervoltage/Overvoltage 

Reverse power 

32 

Mechanical Jam 

Acceleration time 

Over Torque 

37 Undercurrent/Underpower 

38 Bearing RTD 

46 Current Unbalance 

47 Phase Reversal 

49 Stator RTD 

50 Short circuit backup 

50G/51G Ground overcurrent backup 

51 Overload 

55 Power factor 

66 

Starts/hour and time between 

starts 

81 Frequency 

86 Overload lockout 

87 Differential 

806807A7.cdr 

398 

www.GEDigitalEnergy.com


Unbalance (Negative Sequence 

Current) Biasing 

Negative sequence current, which causes 

rotor heating, is not accounted for in 

the thermal limit curves supplied by the 

motor manufacturer. The 469 measures 

unbalance as the ratio of negative to 

positive sequence current. The thermal 

model is biased to reflect the additional 

heating. Motor derating due to current 

unbalance can be selected via the setpoint 

unbalance bias k factor. Unbalance 

voltage causes approximately 6 times 

higher level of current unbalance (1% of 

voltage unbalance equal to 6% of current 

unbalance). Note that the k=8 curve is 

almost identical to the NEMA derating 

curve. 

Hot/Cold Safe Stall Ratio 

The Hot/Cold Safe Stall time ratio defines 

the steady state level of thermal capacity 

used (TCU) by the motor. This level 

corresponds to normal operating 

temperature of the fully loaded motor and 

will be adjusted proportionally if motor 

load is lower then rated. 

The Hot/Cold Safe Stall ratio is used by the 

relay to determine the lower limit of the 

running cool down curve, and also defines 

the thermal capacity level of the central 

point in RTD Biasing curve. 

Derating Factor 

1.00 

0.95 

k=2 

0.90 

k=4 

0.85 

k=6 

0.80 

k=8 

0.75 

k= 10 

0.70 

0 1 2 3 4 5 

Percent Voltage Unbalance 

Motor derating factor due to unbalanced voltage 

Motor Cooling Time Constants 

When the 469 detects that the motor is 

running at a load lower then overload 

pickup setpoint, or the motor is stopped, 

it will start reducing the stored TCU 

value, simulating actual motor cool down 

process. TCU decays exponentially at a 

rate dictated by Cooling Time Constants 

setpoints. Normally the cooling down 

process of the stopped motor is much 

slower than that of a running motor, thus 

running and stopped cooling time constants 

setpoints are provided in the relay to 

reflect the difference. 

The TCU lower limit of the running cool 

down curve is defined by Hot/Cold Safe 

Stall Ratio and level of the motor load. The 

TCU lower limit of the stopped cool down 

curve is 0% and corresponds to motor at 

ambient temperature. 

Thermal Capacity Used 

100 

75 

50 

25 

0 

Time in Minutes 

Iavg @ 100% FLA 

Iavg @ 50% FLA 

0 50 100 150 200 250 

806810A3.cdr 

Exponential cooldown (hot/cold curve ratio 60% 

Start Inhibit and Emergency Restart 

The Start Inhibit function prevents starting 

of a motor when insufficient thermal 

capacity is available or motor start 

supervision function dictate the start 

inhibit. In case of emergency the thermal 

capacity used and motor start supervision 

timers can be reset to allow the hot motor 

starting. 

RTD Biasing 

The 469 thermal overload curves are 

based solely on measured current , 

assuming a normal 40°C ambient and 

normal motor cooling. The actual 

motor temperature will increase due to 

unusually high ambient temperature, or 

motor cooling blockage. Use the RTD bias 

feature to augment the thermal model 

calculation of Thermal Capacity Used, 

if the motor stator has embedded RTDs. 

The RTD bias feature is feedback of 

measured stator temperature. This 

feedback acts to correct the assumed 

thermal model. Since RTDs have a relatively 

slow response, RTD biasing is useful for 

slow motor heating. Other portions of the 

thermal model are required during starting 

and heavy overload conditions when 

motor heating is relatively fast. 

For RTD temperatures below the RTD 

BIAS MINIMUM setting, no biasing occurs. 

For maximum stator RTD temperatures 

above the RTD BIAS MAXIMUM setting, 

the thermal memory is fully biased and 

forced to 100%. At values in between, if the 

RTD bias thermal capacity used is higher 

compared to the thermal capacity used 

created by other features of the thermal 

model, then this value is used from that 

point onward. 

Motor Start Supervision 

Motor Start Supervision consists of the 

following features: Time-Between-Starts, 

Start-per-Hour, Restart Time. 

These elements are intended to guard the 

motor against excessive starting duty, 

which is normally defined by the motor 

manufacturer in addition to the thermal 

damage curves. 

Mechanical Jam and Acceleration 

Time 

These two elements are used to prevent 

motor damage during abnormal 

operational conditions such as excessively 

long acceleration times or stalled rotor. 

Phase Differential Protection 

This function is intended to protect the 

stator windings and supply power 

cables of large motors. Two types of 

current transformers connections are 

supported: 

• 6 CT’s externally connected in the 

summing configuration. 

• 3 Flux Balancing CT’s. 

Separate trip pickup levels and time 

delays are provided for motor starting and 

running conditions. 

RTD Thermal Capacity Used (%) 

100 

90 

80 

70 

60 

50 

40 

30 

20 

10 

0 

RTD Bias Minimum 

RTD Bias Maximum 

RTD Bias Center 

Point 

-50 0 50 100 150 200 250 

Maximum Stator RTD Temperature (C) 

806809A4.cdr 

RTD Bias curve. 

Short Circuit Trip 

This function is intended to protect the 

stator windings of the motors against 

phase-to-phase faults. 

Equipped with an overreach filter, the 


www.GEDigitalEnergy.com 

399



469 removes the DC component from 

the asymmetrical current present at the 

moment a fault occurs or motor starts. 

A trip backup feature is also available as 

part of this function, used to issue a second 

trip if the fault is not cleared within a given 

time delay. 

The backup feature can also be assigned 

to an auxiliary contact for annunciation 

or remote tripping of upstream protection 

devices 

Ground Fault 

This function is designed to protect motors 

against phase to ground faults. 

There are two dedicated ground current 

inputs in the relay, which support the 

following types of ground current 

detection. 

• Core balance (Zero sequence) current 

transformer. 

• Core balance (Zero sequence) 50:0.025 

A (sensitive) current transformer. 

• Residual connection of phase current 

transformers. 

The function is equipped with an overreach 

filter, which removes the DC component 

from the asymmetrical current present 

at the moment a fault occurs, or a motor 

starts. Two pickup levels ( trip and alarm) 

with individual time delays are available 

for ground fault detection. 

A trip Backup feature is also available 

as part of this function. The operational 

principal of Ground Fault Trip Backup is the 

same as of Short Circuit Trip Backup. 

Voltage and Frequency Protection 

Use the voltage and frequency protection 

functions to detect abnormal system 

voltage and frequency conditions, 

potentially hazardous to the motor. 

The following voltage elements are 

available: 

• Over and Undervoltage 

• Over and Underfrequency 

• Phase Reversal 

To avoid nuisance trips, the 469 can be set 

to block the undervoltage element when 

the bus that supplies power to the motor 

is de-energized, or under VT fuse failure 

conditions. 

Power Elements 

The following power elements are 

available in 469 relay. The first four 

elements have blocking provision during 

motor starting. 

Power Factor 

This element is used in synchronous motors 

applications to detect out-of-synchronism 

conditions. 

Reactive Power 

This element is used in applications where 

the reactive power limit is specified. 

Underpower 

Used to detect loss of load. 

Reverse Active Power 

Useful to detect conditions where the 

motor can become a generator. 

Overtorque 

This element is used to protect the driven 

load from mechanical breakage. 

Current Unbalance 

In addition to thermal model biasing 

current unbalance is available in the 469 

relay as an independent element with 2 

pickup levels and a built-in single phasing 

detection algorithm. 

RTD Protection 

The 469 has 12 programmable RTD 

inputs supporting 4 different types of RTD 

sensors. RTD inputs are normally used 

for monitoring stator, bearings, ambient 

temperature as well as other parts of the 

motor assembly that can be exposed 

to overheating. Each RTD input has 3 

operational levels: alarm, high alarm and 

trip. The 469 also supports RTD trip voting 

and provides open/short RTD failure 

alarms. 

Additional and Special Features 

• Two speed motor protection. 

• Load averaging filter for cyclic load 

applications 

• Reduced voltage starting supervision. 

• Variable frequency filter allowing 

accurate sensing and calculation of the 

analog values in VFD applications. 

• Analog input differential calculation for 

dual drives applications. 

• Speed counter trip and alarm. 

• Universal digital counter trip and alarm. 

• Pulsing KWh and Kvarh output. 

• Trip coil supervision. 

• Drawout indicator, Setpoints Access and 

Test permit inputs. 

• Undervoltage Autorestart (Optional) 

• Broken rotor bar detection system 

(Optional) 

• VT Fuse Failure 

Inputs and Outputs 

Current and Voltage Inputs 

The 469 has two sets of three phase CT 

inputs, one for phase current, and one 

dedicated for differential protection. 

The ratings of the phase current inputs (1A 

and 5A) must be specified when ordering 

the relay, while the ratings for differential 

inputs are field programmable, supporting 

both 1A and 5A secondary currents. 

There are also 2 single-phase ground CT 

inputs: A standard input with settable 

secondary rating; 5A or 1A, and a high 

sensitivity ground current detection input 

for high resistance grounded systems. 

Three phase VT inputs support delta and 

wye configuration and provide voltage 

signals for all voltage, frequency and power 

based protection elements and metering. 

Digital Inputs 

The 469 has 5 predefined inputs: 

• Starter Status 

• Emergency Restart 

• Remote Reset 

• Setpoint Access 

n Test Switch 

The 469 also has four assignable digital 

inputs, which can be configured as the 

following functions: 

400 



• Remote Trip and Alarm 

• Speed Switch Trip and Tachometer 

• Vibration Switch Trip and Alarm 

• Pressure Switch Trip and Alarm 

• Load Shed Trip 

• Universal Digital Counter 

• External oscillography trigger and 

External Relay Fault Simulation 

initiation 

• General Switch with programmable 

functions and outputs 

Analog Inputs and Outputs 

Use the four configurable analog inputs 

available in the 469 to measure motor 

operation related quantities fed to the 

relay from standard transducers. Each 

input can be individually set to measure 

4-20 mA, 0-20 mA or 0-1 mA transducer 

signals. The 469 can also be set to issue 

trip or alarm commands based on signal 

thresholds. 

Use the four configurable analog outputs 

available in the 469 to provide standard 

transducer signals to local monitoring 

equipment. The desired output signal must 

be specified when the relay is ordered, 

either 4-20 mA, or 0-1 mA. The analog 

outputs can be configured to provide 

outputs based on any measured analog 

value, or any calculated quantity. 

Output Relays 

There are six Form-C output relays 

available in the 469. Four relays are 

always non-failsafe and can be selectively 

assigned to perform trip, or alarm 

functions. A non-failsafe block start relay 

is also provided, controlled by protection 

functions requiring blocking functionality. 

Loss of control power or 469 internal 

failures are indicated via the failsafe 

service relay. The trip and alarm relays 

can also be configured with latching 

functionality. 

Monitoring and Metering 

The 469 includes high accuracy metering 

and recording for all AC signals. Voltage, 

current, RTD and power metering are built 

into the relay as a standard feature. 

Metering 

The following system values are accurately 

metered and displayed: 

• Phase, differential and ground currents, 

average current, motor load, current 

unbalance. 

• Phase-to-ground and Phase-to-phase 

voltages, average phase voltage, 

system frequency. 

• Real, reactive, apparent power, power 

factor, watthours, varhours, torque 

• Current and power demand. 

• Analog inputs and RTD temperatures. 

• Thermal capacity used, lockout times, 

motor speed 

Monitoring 

The 469 is equipped with monitoring tools 

to capture data. The following information 

is presented in a suitable format. 

• Status of inputs, outputs and alarms 

• Last trip data 

• Motor learned parameters: last and 

maximum acceleration times, starting 

currents and starting TCU, average 

currents, RTD maximums, analog inputs 

maximums and minimums. 

• Trip and general counters, motor 

running hours and start timers. 

• Event recorder 

• Oscillography 

Event Recorder 

The event recorder stores motor and 

system information with a date and time 


User Interface 

469 STATUS INDICATORS 

469 status 

Motor status 

Output relays 

LARGE DISPLAY 

Forty character display for viewing 

setpoints and actual value messages. 

Diagnostic messages are 

displayed when there is a trip or 

alarm condition. Default messages 

are displayed after a period of 

inactivity. 

NUMERIC KEYPAD 

Numeric keys allow for simple 

entry of setpoint values. Control 

keys allow simple navigation 

through setpoint and actual value 

message structures. Help key 

provides context sensitive help 

messages 

CONTROL AND 

PROGRAMMING KEYS 

Menu, Escape, Reset, Enter, 

Menu Up, and Menu Down 

keys for complete acess 

without a computer . 

VALUE KEYS 

Value Up, and Value Down keys 

to change setpoint values 

PROGRAM PORT INTERFACE 

RS232 for connection to a 

computer, 9600 baud 

Programmable baud rate up to 19200 

DRAWOUT HANDLE 

With provision for a wire 

lead seal to prevent unauthorized 

removal 


401



stamp each time a system event occurs. 

Up to 256 events are recorded. 

Oscillography 

The 469 records up to 64 cycles with 12 

samples per cycle of waveform data for 10 

waveforms (Ia, Ib, Ic, Ig, Diffa, Diffb, Diffc, 

Va, Vb, Vc) each time a trip occurs. The 

record is date and time stamped. 

Advanced Motor Diagnostics 

The Multilin M60 provides advanced motor 

diagnostics including a broken rotor bar 

detection function. The broken rotor bar 

detection is a condition maintenance 

function that continuously monitors 

the motor’s health while in operation. 

The advanced Motor Current Signature 

Analysis (MCSA) continuously analyzes 

the motor current signature and based on 

preset algorithms will determine when a 

broken rotor bar is present in the motor. 

With fully programmable alarms, the 

broken rotor bar function will provide 

early detection of any rotor problems 

and advise maintenance personnel of the 

impending issue allowing for predictive 

maintenance of the motor and prevention 

of catastrophic motor failures. 

By providing early indication of potential 

rotor problems, serious system issues such 

as: reduced starting torque, overloads, 

torque and speed oscillation and bearing 

wear can be avoided. With the advanced 

broken rotor bar detection system, 

advanced warning of impending problems 

reduces catastrophic failures, maximizing 

motor life and system uptime. 

Simulation 

The simulation feature tests the 

functionality and relay response to 

programmed conditions without the 

need for external inputs. When placed in 

simulation mode the 469 suspends reading 

of the actual inputs and substitutes them 

with the simulated values. Pre-trip and 

fault conditions can be simulated, with 

currents, voltages, system frequency, 

RTD temperatures, and analog inputs 

configured for each state. 

User Interfaces 

Keypad and Display 

The 469 has a keypad and 40 character 

display for local monitoring and relay 

configuration without the need for 

a computer. Up to 20 user-selected 

default messages can be displayed 

when inactive. In the event of a trip, 

alarm, or start block, the display will 

automatically default to the pertinent 

message and the Message LED indicator 

will flash. 

LED Indicators 

The 469 has 22 LED indicators on the front 

panel. These give a quick indication of 

469 status, motor status, and output relay 

status. 

Communications 

The 469 is equipped with three standard 

serial communications ports, one RS232 

located in the front panel for easy 

troubleshooting and programming, and 

two RS485 in the rear of the relay. Optional 

10BaseT Ethernet and DeviceNet ports 

are also available. The rear RS485 ports 

provide remote communications or 

connection to a DCS, SCADA, or PLC. The 

RS232 and RS485 ports support user 

programmable baud rates from 300 to 

19,200 bps. The optional Ethernet port can 

be used to connect the 469 to 10 Mbps 

Ethernet networks. The three serial ports 

support ModBus® RTU protocol, while 

the Ethernet port supports ModBus® RTU 

via TCP/IP protocol. The communication 

system of the 469 is designed to allow 

simultaneous communication via all 

ports. 

Using Ethernet as the physical media to 

integrate the 469 to Local or Wide Area 

Networks, replaces a multidrop-wired 

network (e.g., serial Modbus®), and 

eliminates expensive leased or dial-up 

connections, reducing monthly operating 

costs. 

EnerVista TM Software 

The EnerVista Suite is an industry leading 

set of software programs that will simplify 

every aspect of using the 469 relay. Tools to 

monitor the status of your motor, maintain 

your relay, and integrate information 

measured by the 469 into HMI or SCADA 

monitoring systems are available. Also 

provided are the utilities to analyze the 

cause of faults and system disturbances 

using the powerful Waveform and 

Sequence of Event viewers that come with 

the 469 Setup Software that is included 

with each relay. 

Viewpoint Maintenance 

Viewpoint Maintenance provides tools that 

will increase the security of your 469, create 

reports on the operating status of the relay, 

and simplify the steps to troubleshoot 

protected generators. Tools available in 

Viewpoint Maintenance include: 

• Settings Audit Trail Report 

• Device Health Report 

• Comprehensive Fault Diagnostics 

Viewpoint Monitoring 

Viewpoint Monitoring is a powerful yet 

simple-to-use monitoring and data 

recording of small systems. Viewpoint 

Monitoring provides a complete HMI 

package with the following functionality: 

• Plug-&-Play Device Monitoring 

• Single-Line Monitoring & Control 

• Annunciator Alarming 

• Trending Reports 

• Automatic Event Retrieval 

• Automatic Waveform Retrieval 

EnerVista Integrator 

EnerVista TM Integrator is a toolkit that 

allows seamless integration of GE Multilin 

devices into new or existing automation 

systems. Included in EnerVista Integrator 

is: 

• OPC/DDE Server 

• GE Multilin Drivers 

• Automatic Event Retrieval 

• Automatic Waveform Retrieval 

402 



Create complete settings files for your SR469 in 6 simple steps using the Motor Settings Auto-Configurator. 


Typical Wiring 

A 

CIRCUIT 

BREAKER 

PH ASE A C T 

GROUND CT 

DIF F. 

PH ASE A C T 

C 

B 

A 

B 

PH ASE B C T 

PH ASE C C T 

DIF F. 

PH ASE B C T 

DIF F. 

PH ASE C C T 

MOTOR 

C 

469 

POWE R 

SUPP LY 

CAUTIO N 

G12 G 11 H12 H11 

G2 H1 H2 G1 

G6 H6 G7 H7 G8 H8 G9 H9 G 10 H10 G3 H3 G4 H4 G5 H5 

AU TOM ATIC C T 

SHO RTING TERMINAL 

S 

CHECK VOLTAGE R ATIN G 

OF THE UNIT BEFORE 

APP LYING P OWER . 

(SEE Pgs. 2-8) 

S AFET Y 

GROUND 

FI LTE R 

GROUND 

CO NTROL 

POWE R 

Va Vb Vc Vcom 

PH AS E 

VOLTAGE INPUT S 

1A/5A COM 1A/5A COM 1A/5A COM 1A/5A COM 50:.025 COM 1A/5A COM 1A/5A COM 1A/5A COM 

PHASE A PHASE B PHASE C GROUND GROUND PHASE A PHASE B PHASE C 

CURRE NT INPUT S 

DIFFERE NTIAL INPUT S 

CIRCUIT BREAKER CO NTACT S 

(52a, 52b) SH OWN FO R 

BREAKER OPEN. 

M OTOR 

WINDING 

1 

M OTOR 

WINDING 

2 

M OTOR 

WINDING 

3 

M OTOR 

WINDING 

4 

M OTOR 

WINDING 

5 

M OTOR 

WINDING 

6 

M OTOR 

BEARING 

1 

M OTOR 

BEARING 

2 

PUMP 

BEARING 

1 

PUMP 

BEARING 

2 

PUMP 

CAS E 

AMBIE NT 

INDUCTIVE/HALL EFFECT 

SENSOR FOR 

TACHOMETE R 

CAUTIO N 

+24 

DO N OT INJEC T 

VOLTAGES TO 

DIGI TAL INPUT S 

(DRY CO NTACT 

CONNECTIONS ON LY ) 

DCS 

GROUND 

BUS 

52a 

K EYSWITC H 

FOR SETPOI NT 

ACCES S 

B1 RTD SHIEL D 

A1 HOT 

A2 COMPEN S ATIO N 

A3 RTD RETUR N 


A5 HOT 

A6 HOT 




A10 HOT 

A11 HOT 




A15 HOT 

D1 HOT 

D2 COMPEN S ATIO N 

D3 RTD RETUR N 


D5 HOT 

D6 HOT 




D10 HOT 

D11 HOT 




D15 HOT 

RTD # 1 

D16 S TA RTER S TATU S 

D17 EMERGENCY RE S TA RT 

D18 REM OTE RESE T 

D19 ASSIGNABLE INPUT 1 




D23 COMMON 

D24 SWITCH +24Vdc 

C1 

ACCES S 

C2 

C3 

TE S T 

C4 

RTD # 2 

RTD # 3 

RTD # 4 

RTD # 5 

RTD # 6 

RTD # 7 

RTD # 8 

RTD # 9 

RTD # 10 

RTD # 11 

RTD # 12 

DIGI TAL INPUT S 

Multilin 469 

g Motor Protection System 

R1 TRIP 

R2 AUXILIA RY 

R3 AUXILIA RY 

R4 ALARM 

R5 B LOC K 

S TA RT 

R6 SE RVIC E 

DR AW OU T 

INDIC ATOR 

COMPUTER 

AUXILIA RY 

ANA LOG I/ O 

RS485 

RS485 ANA LOG OUTPUT S 

ANA LOG INPUT S 

+ - COM + - COM COM 1+ 2+ 3+ 4+ 

+24 

SHIELD Vdc 1+ 2+ 3+ 4+ COM 

D25 D26 D27 

B2 B3 B4 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 A21 A22 A23 A24 A25 A26 A27 

E12 

F12 

TRIP COIL E11 

SUPE RVISIO N F11 

FRO NT PANEL LOCA L 

PROGRAMMING PO RT 


E2 

F1 

E1 

F2 

E3 

F3 

E5 

F4 

E4 

F5 

E6 

F6 

E8 

F7 

E7 

F8 

E9 

F9 

S TOP 

ALARM ANNUNCI 

S TA RT 

52a 

ATOR 

52b 

TRIP 

COIL 

CLOS E 

COIL 

SELF TE S T ANNUNCI ATOR 

OUTPUT CO NTACT S 

SH OWN WITH N O 

CO NTROL P OWE R 

RS232 I NTER FACE 

REL AY COMPUTER 

1 

1 8 

TXD 2 2 3 RXD 

RXD 3 3 2 TXD 

4 4 20 

SGND 5 5 7 SGND 

6 

6 6 

7 

7 4 

8 8 5 

9 9 22 

9 PIN 

CONNEC TOR 

25 PIN 

CONNEC TOR 

9 WIRE RS232 

CO NTRO L 

POWE R 

120 

HUB 

120 

1nF 

1nF 

GROUND 

COMMUNIC ATION PO RT S 

ON LY AT M AS TER DEVIC E 

Ethernet 

Option (T) 

1 20 

1nF 

PERSONAL 

COMPUTER 


COMMON- 

COMMON 

120 1nF 

RS485 

PO RT 

4-20mA 

ANA LOG 

INPUT 

PLC 

or 

COMPUTER 

THERMAL CA PACIT Y 

#1+ 

1 AVG 

#2+ 

S TATOR RTD s 

#3+ 

KW 

#4+ 

M OTOR M OTOR LOA D LOA D 

BEARING1 BEARING2 BEARING1 BEARING2 

SELF P OWERED VIBR ATION TRANSDUCER S 


403


Technical Specifications 


PROTECTION 

PHASE SHORT CIRCUIT 

Pickup Level: 2.0 to 20.0 x CT primary in steps of 

0.1 of any one phase 

Time Delay: 0 to 1000 ms in steps of 10 

Pickup Accuracy: as per Phase Current Inputs 

Timing Accuracy: +50 ms 

Elements: 

Trip 

REDUCED VOLTAGE START 

Transition Level: 25 to 300% FLA in steps of 1 

Transition Time: 1 to 250 s in steps of 1 

Transition Control: Current, Timer, Current and Timer 

OVERLOAD/STALL PROTECTION/THERMAL MODEL 

Overload Curves: 15 Standard Overload Curves, 

Custom Curve, Voltage Dependent 

Custom Curve for high inertia 

starting (all curves time out against 

average phase current) 

Curve Biasing Phase Unbalance 

Hot/Cold Curve Ratio 

Stator RTD 

Running Cool Rate 

Stopped Cool Rate 

Line Voltage 

Overload Pickup: 1.01 to 1.25 (for service factor) 


Timing Accuracy: ±100 ms or ±2% of total time 

Elements: 

Trip and Alarm 

MECHANICAL JAM 

Pickup Level: 1.01 to 3.00 x FLA in steps of 0.01 

of any one phase, blocked on start 

Time Delay: 1 to 30 s in steps of 1 


Timing Accuracy: ±0.5 s or ±0.5% of total time 

Elements: 

Trip 

UNDERCURRENT 

Pickup Level: 0.01 - 0.99 x CT Trip 

0.01 - 0.95 x CT Alarm in steps 

of 0.01 


Block From Start: 0 to 15000 s in steps of 1 



Elements: 


CURRENT UNBALANCE 

Unbalance: 

I2 / I1 if Iavg > FLA 

I2 / I1 x Iavg / FLA if Iavg < FLA 

Range: 0 to 100% UB in steps of 1 

Pickup Level: 4 to 40% UB in steps of 1 


Pickup Accuracy: ±2% 

Timing Accuracy: ±0.5 s or ± 0.5% of total time 

Elements: 


PHASE DIFFERENTIAL 

Pickup Level: 0.05 to 1.0 x CT primary in steps of 

0.01 of any one phase 


Pickup Accuracy: as per Phase Differential 

Current Inputs 


Elements: 

Trip 

GROUND INSTANTANEOUS 

Pickup Level: 0.1 to 1.0 x CT primary 

in steps of 0.01 


Pickup Accuracy: as per Ground Current Input 


Elements: 


ACCELERATION TIMER 

Pickup: 

Transition of no phase current to 

> overload pickup 

Dropout: 

When current falls 

below overload pickup 

Time Delay: 1.0 to 250.0 s in steps of 0.1 

Timing Accuracy: 

Elements: 

JOGGING BLOCK 

Starts/Hour: 1 to 5 in steps of 1 

Time between 

Starts: 1 to 500 

min. 

±100 ms or ± 0.5% of total time 

Trip 


Elements: 

Block 

RESTART BLOCK 



Elements: 

Block 

RTD 

Pickup: 1 to 250°C in steps of 1 

Pickup Hysteresis: 2°C 

Time Delay: 

Elements: 

UNDERVOLTAGE 

Pickup Level: 

Motor Starting: 

3 s 


0.60 to 0.99 x Rated in 

steps of 0.01 

Motor Running: 0.60 to 0.99 x Rated in 

steps of 0.01 any one phase 


Pickup Accuracy: as per Voltage Inputs 

Timing Accuracy: 30% of full scale in Phase A 

Overfrequency Pkp: 25.01 to 70.00 in steps of 0.01 

Underfrequency Pkp: 20.00 to 60.00 in steps of 0.01 

Accuracy: 

±0.02 Hz 


Timing Accuracy: 2 x CT: ± 1% of 20 x CT 

CT Withstand: 1 second at 80 x rated current 

2 seconds at 40 x rated current 

continuous at 3 x rated current 

DIFFERENTIAL CURRENT INPUTS 

CT Primary: 

1 to 5000 A 

CT Secondary: 1 A or 5 A (Set point) 

Burden: 

Less than 0.2 VA at rated load 

Conversion Range: 0.02 to 1 x CT primary Amps 

Nominal Frequency: 20 - 70 Hz 

Frequency Range: 20 - 120 Hz 

Accuracy: 

± 0.5% of 1 x CT for 5 A 

± 0.5% of 5 x CT for 1 A 





GROUND CURRENT INPUTS 

CT Primary: 

1 to 5000 A 

CT Secondary: 1 A or 5 A (Set point) 

Burden: 

< 0.2 VA at rated load for 1 A or 

5 A < 0.25 VA for 50:025 at 25 A 

Conversion Range: 0.02 to 1 x CT primary Amps 



Accuracy: 

± 0.5% of 1 x CT for 5 A 

± 0.5% of 5 x CT for 1 A 

± 0.125 A for 50:0.025 




VOLTAGE INPUTS 

VT Ratio: 1.00 to 150.00:1 in steps of 0.01 

VT Secondary: 273 V AC (full scale) 

Conversion Range: 0.05 to 1.00 x full scale 



Accuracy: 

±0.5% of full scale 

Max. Continuous: 280 V AC 

Burden: 

> 500 k 

DIGITAL INPUTS 

Inputs: 

9 opto-isolated inputs 

External Switch: dry contact < 400 , or open 

collector NPN transistor from 

sensor; 6 mA sinking from internal 

4 K pull-up at 24 V DC 

with Vce < 4 V DC 

469 Sensor Supply: +24 V DC at 20 mA maximum 

RTD INPUTS 

3 wire RTD Types: 100 Platinum (DIN.43760), 

100 Nickel, 

120 Nickel, 

10 Copper 

RTD Sensing 5mA 

Current: 

Isolation: 

36 Vpk (isolated with analog 

inputs and outputs) 

Range: 

–50 to +250°C 

Accuracy: 

±2°C 

Lead Resistance: 25 Max per lead for Pt and Ni 

type 3 Max per lead for Cu type 

No Sensor: >1000 

Short/Low Alarm:: < –50°C 

TRIP COIL SUPERVISION 

Applicable Voltage: 20 to 300 V DC / V AC 

Trickle Current: 2 to 5 mA 

ANALOG CURRENT INPUTS 

Current Inputs: 0 to 1 mA, 0 to 20mA or 

4 to 20 mA (setpoint) 

Input Impedance: 226 ±10% 

Conversion Range: 0 to 21 mA 

Accuracy: 

±1% of full scale 

Type: 

passive 

Analog In Supply: +24 V DC at 100 mA maximum 

Response Time: 100 ms 

404 



Technical Specifications (continued) 

outputs 

ANALOG OUTPUTS 

Type: 

Active 

Range: 4 to 20 mA, 0 to 1 mA (must be specified 

with order) 

Accuracy: ±1% of full scale 

Maximum 4 to 20 mA input: 1200 , 

Load: 

0 to 1 mA input: 10 k 

Isolation: 36 Vpk (Isolation with RTDs and Analog 

Inputs) 

4 Assignable phase A current, phase B current, 

Outputs: phase C current, 3 phase average 

current, ground current, phase AN (AB) 

voltage, phase BN (BC) voltage, phase CN 

(CA) voltage, 3 phase average voltage, 

hottest stator RTD, hottest bearing 

RTD,hottest other RTD, RTD # 1 to 12, 

Power factor, 3-phase Real power (kW), 

3-phase Apparent power (kVA, 3-phase 

Reactive power (kvar), Thermal Capacity 

Used, Relay Lockout Time, Current 

Demand, kvar Demand, kW Demand, 

kVA Demand, Motor Load, Torque Motor 

Load, Torque 

OUTPUT RELAYS 

Configuration: 6 Electromechanical Form C 

Contact silver alloy 

Material: 

Operate Time: 10 ms 

Max ratings for 100000 operations 

VOLTAGE 

M/C M/C 

CONT. 0.2 SEC. 

BREAK 

MAX 

LOAD 

30 VDC 10 A 30A 10 A 300 W 

DC 

125 VDC 10 A 30A 0.5 A 62.5 W 

Resistive 

250 VDC 10 A 30A 0.3 A 75 W 

DC 

30 VDC 10 A 30A 5 A 150 W 

Inductive 125 VDC 10 A 30A 0.25 A 31.3 W 

L/R = 40 ms 250 VDC 10 A 30A 0.15 A 37.5 W 

AC Resistive 

120 VAC 10 A 30A 10 A 2770 VA 

AC Inductive 

P.F. = 0.4 

250 VAC 10 A 30A 10 A 2770 VA 

120 VAC 10 A 30A 4 A 480 VA 

250 VAC 10 A 30A 3 A 750 VA 

power supply 

CONTROL POWER 

Options: LO / HI (must be specified with order) 

LO Range: DC: 20 to 60 V DC AC: 20 to 48 V 

AC at 48 to 62 Hz 

Hi Range: DC: 90 to 300 V DC 

AC: 70 to 265 V AC at 48 to 62 Hz 

Power: 45 VA (max), 25 VA typical 

Proper operation time without supply voltage: 30 ms 

communications 

RS232 Port: 1, Front Panel, non-isolated 

RS485 Ports: 2, Isolated together at 36 Vpk 

Baud Rates: RS485: 300 - 19,200 Baud 

programmable parity RS232: 9600 

Parity: 

None, Odd, Even 

Protocol: Modbus® RTU / half duplex 

Ethernet Port: 10BaseT, RJ45 Connector, 

ModBus® RTU over TCP/IP 

monitoring 

POWER FACTOR 

Range: 0.01 lead or lag to 1.00 

Pickup Level: 0.99 to 0.05 in steps of 0.01, 

Lead & Lag 



Pickup Accuracy: ±0.02 

Timing Accuracy: ±100 ms or ±0.5% of total time 

Elements: 


3-PHASE REAL POWER 

Range: 

0 to ±99999 kW 

Underpower Pkp: 1 to 25000 kW in steps of 1 



Pickup Accuracy: at Iavg < 2 x CT: ±1% 

of 3 x 2 x CT x VT x VT full scale at 

Iavg > 2 x CT±1.5% of 3 x 20 x CT x 

VT x VT full scale 


Elements: 


3-PHASE APPARENT POWER 

Range: 

0 to 65535 kVA at Iavg < 2 x CT: 

±1% of 3 x 2 x CT x VT x VT 

full scale at Iavg > 2 x CT±1.5% of 

3 x 20 x CT x VT x VT full scale 

CT x VT x VTfull scale 

3-PHASE REACTIVE POWER 

Range: 

0 to ±99999 kW 

Pickup Level: ±1 to 25000 kW in steps of 1 

Time Delay: 0.2 to 30.0 s in steps of 1 


Pickup Accuracy: 

Timing Accuracy: 

Elements: 

OVERTORQUE 

Pickup Level: 

at Iavg < 2 x CT: ±1% of 3 x 2 x CT x 

VT x VTfull scale at Iavg > 2 x CT: 

±1.5% of 3 x 20 x CT x VT x VT 

full scale 

±100 ms or ±0.5% of total time 


1.0 to 999999.9 Nm/ft·lb in steps of 

0.1; torque unit is selectable under 

torque setup 


Pickup Accuracy: ±2.0% 

Time Accuracy: ±100 ms or 0.5% of total time 

Elements: Alarm (INDUCTION MOTORS ONLY) 

METERED REAL ENERGY CONSUMPTION 

Description: Continuous total real power 

consumption 

Range: 

0 to 999999.999 MW·hours. 

Timing Accuracy: ±0.5% 

Update Rate: 5 seconds 

METERED REACTIVE ENERGY CONSUMPTION 

Description: Continuous total reactive power 

consumption 

Range: 

0 to 999999.999 Mvar·hours 



METERED REACTIVE POWER GENERATION 

Description: Continuous total reactive power 

generation 

Range: 

0 to 2000000.000 Mvar·hours 



product tests 

Thermal Cycling: 

Dielectric Strength: 

type tests 

Dielectric 

voltage 

withstand: 

Impulse 

voltage 

withstand: 

Damped 

Oscillatory: 

Electrostatic 

Discharge: 

RF immunity: 

Fast Transient 

Disturbance: 

Surge 

Immunity: 

Conducted RF 

Immunity: 

Radiated & 

Conducted 

Emissions: 

Sinusoidal 

Vibration: 

Voltage Dip & 

interruption: 

Ingress 

Protection: 

Environmental 

(Cold): 

Environmental 

(Dry heat): 

ESD: 

Safety: 

certification 

ISO: 

Operational test at ambient, 

reducing to –40°C and then 

increasing to 60°C 

2.0 kV for 1 minute from relays, 

CTs, VTs, power supply to Safety 

Ground 

EN60255-5 

EN60255-5 

IEC61000-4-18 / IEC60255-22-1 

EN61000-4-2 / IEC60255-22-2 

EN61000-4-3 / IEC60255-22-3 

EN61000-4-4 / IEC60255-22-4 

EN61000-4-5 / IEC60255-22-5 

EN61000-4-6 / IEC60255-22-6 

CISPR11 / CISPR22 / IEC60255-25 

IEC60255-21-1 

IEC61000-4-11 

IEC60529 

IEC60068-2-1 

IEC60068-2-2 

IEEE / ANSIC37.90.3 

UL508 / UL C22.2-14 / UL1053 

Manufactured under an ISO9001 registered 

system. 

CE: EN60255-5 / EN60255-27 / EN61010-1 / 

EN50263 

cULus: UL508 / UL1053 / C22.2.No 14 

environmental 

Temperature Range: 

Operating: -40 °C to +60 °C 

Ambient Storage: -40 °C to +80 °C 

Ambient Shipping: -40 °C to +80 °C 

Humidity: 

Operating up to 95% (non 

condensing) @ 55C 

Pollution degree: 2 

IP Rating: 

IP40 (front), IP20 (back) 


Please refer to Multilin 469 Motor Protection System Instruction Manual for complete technical specifications 


405


Ordering 

469 * * * * * 

469 | Basic Unit 

P1 

1 A phase CT secondaries 

P5 

5 A phase CT secondaries 

LO 

DC: 24 - 60 V; AC: 20 - 48 V @ 48 -62 Hz control power 

HI 

DC: 90 - 300 V; AC: 70 - 265 V @ 48 -62 Hz control power 

A1 

0 - 1 mA analog outputs 

A20 

4 - 20 mA analog outputs 

D 

DeviceNet 

E 

Enhanced front panel 

T 

Enhanced front panel with Ethernet 10BaseT option 

H Harsh (Chemical) Environment Conformal Coating 


Accessories for the 469: 

• 469 Motor Protection Learning CD TRCD-469-C-S-1 

• Multilink Ethernet Switch ML2400-F-HI-HI-A2-A2-A6-G1 

• Product Maintenance Learning CD TRCD-MAINT-C-S-1 

• Viewpoint Maintenance VPM-1 

• Viewpoint Monitoring VP-1 

Visit www.GEMultilin.com/469 to: 

• View Guideform Specifications 

• Download the instruction manual 

• Review applications notes and support documents 

• Buy a 469 online 

406 


090824-v1

Bulletin 140M 


Product Overview 

! 

1 

2 

Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers 

Current Range 0.1…630 A 

UL Listed for Motor Loads 

− Short Circuit Protection 

− Overload Protection 

Visible Trip Indication 

High Current Limiting 

High Switching Capacity 

The Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers provide short 

circuit and overload protection for individual motor loads. Factoryinstalled 

internal accessories make installation and wiring easy. 

Table of Contents 

Product Selection — 


Circuit Breakers.......... 2-8 

Approximate 

Dimensions................... 2-49 

Standards Compliance 

IEC/EN 60947-1, -2, -4-1, -5-1 

IEC/EN 60204-1 

CSA, C22.2 No.14 

UL 508 

UL 489 

3 

4 

General Information 

Your order must include: cat. no. of the Motor Protection Circuit 

Breaker selected and, if required, cat. no. of any accessories. 

Certifications 

CE Marked 

cULus Listed (File No. 

E197878, E205542, Guide 

DIVQ/DIVQ7, NKJH/NKJH7) 

CCC 

CSA Certified 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

Motor Protection Circuit Breakers may provide the following protective and control functions. 

Disconnect for Motor Branch Circuit 

Branch-Circuit, Short-Circuit Protection (Magnetic Protection) 

Overload Protection (Thermal Protection) 

Switching (Manual) 

In North America, electrical codes require that an individual Motor Branch Circuit be protected by a UL/CSA Listed Fuse, Circuit Breaker or 

Self-Protected Combination Motor Controller. 

140M-C, D and F Frames: 

The 140M-C, D and F frame Motor Protection Circuit Breakers may have 2 cULus Listings – as Manual, Self-Protected Combination Motor 

Controllers and as Manual Motor Controllers (with optional approvals for Motor Disconnect and Group Installation). 

When UL/CSA listed as Manual, Self-Protected Combination Motor Controllers, the 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers provide all of the 

necessary NEC/CEC requirements for the protection and control of individual Motor Branch Circuits without additional protective devices. 

At some higher voltages and currents (particularly at 600V), a few of the 140M-C, D and F frame devices are only UL/CSA Listed as Manual 

Motor Controllers (with optional approvals for Motor Disconnect and Group Installation). In NEC/CEC Group Installations, these devices must 

be applied per the appropriate rules which require the use of an upstream Branch-Circuit, Short-Circuit Protective Device (BCPD). See the 

table on page 2-17 for the specific ratings of each Motor Protection Circuit Breaker. 

140-CMN Frame: 

The 140-CMN frame Motor Protection Circuit Breakers are UL Listed/CSA Certified as Manual Motor Controllers (with optional approvals for 

Motor Disconnect and Group Installation). In NEC/CEC Group Installations, these devices must be applied per the appropriate rules which 

require the use of an upstream Branch-Circuit, Short-Circuit Protective Device (BCPD). See the table on page 2-17 for the specific ratings of 

each Motor Protection Circuit Breaker. 

140M-I, J and L Frames: 

The 140M-I, J and L frame Motor Protection Circuit Breakers are cULus Listed as Circuit Breakers as shown in the table on page 2-9. In 

these cases, the 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers provide all of the necessary NEC/CEC requirements for the protection and control of 

individual Motor Branch Circuits without additional protective devices. 

For further details on the proper application of Motor Protection Circuit Breakers, please see the diagrams on the following pages. 

11 

12 

13 

2-2 

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 

Preferred availability cat. nos. are printed in bold

Bulletin 140M 


Product Overview, Continued 

! 

1 

C-Frame D-Frame F-Frame CMN-Frame I-Frame J-Frame L-Frame 

Max. Current I e 25 A 25 A 45 A 90 A 205 A 250 A 630 A 

Current Rating 0.1…25 A 1.6…25 A 6.3…45 A 16…90 A 40…205 A 20…250 A 100…630 A 

Short Circuit Protection 

Standard Magnetic Trip 

High Magnetic Trip — — — 

Overload Protection 

Trip Class 10 10 10 10 5…20 10…30 10…30 

Standards Compliance: 

CSA 22.2, No. 14 

CSA 22.2, No. 5 — — — — 

UL 508 (Group Install.) — — — 

UL 508 Manual, Self 

Protected (Type E) 

— — — — 

UL 508 (Overload 

Protection) 

 

UL 489 — — — — 

IEC 60947-1, -2 

IEC 60947-4-1 

CE 

ATEX — — — — — 

CCC — — — — 

Accessories 

Ext. Rotary Operator 

Flex Cable Operator — — — — 

Auxiliary Contacts 

Trip Indication Contacts 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 


Preferred availability cat. nos. are printed in bold 

2-3

Bulletin 140M 


Catalog Number Explanation 

! 

Cat. No. Explanation 

Examples given in this section are for reference purposes. This basic explanation should not be used for product selection; not all 

combinations will produce a valid catalog number. 

1 

140M – C – 2 – E – A63 – KN – CC – GJ 

a b c d e f g h 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

Code 

140M 

Code 

C 

D 

F 

I 

J 

L 

a 

Bulletin Number 

Description 


(MPCBs) 

b 

Frame Size and Rating 

Description 

25 A 

25 A 

45 A 

205 A 

250 A 

400 A and 600 A 

Interrupting Rating / Breaking Capacity 

Code 

Description 

2 Normal Break 

8 High Break 

Current Range 

Code Description Example 

A A = .10 A16 = 0.16 

B B = 1.0 B16 = 1.6 

C C = 10 C16 = 16 

D D = 100 D16 = 160 

E E = 1000 E16 = 1600 

c 

d 

Protection Type 

Code 

Description 

E Adj Thermal/ Fixed Mag (13 x In) 

Adj Thermal / Fixed Mag (Fixed at 16...20 

T 

x In) 

e 

f, g, h 

Factory-Installed Options 

f 

Miscellaneous See page 2-33 

g 

Aux/Trip Contacts See page 2-33 

h 

UV and Shunt Trips See page 2-33 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

2-4 



Bulletin 140M 


Product Selection, Continued 

! 

Product Selection — Motor Protection Circuit Breakers 

Short Circuit Protection — Standard Magnetic Trip (Fixed at 13 x I e ) 

Overload Protection — Trip Class 10 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

Cat. No. 140M-C 

Rated 

Operational 

Current (I e ) 

[A] 

Motor 

Current 

Adjustment 

Range [A] 

Magnetic 

Trip 

Current 

[A] 

Cat. No. 140M-D 

Cat. No. 140M-F 

Ultimate 

Interrupting 

Current [kA] 

(I cu ) Max. 3-phase Hp Ratings Max. kW, 3-Phase 

Cat. No. 140-CMN 

400V 480V 200V 230V 460V 575V 230V 400/415V 500V 690V Cat. No. 

C-Frame 

0.16 0.10…0.16 2.1 100 65 — — — — — 0.02 — — 140M-C2E-A16 

0.25 0.16…0.25 3.3 100 65 — — — — — 0.06 — — 140M-C2E-A25 

0.4 0.25…0.40 5.2 100 65 — — — — — 0.09 — — 140M-C2E-A40 

0.63 0.40…0.63 8.2 100 65 — — — — 0.09 0.18 0.18 0.25 140M-C2E-A63 

1 0.63…1.0 13 100 65 — — 0.5 0.75 0.12 0.25 0.37 0.55 140M-C2E-B10 

1.6 1.0…1.6 21 100 65 — — 1 1 0.25 0.55 0.75 1.1 140M-C2E-B16 

2.5 1.6…2.5 33 100 65 0.5 0.75 1.5 2 0.37 0.75 1.1 1.8 140M-C2E-B25 

4 2.5…4.0 52 100 65 1 1 3 3 0.75 1.5 2.2 3 140M-C2E-B40 

6.3 4.0…6.3 82 100 65 1.5 2 5 5 1.5 2.2 3 4 140M-C2E-B63 

10 6.3…10 130 100 65 3 3 7.5 10 2.2 4 6.3 7.5 140M-C2E-C10 

16 10…16 208 50 30 5 5 10 15 4 7.5 10 13 140M-C2E-C16 

20 14.5…20 260 15 30 5 7.5 15 20 5.5 10 11 17 140M-C2E-C20 

25 18…25 325 15 25 7.5 7.5 15 20 — 11 15 22 140M-C2E-C25 

D-Frame 

2.5 1.6…2.5 33 100 65 0.5 0.75 1.5 2 0.37 0.75 1.1 1.8 140M-D8E-B25 

4 2.5…4.0 52 100 65 1 1 3 3 0.75 1.5 2.2 3 140M-D8E-B40 

6.3 4.0…6.3 82 100 65 1.5 2 5 5 1.5 2.2 3 4 140M-D8E-B63 

10 6.3…10 130 100 65 3 3 7.5 10 2.2 4 6.3 7.5 140M-D8E-C10 

16 10…16 208 100 65 5 5 10 15 4 7.5 10 13 140M-D8E-C16 

20 14.5…20 260 50 65 5 7.5 15 20 5.5 10 11 17 140M-D8E-C20 

25 18…25 325 50 30 7.5 7.5 15 20 — 11 15 22 140M-D8E-C25 

F-Frame 

10 6.3…10 130 65 65 3 3 7.5 10 2.2 4 6.3 7.5 140M-F8E-C10 

16 10…16 208 65 65 5 5 10 15 4 7.5 10 13 140M-F8E-C16 

20 14.5…20 260 65 65 5 7.5 15 20 5.5 10 11 17 140M-F8E-C20 

25 18…25 325 65 65 7.5 10 20 25 6.3 11 15 22 140M-F8E-C25 

32 23…32 416 65 65 7.5 10 25 30 7.5 15 20 25 140M-F8E-C32 

45 32…45 585 65 65 10 15 30 40 13 22 30 40 140M-F8E-C45 

CMN-Frame 

25 16…25 350 65 65 5 7.5 15 20 7.5 13 15 22 140-CMN-2500 

40 25…40 560 65 65 10 10 30 30 11 22 25 30 140-CMN-4000 

63 40…63 882 65 42 20 20 40 60 20 32 40 55 140-CMN-6300 

90 63…90 1260 50 35 25 30 60 75 25 45 55 75 140-CMN-9000 

Horsepower/kW ratings shown in the table above are for reference. The final selection of the MPCB depends on the actual motor full load current and, in 

North America, service factor. 

13 

2-8 



! 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

Bulletin 140M 

Motor Circuit Protectors 

Application Ratings, Continued 

UL Listed Application Ratings - Motor Protection Circuit Breakers with Bulletin 100-C Contactors 

UL 508 Manual Motor Controller 

Group Motor Installation 

Motor 

Disconnect 

UL 508 Type F 

Combination 

Motor Controller 

UL 508 Type E 

Self-Protected Combination 

Motor Controller 

Max. 

Max. Short Max. Short 

Fuse or 

Circuit Current Circuit Current 

Max. Short Circuit Current 

Max. Short Circuit Current 

C.B. Minimum [kA] 

[kA] Minimum 

[kA] 

Minimum 

[kA] 

per Contactor 

Contactor 

Contactor 

Cat. No. NEC Size 480V 600V 480V 600V Size 480Y/277V§ 600Y/347V§ Size 480Y/277V§ 600Y/347V§ 

C-Frame 

140M-C2E-A16 450 100-C09 65 47 65 47 100-C09 65 47 100-C09 65 47 

140M-C2E-A25 450 100-C09 65 47 65 47 100-C09 65 47 100-C09 65 47 

140M-C2E-A40 450 100-C09 65 47 65 47 100-C09 65 47 100-C09 65 47 

140M-C2E-A63 450 100-C09 65 47 65 47 100-C09 65 47 100-C09 65 47 

140M-C2E-B10 450 100-C09 65 47 65 47 100-C09 65 47 100-C09 65 47 

140M-C2E-B16 450 100-C09 65 47 65 47 100-C09 65 47 100-C09 65 47 

140M-C2E-B25 450 100-C09 65 30 65 30 100-C09 65 30 100-C09 65 — 

140M-C2E-B40 450 100-C09 65 25 65 25 100-C09 65 30 — — — 

140M-C2E-B63 450 100-C09 65 30 65 30 100-C09 65 — — — — 

140M-C2E-C10 450 100-C09 65 30 65 30 100-C09 65 — — — — 

140M-C2E-C16 450 100-C12 30 30 30 30 100-C12 30 — — — — 

140M-C2E-C20 450 100-C16 30 30 10 10 100-C23 10 — — — — 

140M-C2E-C25 450 100-C23 25 10 10 10 — — — — — — 

140M-C2E-C25 450 100-C30 25 10 10 5 — — — — — — 

D-Frame 

140M-D8E-B25 450 100-C09 65 30 65 30 100-C09 65 30 100-C09 65 — 

140M-D8E-B25 — — — — — — — — — 100-C23 65 30 

140M-D8E-B40 450 100-C09 65 30 65 30 100-C09 65 30 100-C23 65 30 

140M-D8E-B63 450 100-C09 65 30 65 30 100-C09 65 30 100-C30 65 30 

140M-D8E-C10 450 100-C09 65 30 65 30 100-C09 65 30 100-C30 65 30 

140M-D8E-C16 450 100-C12 65 30 65 30 100-C12 65 30 100-C30 65 30 

140M-D8E-C20 450 100-C23 65 30 65 30 100-C23 65 — 100-C30 65 — 

140M-D8E-C25 450 100-C23 30 30 30 30 100-C23 65 — 100-C30 30 — 

F-Frame 

140M-F8E-C10 600 100-C30 65 30 65 30 100-C30 65 30 100-C30 65 30 

140M-F8E-C16 600 100-C30 65 30 65 30 100-C30 65 30 100-C30 65 30 

140M-F8E-C20 600 100-C30 65 30 65 30 100-C30 65 30 100-C30 65 30 

140M-F8E-C25 600 100-C30 65 30 65 30 100-C30 65 30 100-C30 65 30 

140M-F8E-C32 600 100-C30 65 30 65 30 100-C30 65 30 100-C30 65 30 

140M-F8E-C45 600 100-C37 65 18 65 18 100-C37 65 — 100-C37 65 — 

CMN-Frame 

140-CMN-2500 1000 100-C16 65 42 — — — — — — — — 

140-CMN-4000 1000 100-C30 65 42 — — — — — — — — 

140-CMN-6300 1000 100-C43 42 18 — — — — — — — — 

140-CMN-9000 1000 100-C72 35 10 — — — — — — — — 

§ For full voltage (delta) ratings above 277V or 347V, follow the NEC or CEC rules for group motor applications. 

11 

12 

13 

2-20 



Bulletin 140M 

Motor Protection Circuit Breakers and Motor Circuit Protectors 

Accessories 

Description 

Operator Position 

OFF ON Tripped 

! 

Term. 

No. 

Description 

Connection Diagram 

 

For Use 

With 

Cat. No. 

O X O 13-14 

N.O. Aux 

140M-C, 

D, F 

140M-C-AFA10 

1 

X O X 11-12 N.C. Aux 

140M-C, 

D, F 

140M-C-AFA01 

2 

Front-Mounted 

Auxiliary Contact 

1-pole or 2-pole 

No additional space 

required 

-Only 1 per MPCB 

O X O 13-14 N.O. Aux 

X O X 21-22 N.C. Aux 

O X O 13-14 N.O. Aux 

O X O 23-24 N.O. Aux 

13 

14 

21 

22 

140M-C, 

D, F 

140M-C, 

D, F 

140M-C-AFA11 

140M-C-AFA20 

3 

4 

5 

X O X 11-12 N.C. Aux 

X O X 21-22 N.C. Aux 

140M-C, 

D, F 

140M-C-AFA02 

6 

O X O 33-34 N.O. Aux 

O X O 43-44 N.O. Aux 

140M-C, 

D, F 

140M-C-ASA20 

7 

Right Side-Mounted 


2-pole 

Adds 9 mm to the 

width of the device 

- 2 per MPCB 

X O X 31-32 N.C. Aux 

X O X 41-42 N.C. Aux 

31 

32 

41 

42 

140M-C, 

D, F 

140M-C-ASA02 

8 

O X O 33-34 N.O. Aux 

X O X 41-42 N.C. Aux 

140M-C, 

D, F 

140M-C-ASA11 

9 

X = Contact Closed; O = Contact Open 

 

10 

11 

12 

13 



2-25

! 

1 

2 

IEC Performance Data 

Bulletin 140M 


Cat. No. 140M-C2E- 

Specifications 

A16 A25 A40 A63 B10 B16 B25 B40 B63 C10 C16 C20 C25 

Rated Operational Current, I e [A] 0.16 0.25 0.4 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 4 6.3 10 16 20 25 

Magnetic Release Current [A] 2.1 3.3 5.2 8.2 13 21 33 52 82 130 208 260 325 

Switching of Standard Three-Phase Motors 

AC-2, AC-3 

230/240V [kW] — — — 0.06/0.09 0.12 0.18/0.25 0.37 0.55/0.75 1.1/1.5 2.2 3.0/4.0 4.0/5.5 — 

400/415V [kW] 0.02 0.06 0.09 0.12/0.18 0.25 0.37/0.55 0.75 1.1/1.5 2.2 3.0/4.0 5.5/7.5 7.5/10 11 

500V [kW] — — — 0.18 0.25/0.37 0.55/0.75 1.1 1.5/2.2 2.5/3.0 4.0/6.3 7.5/10 11 15 

690V [kW] — — — 0.25 0.37/0.55 0.75/1.1 1.8 2.2/3.0 4.0 5.5/7.5 11/13 15/17 

Back-Up Fuses 

18.5/2 

2 

! 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

gG, gL, only if I cc ≥I cu 

230/240V [A] 100 100 

400/415V [A] 80 100 100 

440/460V [A] 80 80 80 

500V [A] 80 80 80 80 

690V [A] 16 20 35 50 50 63 63 63 

Ultimate Short Circuit Breaking Capacity 

I cu 

230/240V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 50 

400/415V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 65 50 15 

440/460V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 10 6 6 

500V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 10 6 6 

690V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 8 8 8 4 4 3 3 3 

Rated Service Short Circuit Breaking Capacity 

I cs 

230/240V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 50 

400/415V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 15 15 

440/460V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 6 6 6 

500V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 6 6 6 

690V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 8 8 8 4 4 3 3 3 

No back-up fuse required. 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

9 

10 

10 

11 

11 

12 

13 



2-35

! 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

Bulletin 140M 


Specifications, Continued 

General Data 

Rated Insulation Voltage U i 

Cat. No. 140M-C 140M-D 140M-F 140-CMN 

IEC, SEV, VDE 0660 [V] 690 690 

UL, CSA [V] 600 600 

Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage U imp 

Pollution degree 3 3 

Main circuits U imp /Overvoltage Category 6 kV/III 6 kV/III 

Auxiliary circuits U imp /Overvoltage Category 6 kV/III 6 kV/III 

Rated Frequency [Hz] 50/60 40…60 

Utilization Category 

IEC 60947-2 (Circuit breaker) A A 

IEC 60947-4-1 (Motor starter) AC-3 AC-3 

Life Span 

Mechanical [operations] 100 000 30 000 30 000 

Electrical (I e max.) [operations] 100 000 30 000 

10 000 (up to 63 A) 

5 000 (up to 90 A) 

Switching Frequency [operations/h] max. 25 (motor starts) max. 20 

Ambient Temperature 

Storage [°C] -40 … +80 -25… +80 

Operation [°C] -25… +60 

Resistance to Climatic Change IEC 68-2 C IV (acc. to IEC 68) 

Moisture/heat resistance 

40 °C, 92% relative humidity, 56 days 

Moisture/change resistance 

23 °C, 83%/40 °C, 92%, 50 cycles 

Site Altitude [m] to 2000 N.N. 

Protection Class 

IP20, when wired 

Resistance to Shock [g] 30, 11 ms 30, 11 ms 

Resistance to Vibration IEC 68-2 

Frequency range [Hz] 10…150 

in all directions [g] under testing 

Rated Thermal Current I th 

IEC, SEV, VDE 0660 

up to 40 °C ambient temperature [A] 0.1…25 1.6…25 6.3…45 16… 90 

up to 60 °C ambient temperature [A] 0.1…25 1.6…25 6.3…45 16… 90 

Rated Supply Current I e [A] 0.1…25 1.6…25 6.3…45 16… 90 

Number of setting ranges 13 7 6 4 

Dependence on Temperature 

40 °C [A] no reduction 



70 °C [A] 15 % current reduction of the upper rated current I e 

Overload Protection 

Characteristics 

IEC 60947-4-1 Motor protection 

(except Cat. Nos. 140M-C2N, 140M-D8N, 140M-F8N) 

Ambient Temperature Compensation [°C] -20 …+60 

Phase-loss Protection 

Differential release 

Trip class 

Magnetic Release 

Release current 

Total Power loss P v 

10 (except Cat. Nos. 140M-C2N, 140M-D8N, 140M-F8N) 

fixed setting 

fixed setting 

13 x I e max. (for 140M-C2E, 140M-D8E, 140M-F8E, 140M- 

C2N, 140M-D8N, 140M-F8N) 

16…20 x I e max. (for 140M-C2T, 140M-D8T, 140M-F8T) 

I e max. = maximum values of setting ranges 

IEC 60947-4-1 

Motor protection 

10 

fixed setting 

14 x I e max. 

Circuit Breaker at rated load operating temperature [W] 6…8 6…8 9…16 33 

Main Circuit Breaker Application 

Usable as main circuit breaker according to IEC 204 with corresponding accessories 

13 

2-42 



Bulletin 140M 



General Data, Continued 

Conformity to Standards 

Cat. No. 140M-C… 140M-D… 140M-F… 140-CMN 

Accessories for Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers 

IEC 60947-1; -2; -4-1; 

EN 60947-1; -2; -4-1; 

UL 508; CSA 22.2, No. 14 

IEC 60947-1; -2; -4-1; 

EN 60947-1; -2; -4-1; 

UL 508; CSA 22.2, No. 14 

Approvals CE, UL, CSA CE, UL, CSA 

Terminal Parts 

Type of terminals 

Screwdriver Pozidriv No. 2/Blade No. 3 Pozidriv No. 2/Blade No. 3 

1. conductor 

2. conductor 

1. conductor 

2. conductor 

1. conductor 

2. conductor 

[mm2 ]/[AWG] 

[mm2 ]/[AWG] 

[mm2 ]/[AWG] 

[mm2 ]/[AWG] 

[mm2 ]/[AWG] 

[mm2 ]/[AWG] 

1…4/No. 16…10 

1…4/No. 16…10 

1.5…6/No. 16…8 

1.5…6/No. 16…8 

1…6/No. 16…10 

1…6/No. 16…10 

2.5…16/No. 14…4 

2.5…10/No. 14…4 

2.5…16/No. 14…4 

2.5…10/No. 14…4 

2.5…25/No. 14…4 

2.5…16/No. 14…4 

2.5…35 

4…50 / 12…2 

4…50 / 12…2 

Tightening torque [Nm]/[lb•in] 2…2.5/18…22 3…3.5/27…30 6…10/55…90 

! 

1 

2 

3 

Auxiliary Contact Blocks for 

Front Mounting 

Cat. No. 140M-C-AFA…, 140M-C-AFAR… 

Auxiliary Contact Blocks for 

Right-Side Mounting 

Cat. No. 140M-C-ASA…, 140M-C-ASAR… 

4 

Rated Thermal Current I th 

at 40 °C ambient 

temperature 

at 60 °C ambient 

temperature 

Contact Class Coordination 

According to NEMA 

(UL/CSA Standards) 

[A] 

[A] 

AC 

DC 

5 

4 

B 300 

Q 300 

Back-Up Fuses gG, gL [A] 10 10 

Rated Supply Current [V] 24 120 240 24 120 240 415 690 

AC-15 [A] 4 3 1.5 6 5 3 2 0.7 

DC-13 [V] 24 120 240 24 120 240 415 

[A] 2 0.5 0.25 2 0.5 0.25 0.15 

Terminal Parts 

Type of terminals 

Screwdriver Pozidriv No. 2/Blade No. 3 

1. conductor 

2. conductor 

1. conductor 

2. conductor 

1. conductor 

2. conductor 

[mm2]/[AWG] 

[mm2]/[AWG] 

[mm2]/[AWG] 

[mm2]/[AWG] 

[mm2]/[AWG] 

[mm2]/[AWG] 

0.5…1.5/18…14 

0.75…1.5/18…14 

0.75…1.5/18…14 

0.75…1.5/18…14 

0.75…1.5/18…14 

0.75…1.5/18…14 

10 

6 

B 600 

Q 600 

0.5…2.5/18…14 

0.75…2.5/18…14 

0.75…2.5/18…14 

0.75…2.5/18…14 

0.75…2.5/18…14 

0.75…2.5/18…14 

Tightening torque [N•m]/[lb•in] 1.2…1.5/10.6…13 1.2…1.5/10.6…13 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 



2-43

Cut-off current 

Bulletin 140M 


asymmetrical 


! 

symmetrical 

The Bulletin 140-M limits solid short-circuit current I cc (prospective short-circuit current). ID is the maximum cut-off current (highest 

instantaneous value of the limited short-circuit current). This value is indicated in the following diagrams as a function of the progressive 

system short-circuit current. 

Bulletin 140M-C Circuit Breaker 

1 

2 

Maximum cut-off current 

Rated operating voltage 415V 

Maximum forward energy 


3 

4 

5 

6 

Bulletin 140M-D Circuit Breaker 





7 

8 

9 

max. cut-off current I D [kA] 

max. forward energy 

10 

11 

12 

Prospective short-circuit current I cc [kA] 


13 



2-47

Bulletin 140M 



! 

Bulletin 140M-F Circuit Breaker 





1 

2 

3 

4 

max. cut-off current I D [kA] 

max. forward energy 



5 

6 

Time-Current Characteristic 

Bulletin 140M-C, -D, -F Motor Protection Circuit Breakers 

10 000 

1h 

1 000 

Bulletin 140-CMN Motor Protector 

7 

100 

10 

1 

8 

Release Time [s] 

1 

0.1 

2 

0.01 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

0.001 

0.8 

1 2 4 6 10 20 40 60 100 

1) Thermal Release Trip Current 

The adjustable current-dependent delayed bimetal release protects motors against overload. The curve shows the mean operating current at 

an ambient temperature of 20 °C starting from the cold state. Careful testing and setting ensures effective motor protection even in the case 

of single-phasing. The overload characteristic is also valid for transformer protection. 

2) Magnetic Release Trip Current 

The instantaneous magnetic trip has a fixed operating current setting. This corresponds to 13 times the maximum value of setting range. 

(Transformer protection up to 20 x I e max.) At a lower setting it is correspondingly higher. 

Current Setting I eF 

Multiple of the set current I eF 

The overload trip corresponds to a thermal overload relay in a motor starter conforming to IEC947-4-1. If a different value is prescribed (e.g., 

reduced I e for cooling medium having a temperature higher than 40 °C or a place of installation higher than 2000 m above sea level), the 

setting current is equal to the reduced rated current I e of the motor. 

2-48 



Bulletin 194R 

IEC Fused and Non-Fused Disconnects 


Complete UL/CSA Disconnect Switch Kits 

Fast Shipment Program Cat. Nos. are 

printed in blue. 

• Includes Disconnect Switch, Operating Handle and Operating Shaft 

Load 

Rating 

(A) 

30 

60 

100 

200 

400 

Maximum Horsepower Ratings ➊ Disconnect Switch ➋ Operating 

Shaft 

3∅ (60 Hz) 

200V 230V 460V 575V 

Fuse 

Carrier 

Dim. 

Ref. 

7.5 7.5 15 20 Non-Fused A2 

7.5 7.5 15 20 30 A Class J A1 

5 5 10 10 30 A Class CC A1 

15 15 30 50 Non-Fused B2 

15 15 30 50 60 A Class J B1 

25 30 60 75 Non-Fused C1 

25 30 60 75 100 A Class J C1 

50 60 125 150 Non-Fused D1 

50 60 125 150 200 A Class J D1 

100 125 250 300 Non-Fused F1 

100 125 250 300 400 A Class J F1 

Type 

Standard 

Length 

Operating Handle 

Degree 

of Ingress 

Protection 

IP66 

(Type 3R, 3, 

12, 4, 4X) 

Color 

Cat. No. 

Black 194R-NN030P34R1 

Red/Yellow 194R-NN030P34ER1 

Black 194R-NJ030P34R1 

Red/Yellow 194R-NJ030P34ER1 

Black 194R-NC030P34R1 

Red/Yellow 194R-NC030P34ER1 









Black 

Red/Yellow 

Black 

Red/Yellow 

Black 

Red/Yellow 

Black 

Red/Yellow 

194R-NN200P34R3 

194R-NN200P34ER3 

194R-NJ200P34R3 

194R-NJ200P34ER3 

194R-NN400P34R5 

194R-NN400P34ER5 

194R-NJ400P34R5 

194R-NJ400P34ER5 

➊ Time delay fuses may be required to utilize the disconnect switch at its maximum horsepower ratings. 

➋ Only UL Listed Class J and CC, and CSA Certified HRCI-J fuses are suitable for use with these disconnect switches. 

Accessories — Page 21 

Specifications — Page 24 

Approximate Dimensions — Page 37 

20

Bulletin 194R 


Accessories, Continued 

Auxiliary Contacts ➊ 

Disconnect Switch 

Dim. Ref. 

Description 

Contact 

Configuration 

Cat. No. 

A1, A2 

B1, B2 


Adapter 

— 194R-AA 

Cat. No. 194R-AA 

1 N.O. 195-GA10 

ALL ➋ 

Single Pole ➌ 

1 N.C. 195-GA01 

1 N.O.…1 N.C. 195-GA11 

Cat. No. 195-GA10 

ALL ➋ 

Two Pole ➌ 

2 N.O. 195-GA20 

2 N.C. 195-GA02 

ALL 

Auxiliary Support 

For 5…8 Circuits Per 

Switch 

— 194R-A1 

Shorting Links For BS Switches Only 

Disconnect 

Switch 

Dim. Ref. 

Description 

For Use with 

Cat. No. 

Cat. No. 

A1 BS88 Size A1 194R-NA100P3 194R-SLA1 

B1 

194R-NA300P3 

BS88 Size A3 

194R-SLA3 

C1 

194R-NA380P3 

D1 BS88 Size A4 194R-NA400P3 194R-SLA4 

E1 BS88 Size B1, B2 194R-NB200P3 

194R-SLB2 

F1 BS88 Size B3, B4 194R-NB300P3 

Disconnect Switch Padlocking Kit 

Disconnect 

Switch Dim Ref. 

Pkg. Qty. 

Cat. No. 

A1, A2 

B1, B2 

1 194R-P1 

➊ See page 30 for contact ratings. 

➋ Disconnect switches with dimension reference A1, A2, B1 and B2 require a quantity of one (1) auxiliary contact adapter, Cat. No. 194R-AA, for 

installation of auxiliary contacts. 

➌ A maximum of four (4) contact blocks (8 auxiliary contacts) can be installed on each disconnect switch. When more than two (2) contact blocks 

are used, a support kit Cat. No. 194R-A1 must be used. 

Product Selection — Page 16 

23

Non-Fused Disconnect Switches For CSA and UL Class Applications ➊ 

Bulletin 194R 



Electrical Ratings 

Cat. No. 194R-NN030P3 194R-NN060P3 194R-NN100P3 194R-NN200P3 194R-NN400P3 

Maximum Fuse Cartridge Size 30 ➋ 60 ➋ 100 ➋ 200 ➋ 400 ➋ 

Maximum Voltage 

AC (V) 600 

600 

600 

600 

600 

DC (V) 250 

250 

250 

250 

250 

Ampere Rating (A) 30 60 100 200 400 

Maximum Short Circuit Prospective 

Fault Current 

(kA) 

100 100 100 100 100 

Fuse Operating Characteristics ➌ 

Maximum HP, 3ý AC 

Maximum HP, 1∅ AC 

Maximum HP, DC 

200V 60 Hz (HP) 

230V 60 Hz (HP) 

460V 60 Hz (HP) 

575V 60 Hz (HP) 

115V 60 Hz (HP) 

230V 60 Hz (HP) 

125V DC (HP) 

250V DC (HP) 

Time 

Delay 

7.5 

7.5 

15 

20 

2 

3 

3 

5 

Non- 

Time 

Delay 

3 

3 

5 

7.5 

.5 

1.5 

2 

5 

Time 

Delay 

15 

15 

30 

50 

3 

10 

5 

10 

Non- 

Time 

Delay 

7.5 

7.5 

15 

15 

1.5 

3 

5 

10 

Time 

Delay 

25 

30 

60 

75 

— 

15 

— 

20 

Non- 

Time 

Delay 

15 

15 

25 

30 

— 

7.5 

— 

20 

Time 

Delay 

50 

60 

125 

150 

— 

25 

— 

40 

Non- 

Time 

Delay 

25 

25 

50 

60 

— 

15 

— 

40 

Time 

Delay 

Power Lost (W) 2 6 20 40 80 

100 

125 

250 

300 

— 

50 

— 

50 

Non- 

Time 

Delay 

50 

50 

100 

125 

— 

25 

— 

50 

Mechanical Data 

Cat. No. 194R-NN030P3 194R-NN060P3 194R-NN100P3 194R-NN200P3 194R-NN400P3 

Degree of Protection (per IEC 947) 

Switch Only 

Switch with Terminal Shields 

& Fuse Cover(s) 

IP20 

IP20 

Mechanical Endurance ➌ Operations 10,000 10,000 10,000 8,000 8,000 

Operating Torque (Maximum) Nm 4 

4 

17.5 

20.3 

31.4 

Lb.-In. 35 

35 

155 

180 

275 

Terminal Capacity 

Power Terminals mm 2 

AWG 

2.5…6 

#14…#8 

IP20 

IP20 

2.5…25 

#14…#4 

IP00 

IP20 

2.5…35 

#14…#2 

IP00 

IP20 

16…120 

#6…250MCM 

IP00 

IP20 

Two 50…150 

Two 1/ 

0…350MCM 

Auxiliary Contact Terminals mm 2 

AWG 

2.5…4 

#14…#12 

2.5…4 

#14…#12 

2.5…4 

#14…#12 

2.5…4 

#14…#12 

2.5…4 

#14…#12 

Maximum Number of Auxiliary Circuits 8 8 8 8 8 

Approximate Weight kg. 

Lbs. 

Minimum Enclosure Size Height 

Approximate dimensions in Width 

millimeters (inches) 

Depth 

Switch Dimension Reference 

(See dimension drawings on pages 39, 

40, 41 and 42.) 

0.81 

1.78 

248 (9-3/4) 

171 (6-3/4) 

111 (4-3/8) 

1.14 

2.52 

248 (9-3/4) 

197 (7-3/4) 

111 (4-3/8) 

4.31 

9.50 

330 (13) 

301 (11-27/32) 

162 (6-3/8) 

6.56 

14.47 

560 (22) 

344 (13-17/32) 

178 (7) 

14.97 

33.00 

762 (30) 

424 (16-45/64) 

243 (9-9/16) 

A2 B2 C1 D1 F1 

➊ Non-fused disconnect switches must be used with separately installed CSA Certified HRCI-J, HRCI-T, or HRCI-MISC (also UL Listed as 

Class CC) fuses; or UL Listed Class J, CC or T fuses. 

➋ When using CSA HRCI-J, HRCI-MISC (also UL Listed as Class CC) or HRCI-T fuses, and UL Class J, CC or T fuses. 

➌ Based on Allen-Bradley tests in accordance with the requirements as defined in CSA C22.2 No. 4, IEC 947-3, UL 1087 and UL 98. 


29

Bulletin 194R 



All Bulletin 194R Disconnect Switch Cat. Nos. 

Ambient Temperature 

Open ............................................................................. °C (F) 

Enclosed ..................................................................... °C (F) 

Storage ........................................................................ °C (F) 

Environmental Data 

–2…+55 (–4…+131) 

–20…+40 (–4…+104) 

–40…+65 (–40…+149) 

Altitude (per IEC 947-1) m 2,000 

Relative Humidity (per IEC 947-1) 

90% @ +20°C (+68°F) 

50% @ +40°C (+104°F) 

Auxiliary Contact Ratings for Cat. No. 195-GA 

AC11 Rating 

DC11 Rating 

Ue 

(Volts) 

12…120 

220…240 

380…480 

500…600 

le 

(Amperes) 

6 

3 

1.5 

1.2 

Ue 

(Volts) 

28 

110 

220 

440 

600 

le 

(Amperes) 

5.0 

1.25 

0.62 

0.27 

0.20 

Thermal Current — 10 Amperes. EEMAC/NEMA A600, P300. 

Insulation Voltage IEC (U i ) — 660. 

Wiring Schematic 

LINE 

L 1 L 2 L 3 11 

LOAD 

T 1 T2 T3 12 


30

Safety Relays 

Safety Monitoring Relay 

Minotaur MSR142RTP 


Description 

The MSR142RTP is a versatile monitoring safety relay. It can be 

connected in four different input wiring configurations: 1 N.C., 2 

N.C., 2 PNP connections from a light curtain, or a four wire safety 

mat. When connected in the 2 N.C. fashion, the MSR142RTP 

checks for cross faults across the two inputs. When connected to 

light curtains, the light curtain must perform the cross fault 

detection. 

The MSR142RTP has output monitoring that can accommodate 

either automatic/manual reset or a monitored manual reset. When 

configured with automatic/manual reset (jumpers on X1-X2 and 

X3-X4), the MSR142RTP can have the reset terminals S33-S34 

jumpered or can be converted to an unmonitored manual reset by 

adding a normally open switch in the monitoring loop (S33-S34). 

When configured to monitored manual reset, the MSR142RTP 

checks the output monitoring circuit through the manual application 

of the reset switch. 

The outputs include 7 normally open safety rated outputs, 4 

normally closed auxiliary outputs, and 2 solid-state outputs. One 

solid-state output indicates that the inputs are closed. The second 

solid-state output indicates that the safety outputs are active. The 

safety outputs have independent and redundant internal contacts to 

help ensure the safety function. The auxiliary outputs are non-safety 

output intended to provide an external signal about the status of the 

safety outputs. 

Features 

• Cat. 4 per EN954-1 

• Stop category 0 

• Light curtain, safety mat, E-stop inputs 

• 7 electromechanical N.O. state safety outputs 

• 4 electromechanical N.C. auxiliary outputs 

• 2 solid-state auxiliary outputs 

• Crossfault monitoring 

• Monitored or automatic reset 

• Removable terminals 

Standards 

Safety Category 

Approvals 

Power Supply 

Power Consumption 

Safety Inputs 

Input Simultaneity 

Max. Allowable Input Resistance 

Reset 

Outputs 

Output Utilization per IEC 

60947-5-1 (Inductive) 

Safety and Aux 

Safety and Aux 

Solid-State 

EN954-1, ISO13849-1, IEC/ 

EN60204-1, IEC 60947-5-1, 

AS4024.1, ISOTR12100, B11.19 

Cat. 4 per EN954-1 

CE for all applicable directives, 

C-Tick, cULus, TÜV 

24V AC/DC, 115V AC or 230V AC; 

0.85 to 1.1 x rated voltage 50/60Hz 

5W 

1 N.C., 2 N.C., Light Curtain or 

4-wire Safety Mat 

Infinite 

45 ohms 

Monitored Manual or Auto./Manual 

7 N.O. Safety, 4 N.C. Aux, 

1 S.S. PNP inputs closed, 

1 S.S. PNP outputs active 

B300, AC-15, 6A/250V AC 

DC-13, 3A/24V DC 

20ma/30V DC short-circuit 

protected 

Fuses, Output External 6A slow blow or 10A quick blow 

Min. Switched Current/Volt. 10mA/10V DC 

Contact Material 

AgSnO 2 + 0.5μAu 

Power On Delay 

1s 

Response Time 

15ms 

Recovery Time 

100ms 

Indication LEDs 

Green = Power; 

Green = Start; 

Green = CH1 IN; 

Green = CH2 IN; 

Green = CH1 output energized; 

Green = CH2 output energized 

Impulse Withstand Voltage 2500V 

Pollution Degree 2 

Operating Temperature -5°C to +55°C (+23° to +131°F) 

Humidity 

90% RH 

Enclosure Protection IP40 (NEMA 1), DIN VDE 0470-1 

Terminal Protection 

IP20 

Conductor size 

0.2 – 4mm 2 (24 – 12AWG) 

Torque Settings-term. screws 0.6-0.8Nm (5 – 7 lb•in) 

Case Material Polyamide PA 6.6 

Mounting 

35mm DIN rail 

Weight 

24V 

115V or 230V 

470g (1.04 lbs) 

607g (1.34 lbs) 

Eletrical Life 

220V AC/4A/880VA cosϕ=0.35 

220V AC/1.7A/375VA cosϕ=0.6 

30V DC/2A/60W 

10V DC/0.01A/0.1W 

Mechanical Life 

Vibration 

Shock 

100,000 operations 

500,000 operations 

1,000,000 operations 



10-55Hz, 0.35mm 

10g, 16ms, 100 shocks 

4-1

Safety Relays 

Safety Monitoring Relay 

Minotaur MSR142RTP 

Product Selection 

Inputs Safety Outputs Auxiliary Outputs Terminals Power Supply Catalog No. 

1 N.C., 2 N.C., Light 

Curtain or Safety Mat 

7 N.O. 

4 N.C. 

2 PNP Solid-State 

Removable 

24V AC/DC 

115V AC 

230V AC 




Dimensions—mm (in) 

Block Diagram 

99 (3.89) 67.5 (2.66) 

A1(+) A2(-)S11(+) Y31 X3 X4 S33 S34 S11 S12 S52 

13 23 33 81 91 

43 53 63 73 101111 

Overvoltageprotection 

Reset mode 

CH1 IN 

CH2 IN 

AC (DC) 

24VDC 

114.5 

(4.5) S21 

PWR 

Output active 

Inputs closed 

Monitoring feedback loop 

Reset 

Y30 Y32 Y35 Y1 Y2 X1 X2 

CH1 

CH1 

K1 

CH2 

K2 

CH2 

S22 

K1 

K2 

14 24 34 82 92 

14 14 24 74 102 112 

Typical Wiring Diagrams 

+24V DC 

open 

Safety gate 

closed 

A1 S11 S12 S21 S22 S52 S11 Y31 S33 S34 

MSR142RTP 

13 23 33 81 91 

43 53 63 73 101 111 

A2 X1 X2 X3 X4 Y30 Y32 Y35 Y2 Y1 14 24 34 82 92 44 54 64 74 102 112 

Ground 

Output 

Active 

Inputs 

Closed 

K1 K2 K3 

K4 K5 K6 K7 

Single Channel Safety Gate, Auto. Reset, 

No Output Monitoring 

K1 

L1 L2 L3 

M 

L1 

N 

Light Curtain 

Out1 Out 2 

+24V DC 

Reset 

A1 S11 S12 S21 S22 S52 S11 Y31 S33 S34 

MS R142 RTP 

13 23 33 81 91 

43 53 63 73 101 111 

A2 X1 X2 X3 X4 Y30 Y32 Y35 Y2 Y1 14 24 34 82 92 44 54 64 74 102 112 

Ground 

Output 

Active Inputs 

Closed 

K1 K2 K3 

K4 K5 K6 K7 

115/230V AC Supply, 24V DC, Light Curtain, 

Monitored Manual Reset, Monitored Output 

K1 

K2 

L1 L2 L3 

M 

+24V DC 

Reset 

E-Stop 

A1 S11 S12 S21 S22 S52 S11 Y31 S33 S34 

13 23 33 81 91 

43 53 63 73 101 111 

L1 

L2 

L3 

+24V DC 

Safety 

Mat 

A1 S11 S12 S21 S22 S52 S11 Y31 S33 S34 

13 23 33 81 91 

43 53 63 73 101 111 

L1 L2 L3 

MS R142 RTP 

K1 

MS R142 RTP 

K1 

A2 X1 X2 X3 X4 Y30 Y32 Y35 Y2 Y1 14 24 34 82 92 44 54 64 74 102 112 

Ground 

Output Inputs 

Active Closed 

K1 K2 K3 

K4 K5 K6 K7 

K2 

M 

A2 X1 X2 X3 X4 Y30 Y32 Y35 Y2 Y1 14 24 34 82 92 44 54 64 74 102 112 

Ground 

Output 

Active 

Inputs 

Closed 

K1 K2 K3 

K4 K5 K6 K7 

K2 

M 

Dual Channel E-Stop, Monitored Manual 

Reset, Monitored Output 

Safety Mat, Auto Reset, No 

Output Monitoring 

4-2

Bulletin 592 

Eutectic Alloy Overload Relays 

Product Overview/Product Selection 

! 

1 

2 

3 

Eutectic Alloy Type 

Bulletin 592 

A Rockwell Automation exclusive — overload relay is the same for all 

three trip classes (10, 20, and 30) for each Starter Size. 

Trip current ratings are easily selected by choosing the proper heater 

element — no need to change the overload relay. 

The trip free mechanism means you still have overload protection 

even if the reset button is held down. 

Bulletin 592 overload relay is a manual reset, eutectic alloy, thermal 

type overload device. When coordinated with the proper short circuit 

protection, the overload relay is intended to protect the motor, motor 

controller, and power wiring against overheating due to excessive 

overcurrents. 

All Bulletin 592 block type relays are furnished with an OPTICAL 

INDICATOR which becomes visible when the relay has tripped. A 

manual contact test module is provided as standard on block type 

Bulletin 592 overload relays. One N.O. or N.C. auxiliary contact may 

be field added to block type Bulletin 592 overload relays. This extra 

contact module physically replaces the contact test module. 


Product Selection...... this page 

Accessories.................. 1-121 

Modifications............... 1-116 

Approximate 

Dimensions................... 1-175 


UL 508 

CSA 22.2 No. 14 

CE Mark 


UL Listed (File No. E14840, 

Guide No. NKCR) 

CSA Certified (File No. LR1234) 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 


Eutectic Alloy Type — Manual Reset, Starter Mount 

STARTER MOUNT — For installation on Rockwell Automation NEMA starters. 

Heater Elements — Overload relays require 1 or 3 overload heater elements. See page 1-177 for heater element selection. 

N.C. Contact 

Open Type 

without Enclosure 

N.O.-N.C. Contact 

Starter Size 

Number of Poles 

Cat. No. 

Cat. No. 

00 (Series B & D) 3 592-JOV16 592-JOV169 

0,1 3 592-BOW16 592-BOW169 

2 3 592-COW16 592-COW169 

3 3 592-DOW16 592-DOW169 

4 3 592-EOW16 592-EOW169 

Eutectic Alloy Type — Manual Reset, Panel Mount 

PANEL MOUNT — For installation and wiring separate from the contactor. 

Heater Elements — Overload relays require 1 or 3 overload heater elements. See page 1-177 for heater element selection. 

Type 

Compact 

Standard 

Maximum 

Continuous Current 

(A) 


Open Type 

without Enclosure 

Current Transformer Type — Eutectic Alloy, Manual Reset 

Heater Elements — Overload relays require 3 overload heater elements. See page 1-152 for heater element selection. 

Type 1 

General Purpose Enclosure 

N.C. Contact N.O.-N.C. Contacts N.C. Contact N.O.-N.C. Contacts 

Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. 

24 3 592-JOV16 592-JOV169 — — 

32 3 592-KOV16 592-KOV169 — — 

40 

1 592-BOV4 592-BOV49 — — 

3 592-BOV16 592-BOV169 592-BAV16 592-BAV169 

62 

1 592-COV4 592-COV49 — — 

3 592-COV16 592-COV169 592-CAV16 592-CAV169 

125 3 592-DOV16 592-DOV169 — — 

165 3 592-EOV16 592-EOV169 — — 

For Renewal Part Overload Relay used on starter mounted devices, see page page 1-138. 

Full Load Current Range (A) Cat. No. Lug Kits Cat. No. 

60…200‡ 592-TPD200 199-LF1 

Terminal lugs are not included. 

‡ Can be applied up to 1500V. 

120…300‡ 592-TPD300 199-LG1 

160…496 592-TPD400 199-LH1 

250…630‡ 592-TPD630 199-LJ1 

1-174 



Bulletin 700-P 


Overview/Product Selection 

Bulletin 700-P and 700-PK Direct Drive Convertible 

Contact Cartridge Relays 

NEMA and IEC ratings 

600V maximum AC/DC 

Accessories for field installation: Adder Decks, time delay, latching, 

surge suppressors, mounting strip 

Contact Ratings: (10 A) 700-CP1, (20 A) 700-CPM, (35 A) 700-CPH, 

(Low Power) 700-CPR 

For machine tool and other heavy-duty applications 

Can accommodate ring tongue terminals 

Integral DIN Rail adapter on AC relays 

Finger-safe protection standard 


Accessories.................. 9-122 

Specifications.............. 9-126 

Approximate 

Dimensions................... 9-128 

Standards 

UL 508 

CSA22.2 No. 14 

EN/IEC 60947-1, -5-1 


cULus Listed (File No. E14840, 

Guide NKCR/NKCR7) 

CSA certified (File LR1234) 

CE Certified 

ABS Certified 

! 

1 

2 

3 

Description 

The Bulletin 700-P family of relays has four types of contact cartridges to meet your specific switching requirements. Different cartridges can 

be combined into one relay to yield a custom-tailored application solution. Time delay, latching attachments, overlapping, and logic reed 

contacts are available. 

Bulletin 700-P relays use standard (10 A) contact cartridges with a double-break and bifurcated design. Bifurcation provides excellent 

contact reliability and low-contact bounce, while the double-break contact design reduces the possibility of contacts welding and enhances 

the relay’s ability to break DC circuits. These relays are supplied with a max. of 12 contacts (max. 8 N.C.). 

Bulletin 700-PK master control relays contain (20 A) master contact cartridges with large single-contact pads on each side of the spanner for 

twice the current rating to control heavy loads and for master control of a system. The Bulletin 700-PK relay also has the same doublebreak 

design as the 700-P relay. These relays are supplied with a max. of 12 contacts (max. 8 N.C.). Time delay and latching attachments are 

available. 

Bulletin 700-P and -PK relays combine the advantages of convertible contacts with Direct Drive, a construction designed to maintain nonoverlap 

operation between N.O. and N.C. contacts (within published ratings). 

Bulletin 700-PH relays contain (35 A) tandem contact cartridges. A jumper kit (Cat No. 700-CPH) allows two (20 A) master contact 

cartrridges to be connected in parallel. A maximum of six poles are supplied, up to four of which can be normally closed. Time delay and 

latch attachments are available. 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 



9-115

Αχχεσσοριεσ 

Bulletin 700-P 


Accessories 

! 

Adder Decks 

Description 

No. of N.O. 

Contacts 

No. of N.C. 

Contacts 

Continuous 

Carrying Current 

[A] Arrangement Cat. No. 

2 — 10 B1X B4X 

700-PB20 

1 

2 

3 

Second Deck 

Cat. No. 700-PB40 

Second Deck 

(2-pole) 

Second Deck 

(4-pole) 

Third Deck 

(2-pole) 

2 — 20 700-PKB20 

B1Y B4Y 

4 — 10 

B1X B2X B3X B4X 

700-PB40 

4 — 20 

B1Y B2Y B3Y B4Y 

700-PKB40 

2 — 10 C1X C4X 

700-PC20 

2 — 20 700-PKC20 

C1Y C4Y 

4 

5 

Third Deck 

Cat. No. 700-PC40 

Third Deck 

(4-pole) 

4 — 10 

Contact Cartridges (Convertible from N.O. to N.C. and N.C. to N.O.) 

C1X C2X C3X C4X 

700-PC40 

C1Y C2Y C3Y C4Y 

4 — 20 700-PKC40 

Description 

Continuous 

Carrying Current[(A] Arrangement Pkg. Quantity Cat. No. 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

Standard Contact Cartridge 

Cat. No. 700-CP1, -CP11Z 

Master Contact Cartridge 

Cat. No. 700-CPM 

Logic Reed Cartridge 

Cat. No. 700-CPR 

Standard Contact Cartridge 

AC Rating NEMA A600 

DC Rating NEMA P600 

Overlap Contact 

Cartridges 

Overlapping 

Used in pairs. 

N.O. contact 

closes before 

N.C. contact 

opens on pick-up 

and vice versa 

on drop-out.♣ 

AC Rating 

NEMA A600 

DC Rating 

NEMA P150 

125V DC, 138 VA 

Make and Break 

Master Contact Cartridge 

AC Rating Twice NEMA A600 

DC Rating Twice NEMA P600 

Logic Reed 

Cartridge for 

Low Energy 

Circuits 

150V AC 500 mA 

25 VA Max. 

30V DC 200 mA 

6 W Max. 

Maximum 

150V AC 

Maximum 

30V DC 

10 1 700-CP1 

10 

2 700-CP11Z 

5 

20 1 700-CPM 

500 mA 

1 700-CPR 

200 mA 

11 

12 

Safety Contact Cartridge 

Cat. No. 700-CMS 

♣ Not Direct Drive. 

Safety Contact Cartridge 

Cartridge meeting IEC 947-5 

Note: Use this cartridge when full 

compliance to IEC 947-5 is required. 

700-P relays equipped with CPS 

cartridges fully meet the IEC 947-5 

spec for mechanically linked contacts. 

10 

700-CPS 

1 

20 700-CMS 

13 

International Symbol for Mechanically Linked Contacts 

9-122 



Bulletin 800T/H 

30.5 mm Push Buttons 

Product Overview 

! 

1 

2 

Bulletin 800T/800H 30.5 mm Push Buttons 

30.5 mm mounting hole 

Type 4/13 watertight/oiltight (Bul. 800T) 

Type 4/4X/13 corrosion-resistant/watertight/oiltight (Bul. 800H) 

Heavy industrial stations and operators 


See below. 


UL 508 

CCC 


UL Listed 

(File No. E14840, E10314 

Guide No. NKCR, NOIV) 

CSA Certified 

(File No. LR1234, LR11924) 

CSA C22.2, No. 14 

3 

EN/IEC: 60947-5-1 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

Description 

Page 

Specifications ......................................................................................... 10-3 

Assembled Stations .............................................................................. 10-5 

Emergency Stop Operators .............................................................. 10-6 

Push Buttons, Momentary 

Non-Illuminated .................................................................................... 10-7 

Illuminated .............................................................................................. 10-8 

Non-Illuminated — with Two-Color Molded Legend Cap.... 10-9 

Selector Switches, Non-Illuminated 

2-Position................................................................................................ 10-10 

3-Position................................................................................................ 10-12 

4-Position................................................................................................ 10-14 

Selector Switches, Illuminated 

2-Position................................................................................................ 10-16 

3-Position................................................................................................ 10-17 

Pilot Light Units ..................................................................................... 10-18 

Push-Pull, Non-Illuminated 

2-Position................................................................................................ 10-19 

3-Position................................................................................................ 10-20 

Push-Pull, Illuminated 

2-Position................................................................................................ 10-21 

3-Position................................................................................................ 10-22 

Description 

Page 

Specialty Operators 

Potentiometer........................................................................................ 10-23 

Mechanically Interlocked Push Button........................................ 10-23 

Cluster Pilot Light ................................................................................ 10-24 

Small Pilot Light ................................................................................... 10-25 

1-2-3-4 Way Toggle Switch ............................................................. 10-26 

Selector Push Button......................................................................... 10-27 

Cylinder Lock Push Button.............................................................. 10-28 

Padlocking Mushroom Head........................................................... 10-28 

Flip Lever Operator ............................................................................. 10-29 

Wobble Stick ......................................................................................... 10-29 

Break-Glass Push Button Station ................................................. 10-30 

Custom-Built Stations.......................................................................... 10-31 

Enclosures ................................................................................................. 10-31 

Accessories 

Contact Blocks & Power Modules................................................ 10-33 

Replacement Color Caps ................................................................. 10-35 

Selector Switch Knobs ...................................................................... 10-36 

Protective Boots................................................................................... 10-37 

Push Buttons & Miscellaneous....................................................... 10-38 

Locking Attachments ......................................................................... 10-40 

Guards ..................................................................................................... 10-42 

Replacement Lamps........................................................................... 10-43 

Replacement Keys .............................................................................. 10-44 

Legend Plates ....................................................................................... 10-45 

Approximate Dimensions & Shipping Weights........................ 10-51 

11 

12 

13 

10-2 







Electrical Ratings 

Contact ratings Refer to the contact ratings tables on page 10-4. 

Dielectric strength 

2200V for one minute, 1300V for one minute (Logic Reed) 

Electrical design life cycles 

1 000 000 at max. rated load, 200 000 at max. rated load (Logic Reed) 

Mechanical Ratings 

Vibration 

10…2000 Hz, 1.52 mm displacement (peak-to-peak) max./ 

10 G max. (except Logic Reed) 

Shock 

1/2 cycle sine wave for 11 ms ≥ 25 G (contact fragility) and no damage at 100 G 

Degree of protection 

Type 1/4/12/13 (800T); Type 1/4/4X/12/13 (800H); EN/IEC 60529 IP66/65 

Mechanical design life cycles 

(Momentary, non-illuminated) 

10 000 000 min. 

Push buttons 

(Momentary, illuminated) 

250 000 min. 

(Push-pull/twist-to-release) 

250 000 min. 

Selector switches 

(Non-illuminated) 

1 000 000 min. 

(Illuminated, key-operated) 

200 000 min. 

Potentiometers 

25 000 min. 

All other devices 

200 000 min. 

Contact operation 

Shallow, mini, and low-voltage contact blocks: Slow, double make and break 

Logic Reed and sealed switch contact blocks: Single break magnetic 

Wire gauge/Terminal screw torque 

#18…14 AWG (#18…10 Max Duty) / 6…8 lb•in. 

Typical operating forces 

Flush, extended button, standard mushroom, jumbo plastic mushroom: 2 lbs max. 

Operators without contact blocks 

Jumbo and extended aluminum mushroom head: 3.95 lbs max. 

Maintained selector switch: 3.6 in•lb max. 

Spring return selector switches 

3.6 in•lb to stop, 0.2 in•lb to return 

Illuminated push buttons and push-to-test pilot lights 

5 lb max. 

2-position push-pull 

7.5 lb max. push or pull 

3-position push-pull 

8 lb max. push to in position or pull to center position (15 lb max. pull to out position) 

Twist-to-release or push-pull 

9 lbs max. push or pull 30 in•oz max. twist, 6 in•oz minimum return 

Potentiometer 

Rotational torque 3…12 in•oz; stopping torque 12 in•lb (minimum) 

Standard 

1 lb 

Contact blocks 

Logic Reed 

1 lb max. 

Sealed switch 

3 lb max. at 0.205 in. plunger travel 

Stackable sealed switch 

1 lb max. 

Environment 

Temperature range 

Operating 

–40…+131 °F (–40…+55 °C) 

Storage 

–40…+185 °F (–40…+85 °C) 

Note: Operating temperatures below freezing are based on 

the absence of moisture and liquids. Consult your local 

Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley 

distributor for use in lower temperature applications. 

Humidity 

50…95% RH from 77…140 °F (25…60 °C) per Procedure IV of MIL-STD-BIOC, 

Method 507.1 cycling test 

Performance Data — See Important-3. 

! 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 



10-3




! 

1 

2 

3 

Standard Contact Ratings 

Minimum: 24V, 24 mA 

Maximum thermal continuous current I th 10 A AC/2.5 A DC. Bulletin 

800T units with 800T-XA contacts have ratings as follows: 

Max. Opertnl. 

Utilization Category Rated Operational Currents 

Volts U e IEC NEMA Volts U e Make Break 

AC 600 AC-15 A600 

DC 600 DC-13 Q600 

120…600 

72…120 

24…72 

28…600 

24…28 

7200VA 

60 A 

60 A 

69VA 

2.5 A 

720VA 

720VA 

10 A 

For applications below 24V/24 mA, PenTUFF or Logic Reed contacts are 

recommended. 

Sealed Switch Contact Ratings 

Minimum: 5V, 1 mA 

Maximum continuous current I th 5 A. Bulletin 800T units have 

control circuit ratings with sealed switch contact blocks as follows: 

PenTUFF (Low Voltage) Contact Ratings 

Minimum DC: 5V, 1 mA 

Maximum thermal continuous current I th 2.5 A AC/1.0 A DC. Bulletin 

800T units with 800T-XAV contacts have ratings as follows: 

Max. Opertnl. 



AC 300 AC-15 C300 

DC 150 DC-13 R150 

Snap Action Contact Ratings 

Max. Opertnl. 

Volts U e 

AC 300 

Contact Rating 

Designation 

A300 

DC 250 — 

120…300 

0…120 

24…150 

0…24 

1800VA 

15 A 

28VA 

1.0 A 

180VA 

1.5 A 

Rated Operational Currents 

Volts U e Make Break 

120…300 

24…72 

230…250 

115…125 

7200VA 

60 A 

0.2 A 

0.4 A 

720VA 

10 A 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

Max. Opertnl. 



AC 600 AC-15 B600 

DC 300 DC-13 P300 

120…600 

0…120 

24…300 

0…24 

Stackable Sealed Switch Contact Ratings 

Minimum: 5V, 10 mA (digital); 24V, 1 mA (analog) 

Maximum continuous current I th 2.5 A. Bulletin 800T untis have 

control circuit ratings with sealed switch contact blocks as follows: 

Logic Reed Contact Ratings 

Minimum — DC: 5V, 1 mA 

Maximum — DC: 30V, 0.06 A, AC: 150V, 0.15 A 

Should only be used with resistive loads. 

3600VA 

30 A 

Materials Used in 800H Type 4X Operators 

Thermoplastic Polyester (Fiberglass Reinforced) 

Bushings 

Mounting Rings 

Sockets 

138VA 

5.0 A 

360VA 

3 A 

Max. Opertnl. 



AC 300 AC-15 C300 

DC 150 DC-13 Q150 

120…300 

0…120 

24…150 

0…24 

1800VA 

15 A 

69VA 

2.5 A 

180VA 

1.5 A 

MaxDuty Contact Rating 

Maximum thermal continuous current I th 24 A. 

Pilot Duty — 120V AC, 12 A; 24V DC, 10 A 

Motor Ratings — 120V AC, 1.5 Hp; 240V AC, 3 Hp; 24V DC, 

10 A FLA/60 A LRA 

Time Delay Contacts 

Max. Opertnl. Contact Rating 

Rated Operational Currents 

Volts U e Designation Volts U e Make Break 

AC 120 B150 120 3600VA 360VA 

Note: This device is not rated for DC applications. 

Adjustment range: 0.5…15 s ± 25% I th = 5 A 

10 

11 

Thermoplastic Polyester 

Non-illuminated button caps 

Transparent Amorphous Nylon 

Pilot light lens cap 

Illuminated button caps 

Glass Filled Crystalline Nylon 

Thrust washer 

12 

Mineral Filled Nylon 

Trim washer 

Nitrile (Synthetic Rubber) 

Gaskets and internal seals 

13 

10-4 





Push Button Operators 

Momentary Contact Push Button Units, Non-Illuminated 

! 

Code 

Blank 

C 

800T 

Type 

4/13 

Flush Head Unit 

Cat. No. 800T-A1A 

a 

Protection Rating 

Code Description 

T Metal, Type 4/13 

H Plastic, Type 4/4X/13 

b 

Finger-Safe Guards 

Description 

No Guards 

Guards on Terminals 

c 

Operator Type 

800H 

Type 

Description 

4/4X/13 

Code 

Code 

A Flush Head AR 

B Extended Head BR 

D Mushroom Head DR 

DX 

Mushroom Head 

less Color Cap 

DRX 

— 

Bootless 

Guarded GR 

Head 

— Booted Head R 

d 

Contact Type 

No Contact 

1 N.O. 

1 N.C. 

1 N.O. - 1 N.C. 

Color Cap 


Used only when ordering 

Blank 

Operator Type DX/DRX 

1 Green 

2 Black 

3 Orange 

Extended Head Unit 

Cat. No. 800T-B6A 

800 T – A 1 A 

d (cont'd) 

Color Cap 


4 Gray 

5 White 

6 Red 

7 Blue 

9 Yellow 

Code 

Blank 

D1 

D2 

D3 

D4 

D5 

D6 

A1 

A2 

A4 

A7 

A 

B 

Button 

Color 

a b c d e f 

e 

Special Mushroom Head 


Jumbo Mushroom Head — 

J§ 

Plastic 

Jumbo Mushroom Head — 

L§ 

Metal 

Note: Special Mushroom Head 

options only apply to 

Mushroom Head operator 

Type Code D/DR. 

f 

Contact Block(s) 

Description 

No Contacts 

Standard 

1 N.O. 

1 N.C. 

1 N.O.E.M. 

1 N.C.L.B. 

1 N.O. (Mini) 

1 N.C. (Mini) 

1 N.C.L.B. - 1 N.O. 

2 N.O.‡ 

2 N.C. 

1 N.C.L.B. - 1 N.C. 

1 N.O. - 1 N.C. 

2 N.O. - 2 N.C. 

Booted Unit 

Cat. No. 800H-R2A 

f (cont'd) 



PenTUFF (Low Voltage) 

D1V 

1 N.O. 

D2V 

1 N.C. 

D3V 1 N.O.E.M. 

D4V 

1 N.C.L.B. 

AV 1 N.O. - 1 N.C. 

BV 2 N.O. - 2 N.C. 

Time Delay 

1 N.O. 

T Depress close, delayed 

opening 

1 N.C. 

S Depress open, delayed 

closure 

Snap Action 

M 1 N.O. - 1 N.C. 

N 2 N.O. - 2 N.C. 

Class 1, Div. 2/Zone 2 

Logic Reed 

D1R 

1 N.O. 

D2R 

1 N.C. 

A2R 

2 N.O.‡ 

A4R 

2 N.C. 

AR 1 N.O. - 1 N.C. 

BR 2 N.O. - 2 N.C. 

Bootless Flush Head Unit 

Cat. No. 800H-AR1A 

Type 4/13 

Type 4/4X/13 

Flush Head Extended Head Booted 

Bootless 

Flush Head 


Green 800T-A1 800T-B1 800H-R1 800H-AR1 

Black 800T-A2 800T-B2 800H-R2 800H-AR2 

Red 800T-A6 800T-B6 800H-R6 800H-AR6 

Green 800T-A1D1 800T-B1D1 800H-R1D1 800H-AR1D1 

Black 800T-A2D1 800T-B2D1 800H-R2D1 800H-AR2D1 

Red 800T-A6D1 800T-B6D1 800H-R6D1 800H-AR6D1 

Green 800T-A1D2 800T-B1D2 800H-R1D2 800H-AR1D2 

Black 800T-A2D2 800T-B2D2 800H-R2D2 800H-AR2D2 

Red 800T-A6D2 800T-B6D2 800H-R6D2 800H-AR6D2 

Green 800T-A1A 800T-B1A 800H-R1A 800H-AR1A 

Black 800T-A2A 800T-B2A 800H-R2A 800H-AR2A 

Red 800T-A6A 800T-B6A 800H-R6A 800H-AR6A 

f (cont'd) 




Sealed Switch 

D1P 

1 N.O. 

D2P 

1 N.C. 

A2P 

2 N.O. 

A4P 

2 N.C. 

AP 1 N.O. - 1 N.C. 

BP 2 N.O. - 2 N.C 

Stackable Sealed Switch 

D1Y 

1 N.O. 

D2Y 

1 N.C. 

A2Y 

2 N.O. 

A4Y 

2 N.C. 

AY 1 N.O. - 1 N.C. 

BY 2 N.O. - 2 N.C 

Time Delay Contacts 

Series C field installable kits can 

only be used with Series T or later 

operators. Adjustable range of 0.5 

to 15 s + 25%. Maximum 

continuous current Ith 5 A. 

Snap Action Contacts 

Snap action contacts feature a 

quick make, quick break snapaction 

mechanism that is only 

available on factory assembled 

units. Maximum continuous current 

I th 10 A. 

Underlying operators are "flush head" type, except red which are "extended 

head". Boot material is hyplon with brass threaded insert. 

Not available for booted operators. 

‡ A2 and A2R contact blocks cannot be stacked upon, but can stack on 

other contact blocks. 

§ Jumbo mushroom heads not available in white color. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 



10-7



Selector Switches, Continued 

! 

3-Position Selector Switch Units, Non-Illuminated 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

Contact Type 

800T 

Type 

4/13 

Code 

Standard Knob Operator 

Cat. No. 800T-J2A 

a 





b 



Blank No Guards 

C Guards on Terminals 

c 

Knob Insert Colors 

Description 

800H 

Type 

4/4X/13 

Code 

J White JR 

JA Red JRA 

JB Green JRB 

JC Blue JRC 

JE Yellow JRE 

JF Orange JRF 

JX 

Packet of 

Colored JRX 

Inserts 

Metal Wing Lever Colors 

Code Color Code 

JA Red — 

JG Gray — 

Operator Position 

No Contacts — — — 

O 

X 

800 T – J 2 C 

a b c d e f 

d 

Knob/Lever Type Operators 

Standard Knob 

Code Operator Function 

2 Maintained 

4 Spring Return from Left 

5 Spring Return from Right 

91 Spring Return from Both 

Knob Lever 


17 Maintained 




Metal Wing Lever 


11 Maintained 




Coin Slot 



e 

Cam Option‡♣ 

Code 

Blank 

KA1 

KA7 

Table 1. Cam and Contact Block Functionality Table 

O 

O 

Description 

KB7 Cam (Std.) 

KA1 Cam 

KA7 Cam 

Knob Lever Operator 

Cat. No. 800T-J17A 

X 

O 

M = Maintained 

S = Spring Return 

e (cont'd) 

Cam Option‡♣ 


KC1 

KC1 Cam 

KC7 

KC7 Cam 

KD7 

KD7 Cam 

KE7§ KE7 Cam 

KQ1 

KQ1 Cam 

KQ7 

KQ7 Cam 

KR1§ KR1 Cam 

KR7§ KR7 Cam 

KT1§ 

KT1 Cam 

KT7§ 

KT7 Cam 

KU7§ KU7 Cam 

f 

Contact Blocks 


Blank No Contacts on operator 

Standard 

A 

1 N.O. - 1 N.C. 

1-800T-XA on white side 

2 N.O. - 2 N.C. 

B 

2-800T-XAs — 

1 on white side/1 on black 

side 


AV 

1 N.O. - 1 N.C. 

1-800T-XAV on white side 

2 N.O. - 2 N.C. 

BV 

2-800T-XAVs — 


side 

Standard Knob Operator 

Cat. No. 800H-JR2A 

Type 4/13 

Type 4/4X/13 

Standard Knob Knob Lever Standard Knob 

Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. 

M M M 800T-J2 800T-J17 800H-JR2 

S→M M 800T-J4 800T-J18 800H-JR4 

M M←S 800T-J5 800T-J19 800H-JR5 

S→M←S 800T-J91 800T-J20 800H-JR91 

M M M 800T-J2A 800T-J17A 800H-JR2A 

S→M M 800T-J4A 800T-J18A 800H-JR4A 

M M←S 800T-J5A 800T-J19A 800H-JR5A 

1 N.O. - 1 N.C. S→M←S 800T-J91A 800T-J20A 800H-JR91A 

Note: X = Closed/O = Open 

Contact 

Block 

Suffix 

Code 

Contact 

Block 

Side 

White 

Black 

White 

Black 

Circuits 

KB7 

(Std.) 

Cam Codes 

f (cont'd) 

Contact Blocks♣ 


Blank No Contacts 


Logic Reed 

1 N.O. - 1 N.C. 

AR 

1-800T-XAR on white side 

2 N.O. - 2 N.C. 

2-800T-XARs — 

BR 


side 

Sealed Switch 

1 N.O. - 1 N.C. 

AP 

1-800T-XAP on white side 

2 N.O. - 2 N.C. 

2-800T-XAPs — 

BP 


side 


1 N.O. - 1 N.C. 

AY 

1-800T-XAY on white side 

2 N.O. - 2 N.C. 

2-800T-XAYs — 

BY 


side 

One insert of each color. 

Only available on 800T, Type 4/13 

operators. 

‡ If an overlapping cam is required, 

consult your local distributor. 

§ Not available with wing levers. 

♣ See Table 1 for cam selections 

and associated targets. 

KA1 KA7 KC1 KC7 KD7 KE7 KQ1 KQ7 KR1 KR7 KT1 KT7 KU7 

A X O O X O O O O X O O X X O O O O X X O O X O X X O X X O X X O X O O X X O O X O O 

B O O X O X O O X O O X O O X O O X O O X X O X O O X O O X O O X O X O O O O X O X O 

A X O O X O O O O X O O X X O O X O O O O X O O X X O O O O X X O O O O X X O O O O X 

B O O X O X O O X O X O O O O X O X O X X O O X O O X O X X O O X X X X O O X X X X O 

A X O O X O O O O X O O X X O O O O X X O O X O X X O X X O X X O X O O X X O O X O O 

B O O X O X O O X O O X O O X O O X O O X X O X O O X O O X O O X O X O O O O X O X O 

A X O O X O O O O X O O X X O O X O O O O X O O X X O O O O X X O O O O X X O O O O X 

B O O X O X O O X O X O O O O X O X O X X O O X O O X O X X O O X X X X O O X X X X O 

10-12 





Pilot Lights 

! 

Pilot Light Units 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

Type 4/13 

Type 4/4X/13 

Pilot Light Push-to-Test Pilot Light Push-to-Test 

Type Lamp Type Volts Color 


Operator Only 800T-S00 800T-SB00XX 800H-SR00 800H-SRB00XX 

Red 800T-Q24R 800T-QT24R 800H-QR24R 800H-QRT24R 

Incandescent 24V AC/DC 

Green 800T-Q24G 800T-QT24G 800H-QR24G 800H-QRT24G 

Amber 800T-Q24A 800T-QT24A 800H-QR24A 800H-QRT24A 

Red 800T-QH10R 800T-QTH10R 800H-QRH10R 800H-QRTH10R 

120V AC only Green 800T-QH10G 800T-QTH10G 800H-QRH10G 800H-QRTH10G 

Full Voltage‡ 

Amber 800T-QH10A 800T-QTH10A 800H-QRH10A 800H-QRTH10A 

LED 

Red 800T-QH24R 800T-QTH24R 800H-QRH24R 800H-QRTH24R 

24V AC/DC 

Green 800T-QH24G 800T-QTH24G 800H-QRH24G 800H-QRTH24G 

Amber 800T-QH24A 800T-QTH24A 800H-QRH24A 800H-QRTH24A 

No Lamp 0…250V AC/DC No Lens 800T-QN25 800T-QTN25 — — 

Transformer‡ 

§ Neon is only available in amber or clear. 

♣ Diode type dual input provides circuit isolation via opposing diodes. Not 

recommended for use with solid-state outputs and neon indicators. 

Flashing lamps are only available in 6V and all transformer units. 

LEDs available in red, green, amber, blue, and white. White LEDs only 

available in 6V, 24V, 120V, and 130V full voltage and all transformer units. 

LED color matches lens color, except clear lens supplied with white LED 

and white lens supplied with amber LED. All LEDs except 120V have an 

internal shunt resistor for use with solid-state outputs. 

10-18 

Incandescent 

LED 

120V AC, 

50/60 Hz 

Red 800T-P16R 800T-PT16R 800H-PR16R 800H-PRT16R 

Green 800T-P16G 800T-PT16G 800H-PR16G 800H-PRT16G 

Amber 800T-P16A 800T-PT16A 800H-PR16A 800H-PRT16A 

Red 800T-PH16R 800T-PTH16R 800H-PRH16R 800H-PRTH16R 

Green 800T-PH16G 800T-PTH16G 800H-PRH16G 800H-PRTH16G 

Amber 800T-PH16A 800T-PTH16A 800H-PRH16A 800H-PRTH16A 

No Lamp No Lens 800T-PN16 800T-PTN16 — — 

Includes one standard Cat. No. 800T-XA (1 N.O. - 1 N.C.) contact block. For typical pilot light wiring diagrams, see page 10-63. 

Operator only supplied without power module, lamp, lens cap, or contact blocks. 

‡ All pilot lights except push-to-test without sealed contacts and dual input transformer relay, are rated for Class 1, Division 2 applications. 

(Push-to-Test) 

800 T – Q T 24 G AR 

a b c d e f g h 

a 

d 





b 



Blank No Guards 

C Guards on Terminals 

c 

Power Module Type 

800T 

800H 

Type 

Type 

4/13 

Description 

4/4X/13 

Code 

Code 

P 

Transformer 

(or Dual Input) 

PR 

Q 

Full Voltage (or 

Resistor) 

QR 

R Neon§ RR 

Transformer Type Pilot Light 

Cat. No. 800T-P16R 

Lamp Test Options 


Blank No Test Option 

T 

Push-to-Test 

D Dual Input — Diode♣ 

Dual Input — Transformer 

DT 

Relay 

Note: Push-to-Test supplied with 

factory jumpered Contact Block. 

e 

Illumination Options 

Transformer/Full Voltage 


Blank Incandescent 

F Flashing Incandescent 

H 

LED 

Resistor/Neon 

Blank No Options 

Dual Input 

Blank Incandescent 

H 

LED 

Push-to-Test Pilot Light 

Cat. No. 800T-PT16R 

f 

Voltage 

Transformer 


36 48V AC 50/60 Hz 

16 120V AC 50/60 Hz 

26 240V AC 50/60 Hz 

76 277V AC 50/60 Hz 

46 480V AC 50/60 Hz 

56 600V AC 50/60 Hz 

Full Voltage 

06 6V AC/DC 

12 12V AC/DC 

24 24V AC/DC 

32 32V AC/DC 

48 48V AC/DC 

10 120V AC/DC 

13 130V AC/DC 

20 240V AC/DC 

Resistor 

11 120V AC/DC Resistor 

Neon 

10 120V AC/DC 

20 240V AC/DC 

Dual Input 

16 120V AC 

24 

24V AC/DC 

(Dual input diode only) 



g 

Lens Color 

Glass 

Code Color Code 

♠ 

Blank No Lens Blank 

A Amber D 

B Blue E 

C Clear F 

G Green H 

R Red J 

W White K 

h 


(Push-to-test units only) 


Standard 

Blank 1 N.O. - 1 N.C. 


AV 1 N.O. - 1 N.C. 


Logic Reed 

AR 1 N.O. - 1 N.C. 

Sealed Switch 

AP 1 N.O. - 1 N.C. 


AY 1 N.O. - 1 N.C. 

32V and 130V are LED only. 240V is incandescent only. 

120V LED is AC only and does not contain internal shunt resistor. For 

AC/DC and internal shunt resistor, order 130V AC/DC LED (Code 13). 

♠ Glass lens available on 800T pilot lights only. Not available on push-to-test 

units.



Push-Pull Operators 

2-Position Push-Pull and Push-Pull/Twist Release Units, Non-Illuminated 

Note: A jumbo or large legend plate is recommended, if space allows. 

! 

2-Position Push-Pull 

Cat. No. 800T-FX6D4 

Contact Type 

Maintained 

Out 


2-Position Push-Pull/Twist 

Cat. No. 800T-FXT6D4 

Maintained 

N.C.L.B. X O 

N.O. - N.C.L.B. 

N.C.L.B. - N.C.L.B. 


O 

X 

X 

X 

In 

X 

O 

O 

O 

Button 

Color 

Red 

Push-Pull‡ 

Type 4/13 

2-Position Push-Pull/Twist 

Cat. No. 800H-FRXT6D4 

Push-Pull/ 

Twist Release‡ 

Type 4/4X/13 

Push-Pull/ 

Twist Release‡ 

Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. 

800T-FX6D4 800T-FXT6D4 800H-FRXT6D4 

800T-FX6A1 800T-FXT6A1 800H-FRXT6A1 

800T-FX6A5 800T-FXT6A5 800H-FRXT6A5 

1 

2 

3 

4 


Code 

Description 


H 

Plastic, Type 4/4X/13 

Code 

Blank 

C 

800T 

Type 

4/13 

Code 

a 

b 


Description 

No Guards 

Guards on Terminals 

c 

Head Type‡ 

Description 

800 T – FX 1 A1 

a b c d e 

d 

800H 

Type 

4/4X/13 

Code 

FX Mushroom Head (Push-Pull) — 

FXC 

90 mm Anodized Aluminum 

Head (Push-Pull) 

— 

FXJ 

Jumbo Mushroom Head 

(Push-Pull) 

— 

FXJE 

Jumbo Mushroom Head 

(Push-Pull) with "E-Stop" 

— 

FXL 


Head (Push-Pull) 

— 

FXLE 


Head (Push-Pull) with — 

"E-Stop" 

FXT Push-Pull/Twist to Release FRXT 

FXJT 

Jumbo Head Push-Pull 

w/Twist to Release 

FRXJT 

Color Cap 

Code 

Color 

Blank 

No Cap§ 

1 Green 

2 Black 

3 Orange 

4 Gray 

5 White 

6 Red 

7 Blue 

9 Yellow 

Code 

e 



Out In 

Blank — — 

Description 

No Contacts on 

operator 

Standard 

D1 O X 1 N.O. 

D2 X O 1 N.C. 

D4 X O 1 N.C.L.B. 

O X 

A 

1 N.O. - 1 N.C. 

X O 

O X 

A1 

1 N.O. - 1 N.C.L.B. 

X O 

A5 

X 

X 

O 

O 

2 N.C.L.B. 

Code 

e (cont'd) 



Description 

Out In 

Blank — — No Contacts 


D1V O X 1 N.O. 

D2V X O 1 N.C. 

D4V X O 1 N.C.L.B. 

O X 

AV 

1 N.O. - 1 N.C. 

X O 


Logic Reed 

D1R O X 1 N.O. 

D2R X O 1 N.C. 

O X 

AR 

1 N.O. - 1 N.C. 

X O 

Sealed Switch 

D1P O X 1 N.O. 

D2P X O 1 N.C. 

O X 

1 N.O. 

AP 

X O 

1 N.C. 


D1Y O X 1 N.O. 

D2Y X O 1 N.C. 

O X 

AY 

1 N.O. - 1 N.C. 

X O 


Normally closed late break contact. When button is pushed from the OUT to IN position, the mechanical detent action of the operator occurs before electrical 

contacts change state. When the button is pulled from the IN in the OUT position, the electrical contacts change state before the mechanical detent occurs. 

‡ Devices with N.C.L.B. contacts meet EN-418 and IEC 60947-5-5 standards for emergency stop applications. 

§ Not valid with head Type J or JT. 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 



10-19



Specialty Operators 

Potentiometer Units 

! 

Resistance 

Operator Only without 

Resistive Element 

Potentiometer Unit 

Cat. No. 800T-U24 

Type 4/13 

Type 4/4X/13 

Cat. No. Cat. No. Resistance 

Cat. No. Cat. No. 

25 kΩ 800T-U37 800H-UR37 

800T-N37§ 

800H-N102§ 

50 kΩ 800T-U41 800H-UR41 

Mechanically Interlocked Maintained Push Button Units 

Potentiometer Unit 

Cat. No. 800H-UR4 

Type 4/13 

Type 4/4X/13 

Potentiometer‡ Potentiometer‡ Potentiometer‡ Potentiometer‡ 

150 Ω 800T-U4 800H-UR4 75 kΩ 800T-U46 800H-UR46 





5000 Ω 800T-U24 800H-UR24 1 MΩ 800T-U57 800H-UR57 

10 kΩ 800T-U29 800H-UR29 2 MΩ 800T-U59 800H-UR59 

15 kΩ 800T-U34 800H-UR35 3 MΩ 800T-U62 800H-UR62 

20 kΩ 800T-U35 800H-UR35 4 MΩ 800T-U64 800H-UR64 

Single turn operation with 312° rotation. 

Does not meet Class 1 Div. 2 applications. 

‡ Rated for 300V AC/DC, 2 W maximum. Specify Bulletin 800TC or 800HC for finger-safe potentiometers. Example: Cat. No. 800T-U29 becomes Cat. No. 

800TC-U29. 

§ For use with Type J potentiometers having a shaft length of 7/8 in. (22.2 mm) and a shaft diameter of 1/4 in. (6.3 mm). 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

Contact 

Type 

1 N.O. - 

1 N.C. 

2 N.O. - 

2 N.C. 

Cat. No. 800T-FA22A Cat. No. 800T-FB16A Cat. No. 800T-FC16F Cat. No. 800H-CRA22A 

Contact Arrangement 

Configuration/ 

Position 

Upper: Flush/Black 

Lower: Flush/Black 

Type 4/13 

Type 4/4X/13 

Button Position: Button Type/Color Booted♣ Bootless 

Upper: Flush/Green 

Lower: Extended/ 

Red 


Lower: Mushroom/ 

Red 




Lower: Extended/ 

Red 



Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. 

800T-FA22A 800T-FB16A 800T-FC16A 800H-FRA22A 800H-CRB16A 800H-CRA22A 

800T-FA22F 800T-FB16F 800T-FC16F 800H-FRA22F 800H-CRB16F 800H-CRA22F 

No 

— 800T-FA22 800T-FB16 800T-FC16 800H-FRA22 800H-CRB16 800H-CRA22 

Contact 

♣ Boot material is hypalon with brass threaded insert. See page 10-37 for additional boot materials. 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 



10-23



Accessories 


Packaged in kit form for field installation. All necessary mounting hardware is provided with each contact block kit. Contact ratings are 

listed on page 10-4. 

Note: It is not recommended to mount more than four contact blocks on any one non-illuminated operator, (maximum two blocks deep). 

Contact blocks cannot be stacked onto power modules, so illuminated operators are limited to two contact blocks. Sealed switch 

contact blocks are not stackable, and are limited to two blocks per operator. Time delay contacts are only available as one circuit per 

operator. 

! 

1 

Shallow Block 


Contact Block 

Shallow Block 

PenTUFF 

(Low Voltage) Block 

Logic Reed Block Sealed Switch Block Stackable Sealed 

Switch Block 

Logic Reed 

Block‡ 

Sealed 

Switch Block‡ 

Stackable Sealed 

Switch Block‡ 

Contact Type Cat. No. Code Cat. No. Code Cat. No. Code Cat. No. Code Cat. No. Code 

1 N.O. 800T-XD1 D 800T-XD1V H 800T-XD1R V 800T-XD1P R 800T-XD1Y 5 

1 N.C. 800T-XD2 E 800T-XD2V U 800T-XD2R W 800T-XD2P S 800T-XD2Y 6 

1 N.O.E.M. 800T-XD3 G 800T-XD3V I — — — — — — 

1 N.C.L.B. 800T-XD4 J 800T-XD4V Q — — — — — — 

1 N.O. - N.C. 800T-XA A 800T-XAV F 800T-XAR T 800T-XAP P 800T-XAY 7 

2 N.O. 800T-XA2§ M — — 800T-XA2R§ Y — — 800T-XA2Y 8 

2 N.C. 800T-XA4 N — — 800T-XA4R Z — — 800T-XA4Y 9 

1 N.C.L.B. - 1 N.O. 800T-XA1 B — — — — — — — — 

1 N.C.L.B. - 1 N.C. 800T-XA7 C — — — — — — — — 

Note: Modular suffix codes can be used when specifying selector switches with multiple contact blocks. 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

Self Monitoring 

Contact Block 

Contact Type 

1 N.C.L.B. 

(wired in series with 1 N.O. monitoring contact) 

S.M.C.B. 

Cat. No. 

800TC-XD4S 

Mini Block Time Delay Block MaxDuty Block 

Mini Block 

Time Delay 

Block♣ MaxDuty Block 

Contact Type Cat. No. Code Cat. No. Cat. No. Code 

1 N.O. 800T-XD5 K 800T-XT 800T-XD1M 1 

1 N.C. 800T-XD6 L 800T-XS 800T-XD2M 2 

1 N.C.L.B. — — — 800T-XD4M 4 

Note: Modular suffix codes can be used when specifying selector switches 

with multiple contact blocks. 

Contact blocks with normally closed contacts meet direct drive positive opening standard requirements when properly fused to IEC 269-1 and 269-2. 

Shallow/mini contacts: 10 A gl or N type cartridge fuse. PenTUFF contacts: 6 A gl or N type cartridge fuse. 

Specify Bulletin 800TC for finger-safe contact blocks. Example: Cat. No. 800T-XA becomes Cat. No. 800TC-XA. 

‡ 800T operator using sealed switch and logic reed contact blocks and installed in a suitable enclosure are UL Listed as suitable for use in Class I, Division 

2/Zone 2 hazardous locations. 

§ Additional contacts cannot be stacked on XA2 and XA2R contact blocks. 

♣ For contact ratings, see page 10-4. 

For use with 2-position push-pull or push-pull/twist operators only. Must be mounted on the first level of the operator. The N.O. monitoring contact 

automatically closes when the S.M.C.B. is properly installed onto the operator. If the S.M.C.B. is separated from the operator, the N.O. monitoring contact 

automatically opens. 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

Shallow Contact Block Hardware 

12 

Description 

Contact Block Mounting Screw 

Screw Retainer 

Actuator Extender 

Cat. No. 

800T-N335 

800T-N336 

800T-N337 

13 



10-33




! 

Power Modules 

1 

2 

3 

4 

Full Voltage Power Module 

Cat. No. 800T-N330 

Transformer Power Module 

Cat. No. 800T-N326 

Dual Input Power Modules 

Cat. No. 800T-N296 (Transformer) 

Cat. No. 800T-N290N (Diode) 

Full Voltage§ Transformer§ Dual Input 

Voltage Cat. No. Voltage Cat. No. Type Voltage Cat. No. 

48V AC 50/60 Hz 800T-N325 Transformer 120V AC 800T-N296 

6V AC/DC 

120V AC 50/60 Hz 800T-N326 

24V AC/DC 

800T-N290N 

12V AC/DC 

Diode Type 

800T-N330 240V AC 50/60 Hz 800T-N327 120V AC/DC 800T-N291N 

24V AC/DC 

120V AC/DC 

277V AC 50/60 Hz 800T-N327Y — — — 

480V AC 50/60 Hz 800T-N328 — — — 

240V AC/DC‡ 800T-N331 600V AC 50/60 Hz 800T-N329 — — — 

Transformer type dual input provides circuit isolation via a miniature type relay. This module is used in conjunction with a 120V transformer. 

Diode type dual input provides circuit isolation via opposing diodes. Not recommended for use with solid-state outputs and neon indicators. 

‡ 240V full voltage module contains 50% dropping resistors for use with a 120V incandescent lamp. 

§ Specify Bulletin 800TC for finger-safe power modules. Example: Cat. No. 800T-N330 becomes 800TC-N330. 

5 

6 

7 

8 

Resistor (10% Drop) 

Neon♣ 

Voltage Cat. No. Voltage Cat. No. 

120V AC/DC 

♣ Neon modules contain resistors. 

Resistor Power Module 

Cat. No. 800T-N332 

800T-N332 

120V AC/DC 

240V AC/DC 

Specify Bulletin 800TC for finger-safe power modules. Example: Cat. No. 800T-N332 becomes 800TC-N332. 

Neon Power Module 

Cat. No. 800T-N333 

800T-N333 

800T-N334 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

10-34 






Miscellaneous, Continued 

Photo Description Cat. No. 

Cat. No. 

800T-N323 

800T/H 

IEC Finger-Safe Terminal Guards 

Snap-on accessories which provide IEC, IP2X and VGB finger-safe 

protection. 

Single terminal guards for single circuit contact blocks, full voltage 

modules, LED modules, etc. (800T-XD1, -XD2, -XD3, -XD4, -XD5, - 

XD6, -XAP, -XD1P, -XD2P, -PC…, and -QC…) 

Note: Must be ordered in multiples of 100 pieces. 

800T-N322 

! 

1 

Cat. No. 

800T-N324 

IEC Finger-Safe Accessories 

Cat. No. 800T-N292 

Cat. No. 

800T-N322 

Transformer covers for transformer only. 


Multi-terminal side cover for use on single or double circuit contact 

blocks. (800T-XA, -XA1, -XA2, -XA4, -XA7, -XAR, -XA2R, -XA4R, - 

XD1R, and -XD2R) 


Gray 800T 

Trim Washer 

Used to mount the operator properly when a legend plate is not 

being used. 


Plastic 800H 

Trim Washer 

Used to mount the operator properly when a legend plate is not 

being used. 


Metal 800T 

Thrust Washer 

Used to prevent rotation of operators in a keyed or notched hole. 


800T-N324 

800T-N323 

800T-N292 

800H-N148 

800T-N293 

2 

3 

4 

5 

Plastic 800H 

Thrust Washer 

Used to prevent rotation of operators in a keyed or notched hole. 


800H-N146 

6 

Cat. No. 800T-N293 

7 

800T 

Etching Fluid 

Used to blacken freshly engraved aluminum legend plates. 

800T-N188 

8 

Cat. No. 800T-N188 

Photo Description Color Cat. No. 

9 

800T/H 

Closing Button 

Where an enclosure or flush plate with more than the required 

number of openings is used, this neat-appearing button can be 

supplied to close the unused openings. 

Grey 

800T-N1 

10 

Cat. No. 800T-N1 Black 800T-N1B 

Power modules excluding transformers and dual inputs 

11 

12 

13 



10-39




Replacement Lamps 

Pilot Lights, Illuminated Push Buttons, Illuminated Push-Pull, Illuminated Push-Pull/Twist to Release 

Lamp Type Current, Typical Lamp Voltage ANSI No. Cat. No. 

Incandescent 

Neon 

Illuminated Selector Switches 


Cluster Pilot Lights 


Transformer 



Resistor 

150 mA/250 mA 6.3V AC 755/1866 800T-N65 

80 mA 14V AC/DC 756 800T-N141 

70 mA 24V AC/DC 757 800T-N157 

50 mA 48V AC/DC 1835 800T-N365 

22 mA 120V AC/DC 949 800T-N169 

Flashing 150 mA 6V AC/DC 267 800T-N212 

Dual Input Diode 

57 mA 24V AC/DC 24MB 800T-N180 

21 mA 120V AC 90MB 800T-N261 

— 2 mA 120V AC/DC B2A 609-N9 

Lamp Type Current, Typical Lamp Voltage Leakage Current Cat. No.§ 

LED‡ 

Incandescent 

13 mA/22 mA 12V AC/DC 3 mA 800T-N362x 





3.3 mA/6 mA 120V AC — 800T-N320x 

4.5 mA/6.2 mA 130V AC/DC 3 mA 800T-N321x 

Transformer 50 mA 6V AC 14 mA 800T-N318x 

Flashing 18 mA 24V AC/DC — ♣ 800T-N319Fx 


Transformer 

150 mA/250 mA 6.3V AC 755/1866 800T-N65 

80 mA 14V AC/DC 756 800T-N141 


70 mA 24V AC/DC 757 800T-N157 

Lamp Type Current, Typical Lamp Voltage Leakage Current Cat. No.§ 

LED‡ Full Voltage 13 mA/22 mA 12V AC/DC 3 mA 800T-N362x 





3.3 mA/6 mA 120V AC — 800T-N320x 

4.5 mA/6.2 mA 130V AC/DC 3 mA 800T-N321x 

14 mA/48 mA 6V AC 14 mA 800T-N318x 

Flashing 18 mA 24V AC/DC — ♣ 800T-N319Fx 


Incandescent 


Transformer 

195 mA 6V AC/DC 381 800T-N258 

73 mA 12V AC/DC 382 800T-N259 


37 mA 24V AC/DC 387 800T-N260 

Lamp Type Current, Typical Lamp Voltage Polarity Cat. No. 

LED 


Transformer 


45 mA 6V AC/DC Positive 800T-N340x 

36 mA 12V AC/DC Positive 800T-N341x 

14 mA 28V AC/DC Bi-Polar 800T-N80x 

Item is sold in multiples of 5. Order quanitity of 5 to receive package of 5 pieces. 

Typical current draw varies with LED color. The first mA value is for a green or blue LED and the second mA value is for a red or amber LED. 

‡ All LEDs except 120V have an internal shunt resistor for use with solid-state outputs. LEDs will not illuminate below listed leakage current. 

§ To complete the cat. no. replace the x with the first letter of the desired color: Amber, Green, Red, Blue, or White. White LEDs only available in 6, 24, 120, 

and 130V. 

♣ Flashing rate is 2 Hz. 

To complete the cat. no., replace the x with the first letter of the desired color: Amber, Green, or Red only. 

! 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 



10-43




Blank and Custom Legend Plates — Aluminum, Type 4/13 (800T) 

Blank/Custom Legend Plates 

! 

1 

Standard Legend Plate 

Jumbo Legend Plate 

Standard 

Jumbo 

Legend Plate Color 

Cat. No. 

Cat. No. 

Grey 800T-X559 800T-X559J 

Red 800T-X621 800T-X621J 

Yellow 800T-X679 800T-X679J 

Grey (with Custom Text) 800T-X559E 800T-X559JE 

Red (with Custom Text) 800T-X621E 800T-X621JE 

Yellow (with Custom Text) 800T-X679E 800T-X679JE 

Specialty Legend Plates 

2 

3 

4 

5 

Automotive 

Half Round 

Legend Plate Color 

Cat. No. 

Cat. No. 

Grey (Blank) 800T-X700 800T-X59 

Red (Blank) 800T-X701 800T-X121 

Grey (with Custom Text) 800T-X700E 800T-X59E 

Red (with Custom Text) 800T-X701E 800T-X121E 

Note: Include text with custom legends. 

All half round legend plates must be ordered in quantities of 25. 

Custom Text Guidelines 

Automotive Legend Plate 

Legend Size No. of Lines Max. No. of Characters per Line 

Standard 

1 Line of 

2 Lines of 

Jumbo 5 Lines 14 

Automotive 4 Lines 20 

Custom Legend Plates for 4 Way Toggle and Cluster Pilot Lights 

Legend Size Cat. No.‡ Color Text Options 

Standard 800T-X619E Aluminum (with Custom Text) 

Rule sets listed are mutually exclusive; only one can be chosen. 

‡ For blank toggle or cluster pilot legend, order Cat. No. 800T-X619. 

Half Round Legend Plate 

14 

14 

2 lines of up to 14 characters on top 

1 line of up to 14 characters on bottom 

1 vertical line of up to 7 characters on left side 

1 vertical line of up to 7 characters on right side 

1 vertical line of up to 9 characters on left side 

1 vertical line of up to 9 characters on right side 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 



10-45

Bulletin 1492-FB 

Fuse Holders 


Bulletin 1492-FB — DIN Rail Mounting Fuse Holders 

Compact size requiring less panel space than open-style fuse 

holders 

Handle isolates the fuse from power when installing or removing fuse 

IP2 — Front-finger protection per IEC/EN 60529 

Optional blown fuse indicators — allow easy troubleshooting of 

electrical circuits 

Easy insertion/removal of fuses, no special tools required 

Mounts on standard 35 mm DIN Rail 

Marker-ready 

Terminals shipped in open position and are ready for wiring 


Product Selection...... this page 

Approximate 

Dimensions................... 7-30 


UL 512 

CSA 22.2 No. 39 

EN/IEC 60947-3 

EN/IEC 60269-2-1 

! 

1 

2 


UL Listed 

UR Recognized Component 

CSA Certified 

CE Marked 

Bulletin 1492-FB fuse holders provide a safe and convenient means for installation of class CC, J, and midget fuses. The class CC fuse 

holder is designed to reject a midget fuse or international 10 x 38 mm fuse. The class J fuse holder will reject all fuses other than a class J 

fuse. 

The class CC and J holders are UL Listed and CSA Certified for branch circuit protection. Class CC and J fuses are excellent for wire 

protection, small motor loads, and group protection of small motor loads. The midget holders are UL Recognized and CSA Certified when 

supplementary (1-1/2 in. x 13/32 in.) fuses are applied. The midget fuse holder is also CE Marked for 10 x 38 mm IEC midget fuses. 

The 1492-FB fuse holder family is designed for use in many OEM applications, such as power supplies, equipment protection, primary and 

secondary control transformers, solenoids, lighting and heater loads, and drives. 


One-Pole 

Two-Pole 

Three-Pole 

Description 

For Class CC Fuse For Class J Fuse For Midget Fuse 

30 A 30 A 60 A 30 A 


1-Pole Fuse Block 1492-FB1C30 1492-FB1J30 1492-FB1J60 1492-FB1M30 

1-Pole Fuse Block with Indication 1492-FB1C30-L 1492-FB1J30-L 1492-FB1J60-L 1492-FB1M30-L 

1-Pole Fuse Block with Indication, 

1492-FB1C30-D1 — — 1492-FB1M30-D1 

12…72V 

Pieces per Carton 6 







All major fuse brands and current ranges have been evaluated for this fuse holder. Due to the heat they generate, the following fuses must be derated: 

Ferraz Shamut ATQR 1.25 I = 0.42 A max. 

Ferraz Shamut ATQR 1.40 I = 0.47 A max. 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 



7-29

Bulletin 1492-FB 

Fuse Holders 

Specifications/Accessories/Approximate Dimensions 

! 

1 

2 

3 



30 A 30 A 60 A 30 A 

Certifications UL, CSA, CE UR, CSA, CE 

Maximum Voltage Rating 

600V AC/DC 

Fuse Withstand Rating 200 kA 50 kA 

Fuse Reject Feature Yes No 

Operating Temperature 

–4…+130 °F (–20…+55 °C) 

Contact Material 

Silver, Ag 

110...600V AC/DC or 

12…72V DC 

110...600V AC/DC or 

12...72V AC/DC 

With Indicator 

Working Voltage LED 

110...600V AC/DC 

Leakage Current LED 2.0 mA 

Wire Size #16…4 AWG Cu #14…1 AWG Cu #10...1 AWG Cu #16…4 AWG Cu 

Recommended Wire Strip Length 0.44 in. (11 mm) 0.8 in. (20 mm) 0.44 in. (11 mm) 

Terminal Torque 

2...2.5 N•m 

(18...22 lb•in) 

3.5...4 N•m (31...35 lb•in) 

2...2.5 N•m 

(18...22 lb•in) 

4 

5 

Accessories 

Description Pkg. Quantity Cat. No. 

Fuseholder Identification Slide-in Markers 

1492-MC5X5 

5 

The following are blank cards. Squares slip into molded slot. 

1492-MC6X5 

Refer to terminal block marking systems on page 12-82 . 

6 

7 

8 

Approximate Dimensions 

Dimensions are in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. 

9 

10 

11 

Height 

Depth 

Width 


Dimension 

30 A 30 A 60 A 30 A 

Height 3.19 in. (81 mm) 4.65 in. (118 mm) 4.65 in. (118 mm) 3.19 in. (81 mm) 

Depth 2.51 in. (64 mm) 2.76 in. (70 mm) 3.23 in. (82 mm) 2.51 in. (64 mm) 

One-Pole 0.71 in. (18 mm) 1.41 in. (36 mm) 1.57 in. (40 mm) 0.71 in. (18 mm) 

Width 

Two-Pole 1.41 in. (36 mm) 2.83 in. (72 mm) 3.15 in. (80 mm) 1.41 in. (36 mm) 

Three-Pole 2.13 in. (54 mm) 4.25 in. (108 mm) 4.72 in. (120 mm) 2.13 in. (54 mm) 

12 

13 

7-30 



! 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

Bulletin 1492 

Screw Connection Terminal Blocks 

Standard Feed-Though Blocks 

Dimensions are not intended to be 

used for manufacturing purposes. 

Note: Height dimension is measured 

from top of rail to top of terminal 

block. 

1492-J3 1492-J4 1492-J6 

1.56" (39.5 mm) 

2.36" (60 mm) 

0.20" 

(5.1 mm) 

2.36" (60 mm) 

Use of center jumpers may affect spacings, requiring derating of terminal blocks. See page 12-78 for details. 


12-8 


1.56" (39.5 mm) 

0.24" 

(6.1 mm) 

1.56" (39.5 mm) 

2.36" (60 mm) 

Specifications Feed-Through Terminal Block Feed-Through Terminal Block Feed-Through Terminal Block 

Certifications CSA IEC ATEX CSA IEC ATEX CSA IEC ATEX 

Voltage Rating 

600V AC/DC 

800V 550V 

800V 690V 

800V 550V 

600V AC/DC 

600V AC/DC 

AC/DC AC/DC 

AC/DC AC/DC 

AC/DC AC/DC 

Maximum Current 65 A 50 A 24 A 21 A 35 A 25 A 32 A 28 A 50 A 41 A 36 A 

Wire Range (Rated Cross Section) 

2.5 mm2 

4 mm2 

6 mm2 

#22… #26… 

12 AWG 12 AWG 2.5 mm #22… #26… 

2 (#20… 

10 AWG 10 AWG 4 mm 2 (#20… #22…8 AWG 6 mm2 (#20… 

14 AWG) 

12 AWG) 

10 AWG) 

Wire Strip Length 0.39 in. (10 mm) 0.39 in. (10 mm) 0.47 in (12 mm) 

Recommended Tightening Torque 4.5…7.1 lb•in. (0.5…0.8 N•m) 9.0 lb•in. (1.0 N•m) 14.2 lb•in (1.6 N•m) 

Density 59 pcs/ft (196 pcs/m) 49 pcs/ft (163 pcs/m) 37 pcs/ft (123 pcs/m) 

Housing Temperature Range –58…+248 °F (–50…+120 °C) –58…+248 °F (–50…+120 °C) –58…+248 °F (–50…+120 °C) 

Short-Circuit Current Rating See page 12-43 

Terminal Blocks Cat. No. Pkg Qty. Cat. No. Pkg Qty. Cat. No. Pkg Qty. 

Color: Grey 1492-J3 100 1492-J4 100 1492-J6 100 

Red 1492-J3-RE 100 1492-J4-RE 100 1492-J6-RE 100 

Blue 1492-J3-B 100 1492-J4-B 100 1492-J6-B 100 

Black 1492-J3-BL 100 1492-J4-BL 100 1492-J6-BL 100 

Green 1492-J3-G 100 1492-J4-G 100 1492-J6-G 100 

Yellow 1492-J3-Y 100 1492-J4-Y 100 1492-J6-Y 100 

Orange 1492-J3-OR 100 1492-J4-OR 100 1492-J6-OR 100 

Brown 1492-J3-BR 100 1492-J4-BR 100 1492-J6-BR 100 

White 1492-J3-W 100 1492-J4-W 100 1492-J6-W 100 

Accessories Cat. No. Pkg Qty. Cat. No. Pkg Qty. Cat. No. Pkg Qty. 

Mounting Rails: 

1 m Symmetrical DIN (Steel) 

199-DR1 10 199-DR1 10 199-DR1 10 

1 m Symmetrical DIN (Aluminum) 1492-DR5 10 1492-DR5 10 1492-DR5 10 

1 m Hi-Rise Sym. DIN (Aluminum) 1492-DR6 2 1492-DR6 2 1492-DR6 2 

1 m Angled Hi-Rise Sym. DIN (Steel) 1492-DR7 2 1492-DR7 2 1492-DR7 2 

End Barriers Grey 1492-EBJ3 50 1492-EBJ3 50 1492-EBJ3 50 

Blue 1492-EBJ3-B 50 1492-EBJ3-B 50 1492-EBJ3-B 50 

Yellow 1492-EBJ3-Y 50 1492-EBJ3-Y 50 1492-EBJ3-Y 50 

End Anchors and Retainers: 

Screwless End Retainer 

1492-ERL35 20 1492-ERL35 20 1492-ERL35 20 

DIN Rail — Normal Duty 1492-EAJ35 100 1492-EAJ35 100 1492-EAJ35 100 

DIN Rail — Heavy Duty 1492-EAHJ35 50 1492-EAHJ35 50 1492-EAHJ35 50 

Jumpers: 

Screw Center Jumper — 10-pole 

1492-CJJ5-10 20 1492-CJJ6-10 20 1492-CJJ8-10 20 

Screw Center Jumper — 4-pole 1492-CJJ5-4 50 1492-CJJ6-4 50 1492-CJJ8-4 50 



Plug-in Center Jumper — 50-Pole 1492-CJLJ5-50 10 1492-CJLJ6-41 (41-pole) 10 — — 

Plug-in Center Jumper — 10-Pole 1492-CJLJ5-10 20 1492-CJLJ6-10 20 — — 

Plug-in Center Jumper — 9-Pole 1492-CJLJ5-9 20 — — — — 








Insulated Side Jumper — 24-Pole 1492-SJ5B-24 50 — — — — 

Insulated Side Jumper — 10-Pole 1492-SJ5B-10 50 — — — — 

Screw Type Jumper Notching Tool 1492-T1 1 1492-T1 1 1492-T1 1 

Other Accessories: 

Partition Plate 

1492-EBJ16 20 1492-EBJ16 20 1492-EBJ16 20 

Test Plug Socket 1492-TPS23 20 1492-TPS23L 50 1492-TPS23L 50 

Test Plug 1492-TP23 20 1492-TP23 20 1492-TP23 20 

Test Plug (Stackable) 1492-TPJ5 25 1492-TPJ6 25 — — 

Electrical Warning Plate 1492-EWPJ5 25 1492-EWPJ5 25 1492-EWPJ8 50 

Group Marking Carrier 1492-GM35 25 1492-GM35 25 1492-GM35 25 

Marking Systems: 

1492-M5X12 (144/card) 5 1492-M6X12 (120/card) 5 1492-MR8X12 (84/card) 5 

Snap-in Marker Cards 

1492-M5X5 (200/card) 5 1492-M6X5 (200/card) 5 1492-M8X5 (160/card) 5 

0.319" 

(8.1 mm)

Bulletin 1492 

IEC Terminal Block Accessories 


! 

In general, accessories for terminal blocks are not eligible for recognition by UL, CSA, or other third party approval aggencies. The suitability 

of the installation must be judged in the end use application due to the wide variety of possible uses. However, accessories are designed to 

meet, and are tested to, the terminal block assembly requirements such as electrical spacings, etc. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

Maximum number of multiple wire connections for copper conductors of the same cross-section and type for Allen-Bradley IEC Terminal 

Blocks. 

Cat. Nos. 1492-J and L products are all recommended for one conductor per terminal. Wire range is defined in the cat. page for each of the 

products. 

Wire Size [AWG] 

#30 #28 #26 #24 #22 #20 #18 #16 #14 #12 #10 #8 #6 #4 #2 #1 1/0 2/0 3/0 

Cat. No. 

Number of the Same Size Wires Per Terminal 

1492-H4 — — — — 4 4 3 2 2 1 — — — — — — — — — 

1492-H5 — — — — 4 4 3 2 2 1 — — — — — — — — — 

1492-H6 — — — — 4 4 3 2 2 1 — — — — — — — — — 

1492-H7 — — — — 4 4 3 2 2 1 — — — — — — — — — 

1492-J2Q — — 4 4 4 3 1 1 1 — — — — — — — — — — 

1492-J3 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 2 1 — — — — — — — — — 

1492-J3F 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 2 1 — — — — — — — — — 

1492-J3TW (Single Side) 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 2 1 — — — — — — — — — 

1492-J3TW (Twin Side) — — 4 4 4 3 1 1 1 — — — — — — — — — — 

1492-J4 — — — — 4 4 (29 A) 3 3 2 1 1 — — — — — — — — 

1492-J4M — — — — 4 4 (29 A) 3 3 2 1 1 — — — — — — — — 

1492-J6 — — — — 4 4 (30 A) 3 3 3 2 1 1 — — — — — — — 

1492-J10 — — — — 4 4 4 4 (46 A) 3 (50 A) 2 (50 A) 1 1 1 — — — — — — 

1492-J16 — — — — — — — 4 (67 A) 4 (62 A) 3 (71 A) 2 (67 A) 1 1 1 — — — — — 

1492-J35 — — — — — — — — 3 3 3 (90 A) 2 2 (114 A) 1 1 1 1 — — 

1492-J50 — — — — — — — — — — — 2 2 1 1 1 1 — — 

1492-J70 — — — — — — — — 5 5 5 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 — 

1492-JC3 — — 4 4 4 3 1 1 1 — — — — — — — — — — 

1492-JD3... 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 2 2 1 — — — — — — — — — 

1492-JD3F 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 2 2 1 — — — — — — — — — 

1492-JD3P — — — — 4 4 3 2 1 1 — — — — — — — — — 

1492-JDC3 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 2 2 1 — — — — — — — — — 

1492-JDG3 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 2 2 1 — — — — — — — — — 

1492-JDG3P — — — — 4 4 3 2 1 1 — — — — — — — — — 

1492-JG2Q — — 4 4 4 3 1 1 1 — — — — — — — — — — 

1492-JG3 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 2 1 — — — — — — — — — 

10 

11 

12 

13 

12-88 



Bulletin 1492-SP 

Supplementary Protector/Miniature Circuit Breaker 


Bulletin 1492-SP — Supplementary Protector/Miniature 

Circuit Breaker 

Energy limiting design — protects downstream components better 

than conventional breakers during short circuits 

Field-mountable options for selective applications 

True IP2X finger-safe design (front) 

International approvals — CE Marked, and meets UL, CSA, and IEC 

(VDE, GL) standards for worldwide acceptance 

Ratings to 480Y/277V AC @ 240/415V AC — 10 000 A interrupt 

rating 

AC and DC voltage ratings — in one convenient device 

A positively trip-free mechanism (breaker operation cannot be 

defeated by holding the handle in the ON position) 

3 trip curves: B, C, and D 

Time delay (D characteristic) for high inrush currents during inductive 

start-ups such as transformers and power supplies 

Superior shock and vibration resistance capabilities — helps to 

prevent nuisance tripping 


Product Selection...... 7-40 

Specifications.............. 7-44 

Approximate 

Dimensions................... 7-45 


UL 1077 

CSA C22.2 No. 235 

IEC/EN 60898, 60947-2 

UL File Number E65138 


UL Recognized 

CSA Certified 

CE Marked 

Germanischer Lloyd (Marine) 

! 

1 

2 

3 

Προδυχτ Σελεχτιον 

Bulletin 1492-SP series C devices are energy limiting, thermal magnetic type overcurrent protectors meeting UL 1077/CSA C22.2 No. 235, 

IEC/EN 60898. These devices are designed for the protection of a wide variety of products including: Solenoids 

The Bulletin 1492-SP supplementary protectors/miniature circuit breakers are available in one-, onepole 

plus neutral, two-, three-, and three-pole plus neutral units. One- and two-pole AC units also have 

limited DC ratings. Two- and three pole units are connected at the handle for simultaneous operation. 

Screw termination is standard on all Bulletin 1492-SP units. Both line and load side terminals accept 

#16…4 AWG (1.5…25 mm2) copper wire. 

Test Equipment 

Controller I/O Points 

Relay and Contractor Coils 

Computers 

Transformers 

Automotive Systems 

Power Supplies 

Medical Equipment 

Control Instrumentation 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 



7-39




! 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

Tripping Characteristics 


1-Pole 

IEC 240/415V AC 

UL/CSA 277V AC 48V DC 

Trip Curve B 

Resistive or Slightly Inductive 

Trip Curve C 

Inductive 

Trip Curve D 

Highly Inductive 

3…5 I n 5…10 I n 10…20 I n 

Continuous 

Current 

Rating (I n ) [A] Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. 

0.5 — 1492-SP1C005 1492-SP1D005 

1 1492-SP1B010 1492-SP1C010 1492-SP1D010 

2 1492-SP1B020 1492-SP1C020 1492-SP1D020 

3 1492-SP1B030 1492-SP1C030 1492-SP1D030 

4 1492-SP1B040 1492-SP1C040 1492-SP1D040 

5 1492-SP1B050 1492-SP1C050 1492-SP1D050 

6 1492-SP1B060 1492-SP1C060 1492-SP1D060 

7 1492-SP1B070 1492-SP1C070 1492-SP1D070 

8 1492-SP1B080 1492-SP1C080 1492-SP1D080 

10 1492-SP1B100 1492-SP1C100 1492-SP1D100 

13 1492-SP1B130 1492-SP1C130 1492-SP1D130 

15 1492-SP1B150 1492-SP1C150 1492-SP1D150 

16 1492-SP1B160 1492-SP1C160 1492-SP1D160 

20 1492-SP1B200 1492-SP1C200 1492-SP1D200 

25 1492-SP1B250 1492-SP1C250 1492-SP1D250 

30 1492-SP1B300 1492-SP1C300 1492-SP1D300 

32 1492-SP1B320 1492-SP1C320 1492-SP1D320 

40 1492-SP1B400 1492-SP1C400 1492-SP1D400 

50 1492-SP1B500 1492-SP1C500 — 

63 1492-SP1B630 1492-SP1C630 — 

Note: Bulletin 1492-SP 1- and 3-pole circuit breakers are also available with neutral. Add a suffix of -N to the cat. no. 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

7-40 







Trip Curve B 

Resistive or Slightly Inductive 

Trip Curve C 

Inductive 

Trip Curve D 

Highly Inductive 

3…5 I n 5…10 I n 10…20 I n 


Continuous 

Current 

Rating (I n ) [A] Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. 

2-Pole 0.5 — 1492-SP2C005 1492-SP2D005 

1 1492-SP2B010 1492-SP2C010 1492-SP2D010 

IEC 

415V AC 

UL/CSA 

480Y/277V AC 

125V DC 

2 1492-SP2B020 1492-SP2C020 1492-SP2D020 

3 1492-SP2B030 1492-SP2C030 1492-SP2D030 

4 1492-SP2B040 1492-SP2C040 1492-SP2D040 

5 1492-SP2B050 1492-SP2C050 1492-SP2D050 

6 1492-SP2B060 1492-SP2C060 1492-SP2D060 

7 1492-SP2B070 1492-SP2C070 1492-SP2D070 

8 1492-SP2B080 1492-SP2C080 1492-SP2D080 

10 1492-SP2B100 1492-SP2C100 1492-SP2D100 

13 1492-SP2B130 1492-SP2C130 1492-SP2D130 

15 1492-SP2B150 1492-SP2C150 1492-SP2D150 

16 1492-SP2B160 1492-SP2C160 1492-SP2D160 

20 1492-SP2B200 1492-SP2C200 1492-SP2D200 

25 1492-SP2B250 1492-SP2C250 1492-SP2D250 

30 1492-SP2B300 1492-SP2C300 1492-SP2D300 

32 1492-SP2B320 1492-SP2C320 1492-SP2D320 

40 1492-SP2B400 1492-SP2C400 1492-SP2D400 

50 1492-SP2B500 1492-SP2C500 — 

63 1492-SP2B630 1492-SP2C630 — 

3-Pole 0.5 — 1492-SP3C005 1492-SP3D005 

1 1492-SP3B010 1492-SP3C010 1492-SP3D010 

2 1492-SP3B020 1492-SP3C020 1492-SP3D020 

3 1492-SP3B030 1492-SP3C030 1492-SP3D030 

4 1492-SP3B040 1492-SP3C040 1492-SP3D040 

5 1492-SP3B050 1492-SP3C050 1492-SP3D050 

6 1492-SP3B060 1492-SP3C060 1492-SP3D060 

7 1492-SP3B070 1492-SP3C070 1492-SP3D070 

8 1492-SP3B080 1492-SP3C080 1492-SP3D080 

IEC 

415V AC 

UL/CSA 

480Y/277V AC 

10 1492-SP3B100 1492-SP3C100 1492-SP3D100 

13 1492-SP3B130 1492-SP3C130 1492-SP3D130 

15 1492-SP3B150 1492-SP3C150 1492-SP3D150 

16 1492-SP3B160 1492-SP3C160 1492-SP3D160 

20 1492-SP3B200 1492-SP3C200 1492-SP3D200 

25 1492-SP3B250 1492-SP3C250 1492-SP3D250 

30 1492-SP3B300 1492-SP3C300 1492-SP3D300 

32 1492-SP3B320 1492-SP3C320 1492-SP3D320 

40 1492-SP3B400 1492-SP3C400 1492-SP3D400 

50 1492-SP3B500 1492-SP3C500 — 

63 1492-SP3B630 1492-SP3C630 — 

Note: 1492-SP 1- and 3-pole circuit breakers are also available with neutral. Add a suffix of -N to the cat. no. 

! 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 



7-41

! 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 





1492-SP Series C 

Description B Curve C Curve D Curve 

Resistive or Slightly-Inductive 


Loads 

Inductive Loads 

Highly-Inductive Loads 

3…5 I n 5…10 I n 10…20 I n 

Current Range 1…63 A 0.5…63 A 0.5…40 A 

Poles (18 mm width per pole) 

1, 2, 3, 1 +N, 3 + N 

Dielectric Strength 

1960V AC 

Shock 

25 G Half Sine Wave for 11 ms (3 axes) 

Vibration 

Frequency Range: 10…2000 Hz 

Max. Amplitude (p-p) = 0.030 in. 

Max. Acceleration = 5 G 

2 hours each of 3 axes 

Operating Temperature Range 

23…104 °F (–5…+40 °C) non-condensing 

Shipment and Short-Term Temperature Limits 

–40…+185 °F (–40…+85 °C) 

Housing Material 

Nylon 

Wire Size 

#18…4 AWG (1.0…10 mm2) 

Tightening Torque ⎯ 2.4 N•m (21 lb•in.) 

#6…4 AWG (1.6…25 mm2) 

Tightening Torque ⎯ 3.1 N•m (27 lb•in.) 

Recommended Wire Strip Length 

0.51 in. (13 mm) 

Electromechanical Life 

6000 operations 

(1 operation = 2 switching events) ON/OFF 

Switched Neutral Rating 

277V AC 

Supplementary Protector 


UL 1077 - Recognized Component QVNU2 - E65138 

CSA C22.2 No. 235 Certified Component 

Use Group (UG) 

UG A - General Industrial 

Terminals (FW) 

FW 3 Line and Load evaluated for field wiring 

Overload Rating (OL) 

OL 0 (general use) 

1-Pole, 1-Pole + N 

Maximum Volts 277V AC 48V DC 

Tripping Current (TC) TC 1, 40 °C TC 1, 40 °C 

Short-Circuit Current Rating (SC) SC U2 SC U1 

10 kA @ 277V AC; B and C Curve 

< 35 A 

5 kA @ 277V AC; D Curve 10 kA @ 48V DC; B, C, and D 

Curve 

40, 50, 63 A 5 kA @ 277V AC; B, C, and D Curve 

2-Pole, 3-Pole, 3-Pole + N 

Maximum Volts 480Y/277V AC 125V DC (2-pole - series) 

Tripping Current TC 2, 40 °C TC 2, 40 °C 

Short-Circuit Current Rating (SC) SC U2 SC U1 

10 kA @ 480Y/277V AC; B and C Curve 

< 35 A 

5 kA @ 480Y/277V AC; D Curve 10 kA @ 125V DC; B, C, and D 

Curve 

40, 50, 63 A 5 kA @ 480Y/277V AC; B, C, and D Curve 

10 

11 

12 

13 

7-44 



o 

o 

o 

Current Transformer 

Models 21, 22, 23, 24, 25 

Window Diameter 1.25”, 1.63”, 2.00”, 2.50”, 3.13” 

REGULATORY AGENCY APPROVALS 

Manufactured to meet the requirements of ANSI/IEEE C57.13. 

Classified by U.L. in accordance with IEC 44-1 

APPLICATION: 

Relaying and metering. 

FREQUENCY: 

2 

50-400 Hz. 

INSULATION LEVEL: 

600 Volts, 10 kV BIL full wave. 

Terminals are brass studs No. 8-32 with one 

flatwasher, lockwasher and regular nut. 

Order mounting bracket kit 0221B00541 

separately. 

Multi-ratios available upon request. 

Model 22 

Model 21Window Diameter 1.25” 

Approximate weight 10 lbs. 

CATALOG CURRENT 

NUMBER RATIO 

RELAY 

CLASS 

ANSI METERING CLASS 

AT 60HZ 

SECONDARY 

WINDING 

RESISTANCE 

CONTINUOUS 

THERMAL 

RATING FACTOR 

BO.1 BO.2 BO.5 BO.9 B1.8 

(OHMS @ 75 C) 

@ 30 C @ 55 C 

21—500 50:5 — 1.2 2.4 — — — 0.026 2.0 2.0 

21—750 75:5 C10 0.6 1.2 2.4 4.8 — 0.042 2.0 2.0 

21—101 100:5 C10 0.6 1.2 1.2 2.4 4.8 0.063 2.0 2.0 

21—151 150:5 C20 0.3 0.6 0.6 1.2 2.4 0.098 2.0 1.5 

21—201 200:5 C20 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 1.2 0.126 2.0 1.5 

21—251 250:5 C20 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.2 0.158 1.5 1.5 

21—301 300.5 C20 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.168 1.5 1.33 

21—401 400:5 C50 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.253 1.5 1.0 

21—501 500:5 C20 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.283 1.5 1.0 

21—601 600.5 C50 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.339 1.33 1.0 

21—751 750.5 C50 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.424 1.0 0.8 

21—801 800.5 C50 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.452 1.0 0.8 

21—102 1000.5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.565 1.0 0.8 

Section 2 

17

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 


Model 22 Window Diameter 1.63” 

Approximate weight 9 lbs. 

2 

CATALOG 

NUMBER 

CURRENT 

RATIO 

RELAY 

CLASS 

SECONDARY CONTINUOUS 


WINDING 

THERMAL 

RATING FACTOR 

AT 60HZ 

RESISTANCE 

BO.1 BO.2 BO.5 BO.9 B1.8 @ 30 C @ 55 

(OHMS @ 75 C) 

C 

22—101 100:5 C10 0.6 1.2 2.4 2.4 4.8 0.060 2.0 2.0 

22—151 150.5 C10 0.3 0.6 1.2 1.2 2.4 0.090 2.0 2.0 

22—201 200:5 C20 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.2 1.2 0.120 2.0 1.5 

22—251 250:5 C20 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 1.2 0.150 1.5 1.5 

22—301 300:5 C20 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 0.180 1.5 1.33 

22—401 400:5 C20 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.241 1.5 1.0 

22—501 500:5 C50 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.301 1.5 1.0 

Model 23 Window Diameter 2.00” 

Approximate weight 8.5 lbs. 

CATALOG 

NUMBER 

CURRENT 

RATIO 

RELAY 

CLASS 

SECONDARY CONTINUOUS 


WINDING 

THERMAL 

RATING FACTOR 

AT 60HZ 

RESISTANCE 

BO.1 BO.2 BO.5 BO.9 B1.8 @ 30 C @ 55 

(OHMS @ 75 C) 

C 

23—101 100:5 — 0.6 0.6 2.4 4.8 — 0.051 2.0 2.0 

23—151 150.5 C10 0.6 0.6 0.6 1.2 2.4 0.076 2.0 2.0 

23—201 200:5 C10 0.3 0.6 0.6 1.2 2.4 0.114 2.0 1.5 



23—401 400:5 C20 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.226 1.5 1.0 



USA, Canada, Asia, Latin America 

Tel: +1-800-547-8629 

Fax: +1-905-201-2455 

e-mail: sales.multilin@ge.com 

Europe, Middle East, Africa 

Tel: +34-94-485-88-00 

Fax: +34-94-485-88-45 

e-mail: gemultilin.euro@ge.com 

18 

Section 2 

Please refer to our website www.GEMultilin.com for more detailed contact information 

CS00A40452 Rev.


2 

LABEL 

Outline - Models 21, 22, 23, 24, 25 

USA, Canada, Asia, Latin America 

Tel: +1-800-547-8629 

Fax: +1-905-201-2455 

e-mail: sales.multilin@ge.com 

Europe, Middle East, Africa 

Tel: +34-94-485-88-00 

Fax: +34-94-485-88-45 

e-mail: gemultilin.euro@ge.com 

20 

Section 2 

Please refer to our website www.GEMultilin.com for more detailed contact information 

CS00A40452 Rev.

016 Series Fiesta Indicators 

Features 

Dust and water jet 

protected to IP55 

(NEMA4 IEC529) 

A range of shortscale and 

longscale panel meters. 

Their rugged design will suit 

demanding environmental 

applications. 

Withstands high levels of 

shock, vibration, dirt and 

humidity 

The contoured window 

gives an exceptionally 

wide viewing angle 

Complies with ANSI-C39 

(IEC 51) 

Elapsed Time Meter and Frequency Meter 

Voltage: 100/125V, 200/250V or 480V A.C. Temperature: 

Frequency: 50Hz or 60Hz 

Range: 

Burden: 4VA Maximum 

Storage: 

-20°C to 65°C (-4°F to 149°F) 

-30°C to 70°C (-22°F to 158°F) 

UL approval for short 

scale Ammeters, 

Voltmeters, Frequency 

Meters and Elapsed Time 

meters on selected 

ranges. File Number 

E87815 

Instruments comply with 

BSEN61010-1 meets 

IEC414 (BS5458) 

Dielectric Test (2600V for 

1 min) 

Iron Vane A.C. Ammeter & Voltmeter 

Accuracy: Shortscale: ammeters 2.5%; 

Longscale: 1.5 % 

Ratings: 

Ammeters: 

Shortscale 1 to 80A 

Longscale 1 to 20A 

Voltmeters: 

10V to 600V 

Overload: 

Ammeters: 

x1.2 for 2 hours 

10 x for 5 seconds 

Voltmeters: 



Burden: 

Ammeters: 

Voltmeters: 

Temperature: 

Range: 

Storage: 

shortscale 0.5VA; 

long scale 1.5VA 

4.5VA maximum 

-20°C to 65°C (-4°F to 149°F) 

-30°C to 70°C (-22°F to 158°F) 

Moving Coil D.C. Ammeter & Voltmeter 

Options 

On request the following are 

available: 

Supplementary Pointer 

Accuracy Class: Shortscale 1.5; longscale 1.5 

Ratings: 

Ammeters: 

200µA to 30A 

(100µA shortscale) 

Voltmeters: 

50mV to 600V 

Overload: 

Ammeters: 



Voltmeters: 



Impedance: 

Temperature: 

Range: 

Storage: 

Voltmeters 1000 ohms per Volt 

nominal 

-20°C to 65°C (-4°F to 149°F) 

-30°C to 70°C (-22°F to 158°F) 

Non Reflecting Window 

Heavily Damped 

Movement 

Panel Gasket 

Dimensions 

x = Terminals 

1/4 - 28 UNF up to 59.9A 0.72" long. 

5/16 - 24UNF over 60A 0.94" long. 

Clamp Band Fixing long 

scale 

Coloured Internal Gasket 

Analogue Instruments 

70 

Web: www.crompton-instruments.com • Email: crompton.info@tycoelectronics.com 2002


A.C. Ammeter 

Rating Scaling* Short Scale Long Scale 

Catalogue No. Catalogue No. 

A.C. Ammeter True RMS Reading - Self Contained 40/70Hz 

5A 0-5a •016-02A*-LSLS 016-03A*-LSLS 

10A 0-10a 016-02A*-MTMT 016-03A*-MTMT 

15A 0-15a 016-02A*-NDND 016-03A*-NDND 

20A 0-20a 016-02A*-NGNG 016-03A*-NGNG 

30A 0-30a 016-02A*-NLNL 016-03A*-NLNL 

5A Transformer Rated •016-02A*-LS** 016-03A*-LS** 

A.C. Ammeters - Moving Coil Rectified 

100µA to 1A To Suit 016-01B*- 016-05B*- 

A.C. Voltmeter True RMS Reading 

150v 0-150V •016-02V*-PZPZ 016-03V*-PZPZ 

300v 0-300V •016-02V*-RXRX 016-03V*-RXRX 

600v 0-600V •016-02V*-SJSJ 016-03V*-SJSJ 

150V Transformer Rated •016-02V*-PZ** 016-03V*-PZ** 

A.C. Voltmeter 

A.C. Voltmeters - Moving Coil Rectified 

15V to 600V To suit 016-01W*- 016-05W*- 

D.C. Ammeters 

0-50mV To Suit Requirements 016-01A*-EC** 016-05A*-EC** 

0-1mA To Suit Requirements •016-01A*-FA** 016-05A*-FA** 

0-5mA To Suit Requirements 016-01A*-FX** 016-05A*-FX** 

0-10mA To Suit Requirements 016-01A*-HA** 016-05A*-HA** 

0-20mA To Suit Requirements •016-01A*-HF** 016-05A*-HF** 

Milliammeters Suppressed Zero - No zero set unless specified 

4/20mA To Suit Requirements •016-01RA*-HG** 016-05RA-HG** 

D.C. Voltmeter 

Voltage Suppressed Zero - No zero set unless specified 

1-5V To Suit 016-01S*-LM 016-05S*-LM 

D.C. Voltmeters Sensitivity 1000Ω/Volt 

0-15V 0-15V 016-01V*-NDND 016-05V*-NDND 

0-30V 0-30V 016-01V*-NLNL 016-05V*-NLNL 

0-50V 0-50V •016-01V*-NTNT 016-05V*-NTNT 

0-150V 0-150V •016-01V*-PZPZ 016-05V*-PZPZ 

0-300V 0-300V •016-01V*-RXRX 016-05V*-RXRX 

0-600V 0-600V 016-01V*-SJSJ 016-05V*-SJSJ 

* Please state A or B at time of ordering. A = ANSI B = BS89 

** Customer to state required scaling at time of ordering 

• UL recognised 


71 



Rating Scaling* Short Scale Long Scale 

Catalogue No. Catalogue No. 

Frequency Meter 

Frequency Meters 120V* - Self Contained 

Shortscale 

Longscale 

Rating Scaling* Catalogue No. Catalogue No. 

Frequency Meters 120V* - Self Contained 

Standard Case 

50Hz Centre Frequency, -0.15 Accuracy 45-55Hz •016-41S*-PNAG-AG 

50Hz Centre Frequency, -0.25 Accuracy 45-65Hz •016-41S*-PNAJ-AJ Use 016-053 plus 253-THZ 

60Hz Centre Frequency, -0.15 Accuracy 55-65Hz •016-41S*-PNAN-AN 

400Hz Centre Frequency, -1.25 Accuracy 360-440Hz 016-41S*-PNBI-BI 

Elapsed Time Meter 

Elapsed Time Meters 99999.99 hours - non reset 

Standard Case 

110/130V, 50Hz - •016-155A*-PNZH-C5 

200/250V, 50Hz - •016-155A*-RNZH-C5 

480V, 50Hz - 016-155A*-SEZH-C5 

110/130V, 60Hz - •016-156A*-PNZH-C6 

200/250V, 60Hz - •016-156A*-RNZH-C6 

480V, 60Hz - 016-156A*-SEZH-C6 

Maximum Demand Ammeter 

15 minute time lag To Suit 016-16A* 

Transducer Indicators D.C. Milliamp Rated 

Speed To Suit 016-012* 016-052 

Frequency To Suit 016-013* 016-053 

Phase Angle To Suit 016-014* 016-054 

Watts To Suit 016-015* 016-055 

VArs To Suit 016-016* 016-056 

VA To Suit 016-017* 016-057 

* Please state A or B at time of ordering. A = ANSI B = BS89 

** Customer to state required scaling at time of ordering 

• UL recognised 


72 


FERRAZ SHAWMUT CANADA Inc.

AMP-TRAP ® 

A240T/A480T/A500T/A720T POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER FUSES 

POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER FUSES 

Ferraz Shawmut E-rated PT fuses are current limiting 

fuses with high interrupting rating, used for primary 

winding protection of potential transformers. They are 

small dimension, ferrule-type fuses and mounted in 

standard clips. Ratings are 1/2E to 5E at 2.4, 4.8, 

5.0 and 7.2kV. 

Features/Benefits 

➤ Current limiting protection for transformers 

➤ Ferrule mounting for ease of installation in standard 

clips 

➤ Compact size saves valuable mounting space 

➤ Fiberglass melamine body provides dimensional 

stability in harsh industrial environments 

➤ Metal embossed catalog number for lasting 

identification 

Ratings 

HIGHLIGHTS: 

➤ E-Rated 

➤ Current-Limiting 

APPLICATIONS: 

➤ Primary protection for 

2.4, 4.8, 5.0 or 7.2kV 

potential transformers 

➤ A240T 

AC: 1/2E to 5E 

2400VAC, 50kA I.R. Sym. 

➤ A48OT 



➤ A500T 



➤ A720T 

AC: 1E to 2E 


Standard Fuse Ampere Ratings, Catalog Numbers 

E RATING 

CATALOG NUMBER 

2400V 4800V 5000V 7200V 

1/2E A240T1/2E A480T1/2E A500T1/2E-1 A720T1/2E-1 

1E A240T1E A480T1E A500T1E-1 A720T1E-1 

2E A240T2E A480T2E A500T 2E-1 A720T2E-1 

3E - A480T3E A500T3E-1 A720T3E-1 

4E - A480T4E A500T 4E-1 - 

5E A240T5E A480T5E A500T5E-1 - 

Dimensions 

CATALOG NO. DIMENSIONS - inches FUSE CLIPS* 

PREFIX A B C CENTERS CAT. NO. 

A240T 4-5/8 13/16 5/8 4.0” CO8917P 

A480T 5-5/8 13/16 5/8 5.0” CO8917P 

A500T 5-5/8 1 9/16 5.0” - 

A720T 9-1/2 13/16 5/8 8.88” CO8917P 

*Use 2 clips per fuse. 

E 22

AMP-TRAP ® 

A240T/A480T 

POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER FUSES 

A240T1/2E to 5E 

Melting Time – Current Data - PT Fuses - 2400V 

A480T1/2E to 5E 

Melting Time – Current Data - PT Fuses - 4800V 

E 

Time in Seconds 


Current in Amperes 


E 23

TRI-ONIC ® 

TRM 

1-1/2” X 13/32” MIDGET FUSES 

HIGHLIGHTS: 

➤ Time Delay 

➤ 250 VAC Rated 

Tri-onic TRM time-delay midget fuses are 

rated 250 volts AC and are offered in 36 

ampere ratings from 1/10A to 30A. 

They have 12 seconds time delay at 200% 

rating to provide supplemental protection 

of small motors, small transformers and 

other high inrush loads, plus many other 

250 volt applications. (Not for Branch 

Circuit Protection). 

APPLICATIONS: 

➤ Small Motors 

➤ Small Transformers 

➤ Lighting Circuits 

➤ Control Circuits 

Ratings 

➤ AC: 1/10 to 30A 

250VAC, 10kA I.R. 

Features/Benefits 

➤ Numerous ratings for a wide variety of 

applications 

➤ 250VAC rating in all sizes up to 30A 

➤ Time delay for circuits with high inrush 

currrent 

➤ Can be used with ULTRASAFE fuse holders 

Approvals 

➤ UL Listed to 

Standard 248-14 

➤ CSA Certified to 

Standard C22.2 No. 248.14 

C 

Standard Fuse Ampere Ratings, Catalog Numbers 

AMPERE CATALOG AMPERE CATALOG AMPERE CATALOG AMPERE CATALOG AMPERE CATALOG AMPERE CATALOG 

RATING NUMBER RATING NUMBER RATING NUMBER RATING NUMBER RATING NUMBER RATING NUMBER 

1/10 TRM1/10 6/10 TRM6/10 1-6/10 TRM1-6/10 3 TRM3 5-6/10 TRM5-6/10 10 TRM10 

15/100 TRM15/100 8/10 TRM8/10 1-8/10 TRM1-8/10 3-2/10 TRM3-2/10 6 TRM6 12 TRM12 

2/10 TRM2/10 1 TRM1 2 TRM2 3-1/2 TRM3-1/2 6-1/4 TRM6-1/4 15 TRM15 

3/10 TRM3/10 1-1/8 TRM1-1/8 2-1/4 TRM2-1/4 4 TRM4 7 TRM7 20 TRM20 

4/10 TRM4/10 1-1/4 TRM1-1/4 2-1/2 TRM2-1/2 4-1/2 TRM4-1/2 8 TRM8 25 TRM25 

1/2 TRM1/2 1-4/10 TRM1-4/10 2-8/10 TRM2-8/10 5 TRM5 9 TRM9 30 TRM30 

Melting Time – Current Data 1/10 - 3-1/2 Amperes, 250 Volts AC 

Melting Time – Current Data 4 - 30 Amperes, 250 Volts AC 




C 5 

Current in Amperes

NOTE: 

REVERSE CONTACTS PER 40266-515-02 AS 

REQUIRED FOR N.C. CONTACTS 

SUB-TITLE 

NO AUXILIARIES 

1 N.O. AND 1 N.C. AUXILIARIES 




ASS'Y 

NO. 


-51 

1 N.O. AUXILIARY 

-52 


-53 


-54 


-55 

2NO & 2 NC FOR OEM 

-56 

-57 

-58 

-59 

-60 

-62 

CHG. 

CHAR. 

17 

17 

17 

17 

17 

17 

17 

17 

17 

9 

4 

IT. PART NO. DESCRIPTION AMOUNT 

1 80154-432-01 ISOLATING SWITCH HOUSING 1 1 

2 80154-434-52 SHAFT ASSEMBLY 1 1 

3 80158-175-51 MOVEABLE TERM. ASS'Y 3 3 

4 40195-034-02 STATIONERY LINE TERMINAL 3 3 

5 80154-431-01 MOVEABLE SHUTTER 1 1 

6 80154-428-01 SHUTTER LEVER 1 1 

7 80154-426-52 GROUND BAR 1 1 

8 80154-424-02 ISOLATOR BUS LINK 3 3 

9 40195-133-01 NYLON SHOULDER SCREW 2 2 

10 80025-182-01 5/16-18 NYLON HEX NUT 2 2 

11 80158-770-01 PIN 3 3 

12 28459-351-13 HAIR PIN COTTER 2 2 

13 M-3270 5/16 FLATWASHER .875 O/D 13 13 

14 80154-550-02 SHOULDER SCREW 1 1 

15 80016-026-02 5/16-18 HEX SOCKET SET SCREW 6 6 

16 M-390 5/16-18 HEX NUT 15 15 

17 M-1243 5/16 FLATWASHER 20 20 

18 M-180 5/16 LOCKWASHER 22 22 

19 M-3910 5/16-24 X .75 H.H.C.S. 3 3 

20 M-471 5/16-18 X 1.25 H.H.C.S. 3 3 

21 M-2230 1/4 FLATWASHER 12 12 

22 M-247 5/16-18 X .625 H.H.C.S. 1 1 

23 80154-548-52 DRIVE LEVER 1 1 

24 M-8770 1/4-20 X .75 H.H.T.R.S. 2 2 

25 80011-183-01 AUXILIARY SAFETY TAG 1 1 

26 80154-542-51 AUXILIARY SWITCH HOUSING 2 2 

27 80154-422-01 AUXILIARY SW CAM FOLLOWER 2 2 

28 28181-143-09 #8-18 X 7/8 P.H.T.C.S. 4 4 

29 M-6 1/4 LOCKWASHER 2 2 

30 80154-549-01 INDICATION SHEET 3 3 

31 80154-429-01 ISO. SW. SHAFT BEARING 1 1 

32 80154-451-01 AUXILIARY CAM 2 2 

33 M-489 1/4-20 X 1.00 H.H.C.S. 2 2 

34 80178-302-52 BUS STAB BRACKET ASS'Y 3 3 

35 80154-546-02 SPACER 6 6 

36 80153-131-02 SPACER 3 3 

37 80158-268-51 ADJUSTABLE ROD ASSEMBLY 1 1 

38 80158-507-51 GROUND BAR ASSEMBLY 1 1 

39 80158-561-01 ISO. SW. SHAFT CLAMP PLATE 2 2 

41 THIS DWG -51 ISOLATING SWITCH ASSEMBLY 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

42 40266-515-01 AUXILIARY CONTACT 2 4 4 5 3 1 2 3 6 4 

43 M-5605 E-RETAINING RING 3 3 

44 80153-280-51 REAR LINE TERMINAL ASSEMBLY 1 

REV. ECN NUMBER USER ID 

ASSEMBLY 

22 C-2383-08 MSMITH6 

This drawing is the property of Rockwell 

International Corporation or its subsidiaries and 

may not be copied used or disclosed for any 

purpose except as authorized in writing by 

Rockwell International Corporation 

BULLETIN 

MEDIUM VOLTAGE 

1500 DR. PAUL VAN HEESWYK DATE 

1997-08-25 

REFERENCE 

CHKD. 

DATE 

- 

RA ORDER NO. 

- 

400A MOULDED ISOLATOR SWITCH 

WITH BOLT-ON FUSES 

SHEET 2 DWG. NO. 

OF 2 

80154-544 

Excel

NOTES: 

Conformaly Coated Assemblies : 

Rockwell Automation must remove Labels (Items 

4 & 5 ) from tested Assemblies and replace with 

Items 6 & 7 prior to application of Coating. Serial 

Number database must also be updated with 

Conformal Coated Part Numbers. 

SUB-TITLE 

Tested PowerFlex Optical Interface PCB, 6 Dev W Temp 

Test Conformaly Coated OIB Assembly 

ASS'Y 

ASS'Y 

NO. 

CHG. 

LTR. 

CHG. 

06 

06 


1 80190-098-51 PowerFlex Optical Interface, 6Dev + 1 1 

-01 

-21 

2 80006-269-02 Polyester Label 1 



5 80190-099-01 This Dwg - Tested PCB 1 

6 80006-269-03 Cust Assy Label (Yellow) 1 

7 80006-269-04 Production Assembly label 1 


BILL OF MATERIAL 

7 1027779 R. Drake PRODUCTION ASSEMBLY 

OF ALLEN-BRADLEY AND MAY NOT 

BE COPIED, USED OR DISCLOSED 

FOR ANY PURPOSE EXCEPT AS 

AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY 

ALLEN-BRADLEY 

BULLETIN Optical Interface PCB M e d i u m V o l t a g e B u s i n e s s 

7000 6 Device With Temperature Feedback DR. R. Drake DATE 2000.08.08 

REFERENCE PowerFlex CHKD. Reg Drake DATE April 11 08 

- SHEET 1 DWG. NO. 

OF 1 

- 

RA ORDER NO. 

- - 

80190-099 

Excel

NOTES: 

Conformaly Coated Assemblies : 

Rockwell Automation must remove Labels (Items 

3 & 4 ) from tested Assemblies and replace with 

Items 12 & 13 prior to application of Coating. 

Serial Number database must also be updated 

with Conformal Coated Part Numbers. 

CHG. 

LTR. 

CHG. 

08 

02 

08 

02 

SUB-TITLE 

Tested XIO1 16 Inputs, 16 Outputs, 120-240VAC 

Tested XIO1 16 Inputs, 16 Outputs 12- 24VAC / DC 

Conformaly Coated Tested XIO1 16 Inputs, 16 Out 

Conformaly Coated XIO1 16 I/O 12-24VAC/DC 

ASS'Y 

ASS'Y 

NO. 


1 80190-298-51 XIO1 16 Digital In, 16Digital Out 1 

-01 

-02 

-21 

-22 

2 80006-269-02 Polyester Label 1 1 



10 80190-299-01 This DWG - Tested XIO1, 16 In, 16 Out 1 

11 80190-295 REF - Conformal Coating Instructions * * 

12 80006-269-03 Cust Assy label (yellow) 1 1 

13 80006-269-04 Production Assembly label 1 1 

14 80190-298-52 XIO1 16 I/O, 12-24VAC/DC 1 

15 80190-299-02 This DWG - XIO1, 16 I/O, 12-24VAC / DC 1 



9 1027741 R. Drake PRODUCTION ASSEMBLY 





ALLEN-BRADLEY 

BULLETIN XIO1 16 Digital Inputs, 16 Digital Outputs M e d i u m V o l t a g e B u s i n e s s 

7000 DR. R. Drake DATE 2000.08.08 

REFERENCE PowerFlex CHKD. R. Drake DATE March 8 2007 

- SHEET 1 DWG. NO. 

OF 1 

- 

RA ORDER NO. 

- - 

80190-299 

Excel

Notes: 

1. Refer to dwg 80190-556 for location of items 2 

and 3 (Production and Serial Number labels) 

2. Conformaly Coated Assemblies : 

Rockwell Automation must remove the exsisting 

Production and Customer Assembly Labels 

(Items 2 & 10 ) from tested Assemblies and 

replace with Items 6 & 7 prior to application of 

Coating. Serial Number database must also be 

updated with Conformal Coated Part Numbers. 

CHG. 

LTR. 

SUB-TITLE 

Analog Control Board, Tested, 18Pulse Capable 

CHG. 

Analog Control Board, Tested, NON 18P, ICR 

09 

03 

Analog Control Board, Conformaly Coated 

09 

03 

Analog Control Board, Conformaly Coated, NON 18P 

ASS'Y 

ASS'Y 

NO. 


1 80190-558-51 ACB, 18P, FULL FUNCTION 1 

2 80006-269-04 Production Assembly Label 1 1 

3 80006-269-02 Serial Number Label 1 1 

-01 

-02 

-21 

-22 

4 80190-555 REF- Conformal Coat Instructions 

* * 

5 80190-559-01 This Dwg, Tested ACB, Full Function 1 

6 80006-269-03 Cust Assy Label (yellow) 1 1 

7 80006-269-04 Production Assy label 1 1 

10 80006-269-03 Cust Assy Label (yellow) 1 1 

11 80190-558-52 ACB, Non 18P, ICR/Reduced Function 1 

5 80190-559-02 This Dwg, Tested ACB, ICR NON18P 1 



9 1033815 RAD Forge Analog Control Board 

THIS DRAWING IS THE PROPERTY 





ALLEN-BRADLEY 

BULLETIN Production Assembly M e d i u m V o l t a g e B u s i n e s s 

7000 - DR. R. Drake DATE Mar 23 2006 

REFERENCE - CHKD. Reg Drake DATE Sept 2 2008 

- - SHEET 1 DWG. NO. 

OF 1 

- 

A-B ORDER NO. 

- - 

80190-559 

Excel

Notes: 

1. Refer to dwg 80190-576 for location of items 2 

and 3 (Production and Serial Number labels) 

2. Conformaly Coated Assemblies : 

Rockwell Automation must remove the exsisting 

Production and Customer Assembly Labels 

(Items 2 & 10 ) from tested Assemblies and 

replace with Items 6 & 7 prior to application of 

Coating. Serial Number database must also be 

updated with Conformal Coated Part Numbers. 

3. Install Item 11 at location J16, + Side up 

CHG. 

LTR. 

SUB-TITLE 

Drive Processor Module, Tested, Production Use 

CHG. 

05 

05 

Drive Processor Module, Conformaly Coated 

ASS'Y 

ASS'Y 

NO. 


1 80190-578-51 Drive Control Board II 1 

2 80006-269-04 Production Assembly Label 1 

3 80006-269-02 Serial Number Label 1 

-01 

-21 

4 80190-575 REF- Conformal Coat Instructions 

* 

5 80190-579-01 This Dwg, Tested DPM 1 

6 80006-269-03 Cust Assy Label (yellow) 1 

7 80006-269-04 Production Assy label 1 

10 80006-269-03 Cust Assy Label (yellow) 1 

11 346567-Q01 Battery Coin Cell, BR2335 1 1 



5 1031618 RAD Forge Drive Processor Module 

THIS DRAWING IS THE PROPERTY 





ALLEN-BRADLEY 

BULLETIN Production Assembly M e d i u m V o l t a g e B u s i n e s s 

7000 - DR. R. Drake DATE Nov 7 2005 

REFERENCE - CHKD. Reg Drake DATE Mar 17 2008 

- - SHEET 1 DWG. NO. 

OF 1 

- 

A-B ORDER NO. 

- - 

80190-579 

Excel

Project: 

Rating: 

Ward County – VFD-TPSP1, VFD-TPSP2, VFD-TPSP3, and VFD-TPSP4 

215A Continuous – Intermittent Overload 110% 1 Minute Every 10 Minutes

Air Flow PF7000B drive 

Drive Fan Fan Flow Air Pressure Drive Drive Loss to Air 

Air Temp. at Fan Exit Fan Part Air Temp. at Fan Exit Fan Part 

Type Model at Exit 

Current (ND/HD 100%speed, 100% load, PF= .90) Temp. Rise Air for 40°C Amb. No. for for 50°C Amb. No. for 

(L/s) (CFM) (Pa) (in.H2O) (A) (W) (BTU/hr) (Tons A/C) (°C) (°F) (°C) (°F) 40°C Amb. (°C) (°F) 50°C Amb. 

4160V/60Hz TEK450 1321 2799 245 0.99 A46, B46, J46 20,615 70,340 5.9 14.9 26.8 54.9 130.8 80026-305-XX 64.9 148.8 80026-667-XX 

RPDTD 1390 2945 221 0.89 C46, D46 20,615 70,340 5.9 14.2 25.5 54.2 129.5 N/A N/A N/A 

1321 2799 245 0.99 L46 20,957 71,507 6.0 15.2 27.3 N/A N/A N/A 65.2 149.3 80026-667-XX 

1321 2799 245 0.99 A53, B53, J53 21,382 72,958 6.1 15.5 27.8 55.5 131.8 80026-305-XX 65.5 149.8 

1390 2945 221 0.89 C53, D53 21,382 72,958 6.1 14.7 26.5 54.7 130.5 N/A N/A N/A 


1321 2799 245 0.99 A61, B61, J61 22,268 75,981 6.3 16.1 29.0 56.1 133.0 80026-305-XX 66.1 151.0 

1390 2945 221 0.89 C61, D61 22,268 75,981 6.3 15.3 27.6 55.3 131.6 N/A N/A N/A 

1321 2799 245 0.99 L61 22,525 76,858 6.4 16.3 29.3 N/A N/A N/A 66.3 151.3 80026-667-XX 

1321 2799 245 0.99 A70, B70, J70 23,279 79,430 6.6 16.8 30.3 56.8 134.3 80026-305-XX 66.8 152.3 

1390 2945 221 0.89 C70, D70 23,279 79,430 6.6 16.0 28.8 56.0 132.8 N/A N/A N/A 

1321 2799 245 0.99 L70 23,476 80,102 6.7 17.0 30.6 N/A N/A N/A 67.0 152.6 80026-667-XX 


1390 2945 221 0.89 C81, D81 24,533 83,709 7.0 16.9 30.4 56.9 134.4 80026-305-XX N/A N/A N/A 



1321 2799 245 0.99 C93, D93 25,939 88,506 7.4 18.8 33.8 58.8 137.8 N/A N/A N/A 

1321 2799 245 0.99 A105, B105, J105 27,346 93,307 7.8 19.8 35.6 59.8 139.6 69.8 157.6 80026-667-XX 

1321 2799 245 0.99 A120, B120, J120 29,155 99,480 8.3 21.1 38.0 61.1 142.0 71.1 160.0 

1321 2799 245 0.99 A140, B140 31,630 107,925 9.0 22.9 41.2 62.9 145.2 N/A N/A N/A 

1460 3094 197 0.80 A160, B160 34,175 116,609 9.7 22.4 40.3 62.4 144.3 N/A N/A 

DALTEC 1780 3772 350 1.42 L93 25,939 88,506 7.4 13.9 25.1 N/A N/A N/A 63.9 147.1 80026-668-XX 

1611 3414 350 1.42 C105, D105 27,244 92,959 7.7 16.2 29.1 56.2 133.1 80026-469-XX N/A N/A N/A 

1780 3772 342 1.38 L105 27,244 92,959 7.7 14.6 26.3 N/A N/A N/A 64.6 148.3 80026-668-XX 

1780 3772 342 1.38 C120, D120 28,893 98,586 8.2 15.5 27.9 55.5 131.9 80026-469-XX N/A N/A N/A 


1611 3414 350 1.42 C140, D140 37,109 126,620 10.6 22.0 39.6 62.0 143.6 80026-668-XX N/A N/A N/A 

1611 3414 350 1.42 J140 31,125 106,202 8.9 18.5 33.2 N/A N/A N/A 68.5 155.2 80026-668-XX 

1780 3772 342 1.38 L140 37,109 126,620 10.6 19.9 35.9 N/A N/A 69.9 157.9 

1780 3772 342 1.38 C160, D160, L160 39,144 133,563 11.1 21.0 37.8 61.0 141.8 80026-668-XX N/A N/A N/A 


1672 3543 350 1.42 A185, B185 36,279 123,788 10.3 20.7 37.3 60.7 141.3 80026-668-XX N/A N/A N/A 

1929 4087 328 1.33 C185, D185 41,715 142,336 11.9 20.7 37.2 60.7 141.2 N/A N/A 

1780 3772 342 1.38 J185 36,279 123,788 10.3 19.5 35.1 N/A N/A N/A 69.5 157.1 80026-668-XX 

2160 4577 276 1.12 L185 50,109 170,977 14.2 22.2 39.9 N/A N/A 72.2 161.9 

1780 3772 342 1.38 A215, B215 39,819 135,866 11.3 21.4 38.5 61.4 142.5 80026-668-XX N/A N/A N/A 

2160 4577 276 1.12 C215, D215 53,914 183,960 15.3 23.9 42.9 63.9 146.9 N/A N/A 


1672 3543 350 1.42 A250, B250 48,545 165,640 13.8 27.8 50.0 67.8 154.0 80026-668-XX N/A N/A N/A 

1929 4087 328 1.33 J250 48,545 165,640 13.8 24.1 43.3 N/A N/A N/A 74.1 165.3 80026-668-XX 

1929 4087 328 1.33 A285, B285 53,809 183,602 15.3 26.7 48.0 66.7 152.0 80026-668-XX N/A N/A N/A 


1929 4087 328 1.33 A325, B325 58,183 198,526 16.5 28.8 51.9 68.8 155.9 80026-668-XX N/A N/A N/A 

1780 3772 342 1.38 J325 58,183 198,526 16.5 31.2 56.2 N/A N/A N/A 81.2 178.2 80026-668-XX 

1929 4087 328 1.33 E375, F375 63,762 217,562 18.1 31.6 56.9 66.6* 151.9 N/A N/A N/A N/A 

2160 4577 276 1.12 E430, F430 84,303 287,650 24.0 37.3 67.1 72.3* 162.1 N/A N/A 

GK5.065 REV:4 Sheet 12 of 18 Note: * - Air Temp.for 35°C Ambient

Parameters Listed by Group 2-211 

Drive Protection Parameters 

Name Min. Max. Default Units 

Read- 

Only 

Access 

169 DCLnk OvrCur Trp 0.00 4.00 1.75 pu N Advanced 

170 DCLnk OvrCur Dly 0 100 10 msec N Advanced 

161 Line OvrCur Trp 0.00 4.00 1.75 pu N Advanced 

162 Line OvrCur Dly 0 100 10 msec N Advanced 

165 Line OvrVolt Trp 0.00 2.00 1.20 pu N Advanced 

166 Line OvrVolt Dly 0 1000 10 msec N Advanced 

173 Rec OvrVolt Trp 0.00 2.00 1.50 pu N Advanced 

174 Rec OvrVolt Dly 0 100 10 msec N Advanced 

193 Inv OvrVolt Trp 0.00 2.00 1.50 pu N Advanced 

194 Inv OvrVolt Dly 0 100 10 msec N Advanced 

271 LineVoltUnbalTrp 0.00 1.00 0.05 pu N Advanced 

272 LineVoltUnbalDly 0.0 10.0 1.0 sec N Advanced 

108 Line CurUnbalTrp 0.00 1.00 0.05 pu N Advanced 

109 Line CurUnbalDly 0.0 10.0 1.0 sec N Advanced 

167 Line UndVolt Lvl 0.40 1.50 0.85 pu N Advanced 

168 Line UndVolt Dly 0 100 17 msec N Advanced 

270 Drv OvrLoad Wrn 0.00 1.00 0.50 N Advanced 

772 Drv Thermal Cyc 0.0 6000.0 600.0 sec N Advanced 

163 Drv OvrLoad Trp 0.00 4.00 1.15 pu N Advanced 

164 Drv OvrLoad Dly 0.0 600.0 60.0 sec N Advanced 

269 Drv OvrLoad Min 0.00 4.00 1.05 pu N Advanced 

587 LineNeutVoltTrp 0.00 1.50 0.40 pu N Advanced 

588 LineNeutVoltDly 0.0 10.0 1.0 sec N Advanced 

171 Gnd OvrCur Trp 0.05 10.00 0.50 A N Advanced 

172 Gnd OvrCur Dly 0.0 10.0 0.1 sec N Advanced 

675 Harmonic VoltTrp 0.00 10.00 0.30 pu N Advanced 

676 Harmonic VoltDly 0.0 10.0 1.0 sec N Advanced 

774 RNeut OvrLoadTrp 0.00 655.35 5.00 N Service 

775 RNeut OvrLoadDly 0.00 655.35 2.50 sec N Service 

776 RNeut OvrCurTrp 0.00 655.35 10.00 N Service 

777 RNeut OvrCurDly 0.000 65.535 0.010 sec N Service 

673 BusTransTrpFac 0.00 100.00 2.50 pu N Service 

674 BusTransient Dly 0 100 2 N Service 

677 BusTrans MinTrp 0.00 10.00 0.30 pu N Service 

678 BusTrans IdcFac 0.00 10.00 0.50 pu N Service 

679 Min Freewhl Time 0.000 1.000 0.016 sec N Service 

698 Line Loss Trip 0.0 40.0 8.0 Hz N Service 

266 Rec Dvc Diag Dly 0 6 2 N Service 

268 Inv Dvc Diag Dly 0 6 2 N Service 

112 RecHSink TempWrn 0 100 53 C N Service 

111 RecHSink TempTrp 0 100 55 C N Service 

316 InvHSink TempWrn 0 100 61 C N Service 

315 InvHSink TempTrp 0 100 64 C N Service 

656 IsoTx AirFlowNom 0.0 10.0 3.6 V N Service 

655 IsoTx AirFlowWrn 0.0 10.0 3.0 V N Service 

654 IsoTx AirFlowTrp 0.0 10.0 2.5 V N Service 

317 Conv AirFlow Nom 0.0 10.0 3.6 V N Service 

320 Conv AirFlow Wrn 0.0 10.0 3.0 V N Service 

319 Conv AirFlow Trp 0.0 10.0 2.5 V N Service 

7000-TD002B-EN-P – February 2010

2-212 Parameters Listed by Group 

Motor Protection Parameters 


Read- 

Only 

Access 

177 Mtr OvrCur Trp 0.00 4.00 1.75 pu N Advanced 

178 Mtr OvrCur Dly 0 500 100 msec N Advanced 

181 Mtr OvrVolt Trp 0.00 2.00 1.20 pu N Advanced 

182 Mtr OvrVolt Dly 0.0 10.0 0.5 sec N Advanced 

189 Mtr NeutVolt Trp 0.00 1.50 0.20 pu N Advanced 

190 Mtr NeutVolt Dly 0.0 10.0 1.0 sec N Advanced 

185 Mtr OvrSpeed Trp 0.0 120.0 66.0 Hz N Advanced 

186 Mtr OvrSpeed Dly 0.0 2.0 0.5 sec N Advanced 

179 Mtr OvrLoad Trp 0.00 4.00 1.15 pu N Advanced 

180 Mtr OvrLoad Dly 0.0 600.0 60.0 sec N Advanced 

350 Mtr OvrLoad Min 0.00 4.00 1.05 pu N Advanced 

351 Mtr OvrLoad Wrn 0.00 1.00 0.50 N Advanced 

771 Mtr Thermal Cyc 0.0 6000.0 600.0 Sec N Advanced 

191 Mtr Stall Dly 0.0 10.0 2.0 sec N Advanced 

585 Mtr FluxUnbalTrp 0.00 1.00 0.05 pu N Advanced 

586 Mtr FluxUnbalDly 0.0 10.0 1.0 sec N Advanced 

208 Mtr CurUnbal Trp 0.00 1.00 0.05 pu N Advanced 

214 Mtr CurUnbal Dly 0.0 5.0 1.0 sec N Advanced 

246 Mtr LoadLoss Lvl 0.00 1.00 0.25 pu N Advanced 

259 Mtr LoadLoss Spd 0.0 100.0 30.0 Hz N Advanced 

231 Mtr LoadLoss Dly 0.0 30.0 1.0 sec N Advanced 

559 Field Loss Dly 0 60 30 sec N Service 

235 Tach Loss Trip 0.0 10.0 2.0 Hz N Service 

236 Tach Loss Delay 0.0 1.0 0.1 sec N Service 

Sync Xfer Option Parameters 


Read- 

Only 

Access 

298 Sync Reg Output -10.00 10.00 - Hz Y Advanced 

297 Sync Reg Error -180.0 180.0 - deg Y Advanced 

117 Bypass Voltage 0.000 2.000 - pu Y Advanced 

159 Bypass Frequency -100.0 100.0 - Hz Y Advanced 

228 Sync Error Max 0 30 0 deg N Advanced 

226 Sync Lead Angle -90 90 0 deg N Advanced 

227 Sync Off Delay 0.000 0.500 0.100 sec N Advanced 

225 Sync Reg Gain 0.0 5.0 1.0 N Advanced 

229 Sync Time 0.0 10.0 10.0 sec N Advanced 

230 Sync Xfer Time 0.1 57.0 1.0 min N Advanced 

763 DeSync Start Dly 1 10 1 sec N Service 

Tach Option Parameters 


Read- 

Only 

Access 

349 Tach Feedback -120.00 120.00 - Hz Y Service 

233 Tach Type - - None N Basic 

234 Tach PPR 120 4096 1024 PPR N Basic 

644 Encoder Offset 0 360 0 deg N Advanced 


PowerFlex® 7000 Medium Voltage AC Drive 

Firmware Version 7.xxx 

Technical Data

Important User 

Information 

Solid-state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical 

equipment. Safety Guidelines for the Application, Installation and 

Maintenance of Solid-State Controls (Publication SGI-1.1 available from your local 

Rockwell Automation sales office or online at http://literature.rockwellautomation.com) 

describes some important differences between solid-state equipment and hard-wired 

electromechanical devices. Because of this difference, and also because of the wide variety of 

uses for solid-state equipment, all persons responsible for applying this equipment must 

satisfy themselves that each intended application of this equipment is acceptable. 

In no event will Rockwell Automation, Inc. be responsible or liable for any indirect or 

consequential damages resulting from the use or application of this equipment. 

The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes. 

Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation, 

Rockwell Automation, Inc. cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use, based on 

the examples and diagrams. 

No patent liability is assumed by Rockwell Automation, Inc. with respect to use of 

information, circuits, equipment, or software described in this manual. 

Reproduction of the contents of this manual, in whole or in part, without written 

permission of Rockwell Automation, Inc. is prohibited. 

Throughout this manual, when necessary we use notes to make you aware of safety 

considerations. 

W A R N I N G 

Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can 

cause an explosion in a hazardous environment, which may lead 

to personal injury or death, property damage, or economic loss. 

I M P O R T A N T 

Identifies information that is critical for successful application 

and understanding of the product. 

A T T E N T I O N 

Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can 

lead to personal injury or death, property damage, or economic 

loss. Attentions help you identify a hazard, avoid a hazard, and 

recognize the consequences. 

S H O C K H A Z A R D 

Labels may be on or inside the equipment (for example, drive or 

motor) to alert people that dangerous voltage may be present. 

B U R N H A Z A R D 

Labels may be on or inside the equipment (for example, drive or 

motor) to alert people that surfaces may reach dangerous 

temperatures. 

PowerFlex is a registered trademark of Rockwell Automation, Inc.


Chapter 1 Functional 

Introduction ..............................................................................1-1 

Description 

Description of Operation .........................................................1-2 

Speed Command ......................................................................1-3 

Speed Reference ......................................................................1-4 

Speed Control ..........................................................................1-6 

Flux Control .............................................................................1-8 

Flux Control for Synchronous Motor ....................................1-10 

Current Control ......................................................................1-12 

Line Converter Feedback .......................................................1-14 

Machine Converter Feedback ................................................1-15 

Motor Model ..........................................................................1-16 

Drive/Motor Protection ..........................................................1-17 

Power Semiconductor Diagnostics ........................................1-19 

Off-line Detection of Failed SCRs/SGCTs .....................1-20 

Line Converter ..........................................................1-20 

Machine Converter ...................................................1-22 

On-line Detection of Failed SCRs/SGCTs ......................1-23 

Test Modes .............................................................................1-24 

Flying Start (Induction Motor) .............................................1-26 

Flying Start (Synch Motor) ....................................................1-27 

Tachometer/Encoder Option ..................................................1-28 

Synchronous Transfer ............................................................1-29 

Transfer to Bypass ...........................................................1-31 

Transfer to Drive .............................................................1-34 

PID Process Control ..............................................................1-35 

Power Factor Compensation ..................................................1-38 

Analog Outputs ......................................................................1-38 

Analog Inputs .........................................................................1-39 

Chapter 2 Parameters Parameter Descriptions ............................................................2-1 

Parameters Listed by Group ................................................2-199 

Parameters Listed by Linear Number ..................................2-217 

Alphabetical Index ...............................................................2-229 

Linear Number Index ...........................................................2-237 

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting Documenting Shutdowns .........................................................3-1 

Acronyms and Abbreviations Used in this Manual .................3-2 

Drive Fault Messages ..............................................................3-3 

Drive Warning Messages .......................................................3-32 

Appendix A 

Drive Logic Command 

and Status 

Logic Command Word – Database 7.xxx................................A-1 

Product Specific Logic Command – Firmware 7.xxx ............A-2 



Chapter 1 

PowerFlex 7000 Functional Description 

Introduction 

The PowerFlex 7000 is an adjustable speed ac drive in which motor 

speed control is achieved through control of the motor torque. The 

motor speed is estimated or measured and the torque is adjusted as 

required to make the speed equal to the speed command. The motor 

and load determine the stator frequency and the drive synchronizes 

itself to the motor. This is in contrast to the volts/hertz ac drive in 

which the drive determines the stator frequency and does not attempt 

to synchronize its output to the motor. 

The method of control used in PF7000 is known as direct rotor flux 

oriented vector control. The term rotor flux vector control indicates 

that the position of the stator current vector is controlled relative to 

the motor flux vector. Direct vector control means that the motor 

flux is measured, in contrast to the indirect vector control in which 

the motor flux is predicted. In both control methods, the stator 

current (I s ) is split into flux producing component (I sd ) and an 

orthogonal torque producing component (I sq ) which are controlled 

independently. The aim of vector control is to allow a complex ac 

motor to be controlled as if it were a simple dc motor with 

independent, decoupled field and armature currents. This allows the 

motor torque to be changed quickly without affecting the flux. For 

typical Medium Voltage motors the rotor time constant is in the 

range of seconds and therefore the flux cannot be changed quickly. 

The PowerFlex 7000 drive can be used with either induction 

(asynchronous) or synchronous motors. Synchronous motor drives 

are identical to induction motor drives except for the addition of a 

current regulated field supply to the synchronous drive. The features 

that are unique to a synchronous motor drive are confined to the flux 

control function and the encoder option. 


1-2 Functional Description 

Description of Operation 

A complete block diagram of the PF7000 control circuit is shown in 

Figure 1.1. The major blocks are described in the following sections. 

Line filter 

cap 

Motor filter 

cap 

Motor 


Rectifier 

Motor 

Current 

Line 

Protection 

Machine 

Protection 

Motor 

Faults 

DCLink 

inductor 

Speed 

Command 

Speed 

Reference 

Flux Range 

Slip freq 

Stator freq 

Motor 

Model 

Inverter 

Machine side 

feedback and 

gating 

Alpha 

Inverter 

Inv Flux 

CurCmd 

InvTorque 

CurCmd 

Source 

AC Line 

Reactor 

Line 

Current 

Line Voltage 

Line side feedback 

and gating 

Faults 

Alpha 

Rectifier 

Idc Feedback 

Flux Feedback 

Speed 

Control 

Speed Feedback 

Flux 

Control 

Current 

Control 

Tach 

Feedback 

Sync 

Transfer 

Figure 1.1 – Functional Block Diagram of PF 7000 control system 


Functional Description 1-3 

Speed Command The function of Speed Command block is to select one of the 10 

possible speed command inputs. Parameter Speed Ref Select (7) in 

conjunction with Local/Remote selector switch is used to define the 

speed command input Speed Command In (276). When the selector 

switch is in Local position, the default speed command is the Analog 

Speed Potentiometer typically mounted on the LV panel. When the 

selector switch is in Remote position, the parameter Speed Ref Select 

defines the source of speed command. The options available are: 

• Local ( Speed Potentiometer) 

• 3 DPI commands ( DPIAdapter1, DPIAdapter2, DPIAdapter5) 

• 2 Analog Inputs configured either for 0-10V or 4-20mA (Analog 

Inp1, Analog Inp2) 

• 3 Preset speeds (Preset Spd 1, Preset Spd 2, Preset Spd 3) 

• 1 Preset Jog 

In addition, the speed command can come from a built in PID 

controller. 

The above speed commands are used when the drive is in Normal 

mode of operation. However PF7000 has many special modes of 

operation e.g. test modes or auto-tuning for which different speed 

commands are selected. Table 1.A summarizes the speed command 

during these special modes. 

Table 1.A – Speed Commands for special operating modes of PF7000 

Special operating modes of PF7000 

Speed Command In(276) 

DC test mode 

Rated line frequency 

Open Circuit Rated Line Freq (17) 

Open Loop 0.1 x Rated Line Freq (17) 

Rs autotune 

2Hz 

Ls autotune Rated Line Freq (17) 

Flux Reg autotune Autotune Spd Cmd (213) 

Speed Reg autotune Autotune Spd Cmd (213) 

Sync transfer requested Bypass Frequency (159) 

The selected Speed Command In is clamped to a minimum and a 

maximum level by parameter Speed Cmd Max (290) and Speed Cmd 

Min (293) to give Speed Command (277). The maximum value of 

Speed Command cannot be greater than 125% of Base Speed (98). 

Note: Contact the factory for applications that require output 

frequencies greater than 125% of the motor base speed. 

Contact factory for the availability of this feature. 



Speed Command (cont.) Three skip speeds Skip Speed 1(49), Skip Speed 2 (50), Skip Speed 3 

(51) are provided to prevent the drive from continuously operating at 

a certain speed. This feature is sometimes needed to avoid mechanical 

vibrations occurring in a drive system at certain speeds. The skip 

speed zone around each Skip Speed is specified by the parameter 

Skip Speed Band1 (53), Skip Speed Band2 (54), Skip Speed Band3 

(55) If the desired Speed Command lies in a given skip speed zone, 

the Speed Command is clamped to the lowest value in the zone. 

Example 

If Skip Speed 1 is 45 Hz with Skip Speed Band1 as 1 Hz, then the 

skip speed range extends from 44.5 Hz to 45.5 Hz. If the desired 

speed command is set to 45 Hz, then the drive will avoid this speed 

and run at 44.5 Hz. 

The final stage in processing the command is the whether the drive 

has been requested to run forward or reverse. The sign is changed if 

reverse rotation is selected. The Speed Command is set to zero if the 

drive is stopped. 

Speed Reference 

The function of the Speed Reference block is to determine the Speed 

Reference (278) from the desired Speed Command (277). PF7000 

provides two options: 

• S-curve 

• Linear Ramp 

To select, S curve a non-zero value of S curve Percent (475) is 

selected. Using parameter S curve Acc1 (481), the drive 

automatically calculates the linear and the non-linear portions of the 

S curve as shown in Figure 1.2. Following example shows how to 

use S curve parameters: 

Example 

If S curve Accel 1 is set for 20 sec with 20% in S curve Percent, then 

the total acceleration time is increased by 0.2 x 20 = 4 seconds. The 

total acceleration time will now be 24 seconds with 4 seconds in the 

non-linear portion of the S curve. Since the curve is symmetrical, 

each of the segments will be of 2 seconds duration. 

The parameters for deceleration are calculated using parameter S curve 

Decel 1 (479) and S curve Percent (475) and shown in Figure 1.2. 

Linear Ramp is enabled if the S curve Percent is set to zero. 

Independent four section ramps are provided for acceleration and 

deceleration. The ramp is specified by 4 Ramp Speeds, 4 Accel and 

Decel times and is shown in Figure 1.3. 



0.005* 

S Curve Acc1 

*S Curve 

Percent 

S Curve Acc1 

(481) 

0.005* 

S Curve Acc1 

*S Curve 

Percent 

0.005* 

S Curve Dec1 

*S Curve 

Percent 

S Curve Dec1 

(479) 

0.005* 

S Curve Dec1 

*S Curve 

Percent 

Non-Linear 

Portion 

Linear Portion 

Non-Linear 

Portion 

Non-Linear 

Portion 

Linear Portion 

Non-Linear 

Portion 

Figure 1.2 – Speed Reference: S-curve 

Ramp Speed4 

(76) 

Ramp Speed3 

(75) 

Ramp Speed2 

(74) 

Ramp Speed1 

(73) 

Accel 

Time1 

(65) 

Accel 

Time2 

(66) 

Accel 

Time3 

(67) 

Accel 

Time4 

(68) 

Decel 

Time4 

(72) 

Decel 

Time3 

(71) 

Decel 

Time2 

(70) 

Decel 

Time1 

(69) 

Figure 1.3 – Speed Reference: Linear Ramp 



Speed Control 

The function of the speed control block is to determine the torqueproducing 

component (I sq ) of the stator current (I s ). The inputs to the 

block are the Speed Reference (278) from the speed ramp and the 

Stator Frequency (448) and Slip Frequency (343) from the motor 

model. If drive is installed with an optional tachometer, then the 

motor speed is determined by counting the tach pulses. 

In Sensorless operation, the Slip Frequency is subtracted from the 

Stator Frequency and filtered to determine the Speed Feedback 

(289). In Pulse Tach mode, the speed is determined directly by using 

Tach Feedback (349). The Speed Feedback is subtracted from the 

Speed Reference to determine the Speed Error (472) which is 

processed by the speed PI regulator. The gains of the regulator are 

based on the Total Inertia (82) of the system and the desired Spdreg 

Bandwidth (81). The output of the speed regulator is the Torque 

Reference (291) whose rate of change is limited by Trq Rate Limit 

(83). The calculated Torque Reference is divided by the Flux 

Reference (305) and motor constant to determine the torque 

component of the stator current MtrTorque CurCmd (292). To 

calculate the torque producing current supplied by the inverter 

InvTorque CurCmd (294), the current supplied by the motor filter 

capacitor in torque production (orthogonal to motor flux) is 

calculated and subtracted from MtrTorque CurCmd. 

In Sensorless mode, the drive uses TrqCmd0 Sensrlss (86) and 

TrqCmd1 Sensrlss (87) for an open loop start up. At frequencies 

greater than 3Hz, the drive enables the speed loop and disables the 

open loop start mode. In Pulse Tach mode, the drive is always in 

closed loop. The maximum torque a drive can deliver in motoring 

mode is determined by Trq Lmt Motoring (84). In regenerative mode 

the torque is limited to Trq Lmt Braking (85). It should be noted that 

at speeds above the Base Speed (98), the motor torque capability is 

de-rated and varies in inverse proportion to the speed (constant 

power range). 

Depending open the application, a drive can be configured in 

different torque control modes by setting the parameter Trq Control 

Mode (90). E.g. in stand-alone drives the parameter is set as Speed 

Reg allowing the drive to be in speed control mode and regulating 

the torque in the motor. In torque follower applications like 

conveyors, one of the drives (Master) is set in Speed Reg mode 

which enables the speed regulator while the other drives (torque 

followers) are set in Trq Cmd External mode. The torque reference 

produced by the Master drive is then passed on to the torque follower 

drives by Trq Cmd External (91). Figure 1.4 shows other various 

modes of operation. 



S Curve Percent 

(475) 

TrqCmd0 SensrLss (86) 

OPEN LOOP START 

(OL) 

Speed Command In (276) 

3 

4 

- 

+ 

T 

S 

+ 

- 

+ 

3 Hz 

Synch Reg Output (298) 

Tack Feedback (349) 

Slip Frequency 

(343) 

Speed Cmd 

Min 

(293) 

SPEED 

REFERENCE 

SPEED MODE 

SELECT 

Speed Cmd 

Max 


TrqCmd1 SensrLss (87) 

Speed Reference (278) 

SPEED 

FEEDBACK 

FILTER 

Speed 

Feedback 

(289) 

Speed Error 

(472) 

Spdreg 

Bandwidth 

(81) 

SPEED 

REGULATOR 

Total 

Inertia 

(82) 

Trq Cmd External (91) 

OL 

0 

Trq Control 

Mode 

(90) 

TORQUE 

CONTROL 

MODE 

(OL ,S) 

1,3,4,5(S ,T ) 

2,5 (S,T) 

0 

Speed Fbk 

Mode 

(89) 

Stator Freq (448) 

Speed Fbk 

Mode (89) 

Speed Fbk 

Filter (110) 

Speed Fbk Mode (89) 

S: Sensorless 

T: Pulse Tach 

Spdreg 

Bandwidth 

(81) 

Trq Control Mode (90) 

0: Zero Torque 

1: Speed Reg 

2: Ext Trq Cmd 

3: Spd Trq Pos 

4: Spd Trq Neg 

5: Spd Sum 

Torque Reference 


TORQUE 

LIMIT 

TRQ RATE 

LIMIT 

Mtr Torque 

CurCmd 


Trq 

Control 

Mode 

(90) 

Trq Rate 

Limit (83) 

Flux 

Reference 

(305) 

Trq Lmt 

Motoring 

(84) 

Trq Lmt 

Braking 

(85) 

Mtr Flux 

CurCmd 

(310) 

R Stator (129) InvTorque 

CurCmd 

L Total Leakage (130) CAP 


Motor Filter Cap (128) 

CURRENT 

CALCULATOR 

Figure 1.4 – Speed Control 



Flux Control 

The function of the flux control block (Figure 1.5) is to determine the 

magnetizing component (I sd ) of the stator current (I s ) needed to 

maintain the desired flux profile in the motor. The inputs are Flux 

Feedback (306) and Stator Freq (448) from the motor model, Speed 

Feedback (289) and Torque Reference (291) from the speed control 

block and the measured voltage at the input of the rectifier, Rec 

Input Volt (696). 

The Flux Feedback is subtracted from the Flux Reference (305) to 

determine the Flux Error (307), which is the input to the flux PI 

regulator. The gains are determined from desired Flxreg Bandwidth 

(97) and motor parameters T Rotor (132) and Lm Rated (131). The 

output of the flux regulator is FluxCurRegulator (309). An open loop 

estimate of the magnetizing current FluxCur Feedfwd (308) is 

determined by dividing the Flux Reference by parameter Lm Rated. 

FluxCur Feedfwd and FluxCurRegulator are added to produce Mtr 

Flux CurCmd (310) which is the magnetizing component of the 

stator current command. To calculate the magnetizing current 

supplied by the inverter Inv Flux CurCmd (312), the current supplied 

by the motor filter capacitor in magnetizing is calculated and 

subtracted from Mtr Flux CurCmd. It should be noted that as the 

motor speed increases, Inv Flux CurCmd decreases. This is because 

as the motor voltage increases more of the magnetizing current 

requirement of the motor is met by the capacitor. At resonant point, 

Inv Flux CurCmd is nearly zero and becomes negative at speeds 

above resonance. InvTorque CurCmd (from Speed Control block) 

and Inv Flux CurCmd are then passed to the Current Control block to 

determine the dc link current reference (Idc Reference) and the firing 

angles of the two converters (Alpha Rectifier and Alpha Inverter). 

The flux profile in the drive is adjusted by the parameters Flx Cmd 

No Load (103) and FlxCmd RatedLoad (100). Using these 

parameters, Flux Reference is adjusted linearly with the desired 

Torque Reference. At light loads motor flux is decreased allowing 

reduction in losses while full flux is produced at rated load. The 

maximum flux reference is limited to Flux Cmd Limit (623). This 

limit is dependent on the Rec Input Volt and the motor speed (Speed 

Feedback). If the drive operates at reduced line voltage, then Flux 

Reference is reduced. Also if the motor is running above the Base 

Speed, the flux profile is made inversely proportional to the speed of 

the motor resulting in the field weakening or the constant power 

mode of operation of the drive. This is accompanied by a decrease in 

the motor torque capability. 



Rated Motor 

Volt (22) 

Rated Line 

Volt (18) 

Rec Input Volt 

(696) 

FLUX 

COMMAND 

LIMIT 

Flux Cmd Limit 

(623) 

FlxCmd Rated Load (100) 

Speed 

Feedback 

(289) 

Base 

Speed 

(98) 

FlxCmd No Load (103) 

Torque Reference (291) 

FLUX 

LIMIT 

Flux 

Reference 

(305) 

Lm Rated 

(131) 

FluxCur Feedfwd 

(308) 

+ 

Flux Error 

(307) 

FLUX 

REGULATOR 

FluxCur 

Regulator 

(309) 

+ 

+ 

EXCITATION 

CURRENT 

LIMIT 

- 

-1.0 

Flux 

Feedback 

(306) 

Flxreg 

Band width 

(97) 

Lm Rated 

(131) 

T Rotor (132) 

MtrTorque 

CurCmd 


Stator 

Frequency 

(448) 

R Stator (129) 

L Total Leakage (130) 

Motor Filter Cap (128) 

CAP CURRENT 

CALCULATOR 

1.0 

MtrFlux CurCmd 

(310) 

InvFlux CurCmd 

(312) 

Figure 1.5 – Flux Control 



Current Control 

The function of the current control block (Figure 1.7) is to determine 

the firing angles for the converters Alpha Rectifer (327) and Alpha 

Inverter (328). The inputs are the torque (InvTorque CurCmd) and 

flux producing (Inv Flux CurCmd) components of the dc link current 

command from the speed control and flux control blocks respectively, 

and the measured dc link current Idc Feedback (322). 

The square root of the sum of the squares of Inv Flux CurCmd and 

InvTorque CurCmd determines the dc link current reference Idc 

Reference (321). This is subtracted from the measured dc current 

feedback is subtracted to determine Idc Error (323). This is 

processed by the current regulator to produce Vdc Error (332). To 

effectively control the dc link current an estimate of the motor side 

dc link voltage is done to calculate Vdc Feedfwd (333) which is 

added to Vdc Error to produce the reference voltage for the line side 

converter Vdc Reference (326). The line converter firing angle is the 

inverse cosine of Vdc Reference. The machine converter firing angle 

is determined by taking the inverse tangent of the ratio of Inv Flux 

CurCmd to the InvTorque CurCmd. The quadrant of operation is 

adjusted based on the signs of the current commands. 



InvFlux 

CurCmd 

(312) 

InvTorque 

CurCmd 


Stator Voltage 

(344) 

tan -1 Retard Limit 

x 2 +y 2 - 

+ 

Curreg 

Idc feedback T DC link Bandwidth 

(322) (115) 

(113) 

DCLnk 

Inductance 

(27) 

Vdc Feedfwd 

(333) 

cos 

FEEDFORWARD 

FILTER 

Alpha Inverter 

(328) 

DC LINK 

CURRENT 

REGULATOR 

Idc Reference Idc Error 

(321) 

Vdc Error 

Vdc Reference 

+ (323) 

(332) + 


Advance Limit 

- 

1 cos-1 

Feedforward Fil 

(502) 

Alpha Inverter 

(328) Line Voltage pu 

(135) 

Alpha Rectifier 

(327) 

Figure 1.7 – Current Control 



Line Converter Feedback 

The function of the line converter feedback block is to process (scale 

and filter) the liner side voltage and current feedback signals to the 

form required by the drive control software. The circuitry for 

realizing this is built in the Analog Control Board (ACB). 

The first Voltage Sensing Board (VSB) provides three line voltage 

feedback signals (V 2u , V 2v , V 2w ), the second VSB provides two dc 

(V L+ , V L- ) and one line side filter capacitor voltages referenced to 

ground. The three line-to-ground voltages are subtracted from each 

other to produce the three line-to-line voltages (V 2uv , V 2vw , V 2wu ). Two 

of those line voltages (V 2uv , V 2vw ) are filtered and sampled by 

software for synchronization and protection. The three line voltages 

are used to find the peak input voltage (V 2-pk ). This value is then 

compared with trip setting (V ltrp ) for instantaneous hardware ac over 

voltage protection. In PWM drives, the neutral point of the line filter 

capacitor is measured (V n1 ) and used for line side neutral over 

voltage protection. The two dc voltages are subtracted to determine 

the line side dc link voltage (V dcr1 ), which is then sampled by the 

drive. 

Current transformers (CT) in two of the ac input lines provide the 

input line current feedback (I 2u , I 2w ). Inverting and adding the two 

current feedback signals reproduces the current in the remaining 

phase. A Hall Effect Current Sensor (HECS) is used for monitoring 

the dc link current and used for hardware overcurrent protection. In 

addition the average value of the dc link current feedback is 

measured using a V-f converter and used by the dc link current 

controller to calculate the firing angle for the rectifier. 

The preceding description applies to 6-SCR and PWM rectifier 

options. For drives with the 18 pulse front-end, another VSB is daisy 

chained with the first one providing additional six line-to-ground 

voltages from the slave bridges. The slave 1 voltages are monitored 

using (V 3uv , V 3vw , V 3wu ) while slave 2 voltage are monitored using 

(V 4uv , V 4vw , V 4wu ). In addition current feedback from slave bridges I 3u , 

I 3w and I 4u , I 4w are also brought in for protection. As in 6-pulse drives, 

inverting and adding the two current feedback signals reproduces the 

current in the remaining phase. Also for 18-pulse drives, the three ac 

line-to-ground voltages are summed together to determine the neutral 

to ground voltage on the input transformer. 



Machine Converter Feedback 

The function of the machine converter feedback block is to process 

(scale and filter) the motor side voltage and current feedback signals 

to the form required by the drive control software. The circuitry for 

realizing this is built in the Analog Control Board (ACB). 

The first VSB provides three motor voltage feedback signals (V u , V v , 

V w ), the second VSB provides two dc (V M+ , V M- ) and one machine 

side filter capacitor neutral voltage referenced to ground. The motor 

line-to-ground voltages are subtracted from each other to produce the 

three motor line-to-line voltages (V uv , V vw , V wu ). Two of those 

voltages (V uv , V vw ) are filtered and sampled by software for 

synchronization and protection. The three line voltages are used to 

find peak voltage (V_ pk ). This value is then compared with trip setting 

(V mtrp ) for instantaneous hardware ac over voltage protection. The 

motor line-to-ground voltages are summed to determine the motor 

neutral-to-ground voltage (V zs ) and is used for motor neutral over 

voltage protection. In addition, the neutral point of the motor filter 

capacitor is measured (V n ) and used for motor side neutral over 

voltage protection. The two dc voltages are subtracted to determine 

the machine side dc link voltage (V dci1 ), which is sampled by the 

drive. 

Two Hall Effect Current Sensor (HECS) provide stator current 

feedback from two of the motor phases (I u , I w ). Inverting and adding 

the two current feedback signals reproduces the current in the 

remaining phase. The drive control software uses the sampled 

voltages and currents to determine the motor flux and uses it for 

synchronization. 

For drives with Synchronous Transfer option, an additional VSB is 

used for sensing three line-to-line bypass voltages ( V uvs , V vws , V wus ). 

Two of these (V uvs , V vws ) are further filtered and sampled by the 

software for synchronizing the drive output voltage to the bypass 

voltage. 

If drive is installed with an optional tachometer, the board is plugged 

into the J28. The motor speed is then determined by counting the 

tach pulses in the FPGA on the DPM. 



Motor Model 

The function of the motor model block (Figure 1.8) is to determine 

the rotor flux position (Flux Angle), flux feedback (Flux Feedback), 

applied stator frequency (Stator Freq), slip frequency (Slip 

Frequency) and motor operating variables like stator current (Stator 

Current), stator voltage (Stator Voltage), torque (MtrAirGap 

Torque), power (MotorAirGap Power) and power factor (Mtr Pwr 

Factor). 

The PowerFlex 7000 uses Rotor Flux oriented control to achieve 

independent control of motor flux and torque. This is achieved by 

synchronizing the machine converter gating to Flux Angle. To 

determine the flux feedback, stator frequency and the synchronizing 

reference frame the drive uses either the Voltage or the Current 

model. For speeds greater than 3Hz, the drive uses the voltage model 

(from measured motor voltage and current) to calculate the Flxfbk 

VoltModel, and StatFreq VoltModel. Below 3Hz, the drive uses the 

current model to calculate Flxfbk CurModel, and StatFreq 

CurModel. The current model is based on indirect vector control and 

uses the d-q components of stator current along with motor 

parameters T Rotor and Lm Rated. Based on the operating speed of 

the drive and the speed feedback mode (Sensorless or Pulse Tach), a 

flux select algorithm determines the model to be used. Motor model 

also calculates the Slip Frequency which is used in the calculation of 

the motor speed (Speed Control) in Sensorless mode and for 

determining the rotor flux position in Pulse Tach mode. 

The synchronously rotating frame (Flux Angle) is used in 

transforming the measured motor currents and voltages into d-q 

components. The direct axis components are in phase with the rotor 

flux, while the quadrature axis components are displaced 90 degrees 

from the rotor flux. The stator current (Stator Current) and voltage 

magnitudes (Stator Voltage) are calculated by taking the square root 

of the sum of the squares of the respective d-q components. The 

motor Torque is calculated by multiplying the Flux Feedback and I sq 

with motor torque constant. Torque multiplied by the motor speed 

gives the Mtr AirGap Power. Mtr Power Factor is determined as the 

ratio of motor active power and the apparent power. 



L Total Leakage 

(130) 

R Stator 


Lm Rated 

(131) 

L Total Leakage 

(130) 

Motor Currents 

Motor Voltages 

Tach Feedback (349) 

Speed Reference (278) 

T Rotor (132) 

MtrFlux Current 

(338) 

3 

3 

Rotor Angle 

VOLTAGE FLUX 

MODEL 

CURRENT FLUX 

MODEL 

MtrFlux 

CurCmd 

(310) 

Flux Reference 

(305) 

MtrTorque 

CurCmd 


FlxFbk VoltModel (342) 

StatFrq VoltModel (485) 

Flux Angle V 

Flux Angle C 

StatFrq CurModel (486) 

FlxFbk CurModel (341) 

Slip Frequency (343) 

FLUX 

SELECTOR 

Flux Feedback (306) 

Stator Freq (448) 

Flux Angle 

Flux Angle 

Stator Current (340) 

Motor Voltages 

3 

Motor Currents 

3 

VECTOR 

ROTATOR 

Mtr Trq 

Current (339 ) 

V sd 

V sq 

MOTOR 

OPERATING 

VARIABLES 

Mtr AirGap Power (346) 

Mtr Power Factor (692) 

Mtr AirGap Trq (345) 

Stator Voltage (344) 

Figure 1.8 – Motor Model 

Drive/Motor Protection 

Except for the dc link overcurrent, rectifier over voltage and inverter 

over voltage, the entire drive protection is realized in the software. 

Adjustable parameters specifying the trip level and time delay are 

provided for each fault. A detailed list of all the faults and warnings 

(alarms) is provided in Chapter 3 – Troubleshooting. 

The response to a drive alarm falls into three categories: 



Drive/Motor Protection 

(cont.) 

For Class 1 faults (with the exception of dc link overcurrent, 

rectifier overvoltage and inverter overvoltage), the line converter is 

immediately phased back to retard limit until the dc link current 

drops to zero. The gating for both converters is disabled and the 

contactors (if installed) are opened. At this point the motor will coast 

and its speed will depend on the characteristics of the load. For some 

high inertia loads, the motor may coast for a long time. 

The dc link overcurrent, rectifier input overvoltage and inverter 

output voltage are special cases in that the fault detection is 

performed by hardware because a very fast response is required. The 

hardware fault detection responds to instantaneous values. Also the 

drive response to these faults is different from other Class1 faults 

because it freezes the SGCT gating (both converters if a PWM 

rectifier based drive and only the inverter side if a 6P/18P SCR 

drive) until the dc link current has dropped to zero. The gating is 

then disabled and contactors are opened. 

For Class 2 faults the motor is brought to a normal stop before the 

gating is disabled and the contactors opened. Typical examples of 

Class 2 faults are motor overload, drive overload and loss of load. 

For most Warnings no action is taken and drive maintains its normal 

operation. A warning could be an indication of a problem in drive 

e.g. an Air Filter warning is an indication of a blocked air filter. In 

addition there are a few warnings in the drive that may cause 

momentary interruption in the operation of the drive e.g. Master UV, 

Line Loss or Bus Transient. The action taken is similar to a Class1 

fault and the normal operation is resumed once the transient 

condition has disappeared. If a drive experiences Master UV or Line 

Loss, then Auto Restart Dly (3) should be set to a non-zero value in 

order to resume normal operation automatically. 

It is important to understand how contactors (input and output) 

behave in an event of fault. If the input contactor is set for Not 

Running or All Faults via parameter Input CtCtr Cfg (1), then the 

contactor opens on any fault (Class 1, Critical or Class 2) in the 

drive. This happens after the dc link current has been brought to zero 

and the gating for all converters disabled. If the contactor is set for 

Critical Flt, then the contactor will open only when a critical fault 

(explained above) happens in the drive. For all other faults (Class1 

or Class2) the input contactor will remain closed after the drive has 

been shut off. For a complete list of fault classification, refer to 

Chapter 3 – Troubleshooting. 

An output contactor, whose configuration is specified by Output 

Ctctr Cfg (5), opens for any fault in the drive. This happens after the 

dc link current has been brought to zero and the gating for all 

converters disabled. 



Power Semiconductor 

Diagnostics 

The PowerFlex 7000 drive tests for the failure of the power 

semiconductors (SCRs or SGCTs) before running and while running. 

The method used to detect failed devices is different for starting 

(offline diagnostics) and for running (on-line diagnostics), but the 

same hardware is used in both situations. The drive control receives 

a feedback signal via a fiber-optic cable from each device gate 

driver, which can indicate whether or not it is healthy. SCR 

diagnostics are based on sensing the voltage across the device while 

SGCT has smart diagnostics built in the gate driver board. The 

feedback and the gating have a certain relationship when the device 

is healthy or failed. This is shown in Figure 1.10 and will be 

described in detail in following sections. The description applies to 

all 6P, 18P and PWM PowerFlex 7000 drives. In the drive, the test 

points are available on the OIBB for monitoring the gating and 

diagnostic signals. In order to understand how the diagnostics work, 

it is important to understand the relationship between fiber optic 

signals and the logic levels on the test points. This is summarized in 

Table 1.B and Table 1.C. 

Table 1.B 

OIBB Transmitter(TX) TP_CMD on OIBB Device Status 

LIGHT 0V ON 

NO LIGHT 5V OFF 

Table 1.C 

OIBB Receiver(RX) 

LIGHT 

NO LIGHT 

TP_DIAG on OIBB 

0V 

5V 




Diagnostics (cont.) 

Off line Detection of Failed SCRs/SGCTs 

• Line Converter – 6P-SCR, 18P-SCR and PWM 

The rectifier diagnostics are performed when medium voltage is 

first applied by closing the input contactor and when the drive 

receives a start command. The drive also performs off line 

diagnostics when a drive reset command is issued. These 

diagnostics are capable of detecting a bad device, loss of 

feedback fiber optic and loss of gating fiber optic. The 

diagnostics consist of two stages. A passive diagnostic test 

followed by an active diagnostic test. In the passive diagnostics 

test no devices are gated. 

• SCR Rectifier Passive Off-Line Diagnostics 

For SCR rectifiers, when the line voltage is applied to the drive 

but the drive is not running, the voltage across the line converter 

thyristors is high and positive for half cycle except during 

intervals around the zero of the line voltage. The gate driver 

transmits light whenever the device is forward biased with a 

large enough voltage as shown in Figure 1.9. On the OIBB 

diagnostic test point this translates into a feedback signal at 0V 

level. Since the drive is not gating (no light, 5V signal on the 

OIBB gating test point) the feedback normally toggles state 

every cycle of the utility voltage. However the feedback will not 

toggle state if the device is shorted, or if the feedback fiber-optic 

path is incomplete. This is shown in Figure 1.9. If this occurs, 

the drive faults and issues an OfflineShrt fault for the device. 

• PWM Rectifier Passive Off-Line Diagnostics 

For PWM rectifiers the transmitter on the device should send a 

light back when the device is healthy (0V on the diagnostic test 

point). However the light signal will not be received if a device is 

shorted or if the feedback fiber-optic path is incomplete. The 

drive presumes the device has failed and determines which 

devices would be safe to gate for the more detailed active offline 

diagnostic test. 



Voltage across a thyristor when medium voltage is applied 

+5V 

Diagnostic feedback 

for a healthy SCR 

0 

Diagnostic 

feedback low 

Diagnostic 

feedback high 

Diagnostic feedback 

for a shorted SCR 

+5V 

0 

No Light 

Figure 1.9 – Voltage across a thyristor when MV is applied 

Typical SGCT Gating pattern 

+5V 

0 

+5V 

0 

+5V 

0 

+5V 

0 

+5V 

0 

NO LIGHT 

(Device Off) 

LIGHT 

NO LIGHT 

LIGHT 

(Device On) 

NO LIGHT 

Healthy Diagnostic Feedback 

Gate Cathode shorted or PS problem 

LIGHT 

No gating received 

LIGHT 

No diagnostic feedback 

NO LIGHT 

Figure 1.10 – SGCT diagnostics 




Diagnostics (cont.) 

• SCR Rectifier Active Off-Line Diagnostics 

In the active diagnostic test, each device is gated at maximum 

blocking voltage. For a healthy SCR, the feedback will normally 

change from high to low when gated. However the drive will 

receive a high state (light) both before and after gating if the 

device is open-circuited, there is an incomplete gating fiber-optic 

path or a damaged gate driver. When this occurs the drive will 

issue an Offline Open fault for the device. If the drive receives a 

low signal (no light) in both states, there may be shorted device 

or an incomplete feedback fiber optic. If this occurs drive will 

issue an Offline Shrt fault for the device. Failed or open-circuited 

snubber connections will shift the device blocking voltage (when 

not running) which may case either fault to appear. It should be 

noted that during the active diagnostics stage a dc link voltage 

which is close to rated voltage will appear due to interaction with 

the snubber circuit. 

• PWM Rectifier Active Off-Line Diagnostics 

For the PWM rectifier, the active diagnostic test can differentiate 

between a failed device and a broken fiber-optic path because the 

gate driver toggles the feedback differently when gated as shown 

in Figure 1.10. As in the SCR rectifier active offline diagnostics, 

each device is gated at peak blocking voltage (if MV is available). 

Devices which could cause a line to line short circuit are not 

gated. If the drive detects a failed device, an Offline fault is 

issued for the device. A weak gate power supply may also cause 

a device fault. If the drive receives no light signal (5V on the 

diagnostic test point) both before and after gating, then there 

may be an incomplete feedback fiber-optic and a DiagFkbLoss 

fault will be issued. A completely failed or unplugged power 

supply will also cause this fault. If the drive always receives a 

light signal (0V on the diagnostic test point) both before and 

after gating, the device may not have received the gating signal 

and a Gating Loss fault will be issued. The drive will not allow 

the contactor to be closed if it detects enough failed devices to 

cause a line to line short circuit. 

• Machine Converter off line diagnostics 

The inverter diagnostics are performed when the drive control is 

powered up and when the drive receives a start command. The 

drive also performs off line diagnostics when a drive reset command 

is issued. These diagnostics are capable of detecting a bad device, 

loss of feedback fiber optic and loss of gating fiber optic. 

The inverter off-line diagnostics are similar to the PWM rectifier 

diagnostics except that: no passive diagnostic is done, no 

consideration is given to line-to-line short-circuits and the input 

contactor is not involved. The inverter off-line diagnostics will 

generate Device Flt Fbk FO Loss and Gat FO Loss faults. 


Functional Description 1-23 

On-line detection of Failed SCRs/SGCTs 

When the gating is enabled for both converters, the feedback from the 

gate drivers is constantly switching on and off, usually several times per 

cycle. The diagnostics feedback signals from each device are monitored 

and the protective measures are performed. 

• SCR On-Line Diagnostics 

For SCR rectifier drives, the drive detects both open and shorted 

devices while running. Due to notching and interaction with the other 

phases, the SCR feedback diagnostic changes state many times per 

cycle, although it is only valid just before and after firing the device. 

Just before firing a device, the drive takes several samples of the 

diagnostic feedback from the SCR. If every sample indicates that the 

device was on before it was fired, the drive considers that the device 

may be shorted, and starts a timer. When this timer exceeds the 

number of line cycles specified by the parameter Rec Dvc Diag Dly 

(266) the drive generates an OnlineShrt fault. Each device has its 

own timer. A delay of zero will generate a fault immediately. A 

delay of 2 will generate a fault after 2 cycles which indicates that the 

fault has been seen three times in a row. 

Shortly after the drive fires an SCR it checks the feedback from the 

gate driver boards. If the feedback shows that the device did not fire 

the drive considers that the device may be open-circuited and starts a 

timer. If the fault persists for 6 cycles, the drive generates an 

OnlineOpen fault. As with the short circuit fault, each device has its 

own timer, however the delay is not adjustable. 

Both on-line device diagnostics are not available at all modes of 

operation due to the nature of the feedback from the gate driver. 

No diagnostics are done when the rectifier firing angle is less than 15 

degrees. No diagnostics are done when the dc current is discontinuous. 

• SGCT on-line diagnostics 

The PWM rectifier and inverter generate only one type of on-line 

diagnostic fault. Due to the intelligent gate driver board the drive is 

able to check the status of every SGCT in a bridge any time a device 

in the bridge is fired. The drive takes a sample of every device’s 

feedback before and after firing the bridge. If both samples indicate 

that the device is not functioning correctly the drive starts a timer for 

that device. When this timer reaches the value specified by parameter 

Rec Dvc Diag Dly (266) for the PWM rectifier, or Inv Dvc Diag Dly 

(268) for the inverter, the drive generates an Online fault. The actual 

time to trip will vary with the switching frequency of the bridge in 

question. A bridge changes state at three times the switching 

frequency. For a PWM rectifier switching at 420 Hz (7pulse at 60 Hz), 

the bridge changes state at 1260 Hz. This means the delay is in 

multiples of around 0.8 ms. 



Test Modes 

The PowerFlex 7000 AC drive is provided with test modes to check 

the functionality of the drive during commissioning. These test 

modes are selected using the parameter Operating Mode in the 

Feature Select group. When Test Mode is set to the default value of 

Normal, the drive is in the normal operating mode. The parameter 

cannot be changed while the drive is running. 

Setting Operating Mode to Gate Test allows the gating checks to be 

performed on the rectifier and the inverter. Both the input and output 

contactors must be open and medium voltage must not be applied to 

the drive. This test is carried out in conjunction with two additional 

parameters Inv Gating Test and Rect Gating Test. Upon selecting 

Gate Test, both the parameters are automatically set to Test Pattern. 

A brief description follows in this section. 

Setting Inv Gating Test to Test Pattern will fire the inverter devices 

in a sequential Z pattern at a low frequency (1Hz) and is verified by 

observing the LEDs on the SGCT gate driver board. Setting Inv 

Gating Test to Normal Gate will result in the inverter devices firing 

as in normal mode of operation. The frequency of the gating is 

controlled by parameter Speed Command In (276). Setting Inv 

Gating Test to Off stops the inverter test gating sequence. 

In 6 or 18-pulse SCR PowerFlex drives, the gate driver boards derive 

power from medium voltage. Hence to check the line converter 

gating in Gate Test mode where there is no MV available, a special 

power harness is required. The line converter gating is quickly 

checked by setting the Rect Gating Test to Test Pattern. This will fire 

the rectifier devices in a sequential Z pattern at a low frequency (1Hz) 

with only one device on at a time and is verified by observing the 

LEDs on the SCR gate driver boards. To set the rectifier gating in 

normal operation select Normal Gate. The SCR firing is at the input 

line frequency. 

For 6-pulse PWM drives, no power harness is required as the SGCTs 

are powered by the Gate Power Supply. 

S H O C K H A Z A R D 

Disconnect all ends of cable before applying 

medium voltage power. Failure to disconnect 

cable before applying medium voltage can 

result in damage to equipment, serious personal 

injury or death. 




Application of medium voltage to the drive 

input or output when it is operating in gate test 

mode may cause severe damage to the drive. 

To test the line converter and to tune the dc link current regulator and 

the line commutating impedance, the drive Operating Mode is 

selected as DC Current. In this test mode, the line converter 

operates normally, but the machine converter gating is modified to 

gate both the positive and negative legs in the same phase in order to 

short-circuit the dc link current through the machine converter. The 

short circuit current is slowly rotated among the three phases with 

overlap between phases to ensure that an open circuit does not occur 

during commutation. There is no current in the motor and the output 

contactor (if installed in the drive) is opened. The dc current 

command is set equal to the value specified by parameter Idc Test 

Command (119) in the Current Control group. In this test mode the 

line converter firing angle Alpha Rectifier (327) will be close to 90 

degrees. This is because it takes very small dc voltage to build 

current in a shorted dc link. 

Setting Operating Mode to System Test selects the system test mode. 

This mode is used to test the drive as a system, including interfaces 

with external devices such as programmable controllers, without 

applying power to the drive or motor. The drive behaves as if it was 

running normally but device gating disabled. Since the input, output, 

and bypass contactors operate normally in this mode, it must be 

ensured that the drive and motor are isolated from medium voltage. 

If the drive detects medium voltage in this test mode, a fault MV in 

SystemTest is issued and the input contactor is opened. 


It is the responsibility of the operator to ensure 

that the drive and motor are isolated from 

medium voltage when the drive is operating in 

system test mode with the input, output, and 

bypass contactors closed. 

Setting Operating Mode to Open Circuit, selects the open circuit test 

mode. This mode is used to test the drives at rated output voltage 

and frequency without connecting it to a motor. In open circuit test 

mode, ac current sufficient to produce rated voltage at the drive 

output is forced through the output filter capacitors. When the drive 

is started in this mode, it ramps up to rated frequency and 

synchronizes its output voltage with the line voltage. The current 

reference is set to a value that will produce voltage at the drive 

output set by the parameter FlxCmd RatedLoad (100). 


1-26 Functional Description 

Test Modes (cont.) 


Open circuit test mode should not be used 

when the drive is connected to a load unless 

an output contactor is provided. 

Setting Operating Mode to Open Loop selects a diagnostic mode 

in which the drive is run in an open loop manner without closing any 

of the feedback loops on the motor side (Speed and Flux regulators). 

Parameters TrqCmd0 Sensrlss and TrqCmd1 Sensrlss are used to 

inject motor current at a small stator frequency (typically 10% of 

Rated Line Frequency). Motor will be turning in this mode and drive 

analog flux feedback variables FlxFbk VoltModel (342) and 

StatFrqVoltModel (485) are used to ensure the reliability of the 

analog feedback. 

This feature is available in drives running induction motors only. 

Flying Start (Induction Motor) 

Using this feature, the PowerFlex 7000 AC drive is capable of 

restarting a motor that is not stationary but is already rotating. In 

normal operation, the output of the drive is synchronized with the 

motor flux which is derived from the stator voltage and current 

feedback. Upon starting, if there is no detectable stator voltage, the 

drive assumes that the motor is stationary. The output frequency 

starts from an initial value of zero and ramps up until motor flux is 

detected. Significant flux is created in the motor only when the slip 

frequency (i.e. the difference between the applied stator frequency 

and rotor frequency) is small. When the drive is started with the 

motor stationary, the initial slip frequency is small and the motor 

flux builds up fairly quickly. But, if the motor is already spinning, 

then very little flux will be induced until the stator frequency is quite 

close to the rotor frequency, at which time the motor flux will 

suddenly rise to a level sufficient for the drive to detect and 

synchronize. If the drive reaches the maximum allowable speed 

command without detecting any motor flux, then it will trip on a 

motor stall fault. There are following possible causes of a motor stall 

when starting: 

1. The motor has pulled out and stalled during starting due to 

insufficient torque. The remedy for this is to increase the value 

of some or all of the parameters TrqCmd0 Sensrlss, TrqCmd1 

Sensrlss and Accel Time 1. 



2. The motor was already rotating but the flying start failed because 

the drive passed through the low slip region too quickly to allow 

the motor flux to build up. The solution to this problem is to 

increase the value of parameter Accel Time 1. Most medium 

voltage motors have a rotor time constant in the range of 1 to 5 

seconds, and it can take a few seconds for the flux to rise to a 

detectable level. Until flux is detected, the drive does not use the 

normal speed ramp but continues to accelerate at the rate defined 

by parameters Accel Time 1 and Ramp speed 1. If this rate exceeds 

2Hz/sec, then the drive limits it internally to a maximum of 2Hz/sec. 

3. The motor is rotating in the direction opposite to the commanded 

direction of rotation. The slip frequency will increase instead of 

decreasing as the drive accelerates and no flux will be induced in 

the motor. In such cases, selecting Bidirectional flying start 

feature, allows the drive to search the motor in opposite direction 

before stalling. This option can be selected by enabling BiDr 

FlyStrt in Special Features (99). 

If the motor is coasting at a high enough speed (above about 40 Hz) 

and the output contactor is closed, then the motor may self excite 

with the drive motor filter capacitors and generate a high stator 

voltage that the drive can detect. The drive will re-synchronize to 

this voltage and quickly restart. 

If the optional tachometer feedback is installed, then the drive knows 

the speed of the motor at all times and can perform a flying start for 

any speed or direction of rotation. 

Flying Start (Synch Motor) 

With a synchronous motor, flying start is much quicker and more 

reliable because a detectable stator voltage is produced whenever the 

field is applied and the motor is rotating, even with zero stator current. 

When the drive is started, rated field current is applied to the motor 

but the stator current remains at zero until the end of the ramp start 

delay to allow the rotor flux to build up. If the stator frequency is 

greater than about 2 Hz, sufficient stator voltage is generated to 

allow the drive to detect the speed and direction of the motor and 

synchronize itself to the motor flux. If the flux feedback does not 

reach a minimum level of 0.2pu, the drive assumes that the motor is 

stationary and starts from zero frequency. 

If an optional position encoder is installed, a flying start can be 

performed for any speed or direction of rotation. 



PID Process Control 

The PID process control feature is now integrated into the PowerFlex 

7000 drive. The PID controller provides a single closed loop process 

control with proportional, integral and derivative control action. This 

feature is designed to eliminate the need for external control devices 

in applications that require control of a process. 

The drive reads the Process Variable (357) from the analog input 

that is fed by the customer process sensor and compares it to the 

desired Process Setpoint (360). The analog I/O is either in the 

voltage range of 0 -10V or in the current range of 4 – 20 mA. The 

algorithm will then adjust the PID Output (356), changing the drive’s 

speed command frequency to make the Process Variable equal to the 

Process Setpoint. The internal PID process controller uses the 

velocity form algorithm of the PID equation. This signifies that the 

loop works on the change in error to adjust the output whereas a 

traditional positional form algorithm works on the error directly. 

The firmware provides several options as to the way the algorithm 

works. Independent or dependent gain form can be chosen by the 

Indpndt Gain bit in the PID Output (356). The difference should be 

taken into consideration when tuning the PID parameters; PID Gain 

(353), PID Integral Time (354) and PID Derivative Time (355). The 

equations for the algorithms in dependent and independent gain form 

are shown below: 

Dependent Gain Form: 

In this form of algorithm, the PID gain is working as a controller 

gain. The change in the PID Gain will affect all three terms; 

proportional, integral, and derivative. 

⎛ 1 En 

− 2En− 

1 

+ En−2 

⎞ 

PO = + 

⎜Δ 

+ Δ + 

⎟ 

n 

POn− 

1 

K 

P 

E E t Td 

⎝ Tl 

Δt 

⎠ 

Independent Gain Form 

In this form of algorithm, the PID gain is working as a proportional 

gain. The change in the PID Gain will affect only the proportional 

term. 

1 En 

− 2En− 

1 

+ En−2 

POn 

= POn− 

1 

+ K 

PΔE 

+ EΔt 

+ Td 

Tl 

Δt 

where: PO: PID Output 

E: Error (Process Setpoint - Process Variable) 

Δ t : Sampling Period used by the loop 

K p : PID Gain 

T l : PID Integral Time in seconds 

T d : PID Derivative Time in seconds 




PID Process Control 

(cont.) 

The derivative term will act on the Process Variable instead of the 

error by setting the DerivProcess bit in the PID Output to 1. In this 

case, the derivative term in the above equation is replaced as below: 

PVn 

− 2PVn 

Derivative Term = −Td 

Δt 

where: PV: Process Variable 

+ PV 

−1 

n−2 

The PID controller PID Output can be selected manually from the 

PID Manual Input (348) when the Manual bit in the PID Output is 

set to 1. When the Manual bit is set and the PID Manual input is still 

at the default value of 0, the PID Output will be latched to the last 

value from the PID controller and waits for the valid value to be 

entered. 

The control direction of the Process Variable can be changed by the 

Direct bit in the PID Manual input. When this bit is set to 1 the PID 

controller works in direct action, meaning that the PID Output 

increases when the Process Variable is larger than the Process 

Setpoint. In reverse action with the Direct bit off, the PID Output 

increases when the Process Variable is smaller than the Process 

Setpoint. 

Figure 1.13 shows an overall control block diagram. 




Process 

Setpoint (360) 

PID Filter 

(390) 

- 

LP 

Filter 

Process Variable (357) 

Process Variable Eng (366) 

PID Controller 

PID Gain (353) 

PID Integral Time (354) 

PID Derivative Time (355) 

PID Command (313) 

PID Dead Bandwidth (352) 

PID Preload (365) 

Analog I/O 

Process Gain (398) 

PID Manual 

Input (348) 

PID Output 

(356) Output 

Limiter 

Speed 

Command 

PID (59) 

PID Minimum Limit (336) 

PID Maximum Limit (318) 

Process 

Sensor 

Process 

Drive Control 

Figure 1.13 – Process PID controller 



Power Factor Compensation 

This feature is available in drives with PWM rectifier to compensate 

leading power factor at low motor speeds with a fan/pump type load. 

Leading or lagging power factor at high motor speeds (or even above 

base speed) can also be compensated or improved. The control of 

power factor is realized by either controlling the modulation index of 

the inverter using Space Vector Modulation (SVM) gating technique 

or by adjusting the motor flux profile. 


Analog Outputs 

A total of seventeen programmable analog outputs are provided on 

various boards. They are classified as customer use or diagnostic use. 

See tables below. There are eight analog outputs on DPM which are 

intended for diagnostic purposes and are available as test points for 

connection to an oscilloscope or chart recorder. These analog outputs 

are 8-bit, non-isolated, with a range of -10V to +10V. The ACB also 

has one isolated 4-20mA analog output and 8 non-isolated analog 

outputs for connection to external devices such as meters or isolation 

modules. The allocation of the analog outputs is shown below: 

Table 1.D – Analog Outputs Customer Use 

No. Output Board Description 

1 Meter1 ACB Connector J10 




5 Output1 ACB Connector J8 




9 4-20mAOut ACB Connector J8 

Table 1.E – Analog Outputs Diagnostic Use 

Output Board Description 

1 RecTstPt1 DPM RTP1 




5 InvTstPt1 DPM ITP1 




Any parameter or variable can be assigned to any analog output. 

Only the outputs for customer use can be scaled by using the 

corresponding scaling factor. 



Analog Inputs 

A total of 3 analog inputs are provided in the drive for customer use. 

Typically these inputs are used for speed command and can be 

configured to be either 4-20mA or 0-10V inputs. Analog Input 1 and 

Analog Input 2 are used for directly controlling the speed of the 

motor (Refer to section on Speed Command) while Analog Input 3 is 

used for sensing the process output for the built in PID controller. 


Chapter 2 

Parameters 

PowerFlex 7000/7000L Medium Voltage AC Drive 

DATABASE REVISION # 7.xxx 

IMPORTANT: Please read the following information on overall 

parameter configuration. 

This document provides detailed description of the parameters used in drive control. The parameters are 

arranged into functional groups. Each description begins with the full name of the parameter, followed by 

the name displayed on the operator interface. The linear number of the parameter is given followed by 

the minimum and maximum values showing the position of the decimal point and the units if applicable. 

Next is the generic value that is assigned when a parameter initialization is performed. The access level 

at which the parameter can be first seen is given. The access levels are Monitor, Basic, Advanced, 

Service and Rockwell. At the Monitor access level, no change to the parameters are allowed. If the 

parameter is first seen at a certain level (with the exception of Monitor) and it is a Read/Write type, it can 

be modified at the same or a higher level. Read Only parameters are operational variables that change 

with different operating conditions. Finally, there is a short functional description of the parameter. 

Interpreting Bit-Encoded Parameters 

Most bit-encoded parameters follow a basic format. A one (1) in an associated bit represents a true or 

active condition. A zero (0) in an associated bit represents a false or inactive condition. 

The methodology is best illustrated using an example: 

Hardware Options 1 [HardwareOptions1] 

Linear Number: 141 

Default Value: 128 

Minimum Value: 0 

Maximum Value: 65535 

Access Level: Service 

Read/Write: Read/Write when Stopped 

This parameter allows user to select additional hardware options. 


2-2 Parameter Descriptions 

Bit Enum Text Description 

0 Redn ConvFan Redundant Converter Fan for Air cooled drives 

1 RednIsoTxFan Redundant Isolation Tranformer Fan 

2 Redn PwrSup Redundant Power Supply 

3 Output IsoTx Output Isolation Transformer 

4 Input IsoSw Input Isolation Switch 

5 Output IsoSw Output Isolation Switch 

6 Bypass IsoSw Bypass Isolation Switch 

7 DCNeutralVSB Voltage Sensing Board for DC/Neutral voltage measurement 

8 Output Ctctr Output Contactor installed in the drive 

9 Bypass Ctctr Bypass Contactor installed in the drive 

10 Ambient Temp Ambient temperature enabled 

11 Rec ChB Temp Rectifier Channel B temperature 

12 Redn Dvc Inv Redundant Inverter Device 

13 Redn Dvc Rec Redundant Rectifier Device 

14 Rockwell UPS Rockwell specified UPS installed in the drive 

15 Customer UPS Customer supplied UPS installed in the drive 

The description in the manual will always be structured in the same way. The top description (in this 

case, Redn ConvFan) is always the least-significant bit, or right-most bit. As you move down the list of 

descriptions, you move to the left on the bit-encoded word. Any unused bits in the middle of a word will 

be identified, but unused bits in the middle of a word will have no description. This is why a 16-bit word 

may only have a few descriptions. The rest are reserved for future expansion. 

When a bit-encoded parameter is viewed in its associated group, it is actually displayed as a hexadecimal 

number. The right-most four bits represent the right-most hexadecimal digit. Each subsequent group of 

4 represents the next hex digit. 

The following table illustrates the relationship: 

Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 

Value 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 

Example 

0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 

0 + 4 + 0 + 1 8 + 4 + 2 + 0 8 + 0 + 2 + 1 0 + 0 + 2 + 1 

Sums 5 E B 3 

When you display a specific bit-encoded parameter, or choose to modify a bit-encoded parameter, it will 

be displayed in fit format, with an individual description of each bit. When modifying a parameter, 

highlighting the bit with the cursor keys will automatically pop up the description on screen. 

Conversion Table 

Binary Hex Binary Hex Binary Hex Binary Hex 

0000 0 0100 4 1000 8 1100 C 

0001 1 0101 5 1001 9 1101 D 

0010 2 0110 6 1010 A 1110 E 

0011 3 0111 7 1011 B 1111 F 


Parameter Descriptions 2-3 

Feedback Parameters 

Line Voltage pu [Line Voltage pu] 


Minimum Value: 0.000 pu 

Maximum Value: 2.000 pu 


Read/Write: Read Only 

This parameter is the estimated value of the input line voltage in per unit. This is calculated from the 

measured rectifier input voltage Rect Input Volt (696) and adding the voltage drop in the input impedance 

due to the measured line current Line Current pu (122). The Input Impedance (140) is determined by 

auto-tuning. For 18-pulse drives, the line voltage is the summation of the estimated voltage from each of 

the three bridge voltages. 

Rectifier Input Volt [Rec Input Volt] 






This parameter is the measured voltage at the input of the master rectifier bridge in per unit using the 

Voltage Sensing Board. For 6-PWM drive this is also the voltage across the line filter capacitor. For 18- 

pulse drives this value represents the voltage at the input of the master bridge and will be approximately 

one third of the Line Voltage pu (135). This parameter is used for protection and also by the flux controller 

to adjust the flux command during input voltage sag conditions. 

Rectifier DCLink Volt [Rec DCLink Volt] 


Minimum Value: -2.000 pu 




This parameter displays the measured DC Link voltage in per unit on the rectifier side using the Voltage 

Sensing Board. 

Inverter DCLink Volt [Inv DCLink Volt] 






This parameter displays the measured DC Link voltage on the inverter side in per unit using the Voltage 

Sensing Board. 



Inverter Output Volt [Inv Output Volt] 






This parameter is the measured inverter output voltage in per unit using the Voltage Sensing Board 

(VSB). This is the voltage across the motor filter capacitor. For non-ESP applications, the motor voltage 

will be equal to the inverter output voltage. However for ESP applications, the inverter output voltage will 

be higher than the motor voltage to compensate the voltage drop in the cable. A new parameter Surface 

Voltage (#760) displays the inverter output voltage in Volts. 

Motor Voltage pu [Motor Voltage pu] 






This parameter displays the voltage across the motor terminals in per unit. For non-ESP applications, the 

motor voltage will be equal to the inverter output voltage. However for ESP applications the motor voltage 

is estimated from the measured output voltage Inv Output Volt (761) and compensating for the cable 

resistance drop using measured motor current Motor Current pu (555). 

Line Current pu [Line Current pu] 






This parameter displays the measured value of line current in per-unit. It is measured using Current 

Transformers (CT’s) installed in two phases. The drive internally reconstructs the line current in the third 

phase by assuming that the sum of the line currents in a three phase system is zero. The line current is 

the sum of the current flowing into the rectifier bridge and the current flowing into the line filter capacitor. 

Motor Current pu [Motor Current pu] 






This parameter displays the measured value of motor current in per-unit. It is measured using Hall Effect 

Current Sensors (HECS) installed in two phases. The drive internally reconstructs the motor current in the 

third phase by assuming that the sum of the motor currents in a three phase system is zero. 

Rectifier Heat Sink Temp °C [Rec HSink Temp C] 


Minimum Value: -40.0 C 

Maximum Value: 100.0 C 

Access Level: Monitor 


This parameter specifies the rectifier heat sink temperature in degrees Celsius. 



Rectifier Heat Sink Temp °F [Rec HSink Temp F] 


Minimum Value: -40.0 F 

Maximum Value: 212.0 F 



This parameter specifies the rectifier heat sink temperature in degrees Fahrenheit. 

Inverter Heat Sink Temp °C [Inv HSink Temp C] 


Minimum Value: -40.0 C 

Maximum Value: 100.0 C 



This parameter specifies the inverter heat sink temperature in degrees Celsius. 

Inverter Heat Sink Temp °F [Inv HSink Temp F] 


Minimum Value: -40.0 F 

Maximum Value: 212.0 F 



This parameter specifies the inverter heat sink temperature in degrees Fahrenheit. 

Air Filter Blockage [Air Filter Block] 


Minimum Value: 0.0 % 

Maximum Value: 100.0 % 

Access Level: Basic 


This parameter specifies the amount of air filter blockage in %. An increasing value is an indication of air 

filter blocking. The blockage is calculated from the measured Convrter AirFlow (447) and the nominal 

converter air flow Conv AirFlow Nom (417). A drop in pressure sensor value is an indication of reduced 

airflow in the drive due to a blocked air filter. The drive continuously monitors this value and will trip 

before the air filter gets fully blocked. 

Air Filter Allow [Air Filter Allow] 


Minimum Value: 0.0 % 

Maximum Value: 100.0 % 



This parameter specifies the % allowable filter blockage before the drive will trip. A decreasing value is an 

indication of air filter blocking. 



Converter Air Flow [Convrter AirFlow] 


Minimum Value: -1.0 V 

Maximum Value: 10.0 V 



This parameter displays the output of the air pressure sensor in volts. It is an indication of the airflow in 

the drive. A drop in pressure value indicates either a blocked air filter or a loss of cooling fan operation. 

This parameter along with Conv Airflow Nom (317), Conv AirFlow Trp (319) and Conv AirFlow Wrn (320) 

are used for protection. 

Integral Isolation Transformer Air Flow [IsoTx AirFlow] 






This parameter displays the output of the air pressure sensor in volts installed in the Isolation 

Transformer section of the A-Frame drive. This parameter operates with the same functionality as the 

converter air flow pressure i.e. a decreasing value is an indication of blocked filters. This parameter 

along with IsoTx AirflowNom (656), IsoTx AirFlowTrp (654) and IsoTx AirFlowWrn (655) are used for 

protection. THIS PARAMETER IS ACTIVE FOR A-FRAME DRIVES ONLY. 

Line Neutral Voltage [LineNeutral Volt] 






This parameter specifies the measured line side neutral to ground voltage in per unit. For PWM rectifier 

drives, the drive uses the measured voltage of the line capacitor neutral. For SCR drives the drive 

calculates the neutral voltage by summing the line to ground voltages from the master bridge (zerosequence). 

Motor Neutral Voltage [Mtr Neutral Volt] 






This parameter specifies the measured motor neutral to ground voltage in per unit. The drive calculates 

the neutral voltage by summing the line to ground motor voltages (zero-sequence). 

Refer the following table for typical values of neutral voltages in the drive. 

Rectifier type Line Neutral Voltage Motor Neutral Voltage 

18 pulse > 0.3pu < 0.1pu (with grounding network) 

6PWM(grounded system) < 0.1pu > 0.3pu 

6PWM(floating system) > 0.3pu < 0.1pu (with grounding network) 

6PWM(Direct-to-Drive) < 0.1pu < 0.1pu 



Master Bridge Line Voltage [Master Line Volt] 






This parameter is the estimated value of the master bridge input voltage in per unit. This is calculated 

from the measured rectifier input voltage and adding the voltage drop in the input impedance due to the 

measured line current Master Line Cur (382). The Input Impedance (140) is determined by auto-tuning. 

Slave 1 Bridge Line Voltage [Slave1 Line Volt] 






This parameter is the estimated value of the slave 1 bridge input voltage in per unit. This parameter is 

valid for 18 SCR drives only. This is calculated from the measured slave1 bridge voltage and adding the 

voltage drop in the input impedance due to the measured line current Slave1 Line Cur (383). The Input 

Impedance (140) is determined by auto-tuning. 

Slave 2 Bridge Line Voltage [Slave2 Line Volt] 






This parameter is the estimated value of the slave 2 bridge input voltage in per unit. This parameter is 

valid for 18 SCR drives only. This is calculated from the measured slave2 bridge voltage and adding the 

voltage drop in the input impedance due to the measured line current Slave2 Line Cur (384). The Input 

Impedance (140) is determined by auto-tuning. 

Master Bridge Line Current [Master Line Cur] 






This parameter specifies the measured master bridge input current. 

Slave 1 Bridge Line Current [Slave1 Line Cur] 






This parameter specifies the measured slave1 bridge input current in per unit for 18-pulse drives. 



Slave 2 Bridge Line Current [Slave2 Line Cur] 






This parameter specifies the measured slave2 bridge input current in per unit for 18-pulse drives. 

Master Bridge Line Frequency [Master Line Freq] 


Minimum Value: -100.0 Hz 

Maximum Value: 100.0 Hz 



This parameter specifies the instantaneous frequency of the voltage on the Master rectifier bridge. The 

sign of the frequency is negative for reverse phase sequence on that bridge. 

Slave 1 Bridge Line Frequency [Slave1 Line Freq] 






This parameter specifies the instantaneous frequency of the voltage on the Slave 1 bridge for 18-pulse 

drives. The sign of the frequency is negative for reverse phase sequence on that bridge. 

Slave 2 Bridge Line Frequency [Slave2 Line Freq] 

Linear Number: 239 





This parameter specifies the instantaneous frequency of the voltage on the Slave 2 bridge for 18-pulse 

drives. The sign of the frequency is negative for reverse phase sequence on that bridge. 

Slave1 Bridge Phase Angle [Slave1 Angle] 


Minimum Value: -360.0 deg 

Maximum Value: 360.0 deg 



This parameter is the measured phase angle between the Master and the Slave 1 bridges and is 

applicable for 18 SCR drives only. It should be close to –20 deg. 



Slave2 Bridge Phase Angle [Slave2 Angle] 






This parameter is the measured phase angle between the Master and the Slave 2 bridges and is 

applicable for 18 SCR drives only. It should be close to +20 deg. 

Harmonic Voltage [Harmonic Voltage] 






This parameter represents the calculated value of the Harmonic Voltage on the input to the rectifier. The 

firmware looks at the rectifier voltage and will measure the 5 th harmonic voltage only. This value is 

normalized to the rated line voltage, and will trip when the harmonic voltage exceeds the setting in the 

parameter Harmonic VoltTrp (675) for the time specified in Harmonic VoltDly (676). 

Common Mode Peak Current [ComModeCur Peak] 


Minimum Value: 0.00 A 

Maximum Value: 655.35 A 



This parameter is for Direct-to-Drives only and displays the peak value of common mode current flowing 

in the neutral resistor. 

Peak Transient Volt [TransientVoltMax] 






The peak capacitor voltage during the last bus transient is saved in the variable Peak Tran Volt #778. 

Bus Transient Trip [BusTransient Trp] 






This parameter shows the internal Bus Transient Trip value. 



Bus Transient Level [BusTransient Lvl] 






The bus transient algorithm has been improved to reduce self-induced nuisance trips caused by fast dc 

current, pulse number and firing angle changes. The rectifier temporarily disables the bus transient when 

it determines that it may generate a transient in the input filter. This can be compared to Bus Tran Trip 

#684 to determine when the transient occurs. 

Diagnostics Parameters 

Logic Command [Logic Command] 




This parameter specifies the logic command used by the drive control. Refer to Appendix A for detailed 

implementation. The following commands are displayed, with a one representing an active command: 


0 Not Stop Drive is ready to Run 

1 Start Start the Drive 

2 Jog Start the drive in Jog mode 

3 Clr Flt Que Clear the Fault queue 

4 Clr Warn Que Clear the Warning queue 

5 Drive Reset Reset the drive 

6 Direction Direction of rotation 

7 Start Profle Drive Start profile 

8 Stop Profle Drive Stop profile 

9 Flash Mode DPI Adapter in Flash Mode 

10 Unused 

11 Synch Synchronous transfer to Bypass from Drive 

12 De-Synch Synchronous transfer to Drive from Bypass 

13 Force Stop Force Stop the drive (DPI) 

14 Force Fault Force Fault the drive (DPI) 

15 Unused 



Logic Status [Logic Status] 




This parameter specifies the value of logic status. A one represents an active condition, and it is bit 

encoded as follows: 


0 Ready The drive is in Ready condition. 

1 Running The drive is Running. 

2 Command Dir Commanded direction of rotation, 1 is Forward 0 is Reverse (check) 

3 Rotation Dir Actual Direction of rotation 1 is Forward 0 is Reverse (check) 

4 Accelerating The drive is accelerating. 

5 Decelerating The drive is decelerating. 

6 At Speed The drive has reached commanded speed. 

7 On Bypass The drive is currently running on bypass. 

8 Rev Enabled Reverse rotation of the drive has been enabled (Refer Special Features) 

9 Drive Fault Drive is in Fault mode 

10 Drive Warn Drive is in Warning mode 

11 Local Lock An adaptor has local control of the drive 

12 Forced Stop DPI adapter has issued a forced stop command 

13 Speed Com1 Speed reference source 



Drive Not Ready Status Word 1 [Drive Not Ready1] 




This parameter specifies the status of several different conditions that can cause a Drive Not Ready 

indication. ‘1’ in the corresponding bit location indicates that condition exists, and ‘0’ indicates that the 

condition does not exist. The following is description of the individual bits: 


0 Class1 Fault A Class 1 Fault Exists 

1 Class2 Fault A Class 2 Fault Exists 

2 No Line Sync The drive failed to synchronize with the incoming line voltage 

3 No Phase Chk Phasing Check on the Rectifier has not passed 

4 Inp Clse Dly The drive is waiting for the line filter capacitor to discharge. 

5 Inp IsoOpen The Drive Input Isolation Switch is Open when it should not be 

6 Out IsoOpen The Drive Output Isolation Switch is Open when it should not be 

7 Byp IsoOpen The Drive Bypass Isolation Switch is Open when it should not be 

8 No Out Ctctr In Open Circuit Mode, the drive will not start if the drive does not have 

an Output contactor installed. 

9 Inp IsoClsd The Drive Input Isolation Switch is Closed when it should not be 

10 Out IsoClsd The Drive Output Isolation Switch is Closed when it should not be 

11 Byp IsoClsd The Drive Bypass Isolation Switch is Closed when it should not be 

12 DPI Flash The DPI Adapter is being flashed remotely 

13 Drv Xfer Dly The drive is waiting for the motor filter capacitor to discharge after a 

successful synchronization and will not allow de-sync 

14 Line Loss Loss of Medium Voltage 

15 CtrlPwr Loss Loss of Control Power 



Drive Not Ready Status Word 2 [Drive Not Ready2] 




This parameter specifies the status of several different conditions that can cause a Drive Not Ready 

indication. ‘1’ in the corresponding bit location indicates that condition exists, and ‘0’ indicates that the 

condition does not exist. The following is description of the individual bits: 


0 SCR Gate Pwr The self powered gate drive boards for SCR drives are not charged 

1 InpCtctrOpen The Drive Input Contactor is Open when it should not be 

2 Unused 

3 Unused 

4 Unused 

5 Unused 

6 Unused 

7 Unused 

8 Unused 

9 Unused 

10 Unused 

11 Unused 

12 Unused 

13 Unused 

14 Unused 

15 Unused 

Drive Status Flags 1 [DrvStatus Flag1] 




This parameter specifies the drive status flags. Each bit has 2 states, and that allows the parameter to 

represent 16 conditions. They are as shown below: 

Bit 0 – Enum Text 1 – Enum Text 

0 Not Ready Ready 

1 Not Running Running 

2 Forward Rotation Reverse Rotation 

3 No Faults Faulted 

4 No Warnings Warnings 

5 Fans Off Fans On 

6 Input Open Input Closed 

7 Output Open Output Closed 



Drive Status Flag 2 [DrvStatus Flag2] 




This parameter specifies the drive status flag and is used by drive control to make logical decisions. A ‘1’ 

represents an indicated status. The following states are displayed: 


0 Jog Drive is in Jog mode. 

1 Local Drive is in Local Control Mode. 

2 Class1 Fault Drive has tripped on a Class 1 Fault. 

3 Class2 Fault Drive has tripped on a Class 2 Fault. 

4 Run Req Drive start command has been issued. 

5 Restart Req Drive will restart automatically following a line loss. 

6 Gating Enble Line and machine converter devices are gating. 

7 Drive Init Drive Initialization routines have been completed. 

8 Gate Test Drive is in Gate Test mode. 

9 Shrt Cct Tst Drive is in DC Current Test mode. 

10 System Tst Drive is in System Test mode. 

11 Open Cct Tst Drive is in Open Circuit Test mode. 

12 Param Loaded Drive Parameters have been loaded. 

13 Inv Init Inverter side initialization routines have been completed. 

14 StaFlg2Bit14 Not Used bit 

15 Conv Fan2 On Optional redundant converter cooling fan (Fan 2) has been switched on 

Contactor Command [Contactor Cmd] 




This parameter displays the command to close the various contactors configured with the drive (input, 

output, and bypass). The contactors are specified by the parameter Hardware Options1 (141). A ‘1’ 

indicates that the contactor is being commanded by the drive to close. 


0 Input Ctctr Close Input contactor 

1 Output Ctctr Close Output contactor 

2 Bypass Ctctr Close Bypass contactor 

3 Not Used 

4 Not Used 

5 Not Used 

6 Not Used 

7 Not Used 



Contactor Status [Contactor Status] 




This parameter displays the status of the various contactors and their isolating switches configured with 

the drive. A ‘1’ indicates that the contactor or the isolating switch is closed. This parameter is used by the 

drive for protection. If a contactor has been commanded to close and is determined not to be closed, then 

the drive will trip. Similarly depending on the Operating Mode of the drive, if the isolating switch status is 

opposite to the expected then the drive will trip. 


0 Input IsoSw Status of Input Isolation Switch 

1 Input Ctctr Status of Input Contactor 

2 Output IsoSw Status of Output Isolation Switch 

3 Output Ctctr Status of Output Contactor 

4 Bypass IsoSw Status of Bypass Isolation Switch 

5 Bypass Ctctr Status of Bypass Contactor 

6 Not Used 

7 Not Used 

Rectifier Control Flag 1 [RecControl Flag1] 




This word indicates various status bits within the rectifier control. The word can be used in trending to 

assist in determining what the rectifier control is doing in a normal or abnormal situation. A 1 in a location 

indicates that condition is active, and a 0 indicates the condition is inactive. 


0 PLL Locked Rectifier Synchronized with the Line Voltage 

1 PLL Enabled Input Voltage sufficient to attempt to lock onto the Line Voltage 

2 Continuous DC link current is continuous 

3 Rvs Sequence The incoming line is not UVW 

4 Slave Swap The Slave 1 and Slave 2 Bridges are Swapped (18P only) 

5 Phasing OK The drive has no phasing problems 

6 MV Isolated There is no MV on the input to the rectifier 

7 RecAnlgTstDn Rectifier Analog self tests completed 

8 Rec Init Boot-Up on Rectifier is complete 

9 Line Loss There is a line loss condition present 

10 Slv1 RvsRotn The Slave 1 bridge is UWV (18P only) 

11 Slv2 RvsRotn The Slave 2 bridge is UWV (18P only) 

12 Diag Done The rectifier has completed the device diagnostics 

13 Phasing Chk Phasing check is in progress 

14 Gate Freeze The rectifier is in Gate Freeze Mode 

15 InpStdyState The input voltage has reached steady state after a power up transient 



Rectifier Control Flags 2 [RecControl Flag2] 








0 RecClass1Flt A Rectifier Class 1 fault exists 

1 RecClass2Flt A Rectifier Class 2 fault exists 

2 Rec Warning A Rectifier Warning exists 

3 PhsngChkDone The drive has completed the input phasing checks 

4 No PLL Error There is no problems with the PLL Lock 

5 Offline Diag The rectifier has completed the offline device diagnostics 

6 FreeWhl Rec The rectifier is in Free-Wheel mode (caused by Bus Transients) 

7 FreeWhl Inv The inverter is in Free-Wheel mode (caused by Bus Transients) 

8 Device Short The Rectifier has detected a shorted device 

9 BusTransient There is a transient detected on the input of the drive 

10 FreeWhlReset Handshake for Freewheel Mode 

11 RecSGCT Pwr Rectifier SGCTs have Power 

12 RtdLimit Req Drive is requested to go into Retard Limit 

13 InvAdvLmtReq Inverter is requested to go into Advance Limit 

14 Drv OL Pend Drive Overload is Timing 

15 Rec Crit Flt Rectifier has detected a Critical Fault 

Rectifier Control Flags 3 [RecControl Flag3] 








0 No Flt Delay Internal fault timers disabled 

1 Act Dschrge Active discharge 

2 Lnk Dschrge DC Link Voltage Discharge 

3 Lnk PDschrge DC Link Voltage Pre Discharge 

4 Gate Enbl Rq Gate enable request 

5 SCR Gate Pwr SCR Gate Power 

6 Inp Open Req Input Open Request 

7 Gnd OC Disbl Ground OC disabled 

8 BusTran Enbl Bus Transient enabled 

9 DvcLineShort Device Line to Line short 

10 DvcCMVE Shrt Device CMVE SC 

11 InpLockOut Due to Line Over Current condition, the input contactor is being 

prevented from closing (18P only) 

12 InpLock5min Due to Line Over Current condition, the input contactor is being 

prevented from closing for 5 minutes(18P only) 

13 InpLockIndef Due to Line Over Current condition, the input contactor is being 

prevented from closing indefinitely (18P only). 

14 Inp Dschargd Line filter capacitors have been discharged 

15 RecFlg3Bit15 Unused bit 



Inverter Control Flags 1 [InvControl Flag1] 




This word indicates various status bits within the inverter control. The word can be used in trending to 




0 Mtr PLL Lock Inverter control is locked to the rotor flux position 

1 SpdRamp Enbl Torque Ramp is complete and the speed ramp has been enabled 

2 Mtr Rvs Seqn The output voltage is not UVW 

3 Close Loop The drive is operating in closed-loop mode 

4 FlxFbk Enbl The drive is using the measured flux feedback from the motor 

5 FreqFbk Enbl The drive is using the measured stator frequency from the motor 

6 Gate Freeze The inverter is in Gate Freeze mode 

7 Scurve Prof The drive is running with an S-Curve Speed Profile 

8 Drv Crit Flt Inverter has detected a Critical Fault 

9 TrqRamp Enbl Motor Flux Time has expired and the drive is increasing the torque 

reference to TrqCmd0 Snsrless or TrqCmd0 Tach 

10 Coast Stop Not Currently Active 

11 PID Enabled PID process control is enabled 

12 TachFbk Optn The drive has a Tachometer/Encoder feedback signal available 

13 TachFbk Enbl The drive is running with Tachometer/Encoder Feedback enabled 

14 Torque Lmt The drive is in Torque Limit 

15 InvFlg1Bit15 Unused bit 

Contact factory for availability 









0 InternlStart Internal Start Command from Setup Wizard 

1 InternalStop Internal Stop Command from Setup Wizard 

2 AutotuneCncl Autotune has been aborted 

3 Discharging The Line filters capacitors are discharging (more than 50V) 

4 Dvc Short The Inverter has detected a shorted SGCT 

5 CtrlPwr Loss The drive is in a Control Power Loss mode 

6 AC Fail The drive has detected an AC power loss condition 

7 InvAnlgTstDn Inverter Analog test is done 

8 FreeWhlReset Handshake for Freewheel Mode 

9 InvSGCT Pwr Inverter SGCTs have Power 

10 AC Pwr Fail The drive has detected an AC power loss condition from the ACB 

11 InvDiag Done The inverter diagnostics have been completed 

12 InvTemp Loss The inverter temperature feedback is missing 

13 VdcVnVSBInst DC and neutral voltage feedback board is installed 

14 Mtr OL Pend Motor Overload is Timing 

15 SpeedRampRvs Ramp reversing enabled 











0 PF Achieved Desired power factor compensation has been achieved 

1 RestartExprd AutoRestart Delay timer has expired 

2 PFC Leading Leading Power factor compensation has been enabled 

3 Out Dschrgd Motor filter capacitors have been discharged to 5% of rated 

4 UWV Seq UWV Sequence enabled 

5 IsoTx Fan1 Isolation Transformer 1 Fan is ON 

6 IsoTx Fan2 Isolation Transformer 2 Fan is ON 

7 ESP Drive ESP Drive selected 

8 Restart Mode Auto Restart mode enabled 

9 Cool Fans On Drive Cooling Fans ON 

10 PFC Optimal Optimal Power factor compensation has been enabled 

11 PFC Mod Ctrl Power factor compensation using modulation index control 

12 Flying Strt1 Flying Start State 1 

13 Flying Strt2 Flyig Start State 2 

14 Flying Start Flying Start mode is active 

15 PFC FlxRange Flux limit has been reached while compensating for line power factor 

Inverter Analog Self Test Code 1 [InvAnlg SelfTst1] 




This parameter specifies the power-up diagnostic results on the Analog Control Board. It refers to the 

signals used by the inverter (Slave) processor. If the software detects a problem with the analog signals 

into the board, or the board itself, an InvAnlg SelfTest fault will appear. This parameter will help indicate 

which signals are causing the problem. The action should be to investigate all the connections and 

feedback paths related to that signal before changing the ACB or the DPM. This is a self-test fault that 

will only occur at initial power-up. 


0 HECSU Offset Phase U Motor Current Offset High 

1 HECSW Offset Phase V Motor Current Offset High 

2 UV Offset Phase UV Motor Voltage Offset High 

3 VW Offset Phase VW Motor Voltage Offset High 

4 VSAB Offset Bypass UV Voltage Offset High 

5 VSBC Offset Bypass VW Voltage Offset High 

6 2UV Offset Master Bridge Phase UV Voltage Offset High (for Synch. Transfer) 

7 2VW Offset Master Bridge Phase VW Voltage Offset High (for Synch. Transfer) 

8 VMDC1 Offset Motor Side DC Link Voltage Offset High 

9 VMDC2 Offset Motor Side DC Link Voltage Offset High 

10 UV_2 Offset Phase UV Motor Voltage Offset High (used for low motor voltage) 

11 VW_2 Offset Phase VW Motor Voltage Offset High (used for low motor voltage) 

12 MFCN Offset Motor Filter Capacitor Neutral Voltage Offset High 

13 VZS Offset Motor Zero Sequence Voltage Offset High 

14 UV_NF Offset Unfiltered Phase UV Motor Voltage Offset High 

15 VW_NF Offset Unfiltered Phase VW Motor Voltage Offset High 




Inverter Analog Self Test Code 2 [InvAnlg SelfTst2] 





signals used by the inverter processor. If the software detects a problem with the analog signals into the 

board, or the board itself, an InvAnlg SelfTest fault will appear. This parameter will help indicate which 

signals are causing the problem. The action should be to investigate all the connections and feedback 

paths related to that signal before changing the ACB or the DPM. This is a self-test fault that will only 

occur at initial power-up. Ignoring the faults can results in abnormal drive behavior. 


0 AC1 Offset Offset measured on AC control power #1 




4 AP0 Offset Offset on Converter air flow Air Pressure 0 Sensor 

5 AP1 Offset Offset on Isolation transformer pressure circuit. 

6 AOUT_DAC Reserved for future use 

7 METER_DAC Reserved for future use 

8 TRIP_DAC Reserved for future use 

9 Unused 

10 Unused 

11 Unused 

12 Unused 

13 Unused 

14 Unused 

15 Unused 


Rectifier Analog Self Test Code 1 [RecAnlg SelfTst1] 





signals used by the rectifier (Master) processor. If the software detects a problem with the analog signals 

into the board, or the board itself, a RecAnlg SelfTest fault will appear. This parameter will help indicate 





0 CT2U Offset Master Bridge Phase 2U Current Offset High 

1 CT2W Offset Master Bridge Phase 2V Current Offset High 

2 CT3U Offset Slave 1 Bridge Phase 3U Current Offset High 

3 CT3W Offset Slave 1 Bridge Phase 3V Current Offset High 

4 CT4U Offset Slave 2 Bridge Phase 4U Current Offset High 

5 CT4W Offset Slave 2 Bridge Phase 4V Current Offset High 

6 2UV Offset Master Bridge Phase UV Voltage Offset High 

7 2VW Offset Master Bridge Phase VW Voltage Offset High 

8 3UV Offset Slave 1 Bridge Phase UV Voltage Offset High 

9 3UW Offset Slave 1 Bridge Phase VW Voltage Offset High 

10 4UV Offset Slave 2 Bridge Phase UV Voltage Offset High 

11 4UW Offset Slave 2 Bridge Phase VW Voltage Offset High 

12 2UV_NFOffset Unfiltered Master Bridge Phase UV Voltage Offset High 

13 2VW_NFOffset Unfiltered Master Bridge Phase VW Voltage Offset High 

14 3UV_NFOffset Unfiltered Slave 1 Bridge Phase UV Voltage Offset High 

15 3VW_NFOffset Unfiltered Slave 1 Bridge Phase VW Voltage Offset High 








signals used by the rectifier (Master) processor. If the software detects a problem with the analog signals 

into the board, or the board itself, a RecAnlg SelfTest fault will appear. This parameter will help indicate 





0 HECSDC1Offst DC Link Current Offset High 

1 HECSDC2Offst DC Link Current Offset High 

2 LFCN1 Offset Line Filter Capacitor Neutral Voltage Offset High 

3 LFCN2 Offset Line Filter Capacitor Neutral Voltage Offset High 

4 VZS2 Offset Line Zero Sequence Voltage Offset High 

5 VZS3 Offset Line Zero Sequence Voltage Offset High 

6 VLDC1 Offset Line Side DC Link Voltage Offset High 

7 VLDC2 Offset Line Side DC Link Voltage Offset High 

8 IGND Offset Ground Fault Current Offset High 

9 INN Offset Common Mode Choke Current Offset High 

10 VNN Offset Common Mode Choke Neutral Resistor Voltage Offset High 

11 VSPAREOffst Reserved for future use 

12 HECSDC1_V2F Reserved for future use 

13 HECSDC2_V2F Reserved for future use 

14 Unused 

15 Unused 






his parameter specifies the power-up diagnostic results on the Analog Control Board. It refers to the 

signals used by the rectifier (Master) processor. This parameter is currently not being used and is 

intended for future use. 




Current Sensor Fault Code [Cur Sens FltCode] 




This parameter in Diagnostic group helps in understanding why the drive tripped with a Current Sensor 

fault. This feature is active only in inverter short circuit test modes and open-loop mode. The options are: 


0 HECS/CTError DC current measured from HECS and estimated from CT do not match 

1 CT Phase Seq CT Phase Sequence is different from measured voltage sequence 

2 CT Phs/Alpha Firing angle does not agree with phase angle of the rectifier current 

3 Cap/CT Error Error in the measured and estimated line current 

4 Motor HECS Motor HECS 

5 Unused 

6 Unused 

7 Unused 

8 Unused 

9 Unused 

10 Unused 

11 Unused 

12 Unused 

13 Unused 

14 Unused 

15 Unused 

Detailed explanation is as follows: 

Drive compares the measured dc current feedback with the estimated dc current feedback from the line 

current (capacitor compensation done on PWMR) and creates the fault Current Sensor if there is a large 

difference (HECS/CTError bit in fault code). This protects the drive when starting (in test modes) with the 

DC HECS unplugged, or backwards. 

The phase sequence of the CT feedback (forward/reverse) is compared with the phase sequence of the 

voltage feedback and a Current Sensor fault is generated if they are different (CT Phase Seq bit in fault 

code). 

When dc current is flowing, the drive compares the firing angle with the angle of the estimated rectifier 

current and generates a Current Sensor fault if there is a large difference (CT Phs/Alpha bit in fault code). 

On PWMR drives, when not gating (in short circuit and open-loop test modes) the drive compares the 

measured capacitor current and expected capacitor current and generates a Current Sensor fault if there 

is a large difference (Cap/CT Error bit in fault code). 

In open-loop test mode, the drive compares the motor current feedback to the dc current feedback and 

generates a Current Sensor fault if there is a large difference (Motor HECS bit in fault code). 



Drive Overload Value [Drive Overload] 


Minimum Value: 0.00 

Maximum Value: 1.00 



This parameter specifies the normalized value of drive overload. A warning is issued when the value is 

equal to the parameter Drv OvrLoad Wrn (240) and the drive is tripped when the value reaches 1.0. 

Motor Overload Value [Motor Overload] 






This parameter specifies the normalized value of motor overload. A warning is issued when the value is 

equal to the parameter Mtr OvrLoad Wrn (351) and the drive is tripped when the value reaches 1.0. 

Neutral Resistor Overload Value [RNeutral OvrLoad] 






This parameter specifies the normalized value of the Neutral Resistor overload, and is active only for 

Direct-to-Drive PF7000 drives. The drive is faulted when the value reaches 1.0. 

Bypass Voltage Unbalance Value [Bypass VoltUnbal] 






This parameter specifies the value of voltage unbalance between the 3 phases on the top of the bypass 

contactor for Synchronous Transfer applications. A fault is issued when the value exceeds the parameter 

LineVoltUnbalTrp (271) for the duration set in LineVoltUnbalDly (272). 

Master Voltage Unbalance Value [Master VoltUnbal] 






This parameter specifies the value of voltage unbalance between the 3 phases on the master rectifier 

bridge. A fault is issued when the value exceeds the parameter LineVoltUnbalTrp (271) for the duration 

set in LineVoltUnbalDly (272). 



Slave 1 Voltage Unbalance Value [Slave1 VoltUnbal] 






This parameter specifies the value of voltage unbalance between the 3 phases on the slave 1 bridge 

(18pulse drives only). A fault is issued when the value exceeds the parameter LineVoltUnbalTrp (271) for 

the duration set in LineVoltUnbalDly (272). 

Slave 2 Voltage Unbalance Value [Slave2 VoltUnbal] 






This parameter specifies the value of voltage unbalance between the 3 phases on the slave 2 bridge 

(18pulse drives only). A fault is issued when the value exceeds the parameter LineVoltUnbalTrp (271) for 

the duration set in LineVoltUnbalDly (272). 

Master Current Unbalance Value [Master Cur Unbal] 






This parameter specifies the value of current unbalance between the 3 phases on the master bridge. A 

fault is issued when the value exceeds the parameter Line CurUnbalTrp (108) for the duration set in Line 

CurUnbalDly (109). 

Slave 1 Current Unbalance Value [Slave1 Cur Unbal] 






This parameter specifies the value of current unbalance between the 3 phases on the slave 1 bridge 

(18pulse drives only). A fault is issued when the value exceeds the parameter Line CurUnbalTrp (108) for 

the duration set in Line CurUnbalDly (109). 

Slave 2 Current Unbalance Value [Slave2 Cur Unbal] 






This parameter specifies the value of current unbalance between the 3 phases on the slave 2 bridge 

(18pulse drives only). A fault is issued when the value exceeds the parameter Line CurUnbalTrp (108) for 

the duration set in Line CurUnbalDly (109). 


Parameter Descriptions 2-23 

Motor Current Unbalance Value [Motor Cur Unbal] 






This parameter specifies the value of current unbalance between the 3 phases on the drive output 

measured at the LEMs. A fault is issued when the value exceeds the parameter Mtr CurUnbal Trp (208) 

for the duration set in Mtr CurUnbal Trp (214). 

Motor Flux Unbalance Value [Motor Flux Unbal] 






This parameter specifies the value of flux unbalance between the 3 phases on the drive output, measured 

with the voltage sensing board. A fault is issued when the value exceeds the parameter Mtr FluxUnbal 

Trp (585) for the duration set in Mtr FluxUnbal Trp (586). 

Fault Output [Fault Output] 






This parameter is used for troubleshooting and allows the user to properly use a chart recorder, 

oscilloscope or a similar device to trigger on a drive fault and capture useful test point data. The 

parameter goes from 0 to the maximum value of 1 whenever any fault occurs. Assigning this parameter 

to any one of the test points on the DPM or 0-10V outputs on the Analog Control Board, an output that will 

change state from 0V to 10V on a fault will be produced. This output can be used as a trigger for 

capturing other drive data from test points during a fault. 

Warning Output [Warning Output] 






This parameter is used for troubleshooting and allows the user to properly use a chart recorder, 

oscilloscope or a similar device to trigger on a drive fault and capture useful test point data. The 

parameter goes from 0 to the maximum value of 1 whenever any warning occurs. Assigning this 

parameter to any one of the test points on the DPM or 0-10V outputs on the Analog Control Board, an 

output that will change state from 0V to 10V on a warning will be produced. This output can be used as a 

trigger for capturing other drive data from test points during a warning condition. 

Scope Trigger [Scope Trigger] 






This parameter is set high when the Trending is triggered. The parameter can be assigned to a Test 

Point in order to trigger a scope. 



Parameter Error [Parameter Error] 






This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter in the database having a value that’s out of 

range. Only one parameter linear number can be specified at a time in the parameter error. This means 

that more than one parameter can have an error but only one of them is specified. 

Feature Select Parameters 

Operating Mode [Operating Mode] 


Default Value: Normal 



This parameter specifies the operating modes of the drive. It is not saved and is set to Normal at power 

up. This parameter cannot be changed when the drive is running. Refer to the Chapter 1 – Functional 

Description in the PowerFlex 7000 User Manual for detailed description of the test modes. 

The possible operating modes are: 

Normal 

Gate Test 

DC Current 

System Test 

Open Circuit 

Open Loop 

Normal operating mode 

Gate Test mode (medium voltage off) 

DC Current test mode 

System Test mode (medium voltage off) 

Open Circuit test mode (needs output contactor or disconnected motor) 

Open Loop test mode (for induction motors only) 



Speed Reference Select [Speed Ref Select] 


Default Value: Local 


Read/Write: Read/Write 

This parameter selects the Speed Reference source when the selector switch is in Remote setting. The 

available options are: 

Internal 

Value 

Enum Text 

Description 

0 Local This selects the analog speed potentiometer mounted on the front panel 

1 DPIAdapter 1 This selects the digital speed command coming from DPI adapter 1 



4 Analog Inp1 This selects the speed command from Analog Input 1 which could be 

0-10V or 4-20mA. Default setting is 4-20mA 

5 Analog Inp2 This selects the speed command from Analog Input 2 which could be 

0-10V or 4-20mA. Default setting is 0-10V 

6 Preset Spd 1 This selects the value specified in parameter Preset Speed 1 



9 Jog This selects the value specified in parameter Preset Jog Speed 

The most common usage is a 4-20mA signal wired into the ACB. To activate this source, select the 

parameter as Analog Inp1. 

If sending a digital Speed Reference through a DPI adapter, select DPIAdapter 5. 

The DPI protocol allows for a splitter, and if a splitter is installed in the drive, then use either DPIAdapter 1 

or DPIAdapter 2 for speed command. 

Speed Command Loss [Speed Cmd Loss] 


Default Value: Fault 



This parameter specifies the action taken by the drive when a loss of speed command from either a DPI 

adapter or the 4-20ma current loop is sensed by the drive. The options available are: 

Internal 

Value 

Enum Text 

Description 

0 Fault Trip the drive on a Class 2 fault 

1 Last Speed Run the drive at the last commanded speed 

2 Preset 1 Run the drive at Preset 1 speed command 

3 Local Run the drive at the speed command from the Local source (door pot) 

 

4 Analog Inp1 Run the drive at the speed command from the Analog Input 1 

5 Analog Inp2 Run the drive at the speed command from the Analog Input 2 



2-26 Parameter Descriptions 

Coast Speed [Coast Speed] 


Default Value: 2.0 Hz 

Minimum Value: 1.0 Hz 




This parameter specifies the speed at which the drive stops gating and allows the motor to come to a 

coast stop. For large inertia systems like ID Fan, the motor may come to a stop after a long interval of time. 

Automatic Restart Delay [Auto Restart Dly] 


Default Value: 0.0 sec 

Minimum Value: 0.0 sec 

Maximum Value: 10.0 sec 



This parameter specifies the time interval following a line under-voltage, line loss or a control power loss 

event during which the drive will automatically restart if the conditions are restored; assuming that the 

drive was running at the time of the outage and the control power is maintained. This is typically done by 

having a UPS feeding the power to the control boards. 

Input Contactor Configuration [Input Ctctr Cfg] 


Default Value: All Faults 



This parameter specifies the conditions under which the input contactor will be commanded to open by 

the drive. The possible contactor configurations specified by this parameter are listed below. 

Not Running 

All Faults 

Critical Flt 

Open the contactor when not running 

Open the contactor for any fault condition in the drive 

Open the contactor for critical faults only. For a complete list of Critical 

faults refer to Appendix. 

Input Contactor Open Delay [InpCtctr OpenDly] 


Default Value: 0.0 min 

Minimum Value: 0.0 min 

Maximum Value: 60.0 min 

Access Level: Advanced 


This parameter specifies the time delay between the drive shutting off, and the input contactor opening, if 

the contactor is configured to open when the drive is not running. The purpose of this delay is to keep a 

harmonic filter energized if the drive is stopped for a short time, and not have to wait for the filter 

capacitors to discharge before restarting. 



Output Contactor Configuration [Output Ctctr Cfg] 


Default Value: Not Running 



This parameter specifies the conditions under which the output contactor will be commanded to open by 

the drive. The possible contactor configurations specified by this parameter are: 

Not Running 

All Faults 

Open the contactor when not running 

Open the contactor for any fault condition in the drive 

Special Features [Special Features] 


Default Value: 0000000000000000 



This parameter is used to enable features in the drive. The options available are: 


0 Rvs Enable Drive Reverse mode is enabled 

1 ActDischarge Active Discharge mode is enabled** 

2 UWV Ph Rot'n UWV as Forward Phase Rotation 

3 FrceCool Mtr Force Cooled Motor** 

4 Rvs Encoder Reverse Encoder direction(for Sync motor drives only)** 

5 SyncXfr Enab Synchronous transfer is enabled 

6 Metric Units Use metric units 

7 BiDr FlyStrt Bidirectional flying start is enabled 

8 Heavy Duty Drive is designed for Heavy Duty Applications 

9 UltraHvyDuty Drive is designed for Ultra Heavy Duty (>150%) Application enabled 

10 LineVoltSync Use Line Voltage for Synchronous transfer 

11 EnergySaving Enable Unity Power Factor compensation 

12 Process PID Enable Process PID controller 

13 Unused 

14 Unused 

15 Unused 


Load Loss Detection [Load Loss Detect] 


Default Value: Disabled 



This parameter specifies the response of the drive to a loss of load condition. This parameter is 

specifically designed for down-hole pump applications, where the user would normally not want to run 

with a loss of load, as that is not a normal condition for this type of pump application. Refer to Motor 

Protection group for parameters needed to configure this feature. This parameter has the following options: 

Disabled 

Warning 

Fault 

The drive will operate normally in the event of a Load Loss condition 

The drive will run with a warning indication in the event of a load loss condition 

The drive will shutdown on a Class2 fault in the event of a load loss condition 



Rectifier Gating Test [Rec Gating Test] 


Default Value: Off 



This parameter selects the various rectifier gating test sequences. The drive should be isolated from 

medium voltage. The following options are available: 

Off 

Test Pattern 

Normal Gate 

This stops the rectifier gating test sequence. 

This parameter applies a pattern that fires the devices sequentially at 

low frequency 

This parameter applies a normal gating pattern to the Rectifier Bridge 

For 6 and 18-pulse SCR drives, ensure that the special power harness is connected to the gating boards of 

all devices. A detailed description is provided in Chapter 1 – Functional Description of the PowerFlex 7000 

User Manual. 

Inverter Gating Test [Inv Gating Test] 





This parameter selects the various inverter gating test sequences. The drive should be isolated from 

medium voltage. The following options are available: 

Off 

Test Pattern 

Normal Gate 

This stops the rectifier gating test sequence. 

This parameter applies a pattern that fires the devices sequentially at 

low frequency 

This parameter applies a normal gating pattern to the Rectifier Bridge. 

The frequency of the gating pattern is controlled by the speed potentiometer if the drive is in Local mode. 

A detailed description is provided in Chapter 1 of the PowerFlex 7000 User Manual. 


Parameter Descriptions 2-29 

Setup Wizard [Setup Wizard] 


Default Value: 0000000000000000 



This parameter specifies the progress of the Setup Wizard. A ‘1’ indicates that the step has been 

completed by the setup wizard. Until all the steps are completed, you will always be prompted to continue 

with the process each time control power is cycled. The following steps are displayed: 


0 Path Picked For Internal use only 

1 Gating Test Perform gating checks on the drive 

2 Motor Data Enter motor nameplate data 

3 Features Enter Feature Select parameters 

4 Speed Ref Enter Speed Profile parameters 

5 Analog Calib Calibrate analog system 

6 Ext Faults Configure the External Faults 

7 System Test Perform System Test 

8 Phasing Chck Performed phasing check for an 18-pulse drive 

9 Autotuning Autotune drive and motor parameters 

10 DC Test Run the drive in DC Current Test Mode 

11 Unused 

12 Unused 

13 Unused 

14 Unused 

15 Unused 

Extended Trend [Extended Trend] 


Default Value: Enabled 



This parameter refers to the trending function which can be set up and accessed through the 

programming terminal. The drive comes with 2 options for the size of the trend buffer. It can be set for 

either 100 samples or 1000 samples. Using 1000 samples allows more data to be collected although it 

may slow down the non-critical background tasks. Also the 1000 sample trending cannot be viewed on 

the programming terminal. It can be accessed through the serial port on the DPM. Contact factory for 

more information on how to use this feature. 

The parameter can be changed while running, but because the memory needs to be reconfigured, the 

option will not change until control power is cycled. In the interim, the parameter will be set to Pend 

Disable or Pend Enable to let the user know control power needs to be cycled for the change to take 

effect. The options for this parameter are as follows: 

Disabled 

Enabled 

Pend Disable 

Pend Enable 

100 Samples for Trend Buffer 

1000 Samples for Trend Buffer 

Temporary Setting after Disabling Trend. Need to Cycle Power 

Temporary Setting after Enabling Trend. Need to Cycle Power 



Power Factor Compensation Method [PowerFactor Comp] 


Default Value: Disable 



This parameter selects the type of power factor compensation. Following options are available 

Disable 

Leading Only 

Optimal 

Disable power factor compensation 

Leading power factor compensation only 

Optimal power factor compensation 

Leading only will compensate the line power factor only when the drive is drawing leading vars. 

Optimal technique will compensate for both lagging and leading vars. 

Contact factory for availability. 

PFC Access Code [PFC Access Code] 







This access code allows the user to enable Power Factor compensation method in the drive. 

Fan 1 Run Time [Fan1 Run Time] 


Default Value: 30.0 Days 

Minimum Value: 0.1 Days 

Maximum Value: 60.0 Days 



This parameter is used for Redundant Fan drives only. The parameter sets the amount of run time that 

the Fan 1 will be the active fan. When this time expires, the drive will automatically switch to Fan 2, and 

will run on that fan for the time set in Fan 2 Run Time. It will then cycle back to Fan 1 after Fan 2 Run 

Time expires. The purpose of this control feature is to get a periodic check of the second, redundant fan. 

The parameters can also be used to even the run time between the fans. 

Fan 2 Run Time [Fan2 Run Time] 


Default Value: 0.1 Days 

Minimum Value: 0.1 Days 

Maximum Value: 60.0 Days 



This parameter is used for Redundant Fan drives only. The parameter sets the amount of run time that 

the Fan 2 will be the active fan. When this time expires, the drive will automatically switch to Fan 1, and 

will run on that fan for the time set in Fan 1 Run Time. It will then cycle back to Fan 2 after Fan 1 Run 

Time expires. The purpose of this control feature is to get a periodic check of the second, redundant fan. 

The parameters can also be used to even the run time between the fans. 



Passcode 0 [Passcode 0] 






This parameter specifies the scrambled password for Basic level access. If the password is lost or 

corrupted, the value of the pass number can be determined from the encoded value by consulting the 

factory. This parameter is 0 out of the factory. 







This parameter specifies the scrambled password for Advanced level access. If the password is lost or 


factory. This parameter is 0 out of the factory. 







This parameter specifies the scrambled password for Service level access. If the password is lost or 


factory. 







This parameter specifies the scrambled password for Rockwell level access. If the password is lost or 


factory. 



Drive Hardware Parameters 

DC Link Inductance [DCLnk Induct pu] 






This parameter displays the per unit dc link inductance calculated from the nameplate link inductance and 

the voltage and current ratings of the drive. It is recalculated when any of the parameters affecting its 

value is changed. This normal value of this parameter varies based on the drive rectifier type. This 

parameter applies for both standard drives and drives with Direct-to-Drive technology. A warning DC Link 

Range will be displayed if this parameter is greater than 2.0 per unit or less than the minimum expected 

as given by: 

For 6-PWM minimum value is 0.55pu 

For 18-pulse SCR, minimum value is 0.42pu 

For 6-pulse SCR, minimum value if 0.82pu. 

Line Reactor pu [Line Reactor pu] 






This parameter displays the per unit ac line reactor value calculated from the parameter Line Reactor and 

the voltage and current ratings of the drive. It is recalculated when any of the parameters affecting its 

value is changed. Typical value is around 0.1pu. 

Line Filter Capacitor [Line Filter Cap] 






This parameter specifies the per unit line filter capacitance for the PWM rectifier. It is calculated from the 

capacitor nameplate parameters (total kVAR, frequency and the voltage rating). This parameter is 

recalculated when any of the parameters affecting its value is changed. The normal range for this 

parameter is 0.35 to 0.55pu. A warning Line Cap Range will be displayed if this parameter is outside the 

range. 

Motor Filter Capacitor [Motor Filter Cap] 






This parameter specifies the per unit motor filter capacitance calculated from the capacitor nameplate 

parameters (total kVAR, frequency and the voltage rating). It is recalculated when any of the parameters 

affecting its value are changed. The normal range for this parameter is 0.26 to 0.55pu. A warning Motor 

Cap Range will be displayed if this parameter is outside the range. 



Drive VSB Gain [Drive VSB Gain] 


Minimum Value: 0.0 V/V 

Maximum Value: 6553.5 V/V 



This parameter represents the ratio between the motor and line voltages at medium voltage level to the 

corresponding voltages sampled by the drive control software. It includes the gain of the resistor divider 

network on the Voltage Sensing Board and the circuitry for signal processing on the Analog Control 

Board. The voltage measured on the Analog Control Boards multiplied by this parameter will give the 

value at medium voltage level. 

Drive Voltage Sensing Board Tap [Drive VSB Tap] 




This parameter specifies the tap setting of all drive Voltage Sensing Boards. Based on the Rated Line 

Voltage (18) and Rectifier Type (153) parameters, the drive knows which tap is used on the VSB. There 

are 4 taps labeled A, B, C, and D. The following table shows the tap settings and gains for different input 

voltage to the drive: 

Rated Line Voltage (18) Drive VSB Tap (649) Drive VSB Gain (648) 

100-1450 D 311.3 

1450-2500 C 533.4 

2500-4800 B 1021.8 

4800-7200 A 1554.7 

Input filter Cut Off Frequency [InpFilCutOffFreq] 






This parameter displays the corner frequency in per unit of the input LC filter used in PWM rectifier drives. 

It is determined from parameters Line Filter Cap (133) and Input Impedance (140). Multiply the value by 

Rated Line Freq (17) to get the value in Hz. 

Drive Model [Drive Model] 


Default Value: B Frame 



This parameter specifies the PF7000 Model Type, or Drive Type. There are two specific Air-cooled 

drives: the ‘A’ Frame and the ‘B’ Frame. The ‘B’ Frame is the standard drive, and the ‘A’ Frame is a smaller 

version used for limited horsepower applications. There is also a liquid-cooled version of the drive which 

is the C-Frame. The D-Frame is reserved for future use, and will be used for parallel drive applications. 

B Frame 

C Frame 

A Frame 

D Frame 

‘B’ Frame PowerFlex 7000 (standard) 

‘C’ Frame PowerFlex 7000 Liquid-Cooled 

‘A’ Frame PowerFlex 7000 (limited HP/kW) 

Future Use – Parallel PowerFlex 7000 drives 



Rated Drive Amps [Rated Drive Amps] 


Default Value: 159 A 

Minimum Value: 10 A 

Maximum Value: 1750 A 



This parameter specifies the maximum continuous RMS current rating of the drive. This should be 

obtained from the dimensional drawing or the drive nameplate. 

Rated Line Frequency [Rated Line Freq] 


Default Value: 60 Hz 

Minimum Value: 50 Hz 

Maximum Value: 60 Hz 



This parameter specifies the rated input line frequency of the drive, and must be set to either 50Hz or 60Hz. 

Rated Line Voltage [Rated Line Volts] 


Default Value: 4160 V 

Minimum Value: 100 V 

Maximum Value: 7200 V 



This parameter specifies the rated input line voltage fed to the drive. It is used for normalizing the line 

voltage calculations and also used in determining the voltage tap and the voltage gain. 

Rectifier Type [Rectifier Type] 


Default Value: 6 PWM 



This parameter specifies the power circuit topology of the rectifier used in the drive design. PF7000 

currently provides three different rectifier configurations: 

6 PWM This parameter selects control for a 6-pulse PWM rectifier. 

6 SCR This parameter selects control for a 6-pulse SCR rectifier. 

18 SCR This parameter selects control for an 18-pulse SCR rectifier. 

12 SCR This parameter selects control for a 12-pulse SCR rectifier 




Line Capacitor Frequency [Line Cap Freq] 







This parameter specifies the rated nameplate frequency of the line filter capacitors. This parameter only 

applies to drives with a PWM rectifier. 

Line Capacitor kVAR [Line Cap kVAR] 


Default Value: 400 kvar 

Minimum Value: 1 kvar 

Maximum Value: 7500 kvar 



This parameter specifies the total three-phase nameplate kVAR of the line filter capacitors. This 

parameter only applies to drives with a PWM rectifier. 

Line Capacitor Voltage [Line Cap Volts] 







This parameter specifies the nameplate voltage rating of the line filter capacitors. This parameter applies 

to only drives with a PWM rectifier. 

Line Reactor Inductance [Line Reactor] 


Default Value: 0.00 mH 

Minimum Value: 0.00 mH 

Maximum Value: 50.00 mH 



This parameter specifies the value of the AC side line reactor in mH. Refer to the nameplate mounted on 

the reactor, or to the dimensional drawings. 



DC Link Inductance [DCLnk Inductance] 


Default Value: 24.0 mH 

Minimum Value: 1.0 mH 

Maximum Value: 500.0 mH 



This parameter specifies the value of the DC Link inductance in mH. This can be obtained from the DC 

Link reactor nameplate on the dimensional drawings, from the nameplate on the DC Link, or from the 

duplicate nameplate mounted externally on the DC Link access panel. 

This parameter also applies to Direct-to Drive technology drives, and the inductance is obtained from the 

nameplate of the Common-Mode Choke. For these drives, this value corresponds to the lower of the two 

values specified on the name plate. The larger value is the common mode inductance and is not required 

for drive control. 

Motor Capacitor Frequency [Motor Cap Freq] 







This parameter specifies the rated nameplate frequency of the motor filter capacitors. 

Motor Capacitor kVAR [Motor Cap kVAR] 


Default Value: 400 kvar 

Minimum Value: 1 kvar 

Maximum Value: 7500 kvar 



This parameter specifies the total three-phase nameplate kVAR of the motor filter capacitors. 

Motor Capacitor Voltage [Motor Cap Volts] 







This parameter specifies the nameplate voltage rating of the motor filter capacitors. 

CT Burden Ground Fault [CT Burden Gndflt] 


Default Value: 1000 ohms 

Minimum Value: 10 ohms 

Maximum Value: 10000 ohms 



This parameter specifies the value of the burden resistor used for the ground fault current feedback. 



CT Ratio Ground Fault [CT Ratio Gndflt] 







This parameter specifies the ratio of the current transformer used to measure the ground fault (zero 

sequence) current at the input of the drive. 

CT Burden Line [CT Brden Line] 


Default Value: 5.0 ohms 

Minimum Value: 1.0 ohms 

Maximum Value: 100.0 ohms 



This parameter specifies the value of the burden resistors for the line current feedback. The default value 

of burden resistor on the CT input connector is 5 ohms. For drives with a higher current rating, 2.5 ohms 

may be required. This is accomplished by placing a 5-ohm resistor in parallel. 

CT Ratio Line [CT Ratio Line] 







This parameter specifies the ratio of the current transformers used for the line current feedback. 

Hall Effect Current Sensor Burden DC Link [HECS Brden DCLnk] 







This parameter specifies the value of the burden resistor for the DC link reactor current feedback. The 

default value of burden resistor on the HECS input connector is 50 ohms. For drives with a higher current 

rating, 25 ohms may be required. This is accomplished by placing a 50-ohm resistor in parallel. 

Hall Effect Current Sensor Ratio DC Link [HECS Ratio DCLnk] 







This parameter specifies the ratio of the current transducer used for the DC link reactor current feedback. 



Hall Effect Current Sensor Burden Motor [HECS Brden Motor] 







This parameter specifies the value of the burden resistor for the motor current feedback. The default 

value of burden resistor on the HECS input connector is 50 ohms. For drives with a higher current rating, 

25 ohms may be required. This is accomplished by placing a 50-ohm resistor in parallel. 

Hall Effect Current Sensor Ratio Motor [HECS Ratio Motor] 







This parameter specifies the ratio of the current transducers used for the motor current feedback. 

Rectifier Device Rating [RecDvc CurRating] 







This parameter specifies the current rating of the power semiconductor device used in the line converter. 

The 6 SCR and 18 SCR drives use Silicon Controlled Rectifier (SCR) while the 6 PWM drives use 

Symmetric Gate Commutated Thyristor (SGCT). SCRs are typically 350A or 810A, while SGCT ratings 

can be 400A or 800A or 1500A. 

Inverter Device Rating [InvDvc CurRating] 







This parameter specifies the current rating of the power semiconductor device (SGCT) used in the 

machine side converter. SGCT ratings can be 400A or 800A or 1500A. 



Series Rectifier Devices [Series RecDvc] 







This parameter specifies the number of series power semiconductor devices (SCR or SGCT) in each of 

the 6 legs (6 Pulse or PWM) or 18 legs (18 Pulse) of the line converter. SGCTs are used in drives with 

PWM rectifier front end. 

Series Inverter Devices [Series InvDvc] 







This parameter specifies the number of SGCT devices connected in series in each of the 6 legs of the 

machine converter. 

Neutral Resistor Value [Neutral Resistor] 







This parameter is for Direct-to-Drives only and defines the resistance of the Neutral Resistor in ohms. If 

the value if 0 (default value) then the software configures the drive to be without a common mode choke. 

Neutral Resistor Power Rating [RNeut Pwr Rating] 


Default Value: 1500 W 

Minimum Value: 0 W 

Maximum Value: 65535 W 



This parameter is for Direct-to-Drives only and defines the rated wattage of the Neutral Resistor. This 

parameter is used in the thermal protection of the Neutral Resistor. 

Hall Effect Current Sensor Ratio for Neutral Current [HECS Ratio RNeut] 







This parameter specifies the ratio of the current transducer used to measure the current in the neutral 

resistor (Direct-to-Drive only). This parameter is reserved for future use only. 




Hall Effect Current Sensor Burden for Neutral Current [HECS Brden RNeut] 







This parameter specifies the value of the burden resistor to measure the current in the neutral resistor 

(Direct-to-Drive only). This parameter is reserved for future use only. 




Default Value: 0000000010000000 



This parameter allows user to select additional hardware options. A ‘1’ indicates that the option is 

installed in the drive. 


0 Redn ConvFan Redundant converter cooling fan for Air cooled drives 

1 RednIsoTxFan Redundant cooling fan for drives with integral Isolation Transformer 

2 Redn PwrSup Redundant AC/DC power supply. 

3 Output IsoTx Output Isolation Transformer 

4 Input IsoSw Input Isolation Switch 

5 Output IsoSw Output Isolation Switch 

6 Bypass IsoSw Bypass Isolation Switch 

7 DCNeutralVSB Voltage Sensing Board for DC/Neutral voltage measurement 

8 Output Ctctr Output Contactor installed in the drive 

9 Bypass Ctctr Bypass Contactor installed in the drive 

10 Ambient Temp Ambient temperature measurement enabled 

11 Rec ChB Temp Rectifier Channel B temperature 

12 Redn Dvc Inv Redundant Inverter Device 

13 Redn Dvc Rec Redundant Rectifier Device 

14 Rockwell UPS Rockwell specified UPS installed in the drive 

15 Customer UPS Customer supplied UPS installed in the drive 






Default Value: 0000000000000000 



This parameter allows the user to select additional hardware options. The options available are: 


0 Intgrl IsoTx Integral Isolation Transformer installed in the drive 

1 Unused 

2 Unused 

3 Unused 

4 Unused 

5 Unused 

6 Unused 

7 Unused 

8 Unused 

9 Unused 

10 Unused 

11 Unused 

12 Unused 

13 Unused 

14 Unused 

15 Unused 

Number of Power Supplies [Number PwrSup] 







This parameter specifies the total number of AC/DC power supplies installed in the drive. This number 

includes the redundant power supply (if installed). In a multi power supply system there can only be one 

redundant power supply. 

Motor Ratings Parameters 

Rated Motor Current [Rated Motor Amps] 

Linear Number: 23 






This parameter specifies the rated full load current of the motor. This parameter is internally scaled and 

used as the base value in all the drive per-unit calculations. 



Rated Motor Frequency [Rated Motor Freq] 







This parameter specifies the nameplate frequency corresponding to the parameter Rated Motor RPM. 

This value could be different from the input frequency Rated Line Freq (17). 

Rated Motor Horsepower [Rated Motor HP] 


Default Value: 1250 hp 

Minimum Value: 10 hp 

Maximum Value: 20000 hp 



This parameter specifies the rated power of the motor in Imperial unit. This parameter and the Rated 

Motor kW both specify the motor rating. If imperial unit is selected (default option) from Special Features 

(99), then this parameter becomes the independent parameter while the Rated Motor kW will be 

calculated by using the following relationship 

RatedMotor kW 

RatedMotorHP × 746 

= 

1000 

Rated Motor kW [Rated Motor kW] 


Default Value: 933 kW 

Minimum Value: 10 kW 

Maximum Value: 15000 kW 



This parameter specifies the rated power of the motor in Metric unit. This parameter and the Rated Motor 

HP both specify the motor rating. If Metric Units is selected from Special Features (99), then this 

parameter becomes the independent parameter while the Rated Motor HP will be calculated by using the 

following relationship 

Rated Motor RPM [Rated Motor RPM] 


Default Value: 1192.0 RPM 

Minimum Value: 150.0 RPM 

Maximum Value: 3600.0 RPM 



This parameter specifies the rated full load speed of the motor in RPM. It is equal to synchronous speed 

for a synchronous motor and slightly less than synchronous speed for an induction motor. 



Rated Motor Voltage [Rated Motor Volt] 







This parameter specifies the rated line to line voltage of the motor. This parameter is internally scaled and 

used as the base value in all the drive per unit calculations. The motor rated voltage should be specified 

as 2300/4000V and not 2400/4160V to ensure that the line voltage is slightly higher than the motor 

voltage. Since the motor voltage is limited by the line voltage, increasing the motor rated voltage in an 

attempt to get more out of the drive will only force the drive to go into field weakening at a lower speed. 

Service Factor [Service Factor] 


Default Value: 1.00 





This parameter specifies the service factor of the motor. Because the motor parameters are normalized 

to the service factor, changing this parameter allows the motor rating to be changed without affecting the 

drive tuning. 

Drive Motor Type [Motor Type] 


Default Value: Induction 



This parameter specifies the type of motor connected to the drive. If this parameter is changed, the 

control power must be turned off and on before the new value takes effect. 

Induction 

Sync Brush 

Sync BshlsAC 

Sync BshlsDC 

Induction (asynchronous) motor 

Synchronous Brush-type motor 

Synchronous Brushless Motor with AC exciter 

Synchronous Brushless Motor with DC exciter 



Autotuning Parameters 

Autotune Warning [Autotune Warning] 




This parameter specifies the warnings which can be displayed during auto-tuning. A ‘1’ indicates a 

warning has occurred during the test. The following warnings are displayed: 


0 Tuning Abort Auto tuning has been aborted. 

1 Drv TestMode Drive is in test mode 

2 Reg in Limit Flux or Speed Regulator is in limit 

3 RStator High Stator Resistance high 

4 Time Limit Autotune time limit of 2 minutes has expired. 

5 Inertia High Inertia high 

6 L Input Low Input Impedance low 

7 L Input High Input Impedance high 

8 T DCLnk Low DC link time constant low 

9 T DCLnk High DC link time constant high 

10 LLeakageLow Leakage Inductance low 

11 LLeakageHigh Leakage Inductance high 

12 L Magn Low Magnetizing Inductance low 

13 L Magn High Magnetizing Inductance high 

14 T Rotor Low Rotor Time Constant low 

15 T Rotor High Rotor Time Constant high 

Autotune Select [Autotune Select] 





This parameter specifies the auto-tuning function to be performed. The value of this parameter is set to 

default (Off) after completion of the selected function. 

Off 

Rectifier 

Mtr Impednce 

FluxSpeedReg 

SyncFieldReg 


Auto-tuning off 

Rectifier tuning (Input impedance and DC Link time constant) 

Motor Impedance (Stator Resistance and Stator Leakage) 

Flux and Speed regulator (Magnetizing inductance, Rotor time constant 

and Inertia) 

Synchronous Field Regulator 

To change the selected auto-tune function to another without completing, set to Off and then select the 

desired function. 



Autotune Input Impedance [Autotune L Input] 


Default Value: 0.00 pu 





This parameter specifies the value of input impedance determined during auto-tuning. If the auto-tuning is 

successful, then parameter Input Impedance (140) in the Current Control group is set equal to the value 

of this parameter. 

Autotune DC Link Time Constant [Autotune T DCLnk] 







This parameter specifies the value of dc link reactor time constant determined during auto-tuning. If the 

dc link time constant measurement is successful, then parameter T DC Link (115) in the Current Control 

group is set equal to the value of this parameter. 

Autotune Stator Resistance [Autotune RStator] 







This parameter specifies the value of motor stator resistance determined during auto-tuning. If the stator 

resistance auto-tuning is successful, then parameter R Stator (129) in the Motor Model group is set equal 

to the value of this parameter. 

Autotune Leakage Inductance [Autotune LLeakge] 







This parameter specifies the value of motor leakage inductance determined during auto-tuning. If the 

leakage inductance auto-tuning is successful, then parameter L Total leakage (130) in the Motor Model 




Autotune Magnetizing Inductance [Autotune L Magn] 







This parameter specifies the value of motor magnetizing inductance determined during flux regulator 

auto-tuning. If the magnetizing inductance measurement is successful, then parameter Lm Rated (131) 

in the Motor Model group is set equal to the value of this parameter. 

Autotune Rotor Time Constant [Autotune T Rotor] 







This parameter specifies the value of rotor time constant determined during flux regulator auto-tuning. If 

the rotor time constant measurement is successful, then parameter T Rotor (132) in the Motor Model 


Autotune Inertia [Autotune Inertia] 

Linear Number: 223 






This parameter specifies the value of total system mechanical inertia measured during auto-tuning. If the 

inertia measurement is successful, then parameter Total Inertia (82) in the Speed Control group is set 

equal to the value of this parameter. 

Autotune D-axis Magnetizing Inductance [Autotune Lmd] 







This parameter specifies the value of d-axis magnetizing inductance for synchronous machines 

determined during flux regulator auto-tuning. If the magnetizing inductance measurement is successful, 

then parameter Lmd (418) in the Motor Model group is set equal to the value of this parameter. This 

parameter is not used for induction motors. 




Autotune Q-axis Magnetizing Inductance [Autotune Lmq] 


Default Value: 100 pu 

Minimum Value: 0 pu 

Maximum Value: 1000 pu 



This parameter specifies the value of q-axis magnetizing inductance for synchronous machines 

determined during flux regulator auto-tuning. If the magnetizing inductance measurement is successful, 

then parameter Lmq (296) in the Motor Model group is set equal to the value of this parameter. If the 

magnetizing inductance measurement fails, then parameter Lmq is not changed. This parameter is not 

used for induction motors. 

Autotune DC Current Bandwidth [Autotune Idc BW] 


Default Value: 50.0 r/s 

Minimum Value: 10.0 r/s 

Maximum Value: 100.0 r/s 



This parameter specifies the bandwidth of the current regulator during auto-tuning of the dc link reactor 

time constant. A lower bandwidth is used during auto-tuning than during normal operation because a 

slower response can be measured more accurately. The bandwidth is set to original value after 

completion of auto-tune. 

Autotune DC Current Command [Autotune Idc Cmd] 







This parameter specifies the dc current command used during auto-tuning of the dc link time reactor 

constant. If the value of this parameter is set too low, the dc link current may become discontinuous and 

the auto-tuning may produce invalid results. 

Autotune DC Current Step [Autotune Idc Stp] 







This parameter specifies the value of the step that is added to the dc current command during auto-tuning 

of the dc link reactor time constant. If the value of this parameter is set too high relative to the dc current 

command, the dc link current may become discontinuous and the auto-tuning may produce invalid 

results. 



Autotune Isd Step [Autotune Isd Stp] 







This parameter specifies the size of the step that is added to the magnetizing current command during 

auto-tuning of the flux regulator for synchronous machines. It is not used for induction motors. 


Autotune Speed Command [Autotune Spd Cmd] 







This parameter specifies the speed command used during auto-tuning of the flux regulator and total 

inertia. The overall drive Speed Command Minimum and Maximums are still active during auto-tuning. 

Autotune Torque Step [Autotune Trq Stp] 







This parameter specifies the size of the torque step that is added to the torque command during autotuning 

of the total inertia. A value of 1.000 corresponds to rated torque. The overall Torque Command 

Limits are still active during auto-tuning. 



Autotune Complete [AutotuneComplete] 


Default Value: 0000000000000000 



This parameter indicates the completion of the following auto-tune functions selected by the parameter 

Autotune Select: 


0 Rectifier Rectifier Tuning 

1 Mtr Impednce Motor Impedance 

2 FluxSpeedReg Flux Speed Regulator 

3 SyncFieldReg Synchronous Field Regulator 

4 Unused 

5 Unused 

6 Unused 

7 Unused 

8 Unused 

9 Unused 

10 Unused 

11 Unused 

12 Unused 

13 Unused 

14 Unused 

15 Unused 


Motor Model Parameters 

Stator Current [Stator Current] 






This parameter is the calculated stator current magnitude. This is a parameter for display purposes. 

Stator Voltage [Stator Voltage] 






This parameter is the calculated stator voltage magnitude. It varies with both speed and torque, and if 

the flux command is set correctly, should be about 1.0 pu at rated speed and rated load. The stator 

voltage may be less than 1.0 pu at rated speed if the load torque is less than rated or the line voltage is 

low. 



Stator Frequency [Stator Frequency] 






This parameter is the measured stator frequency of the motor. It is displayed as an absolute value 

regardless of the direction of rotation. 

Rotor Frequency [Rotor Frequency] 






This parameter specifies the measured rotor frequency. It is displayed as an absolute value regardless of 

the direction of rotation. 

Slip Frequency [Slip Frequency] 






This parameter is the calculated slip frequency of the motor. It is positive for motoring and negative for 

regenerating. For synchronous motors, this parameter is always equal to zero. 

Motor Power [Mtr AirGap Power] 






This parameter is the calculated motor power. A value of 1.000 corresponds to rated power. It is positive 

for motoring and negative for regenerating regardless of the direction of rotation. 

Motor Torque [Mtr AirGap Trq] 






This parameter is the calculated motor torque. A value of 1.000 corresponds to rated torque. It is positive 

for forward torque and negative for reverse torque. 



Motor Power Factor [Mtr Power Factor] 






This parameter displays the measured motor power factor. It is calculated as the ratio of the real power 

(kW) to total power (kVA). The motor will always be a lagging power factor (unless it is a synchronous 

motor) and the parameter value is valid when the drive is running in closed-loop mode with valid 

frequency feedback. 

Stator Q-Axis (Torque) Current [MtrTrq Current] 






This parameter is the calculated Q-axis or torque component of the stator current. It is positive for 

motoring and negative for regenerating. 

Stator D-Axis (Magnetizing) Current [MtrFlux Current] 






This parameter is the calculated D-axis or magnetizing component of the stator current. It is positive for 

magnetizing and negative for de-magnetizing. This current is provided from the inverter output and the 

motor filter capacitor. 

Stator Frequency from Voltage Model [StatFrqVoltModel] 






This parameter displays the value of stator frequency determined from the voltage model. This parameter 

is particularly useful in Open Loop Test Mode, when we are testing all the feedback paths to ensure the 

integrity of the system. 

Stator Frequency from Current Model [StatFrqCurModel] 






This parameter displays the applied stator frequency determined from the Current Model. For Sensorless 

drives, during start up, the frequency is equal to the desired speed reference plus the calculated slip 

frequency Slip Frequency (343). For Pulse Tach drives, the frequency is equal to the measured speed 

feedback plus the slip frequency. The Slip Frequency is calculated using the indirect vector control model. 



Flux Feedback from Voltage Model [FlxFbk VoltModel] 






This parameter specifies the measured motor flux feedback from the voltage model. The voltage model 

uses measured motor voltage and current along with known motor parameters to calculate the rotor flux. 

This is used above 3 Hz for flux feedback. 

Flux Feedback From Current Model [FlxFbk CurModel] 






This parameter specifies the estimated motor flux from the current feedback. The drive uses an indirect 

method of calculating rotor flux. This is used in the lower speed ranges (0-3 Hz) for the flux feedback. 

Magnetizing Inductance Predicted [Lm Predicted] 






This parameter represents the expected Magnetizing Inductance for the given load and flux operating 

conditions. This parameter comes from an extrapolation of the Magnetizing Inductance parameters for 

different loads and speeds. But for most applications, this parameter will simply be the Magnetizing 

Inductance value from the Autotune results. 

Magnetizing Inductance Measured [Lm Measured] 






This parameter represents the motor magnetizing inductance measured by the drive control. It is obtained 

by dividing the measured flux feedback by the magnetizing current. This parameter is continuously 

calculated when the drive is running. 

Magnetizing Inductance Rated [Lm Rated] 







This parameter specifies the per unit motor magnetizing inductance. Typical values of this parameter are 

in the range 2.0 pu to 6.0 pu for induction motors and 1.0 pu to 2.0 pu for synchronous motors. 

Magnetizing inductance can change significantly with changes in load and flux. This parameter 

represents the value at rated flux and rated load. This parameter can be set manually or by auto-tuning. 



Magnetizing Inductance Regen [Lm Regen] 







This parameter represents the ratio between the Magnetizing Inductance of the motor when running at 

full regeneration to the Rated Magnetizing Inductance. Since a motor is a non-linear device, Magnetizing 

Inductance is the parameter that changes the most with load and flux levels, and for applications with 

Tachometer enabled and Low Speed, High Torque operating conditions, this parameter may need to be 

used to extrapolate Magnetizing Inductance for any load and flux reference. For most standard 

applications, the default value of 1.00 is acceptable. 

Magnetizing Inductance No Load Flux Min [Lm Noload FlxMin] 







This parameter represents the ratio between the Magnetizing Inductance of the motor at no load and 

minimum flux command to the Rated Magnetizing Inductance. Since a motor is a non-linear device, 

Magnetizing Inductance is the parameter that changes the most with load and flux levels, and for 

applications with Tachometer enabled and Low Speed, High Torque operating conditions, this parameter 

may need to be used to extrapolate Magnetizing Inductance for any load and flux reference. For most 

standard applications, the default value of 1.00 is acceptable. 

Magnetizing Inductance No Load Flux Max [Lm Noload FlxMax] 







This parameter represents the ratio between the Magnetizing Inductance of the motor at no Load and 

maximum flux to the Rated Magnetizing Inductance. Since a motor is a non-linear device, Magnetizing 

Inductance is the parameter that changes the most with load and flux levels, and for applications with 

Tachometer enabled and Low Speed, High Torque operating conditions, this parameter may need to be 

used to extrapolate Magnetizing Inductance for any load and flux reference. For most standard 

applications, the default value of 1.00 is acceptable. 



Stator Resistance [R Stator] 







This parameter specifies the per unit stator resistance of the motor. It is used in the calculation of the 

stator voltage and in the software reconstruction of the rotor flux. Stator resistance is usually less than 

0.01 pu unless the motor is very small or the motor cables are very long. This parameter can be set 

manually or by auto-tuning. 

Warning: An excessively high stator resistance may cause the drive to become unstable at low speed 

and high load. 

Total Leakage Inductance [L Total Leakage] 







This parameter specifies the per-unit total leakage, short circuit, or transient inductance (Ls') of the motor. 

It is approximately equal to the sum of the stator and rotor leakage inductances, and the cable 

inductance, and has a typical value of 0.20 pu. The leakage inductance parameter is used in the 

calculation of the stator voltage and in the software reconstruction of the rotor flux. This parameter can 

be set manually or by auto-tuning. 

Warning: An excessively high leakage inductance may cause the drive to become unstable at high speed 

and high load. 

Rotor Time Constant [T Rotor] 







This parameter specifies the rotor time constant of the motor. Typical value is in the range 1.0 to 2.0 sec. 

The rotor time constant varies significantly with rotor temperature (due to the change in rotor resistance), 

which has some effect on the response of the flux regulator and the calculation of the slip frequency for 

induction motors. This parameter can be set manually or by auto-tuning. 



D-Axis Magnetizing Inductance [Lmd] 







This parameter specifies the d-axis magnetizing inductance for synchronous motors. It can be set 

manually or by auto-tuning. This parameter is not used for induction motors. 


Q-Axis Torque Inductance [Lmq] 







This parameter specifies the q-axis torque inductance for synchronous motors. It can be set manually or 

by auto-tuning. This parameter is not used for induction motors. 

Speed Command Parameters 

Speed Command [Speed Command] 






This parameter is the drive speed command, which is the input to the speed ramp. It is set to zero when 

the drive is not running. 

Speed Command Input [Speed Command In] 






This parameter is the value of the selected speed command input. It is valid whether the drive is running 

or not. 

Control Reference [Control Refernce] 






This parameter specifies the control reference value used by the drive regulators. This value is selected 

from a local, remote or digital reference command as indicated by the parameter Speed Ref Select (7). 



Control Feedback [Control Feedback] 






This parameter specifies the actual control reference feedback value measured by the drive. 

Speed Command Potentiometer [SpdCmd Pot] 






This parameter displays the speed command value in Hz from the speed potentiometer. 

Speed Command Analog Input 1 [SpdCmd Anlg Inp1] 






This parameter displays the speed command value in Hz from Analog Input 1. 

Speed Command Analog Input 2 [SpdCmd Anlg Inp2] 






This parameter displays the speed command value in Hz from Analog Input 2. 

Speed Command DPI [SpdCmd DPI] 






This parameter displays the value of the speed command in Hz coming from the DPI adapter. 

Speed Command PID [SpdCmd PID] 






This parameter displays value of the speed command in Hz coming from the process controller (PID) in 

the drive. 



Speed Command Minimum [Speed Cmd Min] 







This parameter specifies the minimum value of the Speed Command. When the drive is running, the 

absolute value of the Speed Command (which is obtained from the active Reference Command, either 

Local, Remote, or Digital) is limited by this parameter and the Speed Command will not drop below this 

level regardless of any of the Reference Command Min levels. 

Speed Command Maximum [Speed Cmd Max] 







This parameter specifies the maximum value of the Speed Command. When the drive is running, the 

absolute value of the Speed Command (which is obtained from the active Reference Command, either 

Local, Remote, or Digital) is limited by this parameter and the Speed Command will not exceed this level 

regardless of any of the Reference Command Max levels. 

Reference Command Potentiometer Min [RefCmd Pot Min] 







This parameter specifies the minimum value of speed command in Hz that could come from the 

potentiometer mounted on the door. Along with RefCmd Pot Max (42) this parameter is used in 

determining the slope for interpolating the speed command coming from the potentiometer. 

Reference Command Potentiometer Max [RefCmd Pot Max] 







This parameter specifies the maximum value of speed command in Hz that could come from the 

potentiometer mounted on the door. Along with RefCmd Pot Min (41) this parameter is used in 

determining the slope for interpolating the speed command coming from the potentiometer. 



Reference Command Analog Input Min [RefCmdAnlgInpMin] 







This parameter specifies the minimum value of speed command in Hz that could come from Analog Input 

1 or Analog Input 2. Along with RefCmdAnlgInpMax (44) this parameter is used in determining the slope 

for interpolating the speed command coming from Analog Inputs. 

Reference Command Analog Input Max [RefCmdAnlgInpMax] 







This parameter specifies the maximum value of speed command in Hz that could come from Analog Input 

1 or Analog Input 2. Along with RefCmdAnlgInpMin (43) this parameter is used in determining the slope 

for interpolating the speed command coming from Analog Inputs. 

Reference Command DPI Min [RefCmd DPI Min] 







This parameter specifies the minimum value of speed command in Hz that could come from the DPI 

adapter. Along with RefCmd DPIMax (46) this parameter is used in determining the slope for interpolating 

the digital speed command. 

Reference Command DPI Max [RefCmd DPI Max] 







This parameter specifies the maximum value of speed command in Hz that could come from the DPI 

adapter. Along with RefCmd DPIMin (45) this parameter is used to in determining the slope for 

interpolating the digital speed command. 



Preset Jog Speed [Preset Jog Speed] 







This parameter specifies the preset jog speed command, which is selected by the parameter Speed Ref 

Select (7). 

Preset Speed 1 [Preset Speed 1] 







This parameter specifies the preset speed 1 command which is selected by the parameter Speed Ref 

Select (7). 









Select (7). 









Select (7). 



Speed Control Parameters 

Speed Reference [Speed Reference] 






This parameter is the drive speed reference, which is the output of the speed ramp. 

Speed Feedback [Speed Feedback] 






This parameter is the calculated speed feedback after filtering. For Sensorless drives, the speed is 

calculated from the applied stator frequency while for Pulse Tach drives, the speed is measured from the 

tachometer feedback. The speed feedback is positive for forward rotation and negative for reverse 

rotation. 

Speed Error [Speed Error] 






This parameter is the speed error obtained by subtracting the speed feedback from the speed reference. 

It is useful for checking the step response of the speed loop. 

Stator Q-Axis Current Command [MtrTorque CurCmd] 






This parameter specifies the Q-axis or torque-producing Stator current command obtained by dividing the 

torque reference by the flux reference. It is positive for motoring and negative for regenerating. 

Inverter Torque Current Command [InvTorque CurCmd] 






This parameter specifies the inverter torque current command and is obtained from Stator Q-Axis Current 

Command. The inverter produces almost all of the torque-producing current to the motor. 



Total Acceleration Time [Total Accel Time] 







This parameter specifies the time the drive will take to accelerate to rated speed. It is used in conjunction 

with the parameter Load Inertia to automatically calculate the acceleration and deceleration times. Any 

changes to the individual acceleration ramp times will automatically change this value to reflect the new 

sum, and changes to this parameter will in turn be reflected in automatic changes to the acceleration 

ramp times. This parameter is not active if S-Curve percentage is any value other than 0%. 

Total Deceleration Time [Total Decel Time] 







This parameter specifies the time the drive will take to decelerate from rated speed to standstill. It is used 

in conjunction with parameter Load Inertia to automatically calculate the acceleration and deceleration 

times. Any changes to the individual deceleration ramp times will automatically change this value to 

reflect the new sum, and changes to this parameter will in turn be reflected in automatic changes to the 

deceleration ramp times. If the drive reaches the coast speed parameter value during a stop command 

deceleration, the drive will stop gating and coast to a stop. This parameter is not active if S-Curve 

percentage is any value other than 0%. 

Load Inertia Type [Inertia Type] 


Default Value: Low 



This parameter specifies the type of load inertia. It is used in conjunction with parameters Total Decel 

Time and Total Accel Time to calculate the acceleration and deceleration times. Some examples of low 

inertia applications include pumps and refiners. Some examples of high inertia loads include fans and 

banbury mixers. By setting this parameter from low to high, you will increase the default acceleration and 

deceleration times by a factor of 5. 

The available options are: 

Low 

High 

The application is a low inertia load 

The application is a high inertia load 



Total Inertia [Total Inertia] 







This parameter specifies the total inertia of the motor and load, which is defined as the time in seconds 

required to accelerate to the rated speed at the rated torque. In conjunction with Speed Regulator 

Bandwidth, it is used to calculate the gains for the speed regulator. 

Speed Feedback Mode [Speed Fbk Mode] 


Default Value: Sensorless 



This parameter specifies the type of speed feedback used. The available options are: 

Sensorless 

Pulse Tach 

Stator Frequency with Slip Compensation 

Tachometer/Encoder 

The drive automatically switches to stator frequency feedback when a Tach Loss warning occurs. If the 

Tach Loss warning is successfully cleared the drive switches back automatically to tachometer feedback 

mode. 

Speed Regulator Bandwidth [SpdReg Bandwidth] 







This parameter specifies the small signal bandwidth of the speed control loop. It is used in the calculation 

of the speed regulator gains. This parameter affects only the response time of the speed regulator and 

not the overshoot. 

Speed Reference Step [Speed Ref Step] 







This parameter specifies the magnitude of the step that is added to the speed error to demonstrate the 

step response of the speed loop. It is not saved and is initialized to zero at power up. 



Speed Profile Parameters 

Acceleration Time 1 [Accel Time 1] 







This parameter specifies the time for the speed reference to increase from zero to Ramp Speed 1. In 

conjunction with Ramp Speed 1 (73), it is used to determine the rate at which drive will ramp the output 

stator frequency during flying starts. For details refer to section of flying re-start in Chapter 1 – Functional 

Description. 








This parameter specifies the time for the speed reference to increase from Ramp Speed 1 to Ramp 

Speed 2. 









Speed 3. 









Speed 4. 



Deceleration Time 1 [Decel Time 1] 







This parameter specifies the time for the speed reference to decrease from Ramp Speed 1 to zero. 








This parameter specifies the time for the speed reference to decrease from Ramp Speed 2 to Ramp 

Speed 1. 









Speed 2. 









Speed 3. 

Ramp Speed 1 [Ramp Speed 1] 







This parameter specifies the first break point in the speed ramp. In conjunction with Accel Time 1 (65), it 

is used to determine the rate at which the drive will ramp the output stator frequency during flying starts. 

For details refer to section of flying re-start in Chapter 1 – Functional Description. 










This parameter specifies the second break point in the speed ramp. It must be greater than Ramp Speed 1. 








This parameter specifies the third break point in the speed ramp. It must be greater than Ramp Speed 2. 








This parameter specifies the fourth break point in the speed ramp. It must be greater than Ramp Speed 3. 

S Curve Percent [S Curve Percent] 


Default Value: 0 % 

Minimum Value: 0 % 

Maximum Value: 100 % 



This parameter specifies the non-linear part of the S-curve acceleration profile expressed as percentage 

of the total S-curve profile. Set this parameter to 0% to disable S-curve Profile and allow Ramp Profile to 

be the active profile. 

S Curve Acceleration Time 1 [S Curve Accel 1] 







This parameter specifies the total acceleration time when the S-Curve starting profile is selected, and the 

acceleration 1 time is chosen through DPI logic command. This is the default time when S-Curve is 

enabled. 



S Curve Acceleration Time 2 [S Curve Accel 2] 







This parameter specifies the total acceleration time when the S-Curve starting profile is selected, and the 

acceleration 2 time is chosen through DPI logic command. 

S Curve Deceleration Time 1 [S Curve Decel 1] 







This parameter specifies the total deceleration time when the S-Curve starting profile is selected, and the 

deceleration 1 time is chosen through DPI logic command. This is the default time when S-Curve is 

enabled. 

S Curve Deceleration Time 2 [S Curve Decel 2] 







This parameter specifies the total deceleration time when the S-Curve starting profile is selected, and the 

deceleration 2 time is chosen through DPI logic command. 

Skip Speed Band 1 [Skip Speed Band1] 







This parameter specifies the width of skip speed zone 1. 



















Skip Speed 1 [Skip Speed 1] 







This parameter specifies the center of skip speed zone 1 and is used to avoid mechanical resonances at 

certain speeds. 



















Ramp Test Step [Ramp Test Step] 







This parameter specifies the magnitude of the step that is added to the speed command to demonstrate 

the response of the speed ramp. If this parameter is set to a non-zero value, the drive will continuously 

ramp up and down between a maximum speed equal to the speed command plus the value of this 

parameter, and a minimum value equal to the speed command minus the value of this parameter. The 

ramp test function is intended for use in factory test only. This parameter is not saved and is initialized to 

zero at power up. 



Current Control Parameters 

DC Current Reference [Idc Reference] 






This parameter is the dc link current reference. 

DC Current Feedback [Idc Feedback] 






This parameter is the measured dc link current feedback. 

DC Current Error [Idc Error] 






This parameter is the dc current error obtained by subtracting the dc current feedback from the dc current 

reference. 

DC Voltage Reference [Vdc Reference] 


Minimum Value: -1.000 




This parameter is the dc voltage reference, which is the output of the current regulator after the advance 

limit and retard limit have been applied. A value of 1.000 corresponds to maximum positive voltage 

(motoring) and a value of –1.000 corresponds to maximum negative voltage (regenerating) regardless of 

the direction of motor rotation. 

Alpha Rectifier [Alpha Rectifier] 


Minimum Value: 0.0 deg 




This parameter specifies the rectifier firing angle relative to the input line voltage. It is equal to the inverse 

cosine of the dc voltage reference, Vdc Reference (326). It is in the range 0 to 90 degrees for motoring 

and 90 to 180 degrees for regenerating. 



DC Current Reference Limit Motor [IdcRefLmt Motor] 






This is the maximum allowable dc current reference the rectifier will use based on the DC Over current 

trip and dc-current ripple. 

DC Current Reference Limit in DC Test [IdcRefLmt DCTest] 






This parameter displays maximum DC current reference allowed during DC test mode. 

DC Current Reference Limit in Auto-tuning [IdcRefLmt Autotn] 






This parameter displays maximum DC current reference allowed during Auto-tuning. 

Current Regulator Bandwidth [CurReg Bandwidth] 







This parameter specifies the small signal bandwidth of the current control loop. It is used in the 

calculation of the current regulator gain. This parameter affects only the response time of the current 

regulator and not the overshoot. It is normally set to 200 radian/second. 

DC Current Test Command [Idc Test Command] 







This parameter specifies the value of the dc current command when the drive is operating in dc current 

test mode. It is not saved and is initialized to zero at power up. 



DC Current Reference Step [Idc Ref Step] 







This parameter specifies the magnitude of the step that is added to the dc current command to 

demonstrate the step response of the current loop. It is not saved and is initialized to zero at power-up. 

DC Link Time Constant [T DC Link] 







This parameter specifies the time constant of the dc link reactor. It affects both the response time and 

overshoot of the regulator, and should be adjusted to produce a step response that has zero or a very 

small overshoot. This parameter can be set manually or by auto-tuning. 

Input Impedance [Input Impedance] 







This parameter specifies the input impedance between the drive and the source, including the isolating 

transformer if present, expressed in the per unit system of the drive. It is used in the calculation of the 

retard limit for the line converter, and reconstruction of the line voltage parameters. This parameter can 

be set manually or by auto-tuning. 

Feedforward Filter [Feedforward Fil] 







This parameter specifies the corner frequency of the filter used in calculating the inverter side dc link 

voltage from the measured stator voltage. This value is used a feed-forward term in the current regulator 

to determine the firing angle for the line side converter. This parameter is useful in load-sharing conveyor 

applications, where it can be used to effectively dampen system mechanical resonance. 



PFC Leading Limit [PFC LeadingLimit] 







This parameter refers to the allowable leading vars to be drawn by the drive and not have the drive 

compensate for the power factor. The default value on power up is set to 0.02pu. This means that the 

drive will compensate for the power factor only when the measured Line Vars are bigger than 0.02pu. 

PFC Lagging Limit [PFC LaggingLimit] 







This parameter refers to the allowable lagging vars to be drawn by the drive and not have the drive 

compensate for the power factor. The default value on power up is set to 0.05pu. This means that the 

drive will compensate for the power factor only when the measured Line Vars are less than -0.05pu. 


Torque Control Parameters 

Torque Reference [Torque Reference] 






This parameter specifies the value of the drive torque command obtained from the speed regulator. 

Active Torque Limit [Active Trq Limit] 






This parameter specifies the torque limit which the drive will use in limiting its torque output. The 

parameter could have a value different than the specified Trq Lmt Motoring (84) or Trq Lmt Braking (85). 

It is because the drive adjusts the torque limit based on either field weakening, overload or input voltage 

sag conditions. 



Torque Command 0 Sensorless [TrqCmd0 SensrLss] 







This parameter specifies the value of the torque command at zero speed used in starting mode. It may be 

higher or lower than TrqCmd1 Snsrless (87). If this parameter is set too low the motor may not start. If it 

is set too high the start will be excessively rough and noisy. A value of 1.00 corresponds to rated motor 

torque. This parameter has no effect if the optional tachometer or encoder feedback is enabled. 

Torque Command 1 Sensorless [TrqCmd1 SensrLss] 







This parameter specifies the value of the torque command at the speed when the drive switches to closeloop 

after an open loop start. It may be higher or lower than TrqCmd0 Snsrless. In starting mode, the 

torque command changes linearly from TrqCmd0 Snsrless at zero speed to TrqCmd1 Snsrless at closeloop 

speed. When the drive switches from starting mode to normal running mode and the speed regulator 

is released, the torque command is initially equal to the value of this parameter. If it is set too low, the 

motor may stall before the speed regulator has time to increase the torque command. If it is set too high, 

the motor will accelerate very rapidly after the transition until the speed regulator is able to decrease the 

torque command to the value required to follow the speed ramp. A value of 1.00 corresponds to rated 

motor torque. This parameter has no effect if the optional tachometer or encoder feedback is enabled. 

Torque Command External [Trq Cmd External] 







This parameter specifies the external torque command. The function of this parameter depends on the 

parameter Torque Control Mode. A value of 1.00 corresponds to rated motor torque. Note that motoring 

torque is positive for forward rotation and negative for reverse rotation. 

Torque Control Mode Setting 

Zero Torque 

Speed Regulation 

External Torque Command 

Speed Torque Positive 

Speed Torque Negative 

Speed Summation 

Torque Command External effect 

None 

None 

Used as the External Torque Command 

Sets Positive Torque Limit 

Sets Negative Torque Limit 

Added to the Speed Regulator Output 



Torque Control Mode [Trq Control Mode] 


Default Value: Speed Reg 



This parameter specifies the different torque control modes in the drive. Depending on the parameter 

selection, the drive determines different torque command values. This parameter is used in conjunction 

with an external torque command Trq Cmd External (91). This parameter is used for determining drive’s 

torque output or torque limits. Typically the external torque command is linked to a PLC output. The 

parameter is defined as: 

Internal 

Value 

Enum Text 

Description 

0 Zero Torque The drive issues zero torque command. 

1 Speed Reg The drive uses the speed regulator to determine the torque 

command. 

2 Ext Torq Cmd The drive uses the external torque command and bypasses the 

speed regulator. This mode is also referred to as “Slave” or “Torque 

follower” mode. 

3 Spd Trq Pos The drive uses the speed regulator with an external motoring torque 

limit. 

4 Spd Trq Neg The drive uses the speed regulator with an external braking torque limit. 

5 Spd Sum The torque command is sum of speed regulator and the external 

torque command. 

Torque Limit Motoring [Trq Lmt Motoring] 







This parameter specifies the maximum value of the torque command when motoring. A value of 1.00 

corresponds to rated motor torque. 

Torque Limit Braking [Trq Lmt Braking] 







This parameter specifies the maximum value of the torque command when braking or regenerating. A 

value of 1.00 corresponds to rated motor torque. 



Torque Limit Overload [Trq Lmt Overload] 







This parameter is used to prevent the drive from tripping on an overload fault. For a drive programmed 

with a Torque Limit Motoring greater than 1.00 (it may be needed for starting or other certain intermittent 

load conditions), when the drive reaches 90% of its maximum thermal capability, it will automatically limit 

the torque to the value specified in the parameter Trq Lmt Overload. This may prevent the drive from 

tripping on overload and will keep the process running. Please note that this will result in the motor 

slowing down. This parameter should be set to 1.00 pu, and setting it to a value equal to or greater than 

Torque Limit Motoring would lead to a drive trip on overload. 

Power Limit Motoring [Pwr Lmt Motoring] 







This parameter specifies the maximum motor power when motoring. The torque command will be 

reduced as required to keep the motor power from exceeding this limit. A value of 1.00 corresponds to 

rated motor power. 

Power Limit Braking [Pwr Lmt Braking] 







This parameter specifies the maximum motor power when braking or regenerating. The torque command 

will be reduced as required to keep the motor power from exceeding this limit. A value of 1.00 

corresponds to rated motor power. 

Torque Command 0 Tachometer [TrqCmd0 Tach] 







This parameter specifies the initial torque when starting with a tachometer. The default value allows the 

drive to start providing zero torque and ramp up to the required torque determined by the speed control 

loop. By setting this to a value above 0.00 provides more torque until the control loops can take over. 



Flux Control Parameters 

Flux Reference [Flux Reference] 






This parameter specifies the rotor flux reference, which varies between a minimum value set by 

parameter FlxCmd No Load (103) and a maximum value set by parameter FlxCmd RatedLoad (100). 

The flux reference varies directly with torque at all speeds, and decreases with speed above Base Speed. 

The flux reference is also automatically reduced if the current regulator approaches advance limit or 

retard limit, which can occur when running at high speed and high torque with low line voltage. 

Flux Feedback [Flux Feedback] 






This parameter displays the value of flux feedback which can come from either FlxFbk VoltModel (342) or 

FlxFbk CurModel (341) or a combination of both. For Sensorless drives running below 3 Hz, flux from the 

Current Model is used to calculate Flux Feedback and above 3Hz flux from the Voltage Model is used. 

For drives with Pulse Tach, below 7.5 Hz flux from the Current Model is used while above 7.5Hz flux from 

the Voltage Model is used to calculate Flux Feedback. Refer to section on Motor Model in Chapter 1. 

Flux Error [Flux Error] 






This parameter specifies the flux error obtained by subtracting the flux feedback from the flux reference. 

Motor Flux Current Command [Mtr Flux CurCmd] 






This parameter specifies the magnetizing or D-axis stator current command, which is the sum of a 

feedforward term FluxCur Feedfwd (308) and the current from the flux regulator FluxCurRegulator (309). 



Flux Current Feedforward [FluxCur Feedfwd] 






This parameter specifies the feed-forward component of the magnetizing or D-axis stator current 

command. It is an estimate of the steady state D-axis current and is always positive. This value should 

represent the baseline magnetizing current of the motor, determined from the Magnetizing Inductance of 

the motor. 

Flux Current Regulator [FluxCurRegulator] 






This parameter specifies the closed loop correction component of the magnetizing or D-axis stator 

current command. It is the output of the flux regulator and may be positive or negative. This is the 

correction to the magnetizing current based on the operating conditions of the motor. 

Inverter Flux Current Command [Inv Flux CurCmd] 






This parameter specifies the magnetizing current command for the inverter obtained from Mtr Flux 

CurCmd (310) and a motor filter capacitor model. It is positive for lagging current and negative for 

leading current. 

Alpha Inverter [Alpha Inverter] 






This parameter specifies the inverter firing angle relative to the measured motor flux. It is calculated from 

the torque component of the inverter output current InvTorque CurCmd (294) and the flux component of 

the inverter output current Inv Flux CurCmd (312). 



Field Current Command [Field CurCmd] 






This parameter specifies the current command for the synchronous motor field supply. For synchronous 

drives, this parameter must be assigned to one of the ACB analog outputs. An analog output of 10.0 V 

corresponds to maximum field current, which should be somewhat higher than rated field current. The 

scaling of the field current command can be adjusted to match the scaling of the field supply current 

reference input using the associated analog output scaling parameter. For induction motors this 

parameter is always equal to zero. 


Field Current [Field Current] 






This parameter specifies the measured field current. 


Flux Command Limit [Flux Cmd Limit] 






This parameter specifies the maximum value of flux reference which the drive can use. It is a constantly 

changing value based on the operating speed of the motor and the input bridge voltage. For most 

applications in normal speed range, this value should be greater than FluxCmd Rated Load (100). This 

parameter is used to prevent the current regulator from hitting advance limits. 

PFC Flux Command [PFC Flux Command] 






This parameter displays the flux command from the PFC controller needed to optimize the drive input 

power factor. The final flux command will be sum of the original flux profile without power factor 

compensation and the flux command from the PFC controller. The parameter can have a negative value. 




Flux Regulator Bandwidth [FlxReg Bandwidth] 







This parameter specifies the small signal bandwidth of the flux control loop. It is used in the calculation of 

the flux regulator gain. The maximum bandwidth possible for stable flux control tends to decrease as 

motor size increases. 

Flux Command Rated Load [FlxCmd RatedLoad] 







This parameter specifies the value of the flux command at rated load. The flux command will never be 

greater than this parameter, which can be set manually or by auto-tuning. 

Flux Command No Load [FlxCmd No Load] 







This parameter specifies the value of the flux command at no load. The flux command will change 

linearly from FlxCmd No Load (103) to FlxCmd Rated Load (100) as Torque Reference (291) changes 

from 0.00 to 1.00. Reducing the motor flux improves efficiency when running for extended periods at less 

than full load. The maximum torque capability of the drive is reduced in proportion to the reduction in flux. 

If the load increases suddenly when the drive is running with reduced flux, there may be a large drop in 

speed until the flux can be restored to its normal level. If FlxCmd No Load is set higher than FlxCmd 

Rated Load, the flux command will not vary with load. 

Motor Flux Time [Motor Flux Time] 







This parameter specifies the time interval during which the motor is being magnetized. The purpose of 

the delay is to allow flux to be established in the motor before attempting to accelerate. If the torque 

required at starting is very low, then this parameter can be set to a small value such as 1 second, but 

should be set to a higher value if high starting torque is required. This parameter is active even when tach 

feedback is enabled. 



Capacitor Current Command Gain [Icd Command Gain] 







This parameter specifies the gain of the capacitor current compensation for synchronous motors. When 

this parameter is set to its minimum value of 0.0, all the current for the motor filter capacitor is supplied by 

the drive. The line current is higher than the motor current and the motor operates at approximately unity 

power factor. When this parameter is set to its maximum value of 1.0, the motor supplies all the current 

for the motor filter capacitor. The line current is less than the motor current and the motor operates at a 

lagging power factor with reduced field current. When this parameter is set to its default value of 0.5, 

approximately half the motor filter capacitor current is supplied by the drive and half by the motor. The 

line current and the motor current are approximately equal and the motor power factor is slightly lagging. 

This parameter is not used for induction motors. 


Field Current Command Bandwidth [Field Bandwidth] 







This parameter specifies the bandwidth of the field current command for synchronous motors. It should 

be set to a value that is less than the bandwidth of both the flux regulator and the field current control. 


Base Speed [Base Speed] 







This parameter specifies the frequency at which field weakening begins. Base Speed is normally set 

equal to the rated frequency of the motor. It can be set to a lower value only if the motor is specially 

designed to operate at a higher than normal flux level without saturating. 

Flux Reference Step [Flux RefStep] 







This parameter specifies the magnitude of the step that is added to the flux reference to demonstrate the 

step response of the flux loop. It is not saved and is initialized to zero at power-up. This parameter is 

also used during manual drive tuning. 



Alarm Config Parameters 

Input Protection 1 Fault Class [InputProt1 Class] 


Default Value: Class2 Fault 



This parameter specifies the class of one of the possible protective devices installed to provide line 

protection. This is usually an overload or protective relay on the input isolation transformer or line 

reactor. The following options are available: 

Disable 

Class1 Fault 

Class2 Fault 

Warning 

This disables the fault input. 

The drive will shut down immediately 

The drive will perform a controlled shut down 

The drive will not shut down but a warning will be displayed 

Transformer/Line Reactor Over Temperature Fault Class [TxReacOvrTmpClss] 





This parameter specifies the class of the isolation transformer or the line reactor protective signal. This is 

usually a thermal switch in the isolation transformer or AC Line reactor winding. The following options are 

available: 

Disable 

Class1 Fault 

Class2 Fault 

Warning 





DC Link Over Temperature Fault Class [DCLnkOvrTmpClass] 





This parameter specifies the class of the dc link protection scheme. This is usually a thermal switch in the 

DC link reactor or Common-Mode Choke. The following options are available: 

Disable 

Class1 Fault 

Class2 Fault 

Warning 







Motor Protection Fault Class [Motor Prot Class] 





This parameter specifies the class of the motor protective device. This is usually a protective relay on the 

motor. The following options are available: 

Disable 

Class1 Fault 

Class2 Fault 

Warning 





Input Protection 2 Fault Class [InputProt2 Class] 





This parameter specifies the class of the second of the possible protective devices installed to provide 

line protection. This is usually an overload or protective relay on the input isolation transformer or line 

reactor, or from a source further upstream. The following options are available: 

Disable 

Class1 Fault 

Class2 Fault 

Warning 





Auxiliary Protection Class [Aux Prot Class] 





This parameter specifies the class of any other protective device that is used in the drive system. This 

essentially is a spare input for any customer-specific protective device. The following options are 

available: 

Disable 

Class1 Fault 

Class2 Fault 

Warning 







Standard XIO Fault Mask [Stnd XIOFlt Mask] 





This parameter specifies if the alarm is set to trigger a Warning/Fault. A ‘1’ represents enabled fault, a ‘0’ 

represents disabled fault. The following faults are maskable: 


0 Input Protn1 Input Protection 1 fault 

1 TxReacOvrTmp Isolation Transformer/Line Reactor Over temperature fault 

2 DCLinkOvrTmp DC Link / Common-Mode Choke Over temperature fault 

3 Motor Protn Motor Protection fault 


5 Aux Protn Auxiliary Protection fault 

6 Unused 

7 Unused 

External Fault Select [Ext Fault Selct] 


Default Value: 0000000000000000 



This parameter specifies whether the external fault inputs are coming from the optional XIO card or the 

PLC. The parameter allows the user to choose whether the faults come from the XIO board, or from a 

PLC, or from a combination of the 2 sources. By setting the bit to a 1, the associated external fault 

comes from the PLC. Setting the bit to a zero allows the external fault to come from the XIO board. 

External Fault 1 Class [ExtFault1 Class] 





This parameter specifies the class of the external fault 1. This is applicable only if the optional XIO board 

is installed. The following options are available: 

Disable 

Class1 Fault 

Class2 Fault 

Warning 












Disable 

Class1 Fault 

Class2 Fault 

Warning 














Disable 

Class1 Fault 

Class2 Fault 

Warning 












Disable 

Class1 Fault 

Class2 Fault 

Warning 












Disable 

Class1 Fault 

Class2 Fault 

Warning 












Disable 

Class1 Fault 

Class2 Fault 

Warning 














Disable 

Class1 Fault 

Class2 Fault 

Warning 












Disable 

Class1 Fault 

Class2 Fault 

Warning 












Disable 

Class1 Fault 

Class2 Fault 

Warning 












Disable 

Class1 Fault 

Class2 Fault 

Warning 














Disable 

Class1 Fault 

Class2 Fault 

Warning 












Disable 

Class1 Fault 

Class2 Fault 

Warning 












Disable 

Class1 Fault 

Class2 Fault 

Warning 












Disable 

Class1 Fault 

Class2 Fault 

Warning 














Disable 

Class1 Fault 

Class2 Fault 

Warning 












Disable 

Class1 Fault 

Class2 Fault 

Warning 





External Fault Mask [Ext Fault Mask] 


Default Value: 1111111111111111 



This parameter specifies the masks for the external faults. A ‘1’ represents enabled fault, a ‘0’ represents 

disabled fault. There are 16 available faults, from External1 to External16. The user can modify the name 

of each external input. 


0 External1 External Fault Input 1 


















Drive Fault Mask 1 [Drv Fault1 Mask] 


Default Value: 1111111111111111 



This parameter specifies the mask for the first fault word corresponding to drive protection. A ‘1’ 

represents an enabled fault; a ‘0’ represents a disabled fault. The bit assignment is: 


0 Line OvrCur Line Over Current Fault 

1 DCLnkOvrCur DC Link Over Current Fault 

2 Gnd OvrCur Ground Over current Fault 

3 RNeut OvrCur Neutral Resistor Over Current Fault 

4 Line OvrVolt Line Over Voltage Fault 

5 Rec OvrVolt Rectifier Over Voltage Fault 

6 LineNeuOvVol Line Neutral Over Voltage Fault 

7 LineHarmonic Line Harmonic Fault 

8 MstrVolUnBal Master Bridge Voltage Unbalance Fault 

9 Slv1VolUnBal Slave1 Bridge Voltage Unbalance Fault 

10 Slv2VolUnBal Slave2 Bridge Voltage Unbalance Fault 

11 MstrCurUnBal Master Bridge Current Unbalance Fault 

12 Slv1CurUnBal Slave1 Bridge Current Unbalance Fault 

13 Slv2CurUnBal Slave2 Bridge Current Unbalance Fault 

14 Slv1 Phasing Slave1 Bridge Phasing fault 

15 Slv2 Phasing Slave2 Bridge Phasing fault 



Default Value: 1111111111111111 



This parameter specifies the mask for the second fault word corresponding to drive protection. A ‘1’ 



0 RecAnaSlfTst Rectifier Analog Self Test Fault 

1 RecFbrOptCfg Rectifier Fiber Optic Configuration Fault 

2 Unused 

3 Rec A2D Conv Rectifier Analog to Digital Converter Fault 

4 InvHeartbeat Inverter Heartbeat Fault 

5 Unused 

6 Unused 

7 Unused 

8 Unused 

9 Unused 

10 Unused 

11 Unused 

12 Unused 

13 Unused 

14 Unused 

15 Unused 





Default Value: 1111111111111111 



This parameter specifies the mask for the third fault word corresponding to drive protection. A ‘1’ 



0 Drv OvrLoad Drive Overload Fault 

1 RNeutOvrLoad Line Neutral to Ground Overvoltage Fault 

2 RecHSnkOvTmp Rectifier Heatsink Over Temperature Fault 

3 RecHSnkLoTmp Rectifier Heatsink Low Temperature Fault 

4 RecHSnkFbrOp Rectifier Heatsink Fiber Optic Cable Loss Fault 

5 RecHSnk Sens Rectifier Heatsink Sensor Loss Fault 

6 RecChB OvTmp Rectifier Channel B Over Temperature Fault 

7 RecChB LoTmp Rectifier Channel B Low Temperature Fault 

8 RecChB FbrOp Rectifier Heatsink Channel B Fiber Optic Cable disconnected Fault 

9 RecChB Sens Rectifier Channel B Sensor Loss Fault 

10 Dvc AK/Snubb Device anode-Cathode or Snubber Fault 

11 Current Sens Current Sensor Fault 

12 Unused 

13 Unused 

14 Unused 

15 Unused 



Default Value: 1111111111111111 



This parameter specifies the mask for the fourth fault word corresponding to drive protection. A ‘1’ 



0 Inv OvrVolt Inverter Over Voltage Fault 

1 Drv Out Open Drive Output Contactor Open Fault 

2 SyncXferFail Synchronous Transfer Failed 

3 Tach Loss Tachometer Loss Fault 

4 MV Sys Test Medium Voltage applied to drive in System Test Fault 

5 MV Gate Test Medium Voltage applied to drive in Gating Test Fault 

6 InpCtctrOpen Input Contactor Open Fault 

7 OutCtctrOpen Output Contactor Open Fault 

8 BypCtctrOpen Bypass Contactor Open Fault 

9 No Out Ctctr No Output Contactor Fault 

10 Inp IsoOpen Input Isolation Switch Open Fault 

11 Out IsoOpen Output Isolation Switch Open Fault 

12 Byp IsoOpen Bypass Isolation Switch Open Fault 

13 Inp IsoClsd Input Isolation Switch Closed Fault 

14 Out IsoClsd Output Isolation Switch Closed Fault 

15 Byp IsoClsd Bypass Isolation Switch Closed Fault 





Default Value: 1111111111111111 



This parameter specifies the mask for the fifth fault word corresponding to drive protection. A ‘1’ 



0 Conv AirFlow Converter Air Flow Pressure Value Fault 

1 IsoTxAirFlow Isolation Transformer Air Flow Pressure Value Fault 

2 InvHSnkOvTmp Inverter Heatsink Over Temperature fault 

3 InvHSnkLoTmp Inverter Heatsink Low Temperature fault 

4 InvHSnkFbrOp Inverter Heatsink Fiber Optic Cable Fault 

5 InvHSnk Sens Inverter Heatsink Sensor Fault 

6 Amb OvTmp Ambient Over Temperature Fault 

7 Amb LoTmp Ambient Low Temperature Fault 

8 Amb FbrOp Ambient Fiber Optic Cable Fault 

9 Amb Sens Ambient Temperature Sensor Fault 

10 InvAnaSlfTst Inverter Self Analog Test Fault 

11 InvFbrOptCfg Inverter Fiber Optic Configuration Fault 

12 Unused 

13 Inv A2D Conv Inverter Analog to Digital Converter Fault 

14 RecHeartbeat Rectifier Heartbeat Fault 

15 Idc HECS Con DC Current HECS Connector Fault 



Default Value: 1111111111111111 



This parameter specifies the mask for the sixth fault word corresponding to drive protection. A ‘1’ 



0 DAN Comm Drive Area Network Communication Fault – Parallel Drive Application 

1 Mstr Xfr Err Master Transfer Error– Parallel Drive Application 

2 PDCapcityLow Parallel Drive capacity is low– Parallel Drive Application 

3 Main VSB Main Voltage Sensing Board has not been plugged in to ACB 

4 Sync VSB Bypass Voltage Sensing Board has not been plugged in to ACB 

5 DC Neut VSB DC and Neutral Sensing Board has not been plugged in to ACB 

6 InpLock5min Input contactor is locked out for 5 minute (line over current) 

7 InpLockIndef Input contactor is locked out indefinitely (line over current and PLL 

error) 

8 ProcVarLossF Process Variable from the customer process sensor is lost 

9 Unused 

10 Unused 

11 Unused 

12 Unused 

13 Unused 

14 Unused 

15 Unused 



Motor Fault Mask 1 [Mtr Fault1 Mask] 


Default Value: 1111111111111111 



his parameter specifies the mask for the first fault word corresponding to motor protection. A ‘1’ 



Mtr OvrCur Motor Over current Fault 

Mtr OvrVolt Motor Overvoltage Fault 

MtrNeuOvrVol Motor Neutral Over Voltage Fault 

Mtr FlxUnbal Motor Flux Unbalance Fault 

Mtr CurUnbal Motor Current Unbalance Fault 

Mtr OvrLoad Motor Overload Fault 

Mtr OvrSpeed Motor Over Speed Fault 

Mtr Stall 

Motor Stall Fault 

Mtr LoadLoss Motor Load Loss Fault 

SynFieldLoss Synchronous Field Loss Fault 

MtrSlipRange Motor Slip Out of Range Fault 

Unused 

Unused 

Unused 

Unused 

Unused 


Drive Warning Mask 1 [Drv Wrn1 Mask] 


Default Value: 1111111111111111 



his parameter specifies the mask for the first warning word corresponding to drive protection. A ‘1’ 

represents an enabled warning; a ‘0’ represents a disabled warning. The bit assignment is: 


0 Drv OvrLoad Drive Overload warning 

1 Mstr UndVolt Master Bridge Under Voltage warning 

2 Slv1 UndVolt Slave1 Bridge Under Voltage warning 


4 DCLnk OvrCur DC Link Over Current warning 


6 Line Synch Loss of line synchronization 

7 InpCtctr Fbk Drive Input Contactor Feedback Status Loss with MV present 

8 Unused 

9 Line Loss Loss of medium voltage or loss of medium voltage frequency 

10 RecHSnkOvTmp Rectifier Heatsink Over Temperature warning 

11 RecChB OvTmp Rectifier Channel B Over Temperature warning 

12 BusTransient Bus Transient warning 

13 LineCapRange Line Filter Capacitor pu value outside normal range 

14 RAM Batt Low RAM Battery Low 

15 DCLink Range DC Link pu value outside normal range 





Default Value: 1111111111111111 



This parameter specifies the mask for the second warning word corresponding to drive protection. A ‘1’ 



0 RecHSnk Sens Rectifier Heatsink sensor Loss Warning 

1 RecChB Sens Rectifier Channel B Sensor Loss Warning 

2 RecHSnkFbrOp Rectifier Heatsink Fiber Optic Loss Warning 

3 RecChB FbrOp Rectifier Channel B Fiber Optic Loss Warning 

4 RecDCCurGain Rectifier DC Current Gain Warning 

5 Rec Gate Pwr Rect Gate Power Supply Warning 

6 RecACCurGain Rectifier AC Current Gain Warning 

7 Stack Depth Black Box Stack Depth 

8 BlkBox NVRAM Black Box NVRAM Cleared Warning 

9 Unused 

10 Unused 

11 Unused 

12 Unused 

13 Unused 

14 Unused 

15 Unused 



Default Value: 1111111111111111 



This parameter specifies the mask for the third warning word corresponding to drive protection. A ‘1’ 



0 InpCtctrOpen Input Contactor Open warning 

1 InpCtctrClsd Input Contactor Closed warning 

2 OutCtctrOpen Output Contactor Open warning 

3 OutCtctrClsd Output Contactor Closed warning 

4 BypCtctrOpen Bypass Contactor Open warning 

5 BypCtctrClsd Bypass Contactor Closed warning 

6 Inp IsoOpen Drive Input Isolation Switch Open warning 

7 Out IsoOpen Drive Output Isolation Switch Open warning 

8 Byp IsoOpen Bypass Isolation Switch Open warning 

9 Inp IsoClsd Input Isolation Switch Closed warning 

10 Out IsoClsd Output Isolation Switch Closed warning 

11 Byp IsoClsd Bypass Isolation Switch Closed warning 

12 No Out Ctctr No Output contactor installed Warning 

13 InpClose Dly Input Contactor Close Delay 

14 Unused 

15 Unused 





Default Value: 1111111111111111 



This parameter specifies the mask for the fourth warning word corresponding to drive protection. A ‘1’ 



0 ConvFn1Ctctr Converter Fan 1 Contactor Feedback Loss Warning 

1 ConvFn2Ctctr Converter Fan 2 Contactor Feedback Loss Warning 

2 Iso Fn1Ctctr Isolation Transformer Fan 1 Contactor Feedback Loss Warning 

3 Iso Fn2Ctctr Isolation Transformer Fan 2 Contactor Feedback Loss Warning 

4 Conv AirFlow Converter Air Flow Pressure Value Warning 

5 Iso AirFlow Isolation Transformer Air Flow Pressure Value Warning 

6 Conv FansOn Converter Cooling Fans On Warning 

7 IsoTxFans On Isolation Transformer Cooling Fans On Warning 

8 ConvFan1Loss Converter Fan 1 Loss Warning 

9 ConvFan2Loss Converter Fan 2 Loss Warning 

10 IsoFan1 Loss Isolation Transformer Fan 1 Loss Warning 

11 IsoFan2 Loss Isolation Transformer Fan 2 Loss Warning 

12 Drv Maintain Drive Maintenance Warning 

13 Inv Gate Pwr Inverter Gating Power Loss Warning 

14 Unused 

15 Unused 



Default Value: 1111111111111111 



This parameter specifies the mask for the fifth warning word corresponding to drive protection. A ‘1’ 



0 InvHSnkOvTmp Inverter Heat Sink Over Temperature Warning 

1 Amb OvTmp Ambient Over Temperature Warning 

2 InvHSnk Sens Inverter Heat Sink Sensor Warning 

3 Amb Sens Ambient Sensor Warning 

4 InvHSnkFbrOp Inverter Heat Sink Fiber Optic Cable Warning 

5 Amb FbrOp Ambient Fiber Optic Warning 

6 Inv OvrVolt Inverter Over Voltage Warning 

7 InvACCurGain Inverter AC Current Gain Warning 

8 Unused 

9 Unused 

10 Unused 

11 PFC IdcLimit Idc Limit has been reached while compensating for input power 

factor 

12 PFC FlxLimit Flux Limit has been reached while compensating for input power 

factor 

13 ProcVarLossW Process variable loss has been detected 

14 Unused 

15 Unused 



Motor Warning Mask 1 [Mtr Wrn1 Mask] 


Default Value: 1111111111111111 



This parameter specifies the mask for the first warning word corresponding to motor protection. A ‘1’ 



0 Mtr OvrLoad Motor Overload warning 

1 Mtr CapRange Motor Filter Capacitor pu value outside normal range 

2 Mtr LoadLoss Motor Load Loss Warning 

3 Mtr OvrVolt Motor Over Voltage Warning 

4 MtrSlipRange Motor Slip out of Range Warning 

5 Byp OvrVolt Bypass Over Voltage Warning 

6 Byp UndrVolt Bypass Under Voltage Warning 

7 Byp Unbal Bypass Voltage Unbalance Warning 

8 Byp Phs Seq Bypass Phase Sequence Warning 

9 SyncXferFail Synchronous Transfer Failed 

10 Desync Delay De-synchronization delay Warning 

11 Tach Loss Tach Loss Warning 

12 Tach Dir Tach Direction is latched to the one before tach phase loss 

13 TachPhA Loss Tach Phase A Loss Warning 

14 No Tach No Tach Installed Warning 

15 TachPhB Loss Tach Phase B Loss Warning 

Control Power Fault Mask [Ctrl Pwr FltMask] 


Default Value: 1111111111111111 



This parameter specifies the fault mask for the various components used in protecting the control power 

system feeding the drive. The following faults are maskable: 


0 ACDC#1DCFail Loss of 56V DC Power to DC/DC#1 Converter 




4 Ctrl56V Loss Loss of 56V DC Control to DC/DC Converter 

5 IGDPS56VLoss Loss of 56V DC Control to IGDPS 

6 Ctrl5V Loss Loss of Non-Redundant 5V to DPM 

7 Ctrl15V Loss Loss of Non-Redundant 15V to ACB 

8 HECS PwrLoss Loss of control power to HECS Connectors 

9 Ctrl PwrLoss 120V AC Control Power Loss 

10 ACDC#1ACFail Loss of 120V AC Power to AC/DC#1 Power Supply 




14 UPS Fault UPS Fault 

15 Isol24V Loss Loss of Isolated 24V power supply 



Control Power Warning Mask [Ctrl Pwr WrnMask] 


Default Value: 1111111111111111 



This parameter specifies the warning mask for the various components used in protecting the control 

power system feeding the drive. The following warnings are maskable: 


0 ACDC#1 Redn Redundant AC/DC#1 Supply Module failure Warning 








8 CtrlPwr Loss Loss of 120V AC Control Power 

9 UPS onBypass UPS running on bypass 

10 UPS on Batt UPS running on battery 

11 UPS Batt Low UPS battery low 

12 UPS Failed UPS has an internal failure 

13 XIO Pwr Loss XIO power loss 

14 Ctrl5V Redn Loss of Redundant 5V 

15 Unused 

DPI Loss Mask [DPI Loss Mask] 


Default Value: 0000000000000000 



This parameter specifies the masks for detecting loss of individual DPI adapters. The default value for 

this parameter enables a Warning for an adapter loss. Changing the corresponding bit to 1 will change 

the drive response from Warning to Fault. 


0 Adapter1Loss Loss of Adapter 1 






6 Unused 

7 Unused 

8 Unused 

9 Unused 

10 Unused 

11 Unused 

12 Unused 

13 Unused 

14 Unused 

15 Unused 



Liquid Cooled Fault Mask [Liq Cool Mask] 


Default Value: 1111111111111111 



This parameter represents the faults that can be masked in the PowerFlex C-Frame drive. These are typically 

masked only in a sensor failure condition, as opposed to a true fault. The following faults are maskable: 


0 Unused 

1 ExtCool Loss Loss of External Cooling (Heat Exchanger Failure) 

2 CoolTemp Low Coolant Temperature Low 

3 CoolTempHigh Coolant Temperature High 

4 Unused 

5 CoolLevelLow Coolant Level Low 

6 CabTempHigh Cabinet Temperature High 

7 Pump/Fan Pwr Pump and Fan Power Off 

8 DC Link Flow DC Link Flow 

9 TempFbk Loss Loss of Coolant Temperature Feedback 

10 Unused 

11 Unused 

12 Unused 

13 Unused 

14 Unused 

15 Unused 

Device Diagnostic Fault Mask [DvcDiag Flt Mask] 


Default Value: 1111111111111111 



This parameter specifies the masks for the device diagnostic faults (SCR and SGCT). A one represents 

enabled fault, a zero represents disabled fault. The bit definition is as follows: 


0 RecOffLnOpen SCR Rectifier – Diagnostic, Open Circuit Detection (before running) 

1 RecOffLnShrt SCR Rectifier – Diagnostic, Short Circuit Detection (before running) 

2 RecOnLnOpen SCR Rectifier – Running, Open Circuit Detection 

3 RecOnLnShrt SCR Rectifier – Running, Short Circuit Detection 

4 Rec Gating PWM Rectifier – Diagnostic, Gate Fiber Optic Loss (before running) 

5 Rec Diag Fbk PWM Rectifier – Diagnostic, Feedback Fiber Optic Loss (before running) 

6 Rec Offline PWM Rectifier – Diagnostic, Gate-Cathode Short/Power Supply Loss 

(before running) 

7 Rec Online PWM Rectifier – Running Gate/Cathode Short, Power Supply Loss or 

fiber optic loss 

8 Inv Gating Inverter – Diagnostic, Gate Fiber Optic Loss (before running) 

9 Inv Diag Fbk Inverter – Diagnostic, Feedback Fiber Optic Loss (before running) 

10 Inv Offline Inverter – Diagnostic, Gate-Cathode Short/Power Supply Loss (before running) 

11 Inv Online Inverter – Running Gate/Cathode Short, Power Supply Loss or fiber optic loss 

12 Unused 

13 Unused 

14 Unused 

15 Unused 



Parallel Drive Warning Mask [PD Wrn Mask] 


Default Value: 1111111111111111 



These are the parallel drive warning Mask. 


0 Hub Comm Wrn Hub (PLC) Communications Loss 

1 Duplcte Mstr Duplicate Master-master only 

2 Dclnd Mstr Slave Declined Master-slave only 

3 Slv RfsdMstr Slave Refused Master-master only 

4 InvldMstrReq Invalid Master Request-slave only 

5 Xfer Disable Transfer Disabled-master only 

6 Unused 

7 Unused 

8 Slave 0 Comm Slave 0 DAN Communications Loss-master only 








Alarms Parameters 

Standard XIO Fault [Stnd XIO Fault] 




This parameter specifies those inputs on the standard XIO card, which have been configured as faults 

(Class 1 or Class 2). A ‘1’ represents an active fault as follows: 



1 TxReacOvrTmp Isolation Transformer/Line Reactor Overtemperature fault 

2 DCLinkOvrTmp DC Link / Common-Mode Choke Overtemperature fault 



5 Aux Protn Auxiliary Protection fault 

6 Unused 

7 Unused 



Standard XIO Warning [Stnd XIO Warning] 




This parameter specifies those inputs on the standard XIO card, which have been configured as 

warnings. A ‘1’ represents an active warning as follows: 


0 Input Protn1 Input Protection 1 warning 

1 TxReacOvrTmp Isolation Transformer/Line Reactor Overtemperature warning 

2 DCLinkOvrTmp DC Link / Common-Mode Choke Overtemperature warning 

3 Motor Protn Motor Protection warning 

4 Input Protn2 Input Protection 2 warning 

5 Aux Protn Auxiliary Protection warning 

6 Unused 

7 Unused 

External Fault XIO [External Fault] 




This parameter specifies those inputs on the optional XIO card, which have been configured as faults 

(Class1 or Class2). A ‘1’ indicates an active fault on the card. There are a total of 16 external faults from 

External1 to External16. The user can modify the text associated with each fault. 


0 External1 External Fault 1 


















External Warning [External Warning] 




This parameter specifies those inputs on the optional XIO card, which have been configured as warnings. 

A ‘1’ indicates an active warning on the card. There are a total of 16 external warnings from External1 to 

External16. The user can modify the text associated with each warning. 


0 External1 External Warning 1 
















Drive Fault Word 1 [Drive Fault1] 




This parameter displays the bit assignment on the first fault word corresponding to drive protection. 

These faults can be either Class 1 or Class 2 faults. A ‘1’ represents an active fault as follows: 


0 Line OvrCur Line Over Current 

1 DCLnkOvrCur DC Link Over Current Fault 

2 Gnd OvrCur Ground Fault Over Current Fault 

3 RNeut OvrCur Neutral Resistor Over Current Fault 

4 Line OvrVolt Line Over Voltage 


6 LineNeuOvVol Line to Neutral Over Voltage Fault 

7 LineHarmonic Line Harmonic Fault 

8 MstrVolUnBal Master Bridge Line Voltage Unbalance 

9 Slv1VolUnBal Slave1 Bridge Line Voltage Unbalance 

10 Slv2VolUnBal Slave2 Bridge Line Voltage Unbalance 

11 MstrCurUnBal Master Bridge Line Current Unbalance 

12 Slv1CurUnBal Slave1 Bridge Line Current Unbalance 

13 Slv2CurUnBal Slave2 Bridge Line Current Unbalance 

14 Slv1 Phasing Slave1 bridge phasing fault 

15 Slv2 Phasing Slave2 bridge phasing fault 







This parameter displays the bit assignment on the second fault word corresponding to drive protection. 

These faults can be either Class 1 or Class 2. A ‘1’ represents an active fault as follows: 


0 RecAnaSlfTst Rectifier Self analog Test Fail 

1 RecFbrOptCfg Rectifier Fiber Optic Cable Configuration Fault 

2 Unused 

3 Rec A2D Conv Rectifier A2D Converter Fault 

4 InvHeartbeat Inverter Heartbeat Fault 

5 Unused 

6 Unused 

7 Unused 

8 Unused 

9 Unused 

10 Unused 

11 Unused 

12 Unused 

13 Unused 

14 Unused 

15 Unused 





This parameter displays the bit assignment on the third fault word corresponding to drive protection. 



0 Drv OvrLoad Drive Overload fault 

1 RNeutOvrLoad Line Neutral to Ground Overvoltage fault 

2 RecHSnkOvTmp Rectifier Heatsink Over Temperature fault 

3 RecHSnkLoTmp Rectifier Heatsink Low Temperature Fault 

4 RecHSnkFbrOp Rectifier Heatsink Fiber Optic Cable 

5 RecHSnk Sens Rectifier Heatsink Sensor Disconnected Fault 

6 RecChB OvTmp Rectifier Channel B Over Temperature fault 

7 RecChB LoTmp Rectifier Channel B Low Temperature fault 

8 RecChB FbrOp Rectifier Heatsink Channel B Fiber Optic Cable 

9 RecChB Sens Rectifier Channel B Sensor Disconnected Fault 

10 Dvc AK/Snubb Device Anode Cathode or Snubber fault 

11 Current Sens Current Sensor Fault 

12 Unused 

13 Unused 

14 Unused 

15 Unused 







This parameter displays the bit assignment on the fourth fault word corresponding to drive protection. 



0 Inv OvrVolt Inverter Over Voltage Fault 

1 Drv Out Open Drive Output Contactor Open fault 

2 SyncXferFail Synchronous Transfer Fail Fault 

3 Tach Loss Tach Loss Fault 

4 MV Sys Test Medium Voltage System Test Fault 

5 MV Gate Test Medium Voltage Gate Test Fault 

6 InpCtctrOpen Input Contactor Open Fault 

7 OutCtctrOpen Output Contactor Open Fault 

8 BypCtctrOpen Bypass Contactor Open Fault 

9 No Out Ctctr No Output Contactor Fault 

10 Inp IsoOpen Input Isolation Switch Open Fault 

11 Out IsoOpen Output Isolation Switch Open Fault 

12 Byp IsoOpen Bypass Isolation Switch Open Fault 

13 Inp IsoClsd Input Isolation Switch Closed Fault 

14 Out IsoClsd Output Isolation Switch Closed Fault 

15 Byp IsoClsd Bypass Isolation Switch Closed Fault 





This parameter displays the bit assignment on the fifth fault word corresponding to drive protection. 



0 Conv AirFlow Converter Air Flow Pressure Fault (A-Frame Only) 

1 IsoTxAirFlow Isolation Transformer Air Pressure Value Fault 

2 InvHSnkOvTmp Inverter Heat Sink Over Temperature Fault 

3 InvHSnkLoTmp Inverter Heat Sink Low Temperature Fault 

4 InvHSnkFbrOp Inverter Heat Sink Fiber Optic Cable Fault 

5 InvHSnk Sens Inverter Heat Sink Sensor Fault 

6 Amb OvTmp Ambient Over Temperature Fault 

7 Amb LoTmp Ambient Low Temperature Fault 

8 Amb FbrOp Ambient Fiber Optic Cable Fault 

9 Amb Sens Ambient Sensor Fault 

10 InvAnaSlfTst Inverter Self Analog Test Fault 

11 InvFbrOptCfg Inverter Heatsink Fiber Optic Cable Fault 

12 Unused 

13 Inv A2D Conv Inverter Analog to Digital Converter Fault 

14 RecHeartbeat Rectifier Heartbeat Fault 

15 Idc HECS Con DC Current HECS Connector Fault 







This parameter displays the bit assignment on the sixth fault word corresponding to drive protection. 



0 DAN Comm Drive Area Network Communication Fault – Parallel Drive Application 

1 Mstr Xfr Err Master Transfer Error 

2 PDCapcityLow Parallel Drive capacity is low 

3 Main VSB Main Voltage Sensing Board has not been plugged in to ACB 

4 Sync VSB Bypass Voltage Sensing Board has not been plugged in to ACB 

5 DC Neut VSB DC and Neutral Sensing Board has not been plugged in to ACB 

6 InpLock5min Input contactor is locked out for 5 minute (line over current in 18-pulse 

drives) 

7 InpLockIndef Input contactor is locked out indefinitely (line over current and PLL 

error in 18-pulse drives) 

8 ProcVar Loss Process Variable from the customer process sensor is lost 

9 Unused 

10 Unused 

11 Unused 

12 Unused 

13 Unused 

14 Unused 

15 Unused 

Motor Fault Word 1 [Motor Fault1] 




This parameter displays the bit assignment on the first fault word corresponding to motor side fault 

detection. These faults can be either Class 1 or Class 2. A ‘1’ represents an active fault as follows: 


0 Mtr OvrCur Motor Over current fault 

1 Mtr OvrVolt Motor Overvoltage fault 

2 MtrNeuOvrVol Drive Output contactor fault 

3 Mtr FlxUnbal Motor Flux Unbalance Fault 

4 Mtr CurUnbal Motor Current Unbalance Fault 

5 Mtr OvrLoad Motor Over Load Fault 

6 Mtr OvrSpeed Motor Over Speed 

7 Mtr Stall Motor Stall fault 

8 Mtr LoadLoss Motor Load Loss Fault 

9 SynFieldLoss Synchronous Field Loss Fault 

10 MtrSlipRange Motor Slip Out of Range Fault 

11 Unused 

12 Unused 

13 Unused 

14 Unused 

15 Unused 




Drive Warning Word 1 [Drive Warning1] 




This parameter displays the bit assignment on the first warning word corresponding to drive fault 

detection. A ‘1’ represents an active warning as follows: 


0 Drv OvrLoad Drive Overload warning 

1 Mstr UndVolt Master Bridge Under Voltage warning 



4 DCLnk OvrCur DC Link Over Current warning 

5 Rec OvrVolt Rectifier Over Voltage Warning 

6 Line Synch Line synchronization Warning 

7 InpCtctr Fbk Drive Input Contactor Feedback Status Loss with MV present 

8 Unused 

9 Line Loss Loss of medium voltage or loss of medium voltage frequency 

10 RecHSnkOvTmp Rectifier Heatsink Over Temperature warning 

11 RecChB OvTmp Rectifier Heatsink Low Temperature warning 

12 BusTransient Bus Transient Protection 

13 LineCapRange Line Filter Capacitor pu value outside normal range 

14 RAM Batt Low RAM Battery Low Warning 

15 DCLink Range DC Link pu value outside normal range 





This parameter displays the bit assignment on the second warning word corresponding to drive fault 



0 RecHSnk Sens Rectifier Heat Sink Sensor Loss Warning 

1 RecChB Sens Rectifier Channel B Sensor Loss Warning 

2 RecHSnkFbrOp Rectifier Heat Sink Fiber Optic Loss Warning 

3 RecChB FbrOp Rectifier Channel B Fiber Optic Loss Warning 

4 RecDCCurGain Rectifier DC Current Gain Warning 

5 Rec Gate Pwr Rectifier Gate Power Warning 

6 RecACCurGain Rectifier AC Current Gain Warning 

7 Stack Depth Stack Depth Warning 

8 BlkBox NVRAM Black Box NVRAM Warning 

9 Unused 

10 Unused 

11 Unused 

12 Unused 

13 Unused 

14 Unused 

15 Unused 








This parameter displays the bit assignment on the third warning word corresponding to drive fault 



0 InpCtctrOpen Input Contactor Open Warning 

1 InpCtctrClsd Input Contactor Closed Warning 

2 OutCtctrOpen Output Contactor Open Warning 

3 OutCtctrClsd Output Contactor Closed Warning 

4 BypCtctrOpen Bypass Contactor Open Warning 

5 BypCtctrClsd Bypass Contactor Closed Warning 

6 Inp IsoOpen Input Isolation Switch Open Warning 

7 Out IsoOpen Output Isolation Switch Open Warning 

8 Byp IsoOpen Bypass Isolation Switch Open Warning 

9 Inp IsoClsd Input Isolation Switch Closed Warning 

10 Out IsoClsd Output Isolation Switch Closed Warning 

11 Byp IsoClsd Bypass Isolation Switch Closed Warning 

12 No Out Ctctr No Output Contactor Warning 

13 InpClose Dly Input Contactor Close Delay Warning 

14 Unused 

15 Unused 





This parameter displays the bit assignment on the fourth warning word corresponding to drive fault 



0 ConvFn1Ctctr Converter Fan 1 Contactor Warning 

1 ConvFn2Ctctr Converter Fan 2 Contactor Warning 

2 Iso Fn1Ctctr Isolation Transformer Fan 2 Contactor Warning 

3 Iso Fn2Ctctr Isolation Transformer Fan 2 Contactor Warning 

4 Conv AirFlow Converter Air Pressure Value Warning 

5 Iso AirFlow Isolation Transformer Air Pressure Value Warning 

6 Conv FansOn Converter Fans On Warning 

7 IsoTxFans On Isolation Transformer Fans On Warning 

8 ConvFan1Loss Converter Fan 1 Contactor Feedback Loss Warning 

9 ConvFan2Loss Converter Fan 2 Contactor Feedback Loss Warning 

10 IsoFan1 Loss Isolation Transformer Fan 1 Contactor Feedback Loss Warning 

11 IsoFan2 Loss Isolation Transformer Fan 2 Contactor Feedback Loss Warning 

12 Drv Maintain Drive Maintenance Warning 

13 Inv Gate Pwr Inverter Gate Power Loss Warning 

14 Unused 

15 Unused 







This parameter displays the bit assignment on the fifth warning word corresponding to drive fault 



0 InvHSnkOvTmp Inverter Heat Sink Over Temperature Warning 

1 Amb OvTmp Ambient Over Temperature Warning 

2 InvHSnk Sens Inverter Heat Sink Sensor Warning 

3 Amb Sens Ambient Sensor Warning 

4 InvHSnkFbrOp Inverter Heat Sink Fiber Optic Cable Warning 

5 Amb FbrOp Ambient Fiber Optic Warning 

6 Inv OvrVolt Inverter Over Voltage Warning 

7 InvACCurGain Inverter AC Current Gain Warning 

8 AIn1 Cal Err - 



11 PFC IdcLimit Idc Limit has been reached while compensating for input power 

factor 

12 PFC FlxLimit Flux Limit has been reached while compensating for input power 

factor 

13 ProcVar Loss Process variable loss has been detected 

14 Unused 

15 Unused 

Motor Warning Word 1 [Motor Warning1] 




This parameter displays the bit assignment on the first warning word corresponding to motor side fault 



0 Mtr OvrLoad Motor Overload warning 

1 Mtr CapRange Motor Capacitor Out of Range Warning 

2 Mtr LoadLoss Motor Load Loss Warning 

3 Mtr OvrVolt Motor Over Voltage Warning 

4 Unused 

5 Byp OvrVolt Bypass Contactor Over Voltage Warning 

6 Byp UndrVolt Bypass Contactor Under Voltage Warning 

7 Byp Unbal Bypass Contactor Unbalance Warning 

8 Byp Phs Seq Bypass Contactor Phase Sequence Warning 

9 SyncXferFail Synchronous Transfer Fail Warning 

10 Desync Delay De-synchronization delay Warning 

11 Tach Loss Tach Loss Warning 

12 Tach Dir Tach Direction is latched to the one before tach phase loss 

13 TachPhA Loss Tach Phase A Loss Warning 

14 No Tach No Tach Installed Warning 

15 TachPhB Loss Tach Phase B Loss Warning 



PD Warning Flag [PD Warning] 




These are the parallel drive warning flags. 


0 Hub Comm Wrn Hub (PLC) Communications Loss 


2 Dclnd Mstr Slave Declined Master-slave only 

3 Slv RfsdMstr Slave Refused Master-master only 

4 InvldMstrReq Invalid Master Request-slave only 

5 Xfer Disable Transfer Disabled-master only 

6 Unused 

7 Unused 









Control Power Fault [Ctrl Pwr Fault] 




This parameter specifies which of the various components used in protecting the control power system 

feeding the drive have faulted. A ‘1’ indicates an active fault. 


0 ACDC#1DCFail AC/DC#1 56V DC Output Loss Fault 




4 Ctrl56V Loss Control Power 56V Loss Fault 

5 IGDPS56VLoss IGDPS 56V Loss Fault 

6 Ctrl5V Loss Loss of Non-Redundant 5V to DPM 

7 Ctrl15V Loss Loss of Non-Redundant 15V to ACB 

8 HECS PwrLoss HECS Connector Power Loss 

9 Ctrl PwrLoss Loss of 120V AC Power to AC/DC 

10 ACDC#1ACFail AC/DC#1 120V AC Loss Fault 




14 UPS Fault UPS Faulted 

15 Isol24V Loss Isolator 24V Loss 



Control Power Warning [Ctrl Pwr Warning] 




This parameter specifies which of the various components used in protecting the control power system 

feeding the drive are issuing a warning. A ‘1’ indicates an active warning. 


0 ACDC#1 Redn Loss of AC/DC#1 Redundant Power Supply 




4 ACDC#1ACFail Loss of 120V AC to AC/DC#1 Power Supply 




8 CtrlPwr Loss Loss of 120V AC Control Power to AC/DC Power Supply 

9 UPS onBypass UPS running on bypass 

10 UPS on Batt UPS running on battery 

11 UPS Batt Low UPS battery low 

12 UPS Failed UPS has an internal failure 

13 XIO Pwr Loss XIO power loss 

14 Ctrl5V Redn Loss of Redundant 5V to DPM 

15 Unused 

DPI Loss Fault [DPI Loss Fault] 




This parameter specifies the DPI adapter loss fault. DPI is a polled communication network and if that 

link is lost, the associated fault will occur. A ‘1’ represents an active fault. 


0 Adapter 1 Adapter 1 Loss Fault 






6 Spd Cmd Loss Speed Command Loss Fault 

7 Unused 

8 Unused 

9 Unused 

10 Unused 

11 Unused 

12 Unused 

13 Unused 

14 Unused 

15 Unused 



Adapter Loss Warning [DPI Loss Warning] 




This parameter specifies the DPI adapter loss warning. DPI is a polled communication network and if 

that link is lost, the associated warning will occur. A ‘1’ represents an active warning. 


0 Adapter1Loss Adapter 1 Loss Warning 






6 Spd Cmd Loss Speed Command Loss Warning 

7 Unused 

8 Unused 

9 Unused 

10 Unused 

11 Unused 

12 Unused 

13 Unused 

14 Unused 

15 Unused 

XIO Adapter Loss [XIO Adaptr Loss] 




This parameter specifies the XIO adapter loss. There are 6 possible XIO slots, from Slot 1 to Slot 6. ‘1’ 

means the adapter is lost, ‘0’ means the adapter is still active if installed in the drive. 


0 XIO Card #1 Loss of XIO Board connected to Slot #1 






6 Unused 

7 Unused 



External Fault PLC [Ext Fault PLC] 


Default Value: 0000000000000000 



This parameter specifies the external inputs coming from the PLC. The parameter External Fault Select 

allows the user to choose whether the faults come from the XIO board, or from a PLC, or from a 

combination of the 2 sources. These have been configured as faults (Class1 or Class2). A ‘1’ indicates 

an active fault on the card or PLC. There are a total of 16 external faults from External1 to External16. 

The user can modify the text associated with each fault. 


















Liquid Cooling System Fault [Liquid Cool Flt] 


Default Value: 0000000000000000 



This parameter specifies the faults associated with liquid cooling system in ‘C Frame’ drives. A ‘1’ 

represents an active liquid cooling system fault. The following faults are displayed: 


0 PressureLoss Loss of System Pressure (not maskable) 

1 ExtCool Loss Loss of External Cooling (Heat Exchanger Issue) 

2 CoolTemp Low Coolant Temperature Low 

3 CoolTempHigh Coolant Temperature High 

4 Conduct Hi High Conductivity in the Coolant (not maskable) 

5 CoolLevelLow Coolant Level Low 

6 CabTempHigh Cabinet Temperature High 

7 Pump/Fan Pwr Pump and Fan Power Off 

8 DC Link Flow DC Link Flow 

9 TempFbk Loss Loss of Coolant Temperature Feedback 

10 Unused 

11 Unused 

12 Unused 

13 Unused 

14 Unused 

15 Unused 



Liquid Cooling System Warning [Liquid Cool Wrn] 


Default Value: 0000000000000000 



This parameter specifies the warnings associated with liquid cooling system in ‘C Frame’ drives. A ‘1’ 

represents an active liquid cooling system warning. The following warnings are displayed: 


0 Pump Failed Pump Failure 

1 HxFan Failed Heat Exchanger Fan Fail 

2 CoolTemp Low Coolant Temperature Low Warning 

3 CoolTempHigh Coolant Temperature High Warning 

4 ConductHigh High Conductivity in the Coolant (not maskable) 

5 CoolLevelLow Coolant Level Low Warning 

6 Unused 

7 Unused 

8 Unused 

9 TempFbk Loss Coolant Temperature Feedback Loss 

10 Unused 

11 Unused 

12 Unused 

13 Unused 

14 Unused 

15 Unused 


DC Link Over Current Trip [DCLnk OvrCur Trp] 







This parameter specifies the level the dc link current must exceed before a dc link over current fault is 

indicated. 

DC Link Over Current Delay [DCLnk OvrCur Dly] 


Default Value: 10 msec 

Minimum Value: 0 msec 

Maximum Value: 100 msec 



This parameter specifies the time the dc link current must remain above the trip level before a dc link over 

current fault is indicated. 



Line Over Current Trip [Line OvrCur Trp] 







This parameter specifies the level the line current must exceed before a line over current fault is 

indicated. For 18-pulse drives, a line over current trip will prevent the input contactor from closing for five 

minutes. Depending on the severity of line over current trip, the contactor may be locked out indefinitely. 

This is being done to prevent damages to the input transformer. 

Line Over Current Delay [Line OvrCur Dly] 







This parameter specifies the time the line current must remain above the trip level before a line over 


Line Over voltage Trip [Line OvrVolt Trp] 







This parameter specifies the level the line voltage must exceed before a line over voltage fault is 

indicated. 

Line Over voltage Delay [Line OvrVolt Dly] 







This parameter specifies the time the line voltage must remain above the trip level before a line over 

voltage fault is indicated. 

Rectifier Over Voltage Trip [Rec OvrVolt Trp] 







This parameter specifies the level the Rectifier input voltage must exceed before a Rectifier over voltage 

fault is indicated. The protection scheme has been realized in hardware on ACB. 



Rectifier Over Voltage Delay [Rec OvrVolt Dly] 







This parameter specifies the time the Rectifier voltage must remain above the trip level before a Rectifier 

over voltage fault is indicated. 

Inverter Over voltage Trip [Inv OvrVolt Trp] 







This parameter specifies the level the inverter output voltage must exceed before an inverter over voltage 

fault is indicated. The protection scheme has been realized in hardware on ACB. 

Inverter Over voltage Delay [Inv OvrVolt Dly] 







This parameter specifies the time the Inverter voltage must remain above the trip level before an inverter 


Line Voltage Unbalance Trip [LineVoltUnbalTrp] 







This parameter specifies the level of the unbalance in the line voltage which will cause a line voltage 

unbalance fault to be indicated. 

Line Voltage Unbalance Delay [LineVoltUnbalDly] 







This parameter specifies the time the line voltage unbalance must remain above trip level before a line 

voltage unbalance fault is indicated. 



Line Current Unbalance Trip [Line CurUnbalTrp] 







This parameter specifies the level of the unbalance in the line current which will cause a line current 

unbalance fault. 

Line Current Unbalance Delay [Line CurUnbalDly] 







This parameter specifies the time the line current unbalance must remain above trip level before a line 

current unbalance fault is indicated. 

Line Under voltage Trip [Line UndVolt Lvl] 







This parameter specifies the level the line voltage must fall below before a Master UV or a Line Loss 

warning is indicated. 

Line Under voltage Delay [Line UndVolt Dly] 







This parameter specifies the time the line voltage must remain below the trip level before a line under 

voltage condition is detected. 

Drive Overload Warning [Drv OvrLoad Wrn] 







This parameter specifies when the drive will issue an overload warning. 



Drive Thermal Cycle [Drv Thermal Cyc] 







This parameter specifies the overload duty cycle for the drive. It is defined as the time interval after which 

the drive could be subjected to its maximum overload capacity without exceeding the thermal ratings. The 

default value is 600 seconds (10 minutes) which means that the drive is designed to handle 1 minute of 

overload every 10 minutes. However for Banbury mixers and other heavy duty applications, the overload 

cycle could be less than 10 minutes. 

Drive Overload Trip [Drv OvrLoad Trp] 







This parameter specifies the maximum operating dc link current in the drive which will cause the drive to 

trip on a drive overload fault after a time interval specified by parameter Drv OvrLoad Dly (164). 

Drive Overload Delay [Drv OvrLoad Dly] 







This parameter specifies the time the drive will operate at the overload trip level Drv OvrLoad Trp (163) 

before an overload fault is indicated. 

Drive Overload Minimum [Drv OvrLoad Min] 







This parameter specifies the minimum per unit value of the dc link current which is regarded as an 

overload condition. When the drive runs with a value less than the parameter setting, the overload 

algorithm is not activated. 

Line Neutral Voltage Trip [LineNeutVoltTrp] 







This parameter specifies the level the line neutral to ground voltage must exceed before a line neutral 




Line Neutral Voltage Delay [LineNeutVoltDly] 







This parameter specifies the time the line neutral to ground voltage must remain above the trip level 

before a line neutral over voltage fault is indicated. 

Ground Fault Over Current Trip [Gnd OvrCur Trp] 


Default Value: 0.50 A 





This parameter specifies the level the ground fault current signal must exceed before a ground fault over 

current is indicated. 

Ground Fault Over Current Delay [Gnd OvrCur Dly] 







This parameter specifies the time the ground fault current signal must remain above the trip level before a 

ground fault over current is indicated. 

Harmonic Voltage Trip [Harmonic VoltTrp] 







This parameter sets the trip level for the Harmonic voltage fault. This is typically used during 

commissioning to detect whether there is such an amount of resonance on the system with the 5 th 

harmonic that the voltage distortion can affect drive operation. This parameter should not be changed 

from the default value, and if this fault occurs, the system harmonics need to be addressed and/or the 

drive may need to be retuned. 

Harmonic Voltage Delay [Harmonic VoltDly] 







This parameter sets the delay for the Harmonic Voltage Trip. 



Neutral Resistor Overload Trip [RNeut OvrLoadTrp] 







This specifies neutral resistor over load trip level. Exceeding this level will trigger a Neutral Resistor over 

load fault. 

NOTE: Do not change from the default values without consulting the MV Technical Support. 

Neutral Resistor Overload Delay [RNeut OvrLoadDly] 







This specifies the interval during which the Neutral resistor current stays above the trip level before 

triggering an Over load fault. 


Neutral Resistor Over Current Trip [RNeut OvrCurTrp] 







This specifies the neutral resistor current trip level above which the drive will trigger an over current fault. 


R Neutral Over Current Trip Delay [RNeut OvrCurDly] 







his specifies the time interval during which the Neutral resistor current stays above the trip to trigger an 

over current fault. 




Bus Transient Trip Factor [BusTransTrpFac] 







This parameter enables and sets the Bus Transient Feature in the PF7000 drive. A value of 2.5 is the 

tested and default value to enable and detect bus transients for most sites. The value can be increased 

to 2.75 if there are nuisance warnings. Set this parameter to the maximum value to turn off this feature. 

Bus Transient Delay [BusTransient Dly] 







This value defines the delay in the bus transient algorithm. This parameter’s units are a function of the 

sampling rate of 4kHz, or 250 usec per unit. Normally is not changed from the default value of 2. 

Bus Transient Minimum Trip [BusTrans MinTrp] 







This parameter defines the minimum value for the Bus Transient feature to be enabled, and should not be 

changed from the default value of .25pu. 

Bus Transient DC Current Factor [BusTrans IdcFac] 







This parameter defines the bus transient DC Current factor in the transient protection algorithm. This 

should normally not be changed from the default value of 0.5. 

Minimum Freewheel Time [Min Freewhl Time] 







This is the minimum amount of time the drive will freewheel before the control starts to look for the end of 

the transients. This has been set to 1 cycle at 60 Hz (16ms) which should be sufficient for most 

transients related to capacitive switching to dampen. 



Line Loss Trip [Line Loss Trip] 







This parameter specifies the maximum deviation in the instantaneous input frequency from the average 

frequency, which can be considered as a line loss condition. For determining a line loss condition, the 

drive looks for a sudden change in the measured line frequency in conjunction with loss of voltage 

magnitude. When the difference between the Line Frequency (657) and the Master Line Freq (334) is 

greater than this parameter, the drive detects a Line Loss and shuts down. 

Rectifier Device Diagnostic Delay [Rec Dvc Diag Dly] 







This parameter is added to help avoid nuisance tripping on Rectifier Device diagnostic faults. The delay 

allows the drive to ignore a detected fault for the number of line cycles (SCR rectifiers) or the number of 

consecutive bridge firings (PWM rectifiers) set by this parameter. The default setting for this parameter is 

2, and should not be changed unless directed to increase it by the factory. 

Inverter Device Diagnostic Delay [Inv Dvc Diag Dly] 







This parameter is a feature added to help avoid nuisance tripping on Inverter Device diagnostic faults. 

The delay allows the drive to ignore a detected fault for the number of consecutive bridge firings set by 

this parameter. The default setting for this parameter is 2, and should not be changed unless directed to 

increase it by the factory. 

Rectifier Heatsink Temperature Warning [RecHSink TempWrn] 


Default Value: 53 C 

Minimum Value: 0 C 

Maximum Value: 100 C 



This parameter specifies the level at which the drive will issue a rectifier heat sink over temperature 

warning. 



Rectifier Heatsink Temperature Trip [RecHSink TempTrp] 







This parameter specifies the level at which the drive will trip on a rectifier heat sink over temperature fault. 

Inverter Heatsink Temperature Warning [InvHSink TempWrn] 







This parameter specifies the level at which the drive will issue an inverter heat sink over temperature 

warning. 

Inverter Heatsink Temperature Trip [InvHSink TempTrp] 







This parameter specifies the level at which the drive will trip on an inverter heat sink over temperature fault. 

Integral Isolation Transformer Air Flow Nominal Value [IsoTx AirFlowNom] 


Default Value: 3.6 V 

Minimum Value: 0.0 V 




This parameter specifies the nominal (operating) voltage level for the air pressure sensor in the Isolation 

Transformer section of the A-Frame drive. This parameter operates with the same functionality as that of 

the converter pressure sensor. THIS PARAMETER IS ACTIVE FOR A-FRAME DRIVES ONLY. 

Integral Isolation Transformer Air Flow Warning [IsoTx AirFlowWrn] 







This parameter specifies the warning level for the air pressure sensor in the Isolation Transformer section 

of the A-Frame drive. THIS PARAMETER IS ACTIVE FOR A-FRAME DRIVES ONLY. 



Integral Isolation Transformer Air Flow Trip [IsoTx AirFlowTrp] 







This parameter specifies the trip level for the air pressure sensor in the Isolation Transformer section of 

the A-Frame drive. THIS PARAMETER IS ACTIVE FOR A-FRAME DRIVES ONLY. 

Converter Nominal Air Flow Value [Conv AirFlow Nom] 







This parameter specifies the nominal value of the converter pressure sensor and indicates normal airflow 

in the drive. 

Converter Air Flow Warning [Conv AirFlow Wrn] 







This parameter specifies the level to which the converter pressure value must decrease before a warning 

is indicated. Loss of pressure is typically associated with reduced airflow due to blocking of the air filter. 

Converter Air Flow Trip [Conv AirFlow Trp] 







This parameter specifies the level to which the converter pressure value must decrease before a fault is 

indicated. Such a condition indicates either a blocked air filter or a loss of fan operation. 




Motor Over current Trip [Mtr OvrCur Trp] 







This parameter specifies the level the motor current must exceed before a motor over current fault is 

indicated. 

Motor Over current Delay [Mtr OvrCur Dly] 







This parameter specifies the time the motor current must remain above the trip level before a motor over 


Motor Over voltage Trip [Mtr OvrVolt Trp] 







This parameter specifies the level the motor voltage must exceed before a motor over voltage fault is 

indicated. 

Motor Over voltage Delay [Mtr OvrVolt Dly] 







This parameter specifies the time the motor voltage must remain above the trip level before a motor over 

voltage fault is indicated. 

Motor Neutral Over voltage Trip [Mtr NeutVolt Trp] 







This parameter specifies the level the motor neutral to ground voltage must exceed before a motor 

neutral over voltage fault is indicated. For line reactor drives, you may find the default setting is too low 

and may have to be increased to 0.80 pu for normal operation. 



Motor Neutral Over voltage Delay [Mtr NeutVolt Dly] 







This parameter specifies the time the motor neutral to ground voltage must remain above the trip level 

before a motor neutral over voltage fault is indicated. 

Motor Over speed Trip [Mtr OvrSpeed Trp] 







This parameter specifies the level the motor speed must exceed before a motor over speed fault is 

indicated. 

Motor Over speed Delay [Mtr OvrSpeed Dly] 







This parameter specifies the time interval for which the motor speed must exceed the trip level before a 

motor over speed fault is indicated. 

Motor Overload Trip [Mtr OvrLoad Trp] 







This parameter specifies the maximum motor current which will cause the drive to trip on a motor 

overload fault after a time interval specified by parameter Mtr OvrLoad Dly (180). 

Motor Overload Delay [Mtr OvrLoad Dly] 







This parameter specifies the time the motor will operate at the overload trip level Mtr OvrLoad Trp (179) 

before a motor overload fault is indicated. 



Motor Overload Minimum [Mtr OvrLoad Min] 







This parameter specifies the minimum per unit value of the motor current which is regarded as an 

overload condition. When the motor runs with a current less than the parameter setting, the overload 

algorithm is not activated. 

Motor Overload Warning [Mtr OvrLoad Wrn] 







This parameter specifies when the drive will issue a Motor overload warning. 

Motor Thermal Cycle [Mtr Thermal Cyc] 


Default Value: 600.0 Sec 

Minimum Value: 0.0 Sec 

Maximum Value: 6000.0 Sec 



This parameter specifies the overload duty cycle for the motor. It is defined as the time interval after 

which the motor could be subjected to its maximum overload capacity without exceeding the thermal 

ratings. The default value is 10 minutes which means that the motor can handle 1 minute of overload 

every 10 minutes. However for Banbury mixers and other heavy duty applications, the overload cycle 

could be less than 10 minutes. 

Motor Stall Delay [Mtr Stall Dly] 







This parameter specifies the time the motor must be in a stall condition before a motor stall fault is 

indicated. If the tachometer option is enabled, the motor is considered to be stalled if the drive is in torque 

limit at any speed less than 1 Hz. If the tachometer option is not enabled, the motor is considered to be 

stalled if the drive is at commanded speed and the motor flux is 20% of the rated flux. A stall cannot be 

detected until the drive reaches the commanded speed because the motor may already be rotating when 

the drive is started. In this case, if the motor speed is above the commanded speed, or the motor is 

rotating in opposite direction, a stall fault will occur. 


Parameter Descriptions 2-123 

Motor Flux Unbalance Trip [Mtr FluxUnbalTrp] 







This parameter specifies the level of the unbalance in the motor flux that will cause a motor unbalance 

fault. 

Motor Flux Unbalance Delay [Mtr FluxUnbalDly] 







This parameter specifies the time the motor flux unbalance value must remain above trip level before a 

flux unbalance fault is indicated. 

Motor Current Unbalance Trip [Mtr CurUnbal Trp] 







This parameter specifies the level of motor current unbalance that will cause the drive to trip. 

Motor Current Unbalance Delay [Mtr CurUnbal Dly] 







This parameter specifies the time the motor current unbalance value must remain above trip level before 

a current unbalance fault is indicated. 

Motor Load Loss Level [Mtr LoadLoss Lvl] 







This parameter specifies the minimum percent of rated load at which the drive will assume that there is a 

loss of load. If the load drops lower than this parameter, and the speed is greater than Mtr LoadLoss Spd 

(259), the drive will initiate the fault after the Mtr LoadLoss Dly (231) expires. The control uses the 

parameter Torque Reference (P291) as the load reference. 



Motor Load Loss Speed [Mtr LoadLoss Spd] 







This parameter specifies the minimum speed at which the loss of load condition will be detected. 

Generally there is lesser load at lower speeds, so this parameter helps avoid nuisance trips during 

operation at lower speeds. 

Motor Load Loss Delay [Mtr LoadLoss Dly] 







This parameter specifies the time delay between the detection of the load loss condition and the actual 

fault initiation. 

Field Current Loss Delay [Field Loss Dly] 


Default Value: 30 sec 

Minimum Value: 0 sec 

Maximum Value: 60 sec 



This parameter is used to specify the time interval during which the flux regulator is in limit, before the 

drive trips on a field loss. Field Current is not directly measured in the control, so we look at the flux 

regulator, which will go into limit on loss of field current. 


Tachometer Loss Trip [Tach Loss Trip] 







This parameter specifies the level that the tachometer error must exceed before a tachometer loss fault is 

indicated. 

Tachometer Loss Delay [Tach Loss Delay] 







This parameter specifies the time that the tachometer error must be greater than the trip level before a 

tachometer loss fault is indicated. 




Synchronizing Regulator Output [Sync Reg Output] 






This parameter is the synchronizing regulator output, which is added to the speed regulator error during a 

synchronous transfer from drive to bypass. 

Synchronizing Regulator Error [Sync Reg Error] 






This parameter is the synchronizing regulator error, which is the phase angle between the measured 

bypass voltage and the motor voltage during a synchronous transfer from drive to bypass. 

Bypass Voltage [Bypass Voltage] 






This parameter specifies the voltage on the line-side of the Bypass Contactor, and is scaled in per unit 

with respect to the Rated Motor Voltage. 

Bypass Frequency [Bypass Frequency] 






This parameter specifies the frequency of the voltage on the line-side of the Bypass Contactor. 

Synchronizing Error Maximum [Sync Error Max] 


Default Value: 0 deg 

Minimum Value: 0 deg 

Maximum Value: 30 deg 



This parameter specifies the maximum allowable synchronizing phase error. The bypass contactor will 

be requested to close when the synchronizing phase error has remained below this maximum value for 

the time specified by Sync Time (229). 


2-126 Parameter Descriptions 

Synchronous Transfer Lead Angle [Sync Lead Angle] 



Minimum Value: -90 deg 




This parameter specifies the angle by which the motor voltage leads the drive input voltage when the 

motor is assumed to be synchronized. The purpose of this parameter is to compensate for any phase 

difference between the drive input voltage and the bypass contactor supply voltage. 

Synchronous Transfer Off Delay [Sync Off Delay] 







This parameter specifies the time delay between the bypass contactor being requested to close and the 

drive shutting off. It is normally set to slightly less than the bypass contactor closing time, with a minimum 

of 1½ – 2 cycles desirable. 

Synchronizing Regulator Gain [Sync Reg Gain] 







This parameter specifies the gain of the synchronizing regulator. 

Synchronizing Time [Sync Time] 







This parameter specifies the time that the synchronizing phase error must be less than Sync Error Max 

(228) before the bypass contactor is requested to close. 



Synchronous Transfer Time [Sync Xfer Time] 


Default Value: 1.0 min 

Minimum Value: 0.1 min 

Maximum Value: 57.0 min 



This parameter specifies the time allowed for completion of a synchronous transfer. If transfer is not 

complete within this time, the drive will stop with a SyncXfer Failure fault. If the SyncXfer Failure fault is 

disabled, the transfer request will be cancelled and the drive will continue to run at the commanded 

speed. A SyncXfer Failure warning will be displayed. 

De-synchronizing Start Delay [DeSync Start Dly] 


Default Value: 1 sec 

Minimum Value: 1 sec 

Maximum Value: 10 sec 



This parameter in Sync Xfer Option group is used to control the motor filter capacitor charging interval 

when a drive is commanded to transfer the motor from bypass to drive. The minimum and the default 

value is 1 second i.e. upon starting the drive it will take 1 second to begin the transfer from the bypass to 

the drive. Using this parameter, the delay can be increased upto a maximum of 10 seconds and will be 

useful for drives with an output transformer requiring more than 1 second for charging the motor filter 

capacitor. 


Tachometer Feedback [Tach Feedback] 






This parameter specifies the tachometer feedback speed indication. This reading is the signed indication 

of the electrical speed measured from the tachometer. 



Tachometer Type [Tach Type] 


Default Value: None 



This parameter specifies the type of tachometer or encoder installed. Warning: If tachometer type is set 

to Single, the drive cannot determine the direction of rotation when the motor is coasting. If the direction 

of rotation is not the same as the commanded direction, a flying start will not be successful. 

The following types are available: 

None 

Single 

Quadrature 

Absolute Enc 

Sine-Cos Inc 

Sine-Cos Z 

Sine-Cos SSI 


No tach installed 

Single output (non-directional) 

Quadrature outputs (directional) 

Absolute encoder 

Not active 

Not active 

Not active 

Tachometer Pulses per Revolution [Tach PPR] 


Default Value: 1024 PPR 

Minimum Value: 120 PPR 

Maximum Value: 4096 PPR 



This parameter specifies the number of pulses produced by the tachometer in one revolution. This 

parameter is not used for absolute encoders. 

Encoder Offset [Encoder Offset] 



Minimum Value: 0 deg 




This parameter specifies the offset of the encoder. This parameter is required because an encoder is 

used for both speed and position. 

Contact Factory for availability. 


Parameter Descriptions 2-129 

Control Masks Parameters 

Direction Command Mask [Direction Mask] 





This parameter specifies which adapters can issue the forward/reverse command. A one represents the 

adapter that can issue the direction command, a zero represents an adapter that cannot issue the 

direction command. There are 8 adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7. Adapter 0 is the XIO 

board, Adapter 7 is the programming terminal, and Adapter 1 to Adapter 6 are the DPI adapters. 


0 Adapter 0 Host 

1 Adapter 1 

2 Adapter 2 

3 Adapter 3 (Currently unused) 


5 Adapter 5 



Jog Command Mask [Jog Mask] 





This parameter specifies which adapters can issue the jog command. A one represents the adapter that 

can issue the jog command, a zero represents an adapter that cannot issue the jog command. There are 

8 adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7. 



1 Adapter 1 

2 Adapter 2 



5 Adapter 5 





Local Command Mask [Local Mask] 





This parameter specifies which adapters can issue the local command. A one represents the adapter that 

can issue the local command, a zero represents an adapter that cannot issue the local command. There 

are 8 adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7. 



1 Adapter 1 

2 Adapter 2 



5 Adapter 5 



Logic Command Mask [Logic Mask] 





This parameter specifies which adapters can issue the logic command. A one represents the adapter that 

can issue the logic command, a zero represents an adapter that cannot issue the logic command. There 




1 Adapter 1 

2 Adapter 2 



5 Adapter 5 





Reference Command Mask [Ref Cmd Mask] 





This parameter specifies which adapters can issue the reference command. A one represents the 

adapter that can issue the reference command, a zero represents an adapter that cannot issue the 

reference command. There are 8 adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7. 



1 Adapter 1 

2 Adapter 2 



5 Adapter 5 


7 Adapter 7 Programming Terminal 

Fault Reset Command Mask [Reset Mask] 





This parameter specifies which adapters can issue the reset command. A one represents the adapter 

that can issue the reset command, a zero represents an adapter that cannot issue the reset command. 

There are 8 adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7. 



1 Adapter 1 

2 Adapter 2 



5 Adapter 5 





Start Command Mask [Start Mask] 





This parameter specifies which adapters can issue the start command. A one represents the adapter that 

can issue the start command, a zero represents an adapter that cannot issue the start command. There 




1 Adapter 1 

2 Adapter 2 



5 Adapter 5 



Synchronous Transfer Command Mask [Sync Xfer Mask] 





This parameter specifies which adapters can issue the synchronous transfer command. A one represents 

the adapter that can issue the synchronous transfer command, a zero represents an adapter that cannot 

issue the synchronous transfer command. There are 8 adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7. 



1 Adapter 1 

2 Adapter 2 



5 Adapter 5 





Forced Fault Mask [Forced Flt Mask] 





This parameter specifies which adapters can issue a forced fault. A one represents the adapter that can 

issue the forced fault, a zero represents an adapter that cannot issue the forced fault. There are 8 

adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7. 



1 Adapter 1 

2 Adapter 2 



5 Adapter 5 



Profile Mask [Profile Mask] 





This parameter specifies which adapters can issue the Acceleration/Deceleration Profile command. The 

adapter can select either Ramp or S-Curve profiles. A one represents an adapter that has control over 

the Profile, and a zero represents an adapter that does not have control over the Profile. There are 8 

adapters available, from Adapter 0 to Adapter 7. 



1 Adapter 1 

2 Adapter 2 



5 Adapter 5 





Owners Parameters 

Direction Command Owner [Direction Owner] 




This parameter specifies which adapters are issuing the direction command. A one represents the 

adapter that is issuing the direction command, a zero represents an adapter that is not issuing the 

direction command. There are 8 adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7. 



1 Adapter 1 

2 Adapter 2 



5 Adapter 5 



Jog Command Owner [Jog Owner] 




This parameter specifies which adapters are issuing the jog command. A one represents the adapter that 

is issuing the jog command, a zero represents an adapter that is not issuing the jog command. There are 

8 adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7. 



1 Adapter 1 

2 Adapter 2 



5 Adapter 5 





Local Command Owner [Local Owner] 




This parameter specifies which adapters are issuing the local command. A one represents the adapter 

that is issuing the local command, a zero represents an adapter that is not issuing the local command. 




1 Adapter 1 

2 Adapter 2 



5 Adapter 5 



Reference Command Owner [Ref Cmd Owner] 




This parameter specifies which adapters are issuing the reference command. A one represents the 

adapter that is issuing the reference command, a zero represents an adapter that is not issuing the 

reference command. There are 8 adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7. 



1 Adapter 1 

2 Adapter 2 



5 Adapter 5 



Fault Reset Command Owner [Reset Owner] 




This parameter specifies which adapters are issuing the reset command. A one represents the adapter 

that is issuing the reset command, a zero represents an adapter that is not issuing the reset command. 




1 Adapter 1 

2 Adapter 2 



5 Adapter 5 





Start Command Owner [Start Owner] 




This parameter specifies which adapters are issuing the start command. A one represents the adapter 

that is issuing the start command, a zero represents an adapter that is not issuing the start command. 




1 Adapter 1 

2 Adapter 2 



5 Adapter 5 



Stop Command Owner [Stop Owner] 




This parameter specifies which adapters are issuing the stop command. A one represents the adapter 

that is issuing the stop command, a zero represents an adapter that is not issuing the stop command. 




1 Adapter 1 

2 Adapter 2 



5 Adapter 5 



Synchronous Transfer Command Owner [Sync Xfer Owner] 




This parameter specifies which adapters are issuing the synchronous transfer command. A one represents 

the adapter that is issuing the synchronous transfer command, a zero represents an adapter that is not 

issuing the synchronous transfer command. There are 8 adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7. 



1 Adapter 1 

2 Adapter 2 



5 Adapter 5 





Forced Fault Owner [Forced Flt Owner] 




This parameter specifies which adapters are issuing the forced fault. A one represents the adapter that is 

issuing the forced fault, a zero represents an adapter that is not issuing the forced fault. There are 8 

adapters available, from Adapter0 to Adapter7. 



1 Adapter 1 

2 Adapter 2 



5 Adapter 5 



Profile Owner [Profile Owner] 




This parameter specifies which adapters are issuing the Acceleration/Deceleration Profile command. A one 

represents the adapter that has control over the Acceleration/Deceleration Profile, and a zero represents the 

adapters not having control over the Profile. There are 8 adapters available, from Adapter 0 to Adapter 7. 



1 Adapter 1 

2 Adapter 2 



5 Adapter 5 



Logic Owner [Logic Owner] 




This parameter specifies which adapters are issuing the Logic command. A one represents the adapter 

that is issuing the Logic command, and a zero represents the adapters that are not issuing the Logic 

command. There are 8 adapters available, from Adapter 0 to Adapter 7. 



1 Adapter 1 

2 Adapter 2 



5 Adapter 5 





Datalinks Parameters 

PLC Error Flags [PLC Error Flags] 




This parameter specifies the PLC Remote I/O error flags. A zero represents no error, a one represents an 

error. 

A link range will be indicated when the corresponding parameter is out of range. A link error will be 

indicated if the corresponding cannot be made, or if an attempt is made to modify a parameter that is 

read only, or cannot be modified while the drive is running. 


0 LinkA1 Range LinkA1 Range 

1 LinkA2 Range LinkA2 Range 

2 LinkB1 Range LinkB1 Range 

3 LinkB2 Range LinkB2 Range 

4 LinkC1 Range LinkC1 Range 

5 LinkC2 Range LinkC2 Range 

6 LinkD1 Range LinkD1 Range 

7 LinkD2 Range LinkD2 Range 

8 LinkA1 Error LinkA1 Error 

9 LinkA2 Error LinkA2 Error 

10 LinkB1 Error LinkB1 Error 

11 LinkB2 Error LinkB2 Error 

12 LinkC1 Error LinkC1 Error 

13 LinkC2 Error LinkC2 Error 

14 LinkD1 Error LinkD1 Error 

15 LinkD2 Error LinkD2 Error 

PLC Input Link A1 [PLC Inp Link A1] 







This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC input link A1. 

PLC Input Link A2 [PLC Inp Link A2] 







This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC input link A2. 



PLC Input Link B1 [PLC Inp Link B1] 







This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC input link B1. 

PLC Input Link B2 [PLC Inp Link B2] 







This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC input link B2. 

PLC Input Link C1 [PLC Inp Link C1] 







This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC input link C1. 

PLC Input Link C2 [PLC Inp Link C2] 







This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC input link C2. 

PLC Input Link D1 [PLC Inp Link D1] 







This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC input link D1. 



PLC Input Link D2 [PLC Inp Link D2] 







This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC input link D2. 

PLC Output Link A1 [PLC Out Link A1] 







This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC output link A1. 

PLC Output Link A2 [PLC Out Link A2] 







This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC output link A2. 

PLC Output Link B1 [PLC Out Link B1] 







This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC output link B1. 

PLC Output Link B2 [PLC Out Link B2] 







This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC output link B2. 



PLC Output Link C1 [PLC Out Link C1] 







This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC output link C1. 

PLC Output Link C2 [PLC Out Link C2] 







This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC output link C2. 

PLC Output Link D1 [PLC Out Link D1] 







This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC output link D1. 

PLC Output Link D2 [PLC Out Link D2] 







This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with PLC output link D2. 



Analog Inputs Parameters 

Analog Input Configuration [Anlg Inp Config] 


Default Value: 0000000000000001 



This parameter configures the hardware circuitry used on the ACB for sensing the three analog inputs. 

The inputs can be configured to either accept 0-10V (Voltage) input or 4-20mA (Current) input. The 

default value configures Analog Input 1 as a 4-20mA input. 


0 An1 0=V 1=mA Analog Input 1 enter – 0 for Voltage; 1 for Current 



3 Unused 

4 Unused 

5 Unused 

6 Unused 

7 Unused 

8 Unused 

9 Unused 

10 Unused 

11 Unused 

12 Unused 

13 Unused 

14 Unused 

15 Unused 

Speed Pot Minimum Voltage [Speed Pot Vmin] 







This parameter specifies the minimum output voltage from the speed potentiometer and is used for 

calibrating the speed command. 



Speed Pot Maximum Voltage [Speed Pot Vmax] 







This parameter specifies the maximum output voltage from the speed potentiometer and is used for 


Analog Input1 Minimum Voltage [Anlg Inp1 Vmin] 







This parameter specifies the minimum voltage which can be used on Analog Input 1 and is used for 


Analog Input1 Maximum Voltage [Anlg Inp1 Vmax] 







This parameter specifies the maximum voltage which can be used on Analog Input 1 and is used for 











Analog Input2 Maximum Voltage [Angl Inp2 Vmax] 




















Analog Input3 Maximum Voltage [Anlg Inp3 Vmax] 









Analog Outputs Parameters 

Analog Meter 1 [Anlg Meter1] 







This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with analog meter 1 on the 

Analog Control Board (ACB). The meter output is scalable using AnlgMeter1 Scale (521). This is a nonisolated 

0-10 V output. The default value of 361 corresponds to the Motor Current parameter. 










0-10 V output. The default value of 362 corresponds to the Motor Voltage parameter. 











Analog Control Board (ACB). The meter output is scalable using AnlgMeter3 Scale (523). This is a nonisolated 

0-10 V output. The default value of 363 corresponds to the Motor Speed RPM parameter. 










0-10 V output. The default value of 364 corresponds to the Motor Power parameter. 

Analog Output 1 [Anlg Output1] 







This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with analog port 1 on the Analog 

Control Board (ACB). The output is scalable using Anlg Out1 Scale (183). This is a non-isolated 0-10 V 

output. 










output. 












output. 









Control Board (ACB). The output is scalable using Anlg Out4 Scale (123). This is a non-isolated 0-10 V 

output. 

Analog 4-20 mA Output [Anlg 4-20mAOut] 







This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with analog current loop 

transmitter on the Analog Control Board (ACB). This is an isolated 4-20 mA (programmable) output. The 

default value of 337 corresponds to Rotor Frequency which is the absolute value of the measured motor 

speed in Hz given by Speed Feedback (289). 

Analog Meter 1 Scale [AnlgMeter1 Scale] 







This parameter specifies the scale to be used for Analog Meter 1 parameter. 



























Analog Output 1 Scale [Anlg Out1 Scale] 







This parameter specifies the scale to be used for ACB Port 1 parameter. 



























Analog 4-20 mA Current Scale [Anlg4-20mA Scale] 







This parameter specifies the scale to be used for Analog 4-20mA Current Loop parameter. 

Analog Rectifier Test Point 1 [Anlg RecTstPt1] 







This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with analog test point RTP1 on 

the Drive Processor Module (DPM). This is a non-isolated 0-10 V output. 








This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with analog test point RTP2 on 




Default Value: 326 





This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with analog test point 3 

(DAC_TP3) on the rectifier side Drive Processor Module (DPM). This is a non-isolated 0-10 V output. 











(DAC_TP4) on the rectifier side Drive Processor Module (DPM). This is a non-isolated 0-10 V output. 

Analog Inverter Test Point 1 [Anlg InvTstPt1] 







This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with analog test point ITP1 on 









This parameter specifies the linear number of the parameter associated with analog test point ITP2 on 




Default Value: 291 






(DAC_TP3) on the inverter side Drive Processor Module (DPM). This is a non-isolated 0-10 V output. 









(DAC_TP4) on the inverter side Drive Processor Module (DPM). This is a non-isolated 0-10 V output. 



XIO Parameters 

Run Time Input [RunTime Input] 




This parameter specifies the status of the raw data on the general XIO input before processing. A one 

represents a true condition into the drive. 


0 Not Stop Stop is not requested 

1 Start Start the drive 

2 Forward Run the drive in forward direction 

3 Reverse Run the drive in reverse direction 

4 Jog JOG command to the drive 

5 Local Drive is in LOCAL control mode 

6 Drive Reset Reset the drive 

7 Synch Synchronize the motor to line (Bypass) 

8 DeSynch Bring the motor from bypass to the drive 

9 Unused 

10 Unused 

11 Unused 

12 Unused 

13 Unused 

14 Unused 

15 Unused 

Standard XIO Outputs [StndXIO Output] 




This parameter shows the state of the outputs on the standard XIO card. A ‘1’ indicates an active output. 

By using 120V wiring, this output can drive a pilot light or a control relay. The first eight outputs have a 

fixed assignment and cannot be changed. The remaining eight outputs are configurable and can be 

programmed as required by the customer. Refer to parameters StndXIO ConfigX (X=1 ..8) for details. 


0 Ready Drive is in Ready mode. 

1 Running Drive is in Running mode. 

2 Forward Drive is running the motor in Forward direction. 

3 Fault Drive is currently in Fault state. 

4 Warning Drive is currently in Warning state. 

5 Local Drive control is in Local mode. 

6 ConvFn1Ctctr Turn Cooling Fan 1 on. 

7 ConvFn2Ctctr Turn Redundant Cooling Fan 2 on. 

8 Config1 User Configurable Output 1 










Standard XIO Fault Input [StndXIO FltInput] 




This parameter specifies the state of the fault inputs on the standard XIO card. It should be noted that the 

faults have a fixed assignment and cannot be changed. If there is a fault, the corresponding bit in this 

parameter will go from one to zero, indicating a loss of the 120V signal to the XIO card. This parameter is 

further processed by the drive control according to the corresponding class parameter in Alarm Config 

group. The final result is updated in either parameter Stnd XIO Fault or Stnd XIO Warning depending on 

the fault configuration. If a particular input is not used, it should be masked or tied high. There are a total 

of 6 fixed fault inputs. The text accompanying the fault cannot be changed. The ConvFan Fbk is not 

processed as an XIO Fault and is treated differently by the drive control software. 



1 TxReacOvrTmp Isolation Transformer/Line Reactor Over temperature fault 

2 DCLinkOvrTmp DC Link / Common-Mode Choke Over temperature fault 



5 AuxTrp/TxFan Auxiliary Trip/ Isolation Transformer Fan Fault 

6 ConvFan Fbk Main Cooling Fan Status Feedback 

7 Unused 

External Fault XIO [Ext Fault XIO] 




This parameter specifies the state of the external fault inputs on the optional XIO card. There are 16 

external fault inputs available, from External 1 to External 16. If there is a fault, the corresponding bit in 

this parameter will go to zero, indicating a loss of the 120V signal to the XIO card. This parameter is 

further processed by the drive control according to the corresponding class parameter in Alarm Config 

group. The final result is updated in either parameter External Fault or External Warning depending of the 

fault configuration. If an external fault input is not used it should be masked or tied high. The text 

accompanying the fault can be changed and adapted to the customer’s requirement. 




















Optional XIO Outputs [OptXIO Output] 




This parameter specifies the state of the outputs on the optional XIO card. There are 16 outputs 

available. They are currently not assigned and reserved for future use only. 


0 Outbit 0 

1 Outbit 1 

2 Outbit 2 

3 Outbit 3 

4 Outbit 4 

5 Outbit 5 

6 Outbit 6 

7 Outbit 7 

8 Outbit 8 

9 Outbit 9 

10 Outbit 10 

11 Outbit 11 

12 Outbit 12 

13 Outbit 13 

14 Outbit 14 

15 Outbit 15 


Liquid Inputs [Liquid Inputs] 




This parameter specifies the state of the inputs on the XIO card assigned for the Liquid Cooling System. 

There are 16 inputs available, from External 1 to External 16. A one indicates that the specific input of 

the card is active, and a zero means that specific input is missing. 


0 Pump Aux 1 Pump 1 Control Relay Auxiliary 

1 Pump Aux 2 Pump 2 Control Relay Auxiliary 

2 Fan Aux 1 Fan 1 Control Relay Auxiliary 




6 Unused 

7 DC Link Flow DC Link Flow Measurement Switch Feedback 

8 DisconnectSw The Cooling System Disconnect switch feedback 

9 Low Pressure Cooling System Low Pressure Indication 

10 Low Level Cooling System Low Level Warning Indication 

11 Level Trip Cooling System Low Level Fault Indication 

12 Cond High Cooling System Conductivity Warning Indication 

13 Cond Trip Cooling System Conductivity Fault Indication 

14 Pmp Select#1 Pump #1 has been selected as the active Pump 

15 Pmp Select#2 Pump #2 has been selected as the active Pump 



Liquid Outputs [Liquid Outputs] 




This parameter specifies the state of the outputs on the XIO card assigned for the Liquid Cooling System. 

There are 16 outputs available, from External 1 to External 16. A one indicates that the specific output of 

the card is closed. 


0 Pump Ctctr 1 Pump Contactor 1 output is active 

1 Pump Ctctr 2 Pump Contactor 2 output is active 

2 Fan Ctctr 1 Fan Contactor 1 output is active 




6 Unused 

7 Unused 

8 Unused 

9 Unused 

10 Unused 

11 Unused 

12 Unused 

13 Unused 

14 Unused 

15 Unused 

Logix Inputs [Logix Inputs] 




This parameter represents the inputs on the optional Logix IO XIO board. 


0 Input #1 Input #1 


















Logix Outputs [Logix Outputs] 




This parameter represents the outputs on the optional Logix IO XIO board. 


0 Output#1 Output#1 
















XIO Configuration Errors [XIO Config Errs] 




This parameter specifies the error in the XIO configuration. A one represents an indicated error, a zero 

represents no error. The error results from the same slot being assigned to two or more XIO boards, or 

when the board is not installed in the assigned slot. The following error messages are displayed: 


0 Stnd IO Cnfg Standard XIO configuration error 

1 Stnd IO Cnft Standard XIO conflict error 

2 Ext Flt Cnfg External/Optional XIO configuration error 

3 Ext Flt Cnft External/Optional XIO conflict error 

4 Liqd IO Cnfg Liquid-Cooled XIO configuration error 

5 Liqd IO Cnft Liquid-Cooled XIO conflict error 

6 LogixIO Cnfg Logix XIO configuration error 

7 LogixIO Cnft Logix XIO conflict error 

8 Unused 

9 Unused 

10 Unused 

11 Unused 

12 Unused 

13 Unused 

14 Unused 

15 Unused 



XIO Standard Input/Output [XIO Standard IO] 


Default Value: Card # 1 



This parameter specifies the XIO slot number for the Standard Input Output XIO. Standard Input Output 

XIO board comes as part of the standard drive package. Typical value of this parameter is Slot 1. 

Following options are available: 

Unassigned – 

Card # 1 Card Slot # 1 






XIO External Faults [XIO Ext Faults] 


Default Value: Unassigned 



This parameter specifies the XIO slot number for the External Faults XIO. External Faults XIO board 

does not come as part of the standard drive package. Following options are available: 








XIO Liquid Cooling Inputs [XIO Liquid Cool] 





This parameter specifies the XIO slot number for the Liquid Cooling System XIO board. Liquid Cooling 

System XIO board does not come as part of the standard drive package. Following options are available: 










XIO Logix Inputs/Outputs [XIO Logix IO] 





This parameter specifies the XIO slot number for the Logix IO XIO. This is an option available where the 

drive can be programmed with basic customer-specific Logical I/O functionality using the 16 isolated 

inputs and 16 isolated outputs of the XIO board. The following options are available: 








Standard XIO Configurable Output 1 [StndXIO Config1] 


Default Value: Reverse 



This parameter allows the user to select/configure output 1 on the XIO board from a list of 28 available 

options. The list is as follows: 

Internal 

Value 

Enum Text 

Description 

0 Unassigned The output is unassigned. 

1 Reverse Drive is running in Reverse direction. 

2 Drv Stopping Drive is Stopping 

3 Auto Restart Drive is in Auto Restart mode. 

4 Drv Overload Drive is running in an overload condition 

5 Mtr Overload Motor is running in an overload condition 

6 Thermal Alrm Drive has issued an alarm pertaining to its thermal performance 

e.g. Loss of converter air flow in air cooled drives or loss of coolant 

level in liquid cool drives. 

7 Line Loss Loss of line input voltage 


9 Test Mode Drive is in Test Mode 

10 At Speed Drive is at commanded Speed 

11 Sync Xfer Synchronous transfer is enabled 

12 On Bypass Drive is running on Bypass 

13 In Trq Limit Drive is in Torque Limit 

14 Drive Accel Drive is accelerating 

15 Drive Decel Drive is decelerating 

16 Jog Drive is in Jog Mode 

17 Remote Drive is in Remote Mode 

18 IsoFan1Ctctr Turn Cooling Fan 1 in the Isolation Transformer cabinet 


20 Field Enable Field Current regulator is enabled (Synchronous motor only) 

21 Field Start Start command to the field regulator (Synchronous motor only) 

22 Spd Cmd Loss Speed Command Loss 

23 Custom 1 Custom 1 Output 

24 Custom 2 Custom 2 Output 




Contact Factory for availability 





Default Value: Jog 





Internal 

Value 

Enum Text 

Description 































Contact Factory for availability 





Default Value: Remote 



This parameter allows the user to select/configure output 3 on the Standard XIO board from a list of 28 

available options. The list is as follows: 

Internal 

Value 

Enum Text 

Description 




































Default Value: Test Mode 





Internal 

Value 

Enum Text 

Description 




































Default Value: At Speed 




available options. A 1 represents that the condition is true. The list is as follows: 

Internal 

Value 

Enum Text 

Description 




































Default Value: Thermal Alrm 





Internal 

Value 

Enum Text 

Description 




































Default Value: Sync Xfer 





Internal 

Value 

Enum Text 

Description 




































Default Value: In Trq Limit 




available options. A 1 represents that the condition in the drive is true. The list is as follows: 

Internal 

Value 

Enum Text 

Description 
































Logix XIO Register A [Logix Register A] 







This parameter is reserved for future-use only, and represents a register within the drive that will have the 

ability to be written to remotely. There is no code in the firmware utilizing this register. 



Logix XIO Register B [Logix Register B] 







This parameter is reserved for future-use only, and represents a register within the drive that will have the 

ability to be written to remotely. There is no code in the firmware utilizing this register. 

Metering Parameters 

Motor Speed Hz [Motor Speed Hz] 






This parameter displays the measured motor speed in Hz. 

Motor Speed in RPM [Motor Speed RPM] 


Minimum Value: -4500 RPM 

Maximum Value: 4500 RPM 



This parameter is the measured rotor speed in RPM. It is used by the programming terminal and can also 

be assigned to analog output to drive an optional analog meter. 

Motor Current [Motor Current] 






This parameter is the measured RMS value of the motor current. It is used by the programming terminal 

and can also be assigned to analog output to drive an optional analog meter. 

Motor Voltage [Motor Voltage] 






This parameter is the measured RMS motor terminal voltage (line to line). It is used by the programming 

terminal and can also be assigned to analog output to drive an optional analog meter. 



Motor Power [Motor Power] 


Minimum Value: -15000 kW 




This parameter is the measured motor output power in kW. It is used by the programming terminal and 

can also be assigned to analog output to drive an optional analog meter. 

Line Current [Line Current] 






This parameter displays the measured input line current in Amperes. 

Line Voltage [Line Voltage] 






This parameter displays the measured input line voltage in Volts. 

Line Frequency [Line Frequency] 






This parameter displays the frequency of the line voltage. This parameter is a filtered version of Master 

Line Freq (334) in the Feedback group. 

Input Power [Input Power] 


Minimum Value: -15000 kW 




This parameter in the Metering group displays the real power consumption by the drive. The 

measurement includes the line-reactor or transformer losses. 



DC Link Current [DC Link Current] 






This parameter displays the measured DC Link current in Amperes. 

Ground Fault Current [GndFault Current] 






This parameter is the RMS value of the ground fault current measured from the optional ground fault 

Current Transformer (CT). The ground fault CT is used only for drives without an input isolation 

transformer and measures the zero sequence current flowing in the drive input. 

Common-Mode Current [ComMode Current] 






This parameter is for Direct-to-Drives only and displays measured RMS current in the Neutral Resistor. It 

is calculated by using the measured voltage on the neutral of both the line and motor filter capacitors and 

dividing it by the programmed Neutral Resistor (680) value. 

Control AC#1 RMS [Control AC#1 RMS] 






This parameter displays the measured RMS value of the control voltage applied to AC/DC Power 

Supply#1. 








Supply#2 in a multi power supply system. 



















Control Power 56V [Control 56V] 






This parameter displays the measured value of the 56V output from the AC/DC power supply feeding the 

DC/DC converter. 







This parameter displays the measured value of the 5V output from the DC/DC converter to the Drive 

Processor Module (DPM). 







This parameter displays the 15V DC output from the DC/DC converter to the Analog Control Board 

(ACB). 



Control Power 24V Hall Effect Current Sensor [Control HECS] 






This parameter displays the measured value of 24V output from the DC/DC converter to the Current 

sensors (HECS). 

Control Power Redundant 5V [Control 5V Redn] 






This parameter displays the measured value of the redundant 5V output from the DC/DC converter. 

IGDPS 56V [IGDPS 56V] 






This parameter displays the measured value of the 56V output from the AC/DC power supply to the 

Isolated Gate Driver Power Supply (IGDPS). When an UPS is not installed in the drive, this parameter is 

same as control voltage indicated by Control 56V (121). 

Control Power 24V XIO [Control XIO] 






This parameter displays the measured value of the 24V output from the DC/DC converter to the XIO 

board. 



PWM Parameters 

Rectifier Pulse Number [Rec Pulse Number] 






This parameter indicates the number of pulses per cycle in the switching pattern for the rectifier on PWM 

Rectifier drives. 

Inverter Pulse Number [Inv Pulse Number] 






This parameter indicates the number of pulses per cycle in the switching pattern for the inverter. 

Inverter Pulse-Width Modulation Pattern [Inv PWM Pattern] 




This parameter specifies the PWM firing pattern that is being used by the inverter SGCTs. Depending on 

the stator frequency and the switching frequency, the inverter will be firing in one of the three different 

PWM patterns: 

Synch Mod 

SHE 

Asynch Mod 

Pattern 3 

Pattern 4 

Pattern 5 

Synchronous Modulation 

Selective Harmonic Elimination 

Asynchronous Modulation 

Not Currently Used 



The following table illustrates typically at what speeds each pattern is utilized: 

Synchronous Modulation 

Selective Harmonic Elimination 

Asynchronous Modulation 

(Medium speed) 

(High speed) 

(Low Speed) 

DC Current Reference 5 pulse to 3 pulse [Idc 3 Pulse] 






This parameter indicates the dc link current value in per unit at which a PWM rectifier will switch from 5- 

pulse firing to 3-pulse firing. If the dc link current is more than the parameter value and the dc link voltage 

reference (Vdc Reference) is below Vdc Ref 5p to 3p (379), the drive will switch from 5-pulse to 3-pulse. 

This value is calculated from the rated motor current, rectifier device current rating and the Idc Fac 5p to 

3p (560). 



DC Current Reference 7 pulse to 5 pulse [Idc 5 Pulse] 






This parameter indicates the dc link current value in per unit at which a PWM rectifier will switch from 7- 

pulse firing to 5-pulse firing. If the dc link current is more than the parameter value and the dc link voltage 

reference (Vdc Reference) is below Vdc Ref 7p to 5p (465), the drive will switch from 7-pulse to 5-pulse. 

This value is calculated from the rated motor current, rectifier device current rating and the Idc Fac 7p to 

5p (640). 

DC Voltage Reference 5 pulse to 3 pulse [Vdc Ref 5p to 3p] 







This parameter specifies the point at which a PWM rectifier will switch from 5-pulse firing to 3-pulse firing. 

If the dc link voltage reference (Vdc Reference) drops below the programmed value and the dc link 

current is more than Idc 3 Pulse (756), the drive will switch from 5-pulse to 3-pulse. The purpose of this 

parameter is to reduce the amount of losses and heating in the rectifier by reducing the switching pulse 

number. 

DC Voltage Reference 7 pulse to 5 pulse [Vdc Ref 7p to 5p] 







This parameter specifies the point at which a PWM rectifier will switch from 7-pulse firing to 5-pulse firing. 

If the dc link voltage reference (Vdc Reference) drops below the programmed value and the dc link 

current is more than Idc 5 Pulse (757), the drive will switch from 7-pulse to 5-pulse. The purpose of this 

parameter is to reduce the amount of losses and heating in the rectifier by reducing the switching pulse 

number. 

DC Current Factor 5 pulse to 3 pulse [Idc Fac 3p to 5p] 







This parameter is used to modify the default level of dc current reference at which the rectifier will switch 

from 5 pulse to 3 pulse operation. For normal drive operation, this parameter does not need to be 

changed from the default of 1.00 pu because most drives can run in 7-pulse mode for the entire dc 

current range. The purpose of this parameter is to reduce the amount of losses and heating in the 

rectifier by reducing the switching pulse number. 



DC Current Factor 7 pulse to 5 pulse [Idc Fac 7p to 5p] 







This parameter is used to modify the default level of dc current reference at which the rectifier will switch 

from 7 pulse to 5 pulse operation. For normal drive operation, this parameter does not need to be 

changed from the default of 1.00 pu because most drives can run in 7-pulse mode for the entire dc 

current range. The purpose of this parameter is to reduce the amount of losses and heating in the 

rectifier by reducing the switching pulse number. 

Rectifier PWM Max Frequency [Rec PWM Max Freq] 







This parameter is valid for PWM rectifier drives only and specifies the maximum switching frequency of 

the power semiconductor devices. 

Inverter PWM Max Frequency [Inv PWM Max Freq] 







This parameter specifies the maximum switching frequency of the power semiconductor devices used in 

the inverter. 

Rectifier Device Gating Sequence A [Rec DvcGat SeqnA] 






This parameter specifies the device firing sequence on Fiber Optic Interface Board A on the rectifier side. 

Rectifier Device Gating Sequence B [Rec DvcGat SeqnB] 






This parameter specifies the device firing sequence on Fiber Optic Interface Board B on the rectifier side. 



Rectifier Device Gating Sequence C [Rec DvcGat SeqnC] 






This parameter specifies the device firing sequence on Fiber Optic Interface Board C on the rectifier side. 

Rectifier Device Diagnostic Feedback A [Rec DvcDiag FbkA] 






This parameter displays the diagnostic feedback from Fiber Optic Interface Board A on the rectifier side. 

Rectifier Device Diagnostic Feedback B [Rec DvcDiag FbkB] 






This parameter displays the diagnostic feedback from Fiber Optic Interface Board B on the rectifier side. 

Rectifier Device Diagnostic Feedback C [Rec DvcDiag FbkC] 






This parameter displays the diagnostic feedback from Fiber Optic Interface Board C on the rectifier side. 

Inverter Device Gating Sequence [Inv DvcGat Seqn] 






This parameter specifies the device firing sequence on the inverter side. With a drive with more than one 

series device, the same firing sequence is applied to all the fiber optic boards. 

Inverter Device Diagnostic Feedback A [Inv DvcDiag FbkA] 






This parameter displays the diagnostic feedback from Fiber Optic Interface Board A on the inverter side. 



Inverter Device Diagnostic Feedback B [Inv DvcDiag FbkB] 






This parameter displays the diagnostic feedback from Fiber Optic Interface Board B on the inverter side. 

Inverter Device Diagnostic Feedback C [Inv DvcDiag FbkC] 






This parameter displays the diagnostic feedback from Fiber Optic Interface Board C on the inverter side. 

Power Factor Compensation Modulation Index [PFC Mod Index] 






This parameter displays the value of modulation index at which the inverter is operating while 

compensating for the line power factor. The value can change from 0.2 to 0.98 when drive is operating 

with Space Vector Modulation technique and is set to 1.03 when the drive uses Selective Harmonic 

Elimination technique. 

Contact factory for the availability of the feature in the drive 

Liquid Cooling Parameters 

Coolant Temperature °C [Coolant Temp °C] 


Minimum Value: 0°C 




This parameter specifies the coolant temperature in Degree Celsius on a PowerFlex 7000 Liquid-Cooled 

drive. 

Coolant Temperature °F [Coolant Temp °F] 


Minimum Value: 0°F 

Maximum Value: 65535 F 



This parameter specifies the coolant temperature in Fahrenheit on a PowerFlex 7000 Liquid-Cooled 

drive. 



Fan Configuration for Liquid-Cooled Drive Heat Exchangers [Fan Config] 


Default Value: 3 In-line 



This parameter specifies the fan configuration for the heat exchanger used on PowerFlex Liquid-Cooled 

drives. This parameter lets the drive know how many fans are installed, and their configuration. The 

control can then properly turn the fans on and cool the system. The following are the available 

configurations: 

3 In-line 3 fans across the heat exchanger in series 

4 Block 4 fans in a square configuration 

4 Redundant 4 fans in a square configuration, but one is redundant 

No Fans 

No fans (Liquid-to-Liquid heat exchanger) 

Style #5 

Reserved for Future Use 

Coolant Temperature Warning [Coolant Temp Wrn] 


Default Value: 49°C 


Maximum Value: 85°C 



This parameter specifies the value of coolant temperature that will initiate a Coolant Temperature 

warning. The temperature is measured from a thermistor in the cooling system. 

Coolant Temperature Trip [Coolant Temp Trp] 


Default Value: 54°C 


Maximum Value: 85°C 



This parameter specifies the minimum value of coolant temperature that will initiate a Coolant 

Temperature fault. The temperature is measured from a thermistor in the cooling system. 

Pump Duty Cycle [Pump Duty Cycle] 


Default Value: 8 hrs 

Minimum Value: 1 hrs 

Maximum Value: 720 hrs 



This parameter specifies the duty cycle for the pumps which circulate the liquid coolant. 



Fan Duty Cycle [Fan Duty Cycle] 


Default Value: 8 hrs 

Minimum Value: 1 hrs 

Maximum Value: 720 hrs 



This parameter specifies the duty cycle for the liquid cooled Heat exchanger fans. 

Security Parameters 

Port Mask Act [Port Mask Act] 




This read-only parameter provides access to the current value of the Port Mask Active attribute for 

diagnostic purposes. There is a bit for each port on the host, indicating whether the port is enabled or 

disabled. When bit 15 is set, it indicates that FactoryTalk Security or some other Advanced Security tool 

has set the Port Mask Active attribute. 


0 Host 

1 DPI Port1 

2 DPI Port2 

3 DPI Port3 

4 DPI Port4 

5 DPI Port5 

6 DPI Port6 

7 Reserved Programming Terminal I/O 

8 Reserved 

9 Reserved 

10 Reserved 

11 Reserved 

12 Reserved 

13 Reserved 

14 Reserved 

15 Reserved 



Port Logic Mask [Port Logic Mask] 


Default Value: 0000000001111111 



The parameter is used to configure the value of the Logic Mask Active attribute unless the “Advanced” bit 

is set in the attribute. If the “Advanced” bit is already set in the Logic Mask Active attribute, the value last 

written to the attribute is used until a new value is written directly to the attribute. If the bit for a port is set 

to “0”, the port will have no control functions of the drive except for stop. 


0 Host 

1 DPI Port1 

2 DPI Port2 

3 DPI Port3 

4 DPI Port4 

5 DPI Port5 

6 DPI Port6 

7 Reserved Programming Terminal I/O 

8 Reserved 

9 Reserved 

10 Reserved 

11 Reserved 

12 Reserved 

13 Reserved 

14 Reserved 

15 Reserved 

Logic Mask Act [Logic Mask Act] 




This parameter provides read-only access to the current value of the Logic Mask Active attribute for 

diagnostic purposes. When bit 15 is set, it indicates that FactoryTalk Security or some other Advanced 

Security tool has set the Logic Mask Active attribute. If the bit for a port is set to “0”, the port will have no 

control functions of the drive except for stop. 


0 Host 

1 DPI Port1 

2 DPI Port2 

3 DPI Port3 

4 DPI Port4 

5 DPI Port5 

6 DPI Port6 

7 Reserved 

8 Reserved 

9 Reserved 

10 Reserved 

11 Reserved 

12 Reserved 

13 Reserved 

14 Reserved 

15 Advanced 



Write Mask Configuration [Write Mask Cfg] 


Default Value: 0000000001111111 



This parameter allows user to program the Write Mask Active attribute when power is cycled to the drive. 


0 Host 

1 DPI Port1 

2 DPI Port2 

3 DPI Port3 

4 DPI Port4 

5 DPI Port5 

6 DPI Port6 

7 Reserved 

8 Reserved 

9 Reserved 

10 Reserved 

11 Reserved 

12 Reserved 

13 Reserved 

14 Reserved 

15 Advanced 

Write Mask Act [Write Mask Act] 




This parameter provides read-only access to the current value of the write Mask Active attribute for 

diagnostic purposes. When bit 15 is set, it indicates that FactoryTalk security or some other Advanced 

Security tool has set the Write Mask Active attribute. Each bit in the parameter controls whether the 

device attached to the DPI port can write to parameters or links. 


0 Host 

1 DPI Port1 

2 DPI Port2 

3 DPI Port3 

4 DPI Port4 

5 DPI Port5 

6 DPI Port6 

7 Reserved 

8 Reserved 

9 Reserved 

10 Reserved 

11 Reserved 

12 Reserved 

13 Reserved 

14 Reserved 

15 Advanced 



Parallel Drive Parameters 


Drive ID [Drive ID] 







This parameter specifies the identity of an individual drive in a parallel drive system. All drives in a 

system should have unique ID numbers. If two drives are programmed with the same ID number, the first 

drive to be powered up will take ownership of the ID number and the other drive will be dropped off the 

Drive Area Network. Drive ID numbers do not have to be consecutive, there can be gaps in the 

sequence (e.g. 0, 1, 3). Usually, Drive ID numbers cannot be freely assigned but are predetermined by 

the node addresses of the system controller (PLC). 

Power Up Configuration [Powerup Config] 


Default Value: Single Drive 



This parameter defines the role that the drive will assume when the control is powered up. 

Single Drive 

Master 

Slave 

Drive not part of a parallel drive system-default 

Master drive in a parallel drive system 

Slave drive in a parallel drive system 

If more than one drive in a parallel drive system is programmed as Master, the first drive to be powered 

up will become the master and the other drives will become slaves. 

Master Mask [Master Mask] 





This parameter specifies which drives in a parallel drive system are allowed to become master. A value 

of 1 indicates that the corresponding drive can become master if required. A value of 0 indicates that the 

corresponding drive will refuse to take on the role of master. Eight bits are defined: 


0 Drive 0 Drive 0 is selected to become master if required 










Acting Master ID [Acting Master ID] 







This parameter specifies the Drive ID of the drive that is currently acting as master or has been requested 

to become the master. For a master drive, this parameter will normally be the same as the Drive ID for 

that drive. Setting this parameter to the ID of another drive in the system will cause the master to attempt 

to transfer control to the specified drive. For a slave drive, this parameter will have a value of 8, which is 

an invalid value for Drive ID. 

Drives in System [Drives in System] 







This parameter specifies the total number of drives in a parallel drive system. This information cannot be 

obtained by counting the number of drives on the Drive Area Network, because some drives in the 

system may not be communicating. It is important that this parameter have the correct value because it 

is used in calculating the rated current feedback of the drive. 

1 .0 

per unit drivecurrent 

Rated motor amps × Service factor 

= 

Drivesin system 

Reduced Capacity [Reduced Capacity] 


Default Value: Enable 



This parameter specifies whether a parallel drive system is allowed to run with reduced capacity. 

Disable 

Enable 

System will run only if all drives are available 

System will run if at least half the total number of drives 

are available. 



PD Flags [PD Flags] 


Default Value: 0000000000000000 



This parameter is the parallel drive flag word. Four bits are defined: 


0 Node Reset Node Reset, set to clear parallel drives faults and warnings reset 

automatically after faults cleared 

1 Active Mstr Active Master- this drive is the current master 

2 Pass Mastr Pass Master- this drive is attempting to pass mastership 

3 Pass Mstr En Pass Master Enabled-Pass Master is allowed for this drive 

4 Unused 

5 Unused 

6 Unused 

7 Unused 

8 Unused 

9 Unused 

10 Unused 

11 Unused 

12 Unused 

13 Unused 

14 Unused 

15 Unused 

PD Fault Word [PD Fault Word] 




This is the parallel drive fault word. 


0 Comm Timeout Drive has lost communications with the master 

1 Mstr Xfer Er Master Transfer Error 

2 Unused 

3 Unused 

4 Unused 

5 Unused 

6 Unused 

7 Unused 

8 Slave 0 Comm Master has lost communication with Drive 0 










PD Warning Word [PD Warning Word] 




This is the parallel drive warning word. 



1 Dclnd Mstr Slave Declined Master- slave only 

2 Slv RfsdMstr Slave Refused Master- master only 

3 Invld Mstr R Invalid Master Request- slave only 

4 Xfer Disable Transfer Disabled- master only 

5 Unused 

6 Unused 

7 Unused 

8 Slave 0 OffL Slave 0 Offline- 

9 master only 

10 Slave 1 OffL Slave 1 Offline- master only 







PD Status [PD Status] 




This variable specifies the status of this drive in a parallel drive system. It is sent to the master drive 

where it is displayed as Drive n Status, where n is the drive ID. Eight bits are defined: 


0 Ready Drive is ready 

1 Running Drive is running 

2 Faulted Drive has a fault condition 

3 Class1 Fault Drive has a class 1 fault 


5 Hub Comm OK Communications between the drive and the hub PLC is functional 

6 Input Clsed Drive input contactor is closed 

7 Output Clsed Drive output contactor is closed 

8 Unused 

9 Unused 

10 Unused 

11 Unused 

12 Unused 

13 Unused 

14 Unused 

15 Unused 



Drive0 Status [Drive0 Status] 




These eight variables display the status of all the drives in a parallel drive system. They are valid in the 

master drive only, and will have a value of zero in all slave drives. The definition is the same as PD Status. 










8 Unused 

9 Unused 

10 Unused 

11 Unused 

12 Unused 

13 Unused 

14 Unused 

15 Status Valid Status word is valid 
















8 Unused 

9 Unused 

10 Unused 

11 Unused 

12 Unused 

13 Unused 

14 Unused 



















8 Unused 

9 Unused 

10 Unused 

11 Unused 

12 Unused 

13 Unused 

14 Unused 

















8 Unused 

9 Unused 

10 Unused 

11 Unused 

12 Unused 

13 Unused 

14 Unused 



















8 Unused 

9 Unused 

10 Unused 

11 Unused 

12 Unused 

13 Unused 

14 Unused 

















8 Unused 

9 Unused 

10 Unused 

11 Unused 

12 Unused 

13 Unused 

14 Unused 



















8 Unused 

9 Unused 

10 Unused 

11 Unused 

12 Unused 

13 Unused 

14 Unused 

















8 Unused 

9 Unused 

10 Unused 

11 Unused 

12 Unused 

13 Unused 

14 Unused 




Master Flux Reference [Master Flux Ref] 






This variable is the flux reference from the master to all slave drives in a parallel drive system. It is raw 

data, not converted to engineering units. 

Master Torque Reference [Master Torq Ref] 






This variable is the torque reference from the master to all slave drives in a parallel drive system. It is 

raw data, not converted to engineering units. 

Master Magnetizing Current Command [Master Isd Cmd] 






This variable is the magnetizing current command from the master to all slave drives in a parallel drive 

system. It is raw data, not converted to engineering units. 

Master Capacity [Master Capacity] 






This variable is the capacity factor from the master to all slave drives in a parallel drive system. It is raw 

data, not converted to engineering units. 



Master Command [Master Command] 




This variable is the command word from the master to all slave drives in a parallel drive system. Four bits 

are defined: 


0 Stop Stop command from master to all slave drives 

1 Start Start command from master to all slave drives 

2 Reset Reset command from master to all slave drives 

3 Cmd Reverse Reverse command from master to all slave drives 

4 Unused 

5 Unused 

6 Unused 

7 Unused 

8 Unused 

9 Unused 

10 Unused 

11 Unused 

12 Unused 

13 Unused 

14 Unused 

15 Unused 

Specific Slave ID [Sp Slave ID] 






This variable identifies the slave drive (0-7) to which the specific commands Sp Capacity and Sp 

Command are directed. A value of 8 indicates that no slave drive is selected. It is valid in the master 

drive only, and always has a value of 8 in slave drives. 

Specific Command [Sp Command] 




This variable is the command word from the master to the slave drive identified by Sp Slave ID. It has the 

same definition as Master Command. 

Refer parameter #735 for bits information 

Specific Capacity [Sp Capacity] 






This variable is the capacity factor from the master to the slave drive identified by Sp Slave ID. 

It is raw data, not converted to engineering units. 



Parallel Drive Flux Reference [PD Flux Ref] 






This variable is the flux reference received from the master. It is raw data, not converted to engineering 

units. 

Parallel Drive Torque Reference [PD Torq Ref] 






This variable is the torque reference received from the master. It is raw data, not converted to 

engineering units. 

Parallel Drive Magnetizing Current Command [PD Isd Cmd] 






This variable is the magnetizing current command received from the master. It is raw data, not converted 

to engineering units. 

Parallel Drive Capacity [PD Capacity] 






This variable is the capacity factor of this drive. It is raw data, not converted to engineering units. 



Parallel Drive Command [PD Command] 




This variable is the command word received from the master. It has the same definition as Master 

Command. 


0 Stop Stop command from master to all slave drives 

1 Start Start command from master to all slave drives 

2 Reset Reset command from master to all slave drives 

3 Cmd Reverse Reverse command from master to all slave drives 

4 Unused 

5 Unused 

6 Unused 

7 Unused 

8 Unused 

9 Unused 

10 Unused 

11 Unused 

12 Unused 

13 Unused 

14 Unused 

15 Unused 

Drv Application Parameters 

Surface Voltage [ESP Surface Volt] 






This variable is used to indicate the motor filter capacitor voltage in Volts. For ESP applications this 

voltage will be greater than the Motor Voltage due to the drop in the cable. 

Cable Resistance [ESP Cable Resis] 







If the value of Autotune Rs is greater than 2.5%, an ESP drive is assumed. In addition a parameter Cable 

Resistance (#750) is used to specify the cable resistance if the cable data is known. When this parameter 

is non zero, the R Stator parameter is updated using this value and Autotune Rs is ignored. 



Drive Application [Drv Application] 


Default Value: ID Fan 



This parameter specifies the application in which the drive is being used and in intended for future use only. 

Internal 

Value 

Enum Text 

Description 

0 ID Fan Drive is running Induced Draft Fan 

1 Pump 1 Drive is running Pump type 1 

2 Pump 2 Drive is running Pump type 2 

3 Conveyor Drive is running a conveyor 

4 Compressor Drive is running a compressor 

5 BanburyMixer Drive is running a Banbury Mixer 

6 Application1 Future use 






12 TestBay Dyn1 Drive under test is using Dyne 1 





Process Control Parameters 


PID Output [PID Output] 






This parameter displays the final output of the PID controller in per unit. This is the sum of proportional, 

integral, derivative and previous value of the PID Output. This value corresponds 

to the Speed Command PID to drive. 

Process Variable [Process Variable] 






This parameter represents the feedback from process. This value is compared with Process Setpoint 

(360) to calculate the error. 



Process Variable Eng [Process Var Eng] 






This parameter displays the feedback from the process in engineering units according to the application. 

PID Gain [PID Gain] 







This parameter specifies the proportional gain in the PID controller when Indpndt Gain option in PID 

Command (313) is chosen. If not, this parameter represents controller gain. The proportional gain works 

only on the proportional term while the controller gain works for all three terms, proportional, integral and 

derivative, at the same time. Refer to the formula in the Manual to understand the difference between the 

independent gain and the dependent gain. 

PID Integral Time [PID Intgral Time] 







This parameter specifies the integral time constant in seconds. This parameter represent the time for the 

integral term to repeat the action of the proportional term in response to a step change in error. A larger 

value of this parameter causes a slower integral response. 

PID Derivative Time [PID Deriv Time] 







This parameter specifies the derivative time constant in seconds. A larger value of this parameter causes 

a faster derivative response. If this value is set to 0, the derivative term in the PID controller is disabled. 

Process Setpoint [Process Setpoint] 







This parameter specifies the process setpoint value. 



Process Gain [Process Gain] 







This parameter specifies the conversion rate from the customer's process sensor value to process 

engineering unit. This parameter is used to calculate the process feedback in engineering value Process 

Var Eng (366) for the display. For example, if 1 volt from sensor represents the 3000 psi, this value 

should be 3000. 

PID Minimum Limit [PID Min Limit] 


Default Value: -1.0000 pu 





This parameter sets the lower limit of the PID Output (356). 

PID Maximum Limit [PID Max Limit] 







This parameter sets the upper limit of the PID Output (356). 

PID Manual Input [PID Manual Input] 







This parameter specifies the manual input to the PID Output (356) when Manual option in PID Command 

(313) is selected. 

PID Dead Bandwidth [PID Dead Band] 







This parameter specifies the band to restrict the corrective action of PID Controller for small deviation in 

the error. If the error is smaller than this value, all the proportional, integral and derivative terms are kept 

to zero, and PID Output (356) stays in the previous value. 



PID Preload [PID Preload] 







This parameter specifies the preset value of PID Output (356). 

PID Filter [PID Filter] 







This parameter specifies the cutoff frequency of the low pass filter used for the error between the Process 

Setpoint (360) and the Process Variable (357). 

PID Command [PID Command] 


Default Value: 0000000000000000 



This parameter specifies the options for PID controller action. ‘1’ in the corresponding bit location 

indicates that option is selected, and ‘0’ indicates that the option is not selected. When no option is 

selected, PID controller works with the default setting, which is dependent gain with the derivative term on 

the error. The following is descriptions of the individual bits: 


0 Indpndt Gain PID gain is applied only to the proportional term 

1 DerivProcess Derivative term acts on the process variable, not on the error. 

2 Manual PID Output is manually decided. 

3 Direct PID Output increases when the Process variable is larger than the 

PID Setpoint. 

4 Unused 

5 Unused 

6 Unused 

7 Unused 

8 Unused 

9 Unused 

10 Unused 

11 Unused 

12 Unused 

13 Unused 

14 Unused 

15 Unused 



Commissioning Parameters 


Master Bridge Phasing [Master Phasing] 




This parameter specifies the results obtained from phasing check for the Master rectifier bridge. 


0 Required-ABC 

1 Required-ACB 

2 Required-BAC 

3 Required-BCA 

4 Required-CBA 

5 Required-CAB 

6 

7 

8 Actual-ABC 

9 Actual-ACB 

10 Actual-BAC 

11 Actual-BCA 

12 Actual-CBA 

13 Actual-CAB 

14 

15 

Slave 1 Bridge Phasing [Slave1 Phasing] 




This parameter specifies the results obtained from phasing check for the Slave1 rectifier bridge on 

18-pulse drives. 








6 

7 

8 Actual-ABC 

9 Actual-ACB 

10 Actual-BAC 

11 Actual-BCA 

12 Actual-CBA 

13 Actual-CAB 

14 

15 



Slave 2 Bridge Phasing [Slave2 Phasing] 




This parameter specifies the results obtained from phasing check for the Slave2 rectifier bridge on 18- 

pulse drives. 








6 

7 

8 Actual-ABC 

9 Actual-ACB 

10 Actual-BAC 

11 Actual-BCA 

12 Actual-CBA 

13 Actual-CAB 

14 

15 

Commission Status [CommissionStatus] 




This parameter displays the commissioning status. 


0 DIM Valid DIM validated 

1 Drv Isolated Drive is Isolated 

2 MV Present Medium voltage is present 

3 PhasingDone Phasing check has been done 

4 Unused 

5 Unused 

6 Unused 

7 Unused 

8 Unused 

9 Unused 

10 Unused 

11 Unused 

12 Unused 

13 Unused 

14 Unused 

15 Unused 



Commission Flags [CommissionFlags] 


Default Value: 0000000000000000 



This parameter displays the command for the drive during commissioning. 


0 Unused 

1 Unused 

2 Unused 

3 DoPhasingChk Perform Phasing Check 

4 Unused 

5 Unused 

6 Unused 

7 Unused 

8 Unused 

9 Unused 

10 Unused 

11 Unused 

12 Unused 

13 Unused 

14 Unused 

15 Unused 

Zero Scale Reference [Scale Zero Ref] 


Default Value: 0000000000000000 



This parameter is used for calibration of analog inputs in the drive and prompts the user to enter the zero 

scale reference value for the particular input. 


0 Speed Pot 

1 Anlg Input1 

2 Anlg Input2 

3 Anlg Input3 

4 Convrter AirFlow 

5 IsoTx AirFlow 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 



Full Scale Reference [Scale Full Ref] 


Default Value: 0000000000000000 



his parameter is used for calibration of analog inputs in the drive and prompts the user to enter the full 

scale reference value for the particular input. 


0 Speed Pot 

1 Anlg Input1 

2 Anlg Input2 

3 Anlg Input3 

4 Convrter AirFlow 

5 IsoTx AirFlow 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

Provide Zero Reference [Provide Zero Ref] 


Default Value: 0000000000000000 



This parameter is used for calibration of analog outputs in the drive and prompts the drive to output the 

zero scale reference value for the particular output. 


0 Anlg Meter1 

1 Anlg Meter2 

2 Anlg Meter3 

3 Anlg Meter4 

4 Anlg Output1 




8 Anlg 4-20mA 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 



Provide Full Scale Reference [Provide Full Ref] 


Default Value: 0000000000000000 



This parameter is used for calibration of analog outputs in the drive and prompts the drive to output the 

full scale reference value for the particular output. 


0 Anlg Meter1 

1 Anlg Meter2 

2 Anlg Meter3 

3 Anlg Meter4 





8 Anlg 4-20mA 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

Setup Wizard [Setup Wizard] 


Default Value: 0000000000000000 



This parameter specifies the progress of the Setup Wizard. A ‘1’ indicates that the step has been 

completed by the setup wizard. Until all the steps are completed, you will always be prompted to continue 

with the process each time control power is cycled. The following steps are displayed: 


0 Path Picked For Internal use only 

1 Gating Test Perform gating checks on the drive 

2 Motor Data Enter motor nameplate data 

3 Features Enter Feature Select parameters 

4 Speed Ref Enter Speed Profile parameters 

5 Analog Calib Calibrate analog system 

6 Ext Faults Configure the External Faults 

7 System Test Perform System Test 

8 Phasing Chck Performed phasing check for an 18-pulse drive 

9 Autotuning Autotune drive and motor parameters 

10 DC Test Run the drive in DC Current Test Mode 

11 Unused 

12 Unused 

13 Unused 

14 Unused 

15 Unused 



Setup Wizard 2 [Setup Wizard 2] 


Default Value: 0000 Hex 

Minimum Value: 0000 Hex 

Maximum Value: FFFF Hex 



This parameter is reserved for future use and will be used for Set Up wizard. 



Parameters Listed by Group 

Feedback Parameters 


Read- 

Only 

Access 

135 Line Voltage pu 0.000 2.000 - pu Y Service 

696 Rec Input Volt 0.000 2.000 - pu Y Service 

645 Rec DCLink Volt -2.000 2.000 - pu Y Service 

643 Inv DCLink Volt -2.000 2.000 - pu Y Service 

761 Inv Output Volt 0.000 2.000 - pu Y Service 

554 Motor Voltage pu 0.000 2.000 - pu Y Service 

122 Line Current pu 0.000 4.000 - pu Y Service 

555 Motor Current pu 0.000 4.000 - pu Y Service 

254 Rec HSink Temp C -40.0 100.0 - C Y Monitor 

255 Rec HSink Temp F -40.0 212.0 - F Y Monitor 

252 Inv HSink Temp C -40.0 100.0 - C Y Monitor 

253 Inv HSink Temp F -40.0 212.0 - F Y Monitor 

567 Air Filter Block 0.0 100.0 - % Y Basic 

568 Air Filter Allow 0.0 100.0 - % Y Basic 

447 Convrter AirFlow -1.0 10.0 - V Y Basic 

653 IsoTx AirFlow -10.0 10.0 - V Y Basic 

589 LineNeutral Volt -2.000 2.000 - pu Y Basic 

347 Mtr Neutral Volt -2.000 2.000 - pu Y Basic 

136 Master Line Volt 0.000 2.000 - pu Y Service 

137 Slave1 Line Volt 0.000 2.000 - pu Y Service 


382 Master Line Cur 0.000 4.000 - pu Y Service 

383 Slave1 Line Cur 0.000 4.000 - pu Y Service 


334 Master Line Freq -100.0 100.0 - Hz Y Service 

335 Slave1 Line Freq -100.0 100.0 - Hz Y Service 

239 Slave2 Line Freq -100.0 100.0 - Hz Y Service 

616 Slave1 Angle -360.0 360.0 - deg Y Service 


683 Harmonic Voltage 0.000 32.767 - pu Y Service 

779 ComModeCur Peak 0.00 655.35 - A Y Service 

778 TransientVoltMax 0.000 2.000 - pu Y Service 

684 BusTransient Trp 0.000 32.767 - pu Y Service 

767 BusTransient Lvl 0.000 32.767 - pu Y Service 



Diagnostics Parameters 


Read- 

Only 

Access 

257 Logic Command - - - Hex Y Monitor 

258 Logic Status - - - Hex Y Monitor 

262 Drive Not Ready1 - - - Hex Y Monitor 

699 Drive Not Ready2 - - - Hex Y Monitor 

569 DrvStatus Flag1 - - - Hex Y Service 

238 DrvStatus Flag2 - - - Hex Y Service 

505 Contactor Cmd - - - Hex Y Service 

506 Contactor Status - - - Hex Y Service 

264 RecControl Flag1 - - - Hex Y Service 

160 RecControl Flag2 - - - Hex Y Service 

368 RecControl Flag3 - - - Hex Y Service 

265 InvControl Flag1 - - - Hex Y Service 

642 InvControl Flag2 - - - Hex Y Service 

446 InvControl Flag3 - - - Hex Y Service 

96 InvAnlg SelfTst1 - - - Hex Y Service 

251 InvAnlg SelfTst2 - - - Hex Y Service 

473 RecAnlg SelfTst1 - - - Hex Y Service 



764 Cur Sens FltCode - - - Hex Y Service 

551 Drive Overload 0.00 1.00 - Y Service 

550 Motor Overload 0.00 1.00 - Y Service 

682 RNeutral OvrLoad 0.00 1.00 - Y Service 

428 Bypass VoltUnbal 0.00 1.00 - Y Service 

610 Master VoltUnbal 0.00 1.00 - Y Service 

611 Slave1 VoltUnbal 0.00 1.00 - Y Service 


613 Master Cur Unbal 0.00 1.00 - Y Service 

614 Slave1 Cur Unbal 0.00 1.00 - Y Service 


263 Motor Cur Unbal 0.00 1.00 - Y Service 

619 Motor Flux Unbal 0.00 1.00 - Y Service 

490 Fault Output 0 1 - Y Service 

700 Warning Output 0 1 - Y Service 

689 Scope Trigger 0 1 - Y Service 

597 Parameter Error 0 65535 - Y Basic 



Feature Select Parameters 


Read- 

Only 

Access 

4 Operating Mode - - Normal N Monitor 

7 Speed Ref Select - - Local N Monitor 

749 Speed Cmd Loss - - Fault N Basic 

60 Coast Speed 1.0 100.0 2.0 Hz N Basic 

3 Auto Restart Dly 0.0 10.0 0.0 sec N Basic 

1 Input Ctctr Cfg - - All Faults N Basic 

10 InpCtctr OpenDly 0.0 60.0 0.0 min N Advanced 

5 Output Ctctr Cfg - - Not Running N Basic 

99 Special Features - - 0000000000000000 Hex N Advanced 

199 Load Loss Detect - - Disabled N Advanced 

590 Rec Gating Test - - Off N Service 

591 Inv Gating Test - - Off N Service 

13 Setup Wizard - - 0000000000000000 Hex N Service 

702 Extended Trend - - Enabled N Service 

300 PowerFactor Comp - - Disable N Service 

299 PFC Access Code 0 65535 0 N Service 

491 Fan1 Run Time 0.1 60.0 30.0 Days N Service 


11 Passcode 0 0 65535 - Y Monitor 






Drive Hardware Parameters 


Read- 

Only 

Access 

114 DCLnk Induct pu 0.00 10.00 - pu Y Service 

625 Line Reactor pu 0.00 1.00 - pu Y Service 

133 Line Filter Cap 0.00 2.00 - pu Y Service 

128 Motor Filter Cap 0.00 2.00 - pu Y Service 

648 Drive VSB Gain 0.0 6553.5 - V/V Y Service 

649 Drive VSB Tap - - - Y Service 

192 InpFilCutOffFreq 0.0 100.0 - Y Service 

176 Drive Model - - B Frame N Service 

19 Rated Drive Amps 10 1750 159 A N Service 

17 Rated Line Freq 50 60 60 Hz N Service 

18 Rated Line Volts 100 7200 4160 V N Service 

153 Rectifier Type - - 6 PWM N Service 

32 Line Cap Freq 50 60 60 Hz N Service 

15 Line Cap kVAR 1 7500 400 kvar N Service 

16 Line Cap Volts 100 10000 4160 V N Service 

624 Line Reactor 0.00 50.00 0.00 mH N Service 

27 DCLnk Inductance 1.0 500.0 24.0 mH N Service 

28 Motor Cap Freq 50 90 60 Hz N Service 

20 Motor Cap kVAR 1 7500 400 kvar N Service 

21 Motor Cap Volts 100 10000 4160 V N Service 

158 CT Burden Gndflt 10 10000 1000 ohms N Service 

157 CT Ratio Gndflt 10 10000 2000 N Service 

151 CT Brden Line 1.0 100.0 5.0 ohms N Service 

149 CT Ratio Line 10 10000 1000 N Service 

285 HECS Brden DCLnk 1.0 100.0 50.0 ohms N Service 

284 HECS Ratio DCLnk 10 10000 4000 N Service 

152 HECS Brden Motor 1.0 100.0 50.0 ohms N Service 

150 HECS Ratio Motor 10 10000 4000 N Service 

144 RecDvc CurRating 0 3500 800 A N Service 

143 InvDvc CurRating 0 3500 800 A N Service 

145 Series RecDvc 1 6 2 N Service 

146 Series InvDvc 1 6 2 N Service 

680 Neutral Resistor 0.0 6553.5 0.0 ohms N Service 

681 RNeut Pwr Rating 0 65535 1500 W N Service 

198 HECS Ratio RNeut 10 10000 4000 N Service 

197 HECS Brden RNeut 1.0 100.0 50.0 ohms N Service 

141 HardwareOptions1 - - 0000000010000000 Hex N Service 

274 HardwareOptions2 - - 0000000000000000 Hex N Service 

575 Number PwrSup 1 4 1 N Service 

Motor Ratings Parameters 


Read- 

Only 

Access 

23 Rated Motor Amps 10 1500 159 A N Basic 

29 Rated Motor Freq 25 90 60 Hz N Basic 

25 Rated Motor HP 10 20000 1250 hp N Basic 

24 Rated Motor kW 10 15000 933 kW N Basic 

26 Rated Motor RPM 150.0 3600.0 1192.0 RPM N Basic 

22 Rated Motor Volt 100 8000 4000 V N Basic 

31 Service Factor 0.75 1.25 1.00 N Basic 

30 Motor Type - - Induction N Service 



Autotuning Parameters 


Read- 

Only 

Access 

377 Autotune Warning - - - Hex Y Advanced 

209 Autotune Select - - Off N Advanced 

217 Autotune L Input 0.00 1.00 0.00 pu N Advanced 

218 Autotune T DCLnk 0.000 0.150 0.000 sec N Advanced 

219 Autotune RStator 0.00 0.50 0.00 pu N Advanced 

220 Autotune LLeakge 0.00 0.50 0.00 pu N Advanced 

221 Autotune L Magn 0.00 15.00 0.00 pu N Advanced 

222 Autotune T Rotor 0.00 10.00 0.00 sec N Advanced 

223 Autotune Inertia 0.00 100.00 0.00 sec N Advanced 

224 Autotune Lmd 0.00 10.00 0.00 pu N Advanced 

325 Autotune Lmq 0 1000 100 pu N Advanced 

212 Autotune Idc BW 10.0 100.0 50.0 r/s N Advanced 

210 Autotune Idc Cmd 0.100 0.900 0.500 pu N Advanced 

211 Autotune Idc Stp 0.000 0.500 0.250 pu N Advanced 

216 Autotune Isd Stp 0.010 0.200 0.100 pu N Advanced 

213 Autotune Spd Cmd 20.0 60.0 30.0 Hz N Advanced 

215 Autotune Trq Stp 0.050 0.500 0.100 pu N Advanced 

375 AutotuneComplete - - 0000000000000000 Hex N Service 

Motor Model Parameters 


Read- 

Only 

Access 

340 Stator Current 0.000 4.000 - pu Y Monitor 

344 Stator Voltage 0.000 2.000 - pu Y Monitor 

448 Stator Frequency 0.00 120.00 - Hz Y Service 

337 Rotor Frequency 0.00 120.00 - Hz Y Monitor 

343 Slip Frequency -2.00 2.00 - Hz Y Monitor 

346 Mtr AirGap Power -4.000 4.000 - pu Y Monitor 

345 Mtr AirGap Trq -4.000 4.000 - pu Y Monitor 

692 Mtr Power Factor 0.00 1.00 - Y Service 

339 MtrTrq Current -4.000 4.000 - pu Y Service 

338 MtrFlux Current -4.000 4.000 - pu Y Service 

485 StatFrqVoltModel 0.0 100.0 - Hz Y Service 

486 StatFrqCurModel 0.0 100.0 - Hz Y Service 

342 FlxFbk VoltModel 0.000 2.000 - pu Y Service 

341 FlxFbk CurModel 0.000 2.000 - pu Y Service 

701 Lm Predicted 0.00 15.00 - pu Y Service 

134 Lm Measured 0.00 15.00 - pu Y Service 

131 Lm Rated 1.00 15.00 3.50 pu N Advanced 

693 Lm Regen 0.50 2.00 1.00 N Service 

694 Lm Noload FlxMin 0.50 2.00 1.00 N Service 

695 Lm Noload FlxMax 0.50 2.00 1.00 N Service 

129 R Stator 0.0000 0.5000 0.0000 pu N Advanced 

130 L Total Leakage 0.00 0.75 0.25 pu N Advanced 

132 T Rotor 0.10 10.00 1.50 sec N Advanced 

418 Lmd 0.10 10.00 1.00 pu N Advanced 

296 Lmq 0.10 10.00 1.00 pu N Advanced 



Speed Command Parameters 


Read- 

Only 

Access 

277 Speed Command -120.0 120.0 - Hz Y Basic 

276 Speed Command In -120.0 120.0 - Hz Y Basic 

275 Control Refernce 0.0 6553.5 - Hz Y Basic 

273 Control Feedback 0.0 6553.5 - Hz Y Basic 

47 SpdCmd Pot -120.0 120.0 - Hz Y Basic 

48 SpdCmd Anlg Inp1 -120.0 120.0 - Hz Y Basic 


58 SpdCmd DPI -120.0 120.0 - Hz Y Basic 

59 SpdCmd PID -120.0 120.0 - Hz Y Basic 

293 Speed Cmd Min 0.0 120.0 6.0 Hz N Basic 

290 Speed Cmd Max 0.0 120.0 60.0 Hz N Basic 

41 RefCmd Pot Min -120.0 120.0 6.0 Hz N Basic 

42 RefCmd Pot Max 0.0 120.0 60.0 Hz N Basic 

43 RefCmdAnlgInpMin -120.0 120.0 6.0 Hz N Basic 

44 RefCmdAnlgInpMax 0.0 120.0 60.0 Hz N Basic 

45 RefCmd DPI Min 0.0 120.0 6.0 Hz N Basic 

46 RefCmd DPI Max 0.0 120.0 60.0 Hz N Basic 

40 Preset Jog Speed 1.0 60.0 6.0 Hz N Basic 

33 Preset Speed 1 0.5 75.0 30.0 Hz N Advanced 



Speed Control Parameters 


Read- 

Only 

Access 

278 Speed Reference -120.0 120.0 - Hz Y Monitor 

289 Speed Feedback -120.0 120.0 - Hz Y Monitor 

472 Speed Error -10.00 10.00 - Hz Y Advanced 

292 MtrTorque CurCmd -4.000 4.000 - pu Y Advanced 

294 InvTorque CurCmd -4.000 4.000 - pu Y Advanced 

61 Total Accel Time 0.0 1200.0 32.0 sec N Monitor 

62 Total Decel Time 0.0 1200.0 32.0 sec N Monitor 

63 Inertia Type - - Low N Basic 

82 Total Inertia 0.10 50.00 1.00 sec N Advanced 

89 Speed Fbk Mode - - Sensorless N Advanced 

81 SpdReg Bandwidth 0.1 15.0 1.0 r/s N Advanced 

88 Speed Ref Step 0.0 2.0 0.0 Hz N Service 



Speed Profile Parameters 


Read- 

Only 

Access 

65 Accel Time 1 0.0 1200.0 5.0 sec N Advanced 




69 Decel Time 1 0.0 1200.0 5.0 sec N Advanced 




73 Ramp Speed 1 5.0 100.0 5.0 Hz N Advanced 




475 S Curve Percent 0 100 0 % N Advanced 

481 S Curve Accel 1 0.0 1200.0 20.0 sec N Advanced 


479 S Curve Decel 1 0.0 1200.0 20.0 sec N Advanced 


53 Skip Speed Band1 0.0 5.0 0.0 Hz N Advanced 



49 Skip Speed 1 1.0 90.0 90.0 Hz N Advanced 



80 Ramp Test Step 0.0 30.0 0.0 Hz N Service 

Current Control Parameters 


Read- 

Only 

Access 

321 Idc Reference 0.000 4.000 - pu Y Advanced 

322 Idc Feedback -2.000 4.000 - pu Y Advanced 

323 Idc Error -1.000 1.000 - pu Y Advanced 

326 Vdc Reference -1.000 1.000 - Y Advanced 

327 Alpha Rectifier 0.0 180.0 - deg Y Advanced 

773 IdcRefLmt Motor 0.000 4.000 - pu Y Service 

260 IdcRefLmt DCTest 0.000 4.000 - pu Y Service 

261 IdcRefLmt Autotn 0.000 4.000 - pu Y Service 

113 CurReg Bandwidth 50.0 2000.0 200.0 r/s N Advanced 

119 Idc Test Command 0.000 1.500 0.000 pu N Advanced 

120 Idc Ref Step 0.000 1.000 0.000 pu N Advanced 

115 T DC Link 0.015 0.150 0.040 sec N Advanced 

140 Input Impedance 0.0000 1.0000 0.0500 pu N Service 

502 Feedforward Fil 0.0 12.0 2.0 Hz N Service 

301 PFC LeadingLimit 0.00 1.00 0.00 N Service 

302 PFC LaggingLimit 0.00 1.00 0.00 N Service 



Torque Control Parameters 


Read- 

Only 

Access 

291 Torque Reference -4.000 4.000 - Y Advanced 

147 Active Trq Limit -4.000 4.000 - Y Advanced 

86 TrqCmd0 SensrLss 0.00 4.00 0.40 N Advanced 


91 Trq Cmd External -4.000 4.000 0.000 N Advanced 

90 Trq Control Mode - - Speed Reg N Advanced 

84 Trq Lmt Motoring 0.00 4.00 1.05 N Advanced 

85 Trq Lmt Braking 0.00 4.00 0.50 N Advanced 

658 Trq Lmt Overload 0.00 4.00 1.00 N Advanced 

747 Pwr Lmt Motoring 0.00 4.00 1.50 N Advanced 

748 Pwr Lmt Braking 0.00 4.00 1.50 N Advanced 

641 TrqCmd0 Tach 0.00 4.00 0.00 N Service 

Flux Control Parameters 


Read- 

Only 

Access 

305 Flux Reference 0.000 2.000 - pu Y Advanced 

306 Flux Feedback 0.000 2.000 - pu Y Advanced 

307 Flux Error -2.000 2.000 - pu Y Advanced 

310 Mtr Flux CurCmd -2.000 2.000 - pu Y Advanced 

308 FluxCur Feedfwd -2.000 2.000 - pu Y Advanced 

309 FluxCurRegulator -2.000 2.000 - pu Y Advanced 

312 Inv Flux CurCmd -2.000 2.000 - pu Y Advanced 

328 Alpha Inverter -360.0 360.0 - deg Y Advanced 

314 Field CurCmd 0.000 2.000 - pu Y Advanced 

57 Field Current -2.000 2.000 - pu Y Service 

623 Flux Cmd Limit 0.000 1.500 - pu Y Service 

304 PFC Flux Command -1.500 1.500 - pu Y Service 

97 FlxReg Bandwidth 1.0 30.0 10.0 r/s N Advanced 

100 FlxCmd RatedLoad 0.000 1.500 0.900 pu N Advanced 

103 FlxCmd No Load 0.400 1.500 0.700 pu N Advanced 

78 Motor Flux Time 0.0 10.0 3.0 sec N Advanced 

107 Icd Command Gain 0.0 1.0 0.5 N Advanced 

106 Field Bandwidth 0.1 100.0 10.0 r/s N Advanced 

98 Base Speed 25.0 100.0 60.0 Hz N Service 

102 Flux RefStep 0.000 0.100 0.000 pu N Service 



Alarm Config Parameters 


Read- 

Only 

Access 

440 InputProt1 Class - - Class2 Fault N Basic 

441 TxReacOvrTmpClss - - Class2 Fault N Basic 

442 DCLnkOvrTmpClass - - Class2 Fault N Basic 

443 Motor Prot Class - - Class2 Fault N Basic 


445 Aux Prot Class - - Class2 Fault N Basic 

435 Stnd XIOFlt Mask - - 11111111 Hex N Basic 

651 Ext Fault Selct - - 0000000000000000 Hex N Basic 

200 ExtFault1 Class - - Class2 Fault N Basic 
















564 Ext Fault Mask - - 1111111111111111 Hex N Basic 

394 Drv Fault1 Mask - - 1111111111111111 Hex N Basic 





8 Drv Fault6 Mask - - 1111111111111111 Hex N Service 

561 Mtr Fault1 Mask - - 1111111111111111 Hex N Basic 

397 Drv Wrn1 Mask - - 1111111111111111 Hex N Basic 


423 Drv Wrn3 Mask - - 1111111111111111 Hex N Basic 



565 Mtr Wrn1 Mask - - 1111111111111111 Hex N Basic 

104 Ctrl Pwr FltMask - - 1111111111111111 Hex N Basic 

105 Ctrl Pwr WrnMask - - 1111111111111111 Hex N Basic 

175 DPI Loss Mask - - 0000000000000000 Hex N Basic 

703 Liq Cool Mask - - 1111111111111111 Hex N Basic 

420 DvcDiag Flt Mask - - 1111111111111111 Hex N Service 

759 PD Wrn Mask - - 1111111111111111 Hex N Service 



Alarms Parameters 


Read- 

Only 

Access 

433 Stnd XIO Fault - - - Hex Y Service 

434 Stnd XIO Warning - - - Hex Y Service 

372 External Fault - - - Hex Y Service 

429 External Warning - - - Hex Y Service 

279 Drive Fault1 - - - Hex Y Service 






369 Motor Fault1 - - - Hex Y Service 

282 Drive Warning1 - - - Hex Y Service 





373 Motor Warning1 - - - Hex Y Service 

758 PD Warning - - - Hex Y Service 

287 Ctrl Pwr Fault - - - Hex Y Service 

288 Ctrl Pwr Warning - - - Hex Y Service 

93 DPI Loss Fault - - - Hex Y Service 

148 DPI Loss Warning - - - Hex Y Service 

596 XIO Adaptr Loss - - - Hex Y Service 

650 Ext Fault PLC - - 0000000000000000 Hex N Service 

358 Liquid Cool Flt - - 0000000000000000 Hex N Service 

359 Liquid Cool Wrn - - 0000000000000000 Hex N Service 





Read- 

Only 

Access 






















































Read- 

Only 

Access 



























Read- 

Only 

Access 














Read- 

Only 

Access 







Control Masks Parameters 


Read- 

Only 

Access 

244 Direction Mask - - 11111111 Hex N Basic 

245 Jog Mask - - 11111111 Hex N Basic 

242 Local Mask - - 11111111 Hex N Basic 

241 Logic Mask - - 11111111 Hex N Basic 

248 Ref Cmd Mask - - 11111111 Hex N Basic 

247 Reset Mask - - 11111111 Hex N Basic 

243 Start Mask - - 11111111 Hex N Basic 

249 Sync Xfer Mask - - 11111111 Hex N Basic 

638 Forced Flt Mask - - 11111111 Hex N Basic 

36 Profile Mask - - 11111111 Hex N Basic 

Owners Parameters 


Read- 

Only 

Access 

388 Direction Owner - - - Hex Y Monitor 

389 Jog Owner - - - Hex Y Monitor 

386 Local Owner - - - Hex Y Monitor 

392 Ref Cmd Owner - - - Hex Y Monitor 

391 Reset Owner - - - Hex Y Monitor 

387 Start Owner - - - Hex Y Monitor 

385 Stop Owner - - - Hex Y Monitor 

393 Sync Xfer Owner - - - Hex Y Monitor 

639 Forced Flt Owner - - - Hex Y Monitor 

37 Profile Owner - - - Hex Y Monitor 

94 Logic Owner - - - Hex Y Monitor 

Datalinks Parameters 


Read- 

Only 

Access 

376 PLC Error Flags - - - Hex Y Basic 

529 PLC Inp Link A1 0 779 0 N Basic 

530 PLC Inp Link A2 0 779 0 N Basic 

531 PLC Inp Link B1 0 779 0 N Basic 


533 PLC Inp Link C1 0 779 0 N Basic 


535 PLC Inp Link D1 0 779 0 N Basic 


537 PLC Out Link A1 0 779 0 N Basic 


539 PLC Out Link B1 0 779 0 N Basic 


541 PLC Out Link C1 0 779 0 N Basic 


543 PLC Out Link D1 0 779 0 N Basic 




Analog Inputs Parameters 


Read- 

Only 

Access 

652 Anlg Inp Config - - 0000000000000001 Hex N Service 

630 Speed Pot Vmin -10.00 10.00 0.00 V N Service 

631 Speed Pot Vmax -10.00 10.00 10.00 V N Service 

632 Anlg Inp1 Vmin -10.00 10.00 0.00 V N Service 

633 Anlg Inp1 Vmax -10.00 10.00 10.00 V N Service 


635 Angl Inp2 Vmax -10.00 10.00 10.00 V N Service 



Analog Outputs Parameters 


Read- 

Only 

Access 

517 Anlg Meter1 0 779 361 N Basic 




513 Anlg Output1 0 779 0 N Basic 




516 Anlg 4-20mAOut 0 779 337 N Basic 

521 AnlgMeter1 Scale 0.00 655.35 1.00 N Basic 


523 AnlgMeter3 Scale 0.00 655.35 1.00 N Basic 


183 Anlg Out1 Scale 0.00 655.35 1.00 N Basic 



123 Anlg Out4 Scale 0.00 655.35 1.00 N Basic 

188 Anlg4-20mA Scale 0.00 655.35 2.00 N Basic 

509 Anlg RecTstPt1 0 779 321 N Service 


124 Anlg RecTstPt3 0 779 326 N Service 


511 Anlg InvTstPt1 0 779 490 N Service 


126 Anlg InvTstPt3 0 779 291 N Service 




XIO Parameters 


Read- 

Only 

Access 

421 RunTime Input - - - Hex Y Advanced 

422 StndXIO Output - - - Hex Y Advanced 

431 StndXIO FltInput - - - Hex Y Advanced 

232 Ext Fault XIO - - - Hex Y Advanced 

427 OptXIO Output - - - Hex Y Advanced 

52 Liquid Inputs - - - Hex Y Service 

14 Liquid Outputs - - - Hex Y Service 

687 Logix Inputs - - - Hex Y Service 

688 Logix Outputs - - - Hex Y Service 

594 XIO Config Errs - - - Hex Y Advanced 

592 XIO Standard IO - - Card # 1 N Advanced 

593 XIO Ext Faults - - Unassigned N Advanced 

64 XIO Liquid Cool - - Unassigned N Advanced 

686 XIO Logix IO - - Unassigned N Advanced 

439 StndXIO Config1 - - Reverse N Advanced 

458 StndXIO Config2 - - Jog N Advanced 

459 StndXIO Config3 - - Remote N Advanced 

460 StndXIO Config4 - - Test Mode N Advanced 

461 StndXIO Config5 - - At Speed N Advanced 

462 StndXIO Config6 - - Thermal Alrm N Advanced 

463 StndXIO Config7 - - Sync Xfer N Advanced 

464 StndXIO Config8 - - In Trq Limit N Advanced 

714 Logix Register A 0 65535 0 N Service 

715 Logix Register B 0 65535 0 N Service 

Metering Parameters 


Read- 

Only 

Access 

487 Motor Speed Hz -120.0 120.0 - Hz Y Basic 

363 Motor Speed RPM -4500 4500 - RPM Y Basic 

361 Motor Current 0 1500 - A Y Basic 

362 Motor Voltage 0 8000 - V Y Basic 

364 Motor Power -15000 15000 - kW Y Basic 

500 Line Current 0 999 - A Y Basic 

324 Line Voltage 0 8000 - V Y Basic 

657 Line Frequency -100.0 100.0 - Hz Y Basic 

753 Input Power -15000 15000 - kW Y Service 

116 DC Link Current 0 999 - A Y Basic 

367 GndFault Current 0.0 10.0 - A Y Basic 

697 ComMode Current 0.00 655.35 - A Y Service 

118 Control AC#1 RMS 0.0 300.0 - V Y Advanced 




121 Control 56V 0.0 72.0 - V Y Advanced 



156 Control HECS 0.0 36.0 - V Y Advanced 

237 Control 5V Redn 0.0 8.0 - V Y Advanced 

101 IGDPS 56V 0.0 72.0 - V Y Advanced 

196 Control XIO 0.0 36.0 - V Y Advanced 



PWM Parameters 


Read- 

Only 

Access 

95 Rec Pulse Number 0 36 - Y Service 

295 Inv Pulse Number 0 65535 - Y Service 

378 Inv PWM Pattern - - - Y Service 

756 Idc 3 Pulse 0.000 10.000 - pu Y Service 


379 Vdc Ref 5p to 3p 0.00 1.50 0.10 pu N Service 


560 Idc Fac 3p to 5p 0.00 2.00 1.00 N Service 


155 Rec PWM Max Freq 100 1000 440 Hz N Service 

154 Inv PWM Max Freq 100 1000 440 Hz N Service 

620 Rec DvcGat SeqnA 0 65535 - Y Service 

621 Rec DvcGat SeqnB 0 65535 - Y Service 

626 Rec DvcGat SeqnC 0 65535 - Y Service 

627 Rec DvcDiag FbkA 0 65535 - Y Service 

628 Rec DvcDiag FbkB 0 65535 - Y Service 

629 Rec DvcDiag FbkC 0 65535 - Y Service 

584 Inv DvcGat Seqn 0 65535 - Y Service 

608 Inv DvcDiag FbkA 0 65535 - Y Service 

609 Inv DvcDiag FbkB 0 65535 - Y Service 

618 Inv DvcDiag FbkC 0 65535 - Y Service 

311 PFC Mod Index 0.00 1.50 - Y Service 

Liquid Cooling Parameters 


Read- 

Only 

Access 

380 Coolant Temp C 0 65535 - C Y Service 

381 Coolant Temp F 0 65535 - F Y Service 

477 Fan Config - - 3 In-line N Service 

478 Coolant Temp Wrn 35 85 49 C N Service 

483 Coolant Temp Trp 35 85 54 C N Service 

432 Pump Duty Cycle 1 720 8 hrs N Service 

449 Fan Duty Cycle 1 720 8 hrs N Service 

Security Parameters 


Read- 

Only 

Access 

708 Port Mask Act - - - Hex Y Advanced 

709 Port Logic Mask - - 0000000001111111 Hex N Advanced 

710 Logic Mask Act - - - Hex Y Advanced 

711 Write Mask Cfg - - 0000000001111111 Hex N Advanced 

712 Write Mask Act - - - Hex Y Advanced 



Parallel Drive Parameters 


Read- 

Only 

Access 

716 Drive ID 0 7 0 N Advanced 

717 Powerup Config - - Single Drive N Advanced 

718 Master Mask - - 11111111 Hex N Advanced 

719 Acting Master ID 0 8 0 N Advanced 

745 Drives in System 1 4 1 N Advanced 

765 Reduced Capacity - - Enable N Advanced 

722 PD Flags - - 0000000000000000 Hex N Service 

720 PD Fault Word - - - Hex Y Advanced 

721 PD Warning Word - - - Hex Y Advanced 

723 PD Status - - - Hex Y Service 

724 Drive0 Status - - - Hex Y Advanced 


726 Drive2 Status - - - Hex Y Advanced 



729 Drive5 Status - - - Hex Y Advanced 



732 Master Flux Ref 0 65535 - Y Service 

733 Master Torq Ref 0 65535 - Y Service 

734 Master Isd Cmd 0 65535 - Y Service 

737 Master Capacity 0 65535 - Y Service 

735 Master Command - - - Hex Y Service 

736 Sp Slave ID 0 8 - Y Service 

739 Sp Command - - - Hex Y Service 

738 Sp Capacity 0 65535 - Y Service 

740 PD Flux Ref 0 65535 - Y Service 

741 PD Torq Ref 0 65535 - Y Service 

742 PD Isd Cmd 0 65535 - Y Service 

746 PD Capacity 0 32767 - Y Service 

743 PD Command - - - Hex Y Service 

Drv Application Parameters 


Read- 

Only 

Access 

760 ESP Surface Volt 0 8000 - V Y Basic 

750 ESP Cable Resis 0.000 65.535 0.000 ohms N Service 

751 Drv Application - - ID Fan N Basic 



Process Control Parameters 


Read- 

Only 

Access 

356 PID Output -2.0000 2.0000 - pu Y Advanced 

357 Process Variable -2.0000 2.0000 - pu Y Advanced 

366 Process Var Eng -3276.7 3276.7 - Y Advanced 

353 PID Gain 0.00 655.35 1.00 N Advanced 

354 PID Intgral Time 0.00 655.35 1.00 sec N Advanced 

355 PID Deriv Time 0.00 655.35 0.00 sec N Advanced 

360 Process Setpoint -2.0000 2.0000 0.5000 pu N Advanced 

398 Process Gain 0.0 6553.5 1.0 N Advanced 

336 PID Min Limit -2.0000 2.0000 -1.0000 pu N Advanced 

318 PID Max Limit -2.0000 2.0000 1.0000 pu N Advanced 

348 PID Manual Input 0.0000 2.0000 0.0000 pu N Advanced 

352 PID Dead Band 0.0000 2.0000 0.0000 pu N Advanced 

365 PID Preload 0.0000 2.0000 0.0000 pu N Advanced 

390 PID Filter 0.0 6000.0 0.0 r/s N Service 

313 PID Command - - 0000000000000000 N Service 

Commissioning Parameters 


Read- 

Only 

Access 

663 Master Phasing - - - Hex Y Service 

664 Slave1 Phasing - - - Hex Y Service 

665 Slave2 Phasing - - - Hex Y Service 

667 CommissionStatus - - - Hex Y Service 

668 CommissionFlags - - 0000000000000000 Hex N Service 

659 Scale Zero Ref - - 0000000000000000 Hex N Service 

660 Scale Full Ref - - 0000000000000000 Hex N Service 

661 Provide Zero Ref - - 0000000000000000 Hex N Service 

662 Provide Full Ref - - 0000000000000000 Hex N Service 

13 Setup Wizard - - 0000000000000000 Hex N Service 

666 Setup Wizard 2 0000 FFFF 0000 Hex N Service 


Parameters Listed by Linear Number 2-219 

Parameters Listed by Linear Number 


Read- 

Only 

Access 

1 Input Ctctr Cfg - - All Faults N Basic 

3 Auto Restart Dly 0.0 10.0 0.0 sec N Basic 

4 Operating Mode - - Normal N Monitor 

5 Output Ctctr Cfg - - Not Running N Basic 

7 Speed Ref Select - - Local N Monitor 

8 Drv Fault6 Mask - - 1111111111111111 N Service 

9 Drive Fault6 - - - Y Service 

10 InpCtctr OpenDly 0.0 60.0 0.0 min N Advanced 



13 Setup Wizard - - 0000000000000000 N Service 

14 Liquid Outputs - - - Y Service 

15 Line Cap kVAR 1 7500 400 kvar N Service 

16 Line Cap Volts 100 10000 4160 V N Service 

17 Rated Line Freq 50 60 60 Hz N Service 

18 Rated Line Volts 100 7200 4160 V N Service 

19 Rated Drive Amps 10 1750 159 A N Service 

20 Motor Cap kVAR 1 7500 400 kvar N Service 

21 Motor Cap Volts 100 10000 4160 V N Service 

22 Rated Motor Volt 100 8000 4000 V N Basic 

23 Rated Motor Amps 10 1500 159 A N Basic 

24 Rated Motor kW 10 15000 933 kW N Basic 

25 Rated Motor HP 10 20000 1250 hp N Basic 

26 Rated Motor RPM 150.0 3600.0 1192.0 RPM N Basic 

27 DCLnk Inductance 1.0 500.0 24.0 mH N Service 

28 Motor Cap Freq 50 90 60 Hz N Service 

29 Rated Motor Freq 25 90 60 Hz N Basic 

30 Motor Type - - Induction N Service 

31 Service Factor 0.75 1.25 1.00 N Basic 

32 Line Cap Freq 50 60 60 Hz N Service 




36 Profile Mask - - 11111111 N Basic 

37 Profile Owner - - - Y Monitor 



40 Preset Jog Speed 1.0 60.0 6.0 Hz N Basic 

41 RefCmd Pot Min -120.0 120.0 6.0 Hz N Basic 

42 RefCmd Pot Max 0.0 120.0 60.0 Hz N Basic 

43 RefCmdAnlgInpMin -120.0 120.0 6.0 Hz N Basic 

44 RefCmdAnlgInpMax 0.0 120.0 60.0 Hz N Basic 

45 RefCmd DPI Min 0.0 120.0 6.0 Hz N Basic 

46 RefCmd DPI Max 0.0 120.0 60.0 Hz N Basic 

47 SpdCmd Pot -120.0 120.0 - Hz Y Basic 





52 Liquid Inputs - - - Y Service 


2-220 Parameters Listed by Linear Number 


Read- 

Only 

Access 





57 Field Current -2.000 2.000 - pu Y Service 

58 SpdCmd DPI -120.0 120.0 - Hz Y Basic 

59 SpdCmd PID -120.0 120.0 - Hz Y Basic 

60 Coast Speed 1.0 100.0 2.0 Hz N Basic 

61 Total Accel Time 0.0 1200.0 32.0 sec N Monitor 

62 Total Decel Time 0.0 1200.0 32.0 sec N Monitor 

63 Inertia Type - - Low N Basic 

64 XIO Liquid Cool - - Unassigned N Advanced 














78 Motor Flux Time 0.0 10.0 3.0 sec N Advanced 


80 Ramp Test Step 0.0 30.0 0.0 Hz N Service 

81 SpdReg Bandwidth 0.1 15.0 1.0 r/s N Advanced 

82 Total Inertia 0.10 50.00 1.00 sec N Advanced 

84 Trq Lmt Motoring 0.00 4.00 1.05 N Advanced 

85 Trq Lmt Braking 0.00 4.00 0.50 N Advanced 



88 Speed Ref Step 0.0 2.0 0.0 Hz N Service 

89 Speed Fbk Mode - - Sensorless N Advanced 

90 Trq Control Mode - - Speed Reg N Advanced 

91 Trq Cmd External -4.000 4.000 0.000 N Advanced 


93 DPI Loss Fault - - - Y Service 

94 Logic Owner - - - Y Monitor 

95 Rec Pulse Number 0 36 - Y Service 

96 InvAnlg SelfTst1 - - - Y Service 

97 FlxReg Bandwidth 1.0 30.0 10.0 r/s N Advanced 

98 Base Speed 25.0 100.0 60.0 Hz N Service 

99 Special Features - - 0000000000000000 N Advanced 

100 FlxCmd RatedLoad 0.000 1.500 0.900 pu N Advanced 

101 IGDPS 56V 0.0 72.0 - V Y Advanced 

102 Flux RefStep 0.000 0.100 0.000 pu N Service 

103 FlxCmd No Load 0.400 1.500 0.700 pu N Advanced 

104 Ctrl Pwr FltMask - - 1111111111111111 N Basic 

105 Ctrl Pwr WrnMask - - 1111111111111111 N Basic 

106 Field Bandwidth 0.1 100.0 10.0 r/s N Advanced 

107 Icd Command Gain 0.0 1.0 0.5 N Advanced 






Read- 

Only 

Access 



113 CurReg Bandwidth 50.0 2000.0 200.0 r/s N Advanced 

114 DCLnk Induct pu 0.00 10.00 - pu Y Service 

115 T DC Link 0.015 0.150 0.040 sec N Advanced 

116 DC Link Current 0 999 - A Y Basic 



119 Idc Test Command 0.000 1.500 0.000 pu N Advanced 

120 Idc Ref Step 0.000 1.000 0.000 pu N Advanced 


122 Line Current pu 0.000 4.000 - pu Y Service 

123 Anlg Out4 Scale 0.00 655.35 1.00 N Basic 

124 Anlg RecTstPt3 0 779 326 N Service 


126 Anlg InvTstPt3 0 779 291 N Service 


128 Motor Filter Cap 0.00 2.00 - pu Y Service 

129 R Stator 0.0000 0.5000 0.0000 pu N Advanced 

130 L Total Leakage 0.00 0.75 0.25 pu N Advanced 

131 Lm Rated 1.00 15.00 3.50 pu N Advanced 

132 T Rotor 0.10 10.00 1.50 sec N Advanced 

133 Line Filter Cap 0.00 2.00 - pu Y Service 

134 Lm Measured 0.00 15.00 - pu Y Service 

135 Line Voltage pu 0.000 2.000 - pu Y Service 

136 Master Line Volt 0.000 2.000 - pu Y Service 




140 Input Impedance 0.0000 1.0000 0.0500 pu N Service 

141 HardwareOptions1 - - 0000000010000000 N Service 


143 InvDvc CurRating 0 3500 800 A N Service 

144 RecDvc CurRating 0 3500 800 A N Service 

145 Series RecDvc 1 6 2 N Service 

146 Series InvDvc 1 6 2 N Service 

147 Active Trq Limit -4.000 4.000 - Y Advanced 

148 DPI Loss Warning - - - Y Service 

149 CT Ratio Line 10 10000 1000 N Service 

150 HECS Ratio Motor 10 10000 4000 N Service 

151 CT Brden Line 1.0 100.0 5.0 ohms N Service 

152 HECS Brden Motor 1.0 100.0 50.0 ohms N Service 

153 Rectifier Type - - 6 PWM N Service 

154 Inv PWM Max Freq 100 1000 440 Hz N Service 

155 Rec PWM Max Freq 100 1000 440 Hz N Service 

156 Control HECS 0.0 36.0 - V Y Advanced 

157 CT Ratio Gndflt 10 10000 2000 N Service 

158 CT Burden Gndflt 10 10000 1000 ohms N Service 


160 RecControl Flag2 - - - Y Service 










Read- 

Only 

Access 









175 DPI Loss Mask - - 0000000000000000 N Basic 

176 Drive Model - - B Frame N Service 












188 Anlg4-20mA Scale 0.00 655.35 2.00 N Basic 




192 InpFilCutOffFreq 0.0 100.0 - Y Service 



196 Control XIO 0.0 36.0 - V Y Advanced 

197 HECS Brden RNeut 1.0 100.0 50.0 ohms N Service 

198 HECS Ratio RNeut 10 10000 4000 N Service 

199 Load Loss Detect - - Disabled N Advanced 










209 Autotune Select - - Off N Advanced 

210 Autotune Idc Cmd 0.100 0.900 0.500 pu N Advanced 

211 Autotune Idc Stp 0.000 0.500 0.250 pu N Advanced 

212 Autotune Idc BW 10.0 100.0 50.0 r/s N Advanced 

213 Autotune Spd Cmd 20.0 60.0 30.0 Hz N Advanced 


215 Autotune Trq Stp 0.050 0.500 0.100 pu N Advanced 

216 Autotune Isd Stp 0.010 0.200 0.100 pu N Advanced 

217 Autotune L Input 0.00 1.00 0.00 pu N Advanced 

218 Autotune T DCLnk 0.000 0.150 0.000 sec N Advanced 

219 Autotune RStator 0.00 0.50 0.00 pu N Advanced 

220 Autotune LLeakge 0.00 0.50 0.00 pu N Advanced 

221 Autotune L Magn 0.00 15.00 0.00 pu N Advanced 

222 Autotune T Rotor 0.00 10.00 0.00 sec N Advanced 

223 Autotune Inertia 0.00 100.00 0.00 sec N Advanced 


Parameters Listed by Linear Number 2-223 


Read- 

Only 

Access 

224 Autotune Lmd 0.00 10.00 0.00 pu N Advanced 








232 Ext Fault XIO - - - Y Advanced 





237 Control 5V Redn 0.0 8.0 - V Y Advanced 

238 DrvStatus Flag2 - - - Y Service 

239 Slave2 Line Freq -100.0 100.0 - Hz Y Service 

241 Logic Mask - - 11111111 N Basic 

242 Local Mask - - 11111111 N Basic 

243 Start Mask - - 11111111 N Basic 

244 Direction Mask - - 11111111 N Basic 

245 Jog Mask - - 11111111 N Basic 


247 Reset Mask - - 11111111 N Basic 

248 Ref Cmd Mask - - 11111111 N Basic 

249 Sync Xfer Mask - - 11111111 N Basic 

251 InvAnlg SelfTst2 - - - Y Service 

252 Inv HSink Temp C -40.0 100.0 - C Y Monitor 

253 Inv HSink Temp F -40.0 212.0 - F Y Monitor 

254 Rec HSink Temp C -40.0 100.0 - C Y Monitor 

255 Rec HSink Temp F -40.0 212.0 - F Y Monitor 

257 Logic Command - - - Y Monitor 

258 Logic Status - - - Y Monitor 


260 IdcRefLmt DCTest 0.000 4.000 - pu Y Service 

261 IdcRefLmt Autotn 0.000 4.000 - pu Y Service 

262 Drive Not Ready1 - - - Y Monitor 

263 Motor Cur Unbal 0.00 1.00 - Y Service 

264 RecControl Flag1 - - - Y Service 

265 InvControl Flag1 - - - Y Service 







273 Control Feedback 0.0 6553.5 - Hz Y Basic 

274 HardwareOptions2 - - 0000000000000000 N Service 

275 Control Refernce 0.0 6553.5 - Hz Y Basic 

276 Speed Command In -120.0 120.0 - Hz Y Basic 

277 Speed Command -120.0 120.0 - Hz Y Basic 

278 Speed Reference -120.0 120.0 - Hz Y Monitor 




282 Drive Warning1 - - - Y Service 

284 HECS Ratio DCLnk 10 10000 4000 N Service 




Read- 

Only 

Access 

285 HECS Brden DCLnk 1.0 100.0 50.0 ohms N Service 

287 Ctrl Pwr Fault - - - Y Service 

288 Ctrl Pwr Warning - - - Y Service 

289 Speed Feedback -120.0 120.0 - Hz Y Monitor 

290 Speed Cmd Max 0.0 120.0 60.0 Hz N Basic 

291 Torque Reference -4.000 4.000 - Y Advanced 

292 MtrTorque CurCmd -4.000 4.000 - pu Y Advanced 

293 Speed Cmd Min 0.0 120.0 6.0 Hz N Basic 

294 InvTorque CurCmd -4.000 4.000 - pu Y Advanced 

295 Inv Pulse Number 0 65535 - Y Service 

296 Lmq 0.10 10.00 1.00 pu N Advanced 



299 PFC Access Code 0 65535 0 N Service 

300 PowerFactor Comp - - Disable N Service 

301 PFC LeadingLimit 0.00 1.00 0.00 N Service 

302 PFC LaggingLimit 0.00 1.00 0.00 N Service 

304 PFC Flux Command -1.500 1.500 - pu Y Service 

305 Flux Reference 0.000 2.000 - pu Y Advanced 

306 Flux Feedback 0.000 2.000 - pu Y Advanced 

307 Flux Error -2.000 2.000 - pu Y Advanced 

308 FluxCur Feedfwd -2.000 2.000 - pu Y Advanced 

309 FluxCurRegulator -2.000 2.000 - pu Y Advanced 

310 Mtr Flux CurCmd -2.000 2.000 - pu Y Advanced 

311 PFC Mod Index 0.00 1.50 - Y Service 

312 Inv Flux CurCmd -2.000 2.000 - pu Y Advanced 

313 PID Command - - 0000000000000000 N Service 

314 Field CurCmd 0.000 2.000 - pu Y Advanced 




318 PID Max Limit -2.0000 2.0000 1.0000 pu N Advanced 



321 Idc Reference 0.000 4.000 - pu Y Advanced 

322 Idc Feedback -2.000 4.000 - pu Y Advanced 

323 Idc Error -1.000 1.000 - pu Y Advanced 

324 Line Voltage 0 8000 - V Y Basic 

325 Autotune Lmq 0 1000 100 pu N Advanced 

326 Vdc Reference -1.000 1.000 - Y Advanced 

327 Alpha Rectifier 0.0 180.0 - deg Y Advanced 

328 Alpha Inverter -360.0 360.0 - deg Y Advanced 

334 Master Line Freq -100.0 100.0 - Hz Y Service 

335 Slave1 Line Freq -100.0 100.0 - Hz Y Service 

336 PID Min Limit -2.0000 2.0000 -1.0000 pu N Advanced 

337 Rotor Frequency 0.00 120.00 - Hz Y Monitor 

338 MtrFlux Current -4.000 4.000 - pu Y Service 

339 MtrTrq Current -4.000 4.000 - pu Y Service 

340 Stator Current 0.000 4.000 - pu Y Monitor 

341 FlxFbk CurModel 0.000 2.000 - pu Y Service 

342 FlxFbk VoltModel 0.000 2.000 - pu Y Service 

343 Slip Frequency -2.00 2.00 - Hz Y Monitor 

344 Stator Voltage 0.000 2.000 - pu Y Monitor 

345 Mtr AirGap Trq -4.000 4.000 - pu Y Monitor 

346 Mtr AirGap Power -4.000 4.000 - pu Y Monitor 

347 Mtr Neutral Volt -2.000 2.000 - pu Y Basic 




Read- 

Only 

Access 

348 PID Manual Input 0.0000 2.0000 0.0000 pu N Advanced 




352 PID Dead Band 0.0000 2.0000 0.0000 pu N Advanced 

353 PID Gain 0.00 655.35 1.00 N Advanced 

354 PID Intgral Time 0.00 655.35 1.00 sec N Advanced 

355 PID Deriv Time 0.00 655.35 0.00 sec N Advanced 

356 PID Output -2.0000 2.0000 - pu Y Advanced 

357 Process Variable -2.0000 2.0000 - pu Y Advanced 

358 Liquid Cool Flt - - 0000000000000000 N Service 

359 Liquid Cool Wrn - - 0000000000000000 N Service 

360 Process Setpoint -2.0000 2.0000 0.5000 pu N Advanced 

361 Motor Current 0 1500 - A Y Basic 

362 Motor Voltage 0 8000 - V Y Basic 

363 Motor Speed RPM -4500 4500 - RPM Y Basic 

364 Motor Power -15000 15000 - kW Y Basic 

365 PID Preload 0.0000 2.0000 0.0000 pu N Advanced 

366 Process Var Eng -3276.7 3276.7 - Y Advanced 

367 GndFault Current 0.0 10.0 - A Y Basic 

368 RecControl Flag3 - - - Y Service 

369 Motor Fault1 - - - Y Service 



372 External Fault - - - Y Service 

373 Motor Warning1 - - - Y Service 


375 AutotuneComplete - - 0000000000000000 N Service 

376 PLC Error Flags - - - Y Basic 

377 Autotune Warning - - - Y Advanced 

378 Inv PWM Pattern - - - Y Service 


380 Coolant Temp C 0 65535 - C Y Service 

381 Coolant Temp F 0 65535 - F Y Service 

382 Master Line Cur 0.000 4.000 - pu Y Service 



385 Stop Owner - - - Y Monitor 

386 Local Owner - - - Y Monitor 

387 Start Owner - - - Y Monitor 

388 Direction Owner - - - Y Monitor 

389 Jog Owner - - - Y Monitor 

390 PID Filter 0.0 6000.0 0.0 r/s N Service 

391 Reset Owner - - - Y Monitor 

392 Ref Cmd Owner - - - Y Monitor 

393 Sync Xfer Owner - - - Y Monitor 

394 Drv Fault1 Mask - - 1111111111111111 N Basic 



397 Drv Wrn1 Mask - - 1111111111111111 N Basic 

398 Process Gain 0.0 6553.5 1.0 N Advanced 







2-226 Parameters Listed by Linear Number 


Read- 

Only 

Access 




418 Lmd 0.10 10.00 1.00 pu N Advanced 

420 DvcDiag Flt Mask - - 1111111111111111 N Service 

421 RunTime Input - - - Y Advanced 

422 StndXIO Output - - - Y Advanced 

423 Drv Wrn3 Mask - - 1111111111111111 N Basic 

427 OptXIO Output - - - Y Advanced 

428 Bypass VoltUnbal 0.00 1.00 - Y Service 

429 External Warning - - - Y Service 

431 StndXIO FltInput - - - Y Advanced 

432 Pump Duty Cycle 1 720 8 hrs N Service 

433 Stnd XIO Fault - - - Y Service 

434 Stnd XIO Warning - - - Y Service 

435 Stnd XIOFlt Mask - - 11111111 N Basic 

439 StndXIO Config1 - - Reverse N Advanced 


441 TxReacOvrTmpClss - - Class2 Fault N Basic 

442 DCLnkOvrTmpClass - - Class2 Fault N Basic 

443 Motor Prot Class - - Class2 Fault N Basic 


445 Aux Prot Class - - Class2 Fault N Basic 

446 InvControl Flag3 - - - Y Service 

447 Convrter AirFlow -1.0 10.0 - V Y Basic 

448 Stator Frequency 0.00 120.00 - Hz Y Service 

449 Fan Duty Cycle 1 720 8 hrs N Service 

458 StndXIO Config2 - - Jog N Advanced 

459 StndXIO Config3 - - Remote N Advanced 

460 StndXIO Config4 - - Test Mode N Advanced 

461 StndXIO Config5 - - At Speed N Advanced 

462 StndXIO Config6 - - Thermal Alrm N Advanced 

463 StndXIO Config7 - - Sync Xfer N Advanced 

464 StndXIO Config8 - - In Trq Limit N Advanced 




472 Speed Error -10.00 10.00 - Hz Y Advanced 

473 RecAnlg SelfTst1 - - - Y Service 


475 S Curve Percent 0 100 0 % N Advanced 

477 Fan Config - - 3 In-line N Service 

478 Coolant Temp Wrn 35 85 49 C N Service 





483 Coolant Temp Trp 35 85 54 C N Service 

485 StatFrqVoltModel 0.0 100.0 - Hz Y Service 

486 StatFrqCurModel 0.0 100.0 - Hz Y Service 

487 Motor Speed Hz -120.0 120.0 - Hz Y Basic 

490 Fault Output 0 1 - Y Service 




500 Line Current 0 999 - A Y Basic 




Read- 

Only 

Access 

502 Feedforward Fil 0.0 12.0 2.0 Hz N Service 

505 Contactor Cmd - - - Y Service 

506 Contactor Status - - - Y Service 









516 Anlg 4-20mAOut 0 779 337 N Basic 







523 AnlgMeter3 Scale 0.00 655.35 1.00 N Basic 


529 PLC Inp Link A1 0 779 0 N Basic 

530 PLC Inp Link A2 0 779 0 N Basic 















550 Motor Overload 0.00 1.00 - Y Service 

551 Drive Overload 0.00 1.00 - Y Service 

554 Motor Voltage pu 0.000 2.000 - pu Y Service 

555 Motor Current pu 0.000 4.000 - pu Y Service 



561 Mtr Fault1 Mask - - 1111111111111111 N Basic 



564 Ext Fault Mask - - 1111111111111111 N Basic 

565 Mtr Wrn1 Mask - - 1111111111111111 N Basic 

567 Air Filter Block 0.0 100.0 - % Y Basic 

568 Air Filter Allow 0.0 100.0 - % Y Basic 

569 DrvStatus Flag1 - - - Y Service 

575 Number PwrSup 1 4 1 N Service 

584 Inv DvcGat Seqn 0 65535 - Y Service 








Read- 

Only 

Access 

589 LineNeutral Volt -2.000 2.000 - pu Y Basic 

590 Rec Gating Test - - Off N Service 

591 Inv Gating Test - - Off N Service 

592 XIO Standard IO - - Card # 1 N Advanced 

593 XIO Ext Faults - - Unassigned N Advanced 

594 XIO Config Errs - - - Y Advanced 

596 XIO Adaptr Loss - - - Y Service 

597 Parameter Error 0 65535 - Y Basic 

608 Inv DvcDiag FbkA 0 65535 - Y Service 

609 Inv DvcDiag FbkB 0 65535 - Y Service 

610 Master VoltUnbal 0.00 1.00 - Y Service 



613 Master Cur Unbal 0.00 1.00 - Y Service 





618 Inv DvcDiag FbkC 0 65535 - Y Service 

619 Motor Flux Unbal 0.00 1.00 - Y Service 

620 Rec DvcGat SeqnA 0 65535 - Y Service 

621 Rec DvcGat SeqnB 0 65535 - Y Service 

623 Flux Cmd Limit 0.000 1.500 - pu Y Service 

624 Line Reactor 0.00 50.00 0.00 mH N Service 

625 Line Reactor pu 0.00 1.00 - pu Y Service 

626 Rec DvcGat SeqnC 0 65535 - Y Service 

627 Rec DvcDiag FbkA 0 65535 - Y Service 

628 Rec DvcDiag FbkB 0 65535 - Y Service 

629 Rec DvcDiag FbkC 0 65535 - Y Service 

630 Speed Pot Vmin -10.00 10.00 0.00 V N Service 

631 Speed Pot Vmax -10.00 10.00 10.00 V N Service 




635 Angl Inp2 Vmax -10.00 10.00 10.00 V N Service 



638 Forced Flt Mask - - 11111111 N Basic 

639 Forced Flt Owner - - - Y Monitor 


641 TrqCmd0 Tach 0.00 4.00 0.00 N Service 

642 InvControl Flag2 - - - Y Service 

643 Inv DCLink Volt -2.000 2.000 - pu Y Service 


645 Rec DCLink Volt -2.000 2.000 - pu Y Service 



648 Drive VSB Gain 0.0 6553.5 - V/V Y Service 

649 Drive VSB Tap - - - Y Service 

650 Ext Fault PLC - - 0000000000000000 N Service 

651 Ext Fault Selct - - 0000000000000000 N Basic 

652 Anlg Inp Config - - 0000000000000001 N Service 

653 IsoTx AirFlow -10.0 10.0 - V Y Basic 





Parameters Listed by Linear Number 2-229 


Read- 

Only 

Access 

657 Line Frequency -100.0 100.0 - Hz Y Basic 

658 Trq Lmt Overload 0.00 4.00 1.00 N Advanced 

659 Scale Zero Ref - - 0000000000000000 N Service 

660 Scale Full Ref - - 0000000000000000 N Service 

661 Provide Zero Ref - - 0000000000000000 N Service 

662 Provide Full Ref - - 0000000000000000 N Service 

663 Master Phasing - - - Y Service 

664 Slave1 Phasing - - - Y Service 

665 Slave2 Phasing - - - Y Service 

666 Setup Wizard 2 0000 FFFF 0000 Hex N Service 

667 CommissionStatus - - - Y Service 

668 CommissionFlags - - 0000000000000000 N Service 








680 Neutral Resistor 0.0 6553.5 0.0 ohms N Service 

681 RNeut Pwr Rating 0 65535 1500 W N Service 

682 RNeutral OvrLoad 0.00 1.00 - Y Service 

683 Harmonic Voltage 0.000 32.767 - pu Y Service 

684 BusTransient Trp 0.000 32.767 - pu Y Service 

686 XIO Logix IO - - Unassigned N Advanced 

687 Logix Inputs - - - Y Service 

688 Logix Outputs - - - Y Service 

689 Scope Trigger 0 1 - Y Service 

692 Mtr Power Factor 0.00 1.00 - Y Service 

693 Lm Regen 0.50 2.00 1.00 N Service 

694 Lm Noload FlxMin 0.50 2.00 1.00 N Service 

695 Lm Noload FlxMax 0.50 2.00 1.00 N Service 

696 Rec Input Volt 0.000 2.000 - pu Y Service 

697 ComMode Current 0.00 655.35 - A Y Service 


699 Drive Not Ready2 - - - Y Monitor 

700 Warning Output 0 1 - Y Service 

701 Lm Predicted 0.00 15.00 - pu Y Service 

702 Extended Trend - - Enabled N Service 

703 Liq Cool Mask - - 1111111111111111 N Basic 



708 Port Mask Act - - - Y Advanced 

709 Port Logic Mask - - 0000000001111111 N Advanced 

710 Logic Mask Act - - - Y Advanced 

711 Write Mask Cfg - - 0000000001111111 N Advanced 

712 Write Mask Act - - - Y Advanced 

714 Logix Register A 0 65535 0 N Service 

715 Logix Register B 0 65535 0 N Service 

716 Drive ID 0 7 0 N Advanced 

717 Powerup Config - - Single Drive N Advanced 

718 Master Mask - - 11111111 N Advanced 

719 Acting Master ID 0 8 0 N Advanced 

720 PD Fault Word - - - Y Advanced 

721 PD Warning Word - - - Y Advanced 

722 PD Flags - - 0000000000000000 N Service 


2-230 Parameters Listed by Linear Number 


Read- 

Only 

Access 

723 PD Status - - - Y Service 

724 Drive0 Status - - - Y Advanced 


726 Drive2 Status - - - Y Advanced 



729 Drive5 Status - - - Y Advanced 



732 Master Flux Ref 0 65535 - Y Service 

733 Master Torq Ref 0 65535 - Y Service 

734 Master Isd Cmd 0 65535 - Y Service 

735 Master Command - - - Y Service 

736 Sp Slave ID 0 8 - Y Service 

737 Master Capacity 0 65535 - Y Service 

738 Sp Capacity 0 65535 - Y Service 

739 Sp Command - - - Y Service 

740 PD Flux Ref 0 65535 - Y Service 

741 PD Torq Ref 0 65535 - Y Service 

742 PD Isd Cmd 0 65535 - Y Service 

743 PD Command - - - Y Service 

745 Drives in System 1 4 1 N Advanced 

746 PD Capacity 0 32767 - Y Service 

747 Pwr Lmt Motoring 0.00 4.00 1.50 N Advanced 

748 Pwr Lmt Braking 0.00 4.00 1.50 N Advanced 

749 Speed Cmd Loss - - Fault N Basic 

750 ESP Cable Resis 0.000 65.535 0.000 ohms N Service 

751 Drv Application - - ID Fan N Basic 

753 Input Power -15000 15000 - kW Y Service 



758 PD Warning - - - Y Service 

759 PD Wrn Mask - - 1111111111111111 N Service 

760 ESP Surface Volt 0 8000 - V Y Basic 

761 Inv Output Volt 0.000 2.000 - pu Y Service 


764 Cur Sens FltCode - - - Y Service 

765 Reduced Capacity - - Enable N Advanced 

767 BusTransient Lvl 0.000 32.767 - pu Y Service 



773 IdcRefLmt Motor 0.000 4.000 - pu Y Service 





778 TransientVoltMax 0.000 2.000 - pu Y Service 

779 ComModeCur Peak 0.00 655.35 - A Y Service 


Alphabetical Index 2-231 

Alphabetical Index 

No. ParameterName Page 

A 

65 Accel Time 1 .............................. 63 

66 Accel Time 2 .............................. 63 

67 Accel Time 3 .............................. 63 

68 Accel Time 4 .............................. 63 

719 Acting Master ID ........................ 179 

147 Active Trq Limit .......................... 71 

568 Air Filter Allow............................ 5 

567 Air Filter Block............................ 5 

328 Alpha Inverter ............................ 76 

327 Alpha Rectifier ........................... 68 

635 Angl Inp2 Vmax ......................... 143 

516 Anlg 4-20mAOut ........................ 146 

652 Anlg Inp Config .......................... 142 

633 Anlg Inp1 Vmax ......................... 143 

632 Anlg Inp1 Vmin .......................... 143 

634 Anlg Inp2 Vmin .......................... 143 

637 Anlg Inp3 Vmax ......................... 144 

636 Anlg Inp3 Vmin .......................... 144 

511 Anlg InvTstPt1 ........................... 149 

512 Anlg InvTstPt2 ........................... 149 

126 Anlg InvTstPt3 ........................... 149 

127 Anlg InvTstPt4 ........................... 149 

517 Anlg Meter1 ............................... 144 

518 Anlg Meter2 ............................... 144 

519 Anlg Meter3 ............................... 145 

520 Anlg Meter4 ............................... 145 

183 Anlg Out1 Scale......................... 147 

184 Anlg Out2 Scale......................... 147 

187 Anlg Out3 Scale......................... 147 

123 Anlg Out4 Scale......................... 148 

513 Anlg Output1.............................. 145 

514 Anlg Output2.............................. 145 

515 Anlg Output3.............................. 146 

508 Anlg Output4.............................. 146 

509 Anlg RecTstPt1.......................... 148 

510 Anlg RecTstPt2.......................... 148 

124 Anlg RecTstPt3.......................... 148 

125 Anlg RecTstPt4.......................... 149 

188 Anlg4-20mA Scale..................... 148 

521 AnlgMeter1 Scale ...................... 146 


523 AnlgMeter3 Scale ...................... 147 


3 Auto Restart Dly......................... 26 

212 Autotune Idc BW........................ 47 

210 Autotune Idc Cmd ...................... 47 

211 Autotune Idc Stp ........................ 47 

223 Autotune Inertia ......................... 46 

216 Autotune Isd Stp ........................ 48 

217 Autotune L Input ........................ 45 

221 Autotune L Magn ....................... 46 


220 Autotune LLeakge ..................... 45 

224 Autotune Lmd ............................ 46 

325 Autotune Lmq ............................ 47 

219 Autotune RStator....................... 45 

209 Autotune Select ......................... 44 

213 Autotune Spd Cmd .................... 48 

218 Autotune T DCLnk..................... 45 

222 Autotune T Rotor ....................... 46 

215 Autotune Trq Stp ....................... 48 

377 Autotune Warning...................... 44 

375 AutotuneComplete..................... 49 

445 Aux Prot Class........................... 81 

B 

98 Base Speed............................... 79 

678 BusTrans IdcFac ....................... 116 

677 BusTrans MinTrp....................... 116 

673 BusTransTrpFac........................ 116 

674 BusTransient Dly ....................... 116 

767 BusTransient Lvl........................ 10 

684 BusTransient Trp....................... 9 

159 Bypass Frequency..................... 125 

428 Bypass VoltUnbal ...................... 21 

117 Bypass Voltage ......................... 125 

C 

151 CT Brden Line ........................... 37 

158 CT Burden Gndflt ...................... 36 

157 CT Ratio Gndflt.......................... 37 

149 CT Ratio Line............................. 37 

60 Coast Speed.............................. 26 

697 ComMode Current..................... 166 

779 ComModeCur Peak................... 9 

668 CommissionFlags...................... 196 

667 CommissionStatus .................... 195 

505 Contactor Cmd .......................... 13 

506 Contactor Status........................ 14 

142 Control 15V................................ 167 

121 Control 56V................................ 167 

139 Control 5V.................................. 167 

237 Control 5V Redn........................ 168 

118 Control AC#1 RMS.................... 166 

77 Control AC#2 RMS.................... 166 

79 Control AC#3 RMS.................... 167 

92 Control AC#4 RMS.................... 167 

273 Control Feedback ...................... 56 

156 Control HECS............................ 168 

275 Control Refernce ....................... 55 

196 Control XIO................................ 168 

317 Conv AirFlow Nom .................... 119 

319 Conv AirFlow Trp....................... 119 

320 Conv AirFlow Wrn ..................... 119 


2-232 Alphabetical Index 


447 Convrter AirFlow ........................ 6 

380 Coolant Temp C......................... 173 

381 Coolant Temp F ......................... 173 

483 Coolant Temp Trp...................... 174 

478 Coolant Temp Wrn..................... 174 

287 Ctrl Pwr Fault ............................. 105 

104 Ctrl Pwr FltMask ........................ 93 

288 Ctrl Pwr Warning........................ 106 

105 Ctrl Pwr WrnMask...................... 94 

764 Cur Sens FltCode ...................... 20 

113 CurReg Bandwidth..................... 69 

D 

116 DC Link Current......................... 166 

114 DCLnk Induct pu........................ 32 

27 DCLnk Inductance ..................... 36 

170 DCLnk OvrCur Dly..................... 109 

169 DCLnk OvrCur Trp..................... 109 

442 DCLnkOvrTmpClass.................. 80 

93 DPI Loss Fault ........................... 106 

175 DPI Loss Mask........................... 94 

148 DPI Loss Warning...................... 107 

763 DeSync Start Dly ....................... 127 

69 Decel Time 1.............................. 64 

70 Decel Time 2.............................. 64 

71 Decel Time 3.............................. 64 

72 Decel Time 4.............................. 64 

244 Direction Mask ........................... 129 

388 Direction Owner......................... 134 

279 Drive Fault1 ............................... 98 

280 Drive Fault2 ............................... 99 

281 Drive Fault3 ............................... 99 

370 Drive Fault4 ............................... 100 

371 Drive Fault5 ............................... 100 

9 Drive Fault6 ............................... 101 

716 Drive ID...................................... 178 

176 Drive Model................................ 33 

262 Drive Not Ready1 ...................... 11 

699 Drive Not Ready2 ...................... 12 

551 Drive Overload........................... 21 

648 Drive VSB Gain.......................... 33 

649 Drive VSB Tap ........................... 33 

282 Drive Warning1 .......................... 102 

646 Drive Warning2 .......................... 102 

374 Drive Warning3 .......................... 103 

467 Drive Warning4 .......................... 103 

706 Drive Warning5 .......................... 104 

724 Drive0 Status ............................. 182 

725 Drive1 Status ............................. 182 

726 Drive2 Status ............................. 183 

727 Drive3 Status ............................. 183 

728 Drive4 Status ............................. 184 

729 Drive5 Status ............................. 184 

730 Drive6 Status ............................. 185 

731 Drive7 Status ............................. 185 

745 Drives in System........................ 179 

751 Drv Application........................... 190 


394 Drv Fault1 Mask ........................ 87 

395 Drv Fault2 Mask ........................ 87 

396 Drv Fault3 Mask ........................ 88 

562 Drv Fault4 Mask ........................ 88 

563 Drv Fault5 Mask ........................ 89 

8 Drv Fault6 Mask ........................ 89 

164 Drv OvrLoad Dly........................ 113 

269 Drv OvrLoad Min ....................... 113 

163 Drv OvrLoad Trp........................ 113 

270 Drv OvrLoad Wrn ...................... 112 

772 Drv Thermal Cyc ....................... 113 

397 Drv Wrn1 Mask.......................... 90 

647 Drv Wrn2 Mask.......................... 91 

423 Drv Wrn3 Mask.......................... 91 

468 Drv Wrn4 Mask.......................... 92 

707 Drv Wrn5 Mask.......................... 92 

569 DrvStatus Flag1......................... 12 

238 DrvStatus Flag2......................... 13 

420 DvcDiag Flt Mask ...................... 95 

E 

750 ESP Cable Resis....................... 189 

760 ESP Surface Volt....................... 189 

644 Encoder Offset .......................... 128 

564 Ext Fault Mask........................... 86 

650 Ext Fault PLC ............................ 108 

651 Ext Fault Selct ........................... 82 

232 Ext Fault XIO ............................. 151 

200 ExtFault1 Class ......................... 82 

411 ExtFault10 Class ....................... 84 















702 Extended Trend......................... 29 

372 External Fault ............................ 97 

429 External Warning....................... 98 

F 

477 Fan Config................................. 174 

449 Fan Duty Cycle.......................... 175 

491 Fan1 Run Time.......................... 30 

493 Fan2 Run Time.......................... 30 

490 Fault Output............................... 23 

502 Feedforward Fil ......................... 70 

106 Field Bandwidth......................... 79 

314 Field CurCmd ............................ 77 




57 Field Current .............................. 77 

559 Field Loss Dly ............................ 124 

623 Flux Cmd Limit........................... 77 

307 Flux Error ................................... 75 

306 Flux Feedback ........................... 75 

102 Flux RefStep .............................. 79 

305 Flux Reference .......................... 75 

308 FluxCur Feedfwd ....................... 76 

309 FluxCurRegulator....................... 76 

103 FlxCmd No Load........................ 78 

100 FlxCmd RatedLoad.................... 78 

341 FlxFbk CurModel ....................... 52 

342 FlxFbk VoltModel ....................... 52 

97 FlxReg Bandwidth...................... 78 

638 Forced Flt Mask ......................... 133 

639 Forced Flt Owner....................... 137 

G 

172 Gnd OvrCur Dly ......................... 114 

171 Gnd OvrCur Trp ......................... 114 

367 GndFault Current....................... 166 

H 

285 HECS Brden DCLnk .................. 37 

152 HECS Brden Motor.................... 38 

197 HECS Brden RNeut................... 40 

284 HECS Ratio DCLnk ................... 37 

150 HECS Ratio Motor ..................... 38 

198 HECS Ratio RNeut .................... 39 

141 HardwareOptions1..................... 40 


676 Harmonic VoltDly....................... 114 

675 Harmonic VoltTrp....................... 114 

683 Harmonic Voltage ...................... 9 

I 

101 IGDPS 56V ................................ 168 

107 Icd Command Gain.................... 79 

756 Idc 3 Pulse ................................. 169 

757 Idc 5 Pulse ................................. 170 

323 Idc Error ..................................... 68 

560 Idc Fac 3p to 5p ......................... 170 

640 Idc Fac 7p to 5p ......................... 171 

322 Idc Feedback ............................. 68 

120 Idc Ref Step ............................... 70 

321 Idc Reference ............................ 68 

119 Idc Test Command .................... 69 

261 IdcRefLmt Autotn ....................... 69 

260 IdcRefLmt DCTest ..................... 69 

773 IdcRefLmt Motor ........................ 69 

63 Inertia Type................................ 61 

10 InpCtctr OpenDly ....................... 26 

192 InpFilCutOffFreq ........................ 33 

1 Input Ctctr Cfg............................ 26 

140 Input Impedance ........................ 70 

753 Input Power................................ 165 

440 InputProt1 Class ........................ 80 


444 InputProt2 Class........................ 81 

643 Inv DCLink Volt.......................... 3 

268 Inv Dvc Diag Dly........................ 117 

608 Inv DvcDiag FbkA...................... 172 

609 Inv DvcDiag FbkB...................... 173 

618 Inv DvcDiag FbkC ..................... 173 

584 Inv DvcGat Seqn ....................... 172 

312 Inv Flux CurCmd ....................... 76 

591 Inv Gating Test .......................... 28 

252 Inv HSink Temp C ..................... 5 

253 Inv HSink Temp F...................... 5 

761 Inv Output Volt........................... 4 

194 Inv OvrVolt Dly........................... 111 

193 Inv OvrVolt Trp .......................... 111 

154 Inv PWM Max Freq.................... 171 

378 Inv PWM Pattern ....................... 169 

295 Inv Pulse Number...................... 169 

96 InvAnlg SelfTst1 ........................ 17 


265 InvControl Flag1 ........................ 16 

642 InvControl Flag2 ........................ 16 


143 InvDvc CurRating ...................... 38 

315 InvHSink TempTrp .................... 118 

316 InvHSink TempWrn ................... 118 

294 InvTorque CurCmd.................... 60 

653 IsoTx AirFlow............................. 6 

656 IsoTx AirFlowNom ..................... 118 

654 IsoTx AirFlowTrp ....................... 119 

655 IsoTx AirFlowWrn ...................... 118 

J 

245 Jog Mask ................................... 129 

389 Jog Owner ................................. 134 

L 

130 L Total Leakage......................... 54 

32 Line Cap Freq............................ 35 

16 Line Cap Volts ........................... 35 

15 Line Cap kVAR.......................... 35 

109 Line CurUnbalDly ...................... 112 

108 Line CurUnbalTrp ...................... 112 

500 Line Current............................... 165 

122 Line Current pu.......................... 4 

133 Line Filter Cap ........................... 32 

657 Line Frequency.......................... 165 

698 Line Loss Trip............................ 117 

162 Line OvrCur Dly......................... 110 

161 Line OvrCur Trp......................... 110 

166 Line OvrVolt Dly......................... 110 

165 Line OvrVolt Trp ........................ 110 

624 Line Reactor .............................. 35 

625 Line Reactor pu ......................... 32 

168 Line UndVolt Dly........................ 112 

167 Line UndVolt Lvl ........................ 112 

324 Line Voltage............................... 165 

135 Line Voltage pu ......................... 3 




588 LineNeutVoltDly ......................... 114 

587 LineNeutVoltTrp......................... 113 

589 LineNeutral Volt ......................... 6 

272 LineVoltUnbalDly ....................... 111 

271 LineVoltUnbalTrp....................... 111 

703 Liq Cool Mask ............................ 95 

358 Liquid Cool Flt............................ 108 

359 Liquid Cool Wrn ......................... 109 

52 Liquid Inputs .............................. 152 

14 Liquid Outputs............................ 153 

134 Lm Measured............................. 52 

695 Lm Noload FlxMax..................... 53 

694 Lm Noload FlxMin...................... 53 

701 Lm Predicted.............................. 52 

131 Lm Rated ................................... 52 

693 Lm Regen .................................. 53 

418 Lmd............................................ 55 

296 Lmq............................................ 55 

199 Load Loss Detect....................... 27 

242 Local Mask................................. 130 

386 Local Owner............................... 135 

257 Logic Command......................... 10 

241 Logic Mask................................. 130 

710 Logic Mask Act .......................... 176 

94 Logic Owner............................... 137 

258 Logic Status ............................... 11 

687 Logix Inputs ............................... 153 

688 Logix Outputs............................. 154 

714 Logix Register A ........................ 163 

715 Logix Register B ........................ 164 

M 

737 Master Capacity......................... 186 

735 Master Command ...................... 187 

613 Master Cur Unbal....................... 22 

732 Master Flux Ref ......................... 186 

734 Master Isd Cmd ......................... 186 

382 Master Line Cur ......................... 7 

334 Master Line Freq........................ 8 

136 Master Line Volt......................... 7 

718 Master Mask .............................. 178 

663 Master Phasing.......................... 194 

733 Master Torq Ref......................... 186 

610 Master VoltUnbal ....................... 21 

679 Min Freewhl Time ...................... 116 

28 Motor Cap Freq.......................... 36 

21 Motor Cap Volts ......................... 36 

20 Motor Cap kVAR........................ 36 

263 Motor Cur Unbal ........................ 23 

361 Motor Current............................. 164 

555 Motor Current pu........................ 4 

369 Motor Fault1............................... 101 

128 Motor Filter Cap ......................... 32 

78 Motor Flux Time......................... 78 

619 Motor Flux Unbal ....................... 23 

550 Motor Overload .......................... 21 

364 Motor Power .............................. 165 

7000-TD002B-EN-P – February 2010 


443 Motor Prot Class........................ 81 

487 Motor Speed Hz ........................ 164 

363 Motor Speed RPM..................... 164 

30 Motor Type ................................ 43 

362 Motor Voltage ............................ 164 

554 Motor Voltage pu ....................... 4 

373 Motor Warning1......................... 104 

346 Mtr AirGap Power...................... 50 

345 Mtr AirGap Trq........................... 50 

214 Mtr CurUnbal Dly....................... 123 

208 Mtr CurUnbal Trp....................... 123 

561 Mtr Fault1 Mask......................... 90 

310 Mtr Flux CurCmd ....................... 75 

586 Mtr FluxUnbalDly....................... 123 

585 Mtr FluxUnbalTrp....................... 123 

231 Mtr LoadLoss Dly ...................... 124 

246 Mtr LoadLoss Lvl ....................... 123 

259 Mtr LoadLoss Spd ..................... 124 

190 Mtr NeutVolt Dly ........................ 121 

189 Mtr NeutVolt Trp ........................ 120 

347 Mtr Neutral Volt.......................... 6 

178 Mtr OvrCur Dly........................... 120 

177 Mtr OvrCur Trp .......................... 120 

180 Mtr OvrLoad Dly ........................ 121 

350 Mtr OvrLoad Min........................ 122 

179 Mtr OvrLoad Trp ........................ 121 

351 Mtr OvrLoad Wrn....................... 122 

186 Mtr OvrSpeed Dly...................... 121 

185 Mtr OvrSpeed Trp...................... 121 

182 Mtr OvrVolt Dly .......................... 120 

181 Mtr OvrVolt Trp.......................... 120 

692 Mtr Power Factor....................... 51 

191 Mtr Stall Dly ............................... 122 

771 Mtr Thermal Cyc........................ 122 

565 Mtr Wrn1 Mask .......................... 93 

338 MtrFlux Current ......................... 51 

292 MtrTorque CurCmd ................... 60 

339 MtrTrq Current........................... 51 

N 

680 Neutral Resistor......................... 39 

575 Number PwrSup ........................ 41 

O 

4 Operating Mode......................... 24 

427 OptXIO Output........................... 152 

5 Output Ctctr Cfg ........................ 27 

P 

746 PD Capacity............................... 188 

743 PD Command............................ 189 

720 PD Fault Word........................... 180 

722 PD Flags.................................... 180 

740 PD Flux Ref ............................... 188 

742 PD Isd Cmd ............................... 188 

723 PD Status .................................. 181 

741 PD Torq Ref............................... 188



758 PD Warning ............................... 105 

721 PD Warning Word...................... 181 

759 PD Wrn Mask............................. 96 

299 PFC Access Code ..................... 30 

304 PFC Flux Command .................. 77 

302 PFC LaggingLimit ...................... 71 

301 PFC LeadingLimit ...................... 71 

311 PFC Mod Index.......................... 173 

313 PID Command ........................... 193 

352 PID Dead Band.......................... 192 

355 PID Deriv Time .......................... 191 

390 PID Filter.................................... 193 

353 PID Gain .................................... 191 

354 PID Intgral Time......................... 191 

348 PID Manual Input ....................... 192 

318 PID Max Limit ............................ 192 

336 PID Min Limit ............................. 192 

356 PID Output ................................. 190 

365 PID Preload ............................... 193 

376 PLC Error Flags ......................... 138 

529 PLC Inp Link A1......................... 138 

530 PLC Inp Link A2......................... 138 

531 PLC Inp Link B1......................... 139 

532 PLC Inp Link B2......................... 139 

533 PLC Inp Link C1......................... 139 

534 PLC Inp Link C2......................... 139 

535 PLC Inp Link D1......................... 139 

536 PLC Inp Link D2......................... 140 

537 PLC Out Link A1 ........................ 140 

538 PLC Out Link A2 ........................ 140 

539 PLC Out Link B1 ........................ 140 

540 PLC Out Link B2 ........................ 140 

541 PLC Out Link C1........................ 141 

542 PLC Out Link C2........................ 141 

543 PLC Out Link D1........................ 141 

544 PLC Out Link D2........................ 141 

597 Parameter Error ......................... 24 

11 Passcode 0 ................................ 31 

12 Passcode 1 ................................ 31 

38 Passcode 2 ................................ 31 

39 Passcode 3 ................................ 31 

709 Port Logic Mask ......................... 176 

708 Port Mask Act ............................ 175 

300 PowerFactor Comp.................... 30 

717 Powerup Config ......................... 178 

40 Preset Jog Speed ...................... 59 

33 Preset Speed 1 .......................... 59 

34 Preset Speed 2 .......................... 59 

35 Preset Speed 3 .......................... 59 

398 Process Gain ............................. 192 

360 Process Setpoint........................ 191 

366 Process Var Eng........................ 191 

357 Process Variable........................ 190 

36 Profile Mask ............................... 133 

37 Profile Owner ............................. 137 

662 Provide Full Ref ......................... 198 

661 Provide Zero Ref........................ 197 


432 Pump Duty Cycle....................... 174 

748 Pwr Lmt Braking ........................ 74 

747 Pwr Lmt Motoring ...................... 74 

R 

129 R Stator ..................................... 54 

777 RNeut OvrCurDly ...................... 115 

776 RNeut OvrCurTrp ...................... 115 

775 RNeut OvrLoadDly .................... 115 

774 RNeut OvrLoadTrp .................... 115 

681 RNeut Pwr Rating...................... 39 

682 RNeutral OvrLoad ..................... 21 

73 Ramp Speed 1 .......................... 64 

74 Ramp Speed 2 .......................... 65 

75 Ramp Speed 3 .......................... 65 

76 Ramp Speed 4 .......................... 65 

80 Ramp Test Step ........................ 67 

19 Rated Drive Amps ..................... 34 

17 Rated Line Freq......................... 34 

18 Rated Line Volts ........................ 34 

23 Rated Motor Amps .................... 41 

29 Rated Motor Freq ...................... 42 

25 Rated Motor HP......................... 42 

26 Rated Motor RPM...................... 42 

22 Rated Motor Volt ....................... 43 

24 Rated Motor kW ........................ 42 

645 Rec DCLink Volt ........................ 3 

266 Rec Dvc Diag Dly ...................... 117 

627 Rec DvcDiag FbkA .................... 172 

628 Rec DvcDiag FbkB .................... 172 

629 Rec DvcDiag FbkC.................... 172 

620 Rec DvcGat SeqnA ................... 171 

621 Rec DvcGat SeqnB ................... 171 

626 Rec DvcGat SeqnC ................... 172 

590 Rec Gating Test ........................ 28 

254 Rec HSink Temp C.................... 4 

255 Rec HSink Temp F .................... 5 

696 Rec Input Volt............................ 3 

174 Rec OvrVolt Dly......................... 111 

173 Rec OvrVolt Trp......................... 110 

155 Rec PWM Max Freq .................. 171 

95 Rec Pulse Number .................... 169 

473 RecAnlg SelfTst1....................... 18 



264 RecControl Flag1 ...................... 14 

160 RecControl Flag2 ...................... 15 

368 RecControl Flag3 ...................... 15 

144 RecDvc CurRating..................... 38 

111 RecHSink TempTrp................... 118 

112 RecHSink TempWrn.................. 117 

153 Rectifier Type ............................ 34 

765 Reduced Capacity ..................... 179 

248 Ref Cmd Mask........................... 131 

392 Ref Cmd Owner......................... 135 

46 RefCmd DPI Max ...................... 58 

45 RefCmd DPI Min ....................... 58 




42 RefCmd Pot Max ....................... 57 

41 RefCmd Pot Min ........................ 57 

44 RefCmdAnlgInpMax................... 58 

43 RefCmdAnlgInpMin.................... 58 

247 Reset Mask................................ 131 

391 Reset Owner.............................. 135 

337 Rotor Frequency........................ 50 

421 RunTime Input ........................... 150 

S 

481 S Curve Accel 1 ......................... 65 

482 S Curve Accel 2 ......................... 66 

479 S Curve Decel 1......................... 66 

480 S Curve Decel 2......................... 66 

475 S Curve Percent ........................ 65 

660 Scale Full Ref ............................ 197 

659 Scale Zero Ref........................... 196 

689 Scope Trigger ............................ 23 

146 Series InvDvc............................. 39 

145 Series RecDvc ........................... 39 

31 Service Factor............................ 43 

13 Setup Wizard ............................. 29 

13 Setup Wizard ............................. 198 

666 Setup Wizard 2 .......................... 199 

49 Skip Speed 1 ............................. 67 

50 Skip Speed 2 ............................. 67 

51 Skip Speed 3 ............................. 67 

53 Skip Speed Band1..................... 66 



616 Slave1 Angle.............................. 8 

614 Slave1 Cur Unbal....................... 22 

383 Slave1 Line Cur ......................... 7 

335 Slave1 Line Freq........................ 8 

137 Slave1 Line Volt......................... 7 

664 Slave1 Phasing.......................... 194 

611 Slave1 VoltUnbal ....................... 22 

617 Slave2 Angle.............................. 9 

615 Slave2 Cur Unbal....................... 22 

384 Slave2 Line Cur ......................... 8 

239 Slave2 Line Freq........................ 8 


665 Slave2 Phasing.......................... 195 

612 Slave2 VoltUnbal ....................... 22 

343 Slip Frequency........................... 50 

738 Sp Capacity ............................... 187 

739 Sp Command............................. 187 

736 Sp Slave ID................................ 187 

48 SpdCmd Anlg Inp1..................... 56 


58 SpdCmd DPI.............................. 56 

59 SpdCmd PID.............................. 56 

47 SpdCmd Pot .............................. 56 

81 SpdReg Bandwidth.................... 62 

99 Special Features........................ 27 

749 Speed Cmd Loss ....................... 25 

290 Speed Cmd Max ........................ 57 


293 Speed Cmd Min......................... 57 

277 Speed Command ...................... 55 

276 Speed Command In .................. 55 

472 Speed Error ............................... 60 

89 Speed Fbk Mode ....................... 62 

289 Speed Feedback ....................... 60 

631 Speed Pot Vmax........................ 143 

630 Speed Pot Vmin......................... 142 

7 Speed Ref Select ...................... 25 

88 Speed Ref Step ......................... 62 

278 Speed Reference ...................... 60 

243 Start Mask ................................. 132 

387 Start Owner ............................... 136 

486 StatFrqCurModel ....................... 51 

485 StatFrqVoltModel....................... 51 

340 Stator Current............................ 49 

448 Stator Frequency....................... 50 

344 Stator Voltage............................ 49 

433 Stnd XIO Fault........................... 96 

434 Stnd XIO Warning ..................... 97 

435 Stnd XIOFlt Mask ...................... 82 

439 StndXIO Config1 ....................... 156 








431 StndXIO FltInput........................ 151 

422 StndXIO Output ......................... 150 

385 Stop Owner................................ 136 

228 Sync Error Max.......................... 125 

226 Sync Lead Angle ....................... 126 

227 Sync Off Delay........................... 126 

297 Sync Reg Error.......................... 125 

225 Sync Reg Gain .......................... 126 

298 Sync Reg Output ....................... 125 

229 Sync Time.................................. 126 

249 Sync Xfer Mask ......................... 132 

393 Sync Xfer Owner ....................... 136 

230 Sync Xfer Time.......................... 127 

T 

115 T DC Link................................... 70 

132 T Rotor....................................... 54 

349 Tach Feedback.......................... 127 

236 Tach Loss Delay........................ 124 

235 Tach Loss Trip........................... 124 

234 Tach PPR .................................. 128 

233 Tach Type.................................. 128 

291 Torque Reference ..................... 71 

61 Total Accel Time........................ 61 

62 Total Decel Time ....................... 61 

82 Total Inertia................................ 62 

778 TransientVoltMax ...................... 9 

91 Trq Cmd External ...................... 72 




90 Trq Control Mode....................... 73 

85 Trq Lmt Braking ......................... 73 

84 Trq Lmt Motoring ....................... 73 

658 Trq Lmt Overload....................... 74 

86 TrqCmd0 SensrLss.................... 72 

641 TrqCmd0 Tach........................... 74 

87 TrqCmd1 SensrLss.................... 72 

441 TxReacOvrTmpClss .................. 80 

V 

379 Vdc Ref 5p to 3p ........................ 170 

465 Vdc Ref 7p to 5p ........................ 170 

326 Vdc Reference ........................... 68 


W 

700 Warning Output ......................... 23 

712 Write Mask Act .......................... 177 

711 Write Mask Cfg.......................... 177 

X 

596 XIO Adaptr Loss ........................ 107 

594 XIO Config Errs ......................... 154 

593 XIO Ext Faults ........................... 155 

64 XIO Liquid Cool ......................... 155 

686 XIO Logix IO .............................. 156 

592 XIO Standard IO........................ 155 



(This page is intentionally left blank) 


Linear Number Index 2-239 

Linear Number Index 


1 Input Ctctr Cfg............................ 26 

3 Auto Restart Dly......................... 26 

4 Operating Mode ......................... 24 

5 Output Ctctr Cfg......................... 27 

7 Speed Ref Select....................... 25 

8 Drv Fault6 Mask......................... 89 

9 Drive Fault6 ............................... 101 

10 InpCtctr OpenDly ....................... 26 

11 Passcode 0 ................................ 31 

12 Passcode 1 ................................ 31 

13 Setup Wizard ............................. 29 

13 Setup Wizard ............................. 198 

14 Liquid Outputs............................ 153 

15 Line Cap kVAR .......................... 35 

16 Line Cap Volts ........................... 35 

17 Rated Line Freq ......................... 34 

18 Rated Line Volts ........................ 34 

19 Rated Drive Amps...................... 34 

20 Motor Cap kVAR........................ 36 

21 Motor Cap Volts ......................... 36 

22 Rated Motor Volt........................ 43 

23 Rated Motor Amps..................... 41 

24 Rated Motor kW......................... 42 

25 Rated Motor HP ......................... 42 

26 Rated Motor RPM ...................... 42 

27 DCLnk Inductance ..................... 36 

28 Motor Cap Freq.......................... 36 

29 Rated Motor Freq....................... 42 

30 Motor Type................................. 43 

31 Service Factor............................ 43 

32 Line Cap Freq ............................ 35 

33 Preset Speed 1 .......................... 59 

34 Preset Speed 2 .......................... 59 

35 Preset Speed 3 .......................... 59 

36 Profile Mask ............................... 133 

37 Profile Owner ............................. 137 

38 Passcode 2 ................................ 31 

39 Passcode 3 ................................ 31 

40 Preset Jog Speed ...................... 59 

41 RefCmd Pot Min ........................ 57 

42 RefCmd Pot Max ....................... 57 

43 RefCmdAnlgInpMin.................... 58 

44 RefCmdAnlgInpMax................... 58 

45 RefCmd DPI Min........................ 58 

46 RefCmd DPI Max....................... 58 

47 SpdCmd Pot .............................. 56 


49 Skip Speed 1 ............................. 67 

50 Skip Speed 2 ............................. 67 

51 Skip Speed 3 ............................. 67 

52 Liquid Inputs .............................. 152 





56 SpdCmd Anlg Inp2 .................... 56 

57 Field Current.............................. 77 

58 SpdCmd DPI.............................. 56 

59 SpdCmd PID.............................. 56 

60 Coast Speed.............................. 26 

61 Total Accel Time........................ 61 

62 Total Decel Time ....................... 61 

63 Inertia Type................................ 61 

64 XIO Liquid Cool ......................... 155 

65 Accel Time 1.............................. 63 

66 Accel Time 2.............................. 63 

67 Accel Time 3.............................. 63 

68 Accel Time 4.............................. 63 

69 Decel Time 1 ............................. 64 

70 Decel Time 2 ............................. 64 

71 Decel Time 3 ............................. 64 

72 Decel Time 4 ............................. 64 

73 Ramp Speed 1 .......................... 64 

74 Ramp Speed 2 .......................... 65 

75 Ramp Speed 3 .......................... 65 

76 Ramp Speed 4 .......................... 65 

77 Control AC#2 RMS.................... 166 

78 Motor Flux Time......................... 78 

79 Control AC#3 RMS.................... 167 

80 Ramp Test Step ........................ 67 

81 SpdReg Bandwidth.................... 62 

82 Total Inertia................................ 62 

84 Trq Lmt Motoring ....................... 73 

85 Trq Lmt Braking......................... 73 

86 TrqCmd0 SensrLss ................... 72 

87 TrqCmd1 SensrLss ................... 72 

88 Speed Ref Step ......................... 62 

89 Speed Fbk Mode ....................... 62 

90 Trq Control Mode ...................... 73 

91 Trq Cmd External ...................... 72 

92 Control AC#4 RMS.................... 167 

93 DPI Loss Fault........................... 106 

94 Logic Owner .............................. 137 

95 Rec Pulse Number .................... 169 


97 FlxReg Bandwidth ..................... 78 

98 Base Speed............................... 79 

99 Special Features ....................... 27 

100 FlxCmd RatedLoad ................... 78 

101 IGDPS 56V................................ 168 

102 Flux RefStep.............................. 79 

103 FlxCmd No Load ....................... 78 

104 Ctrl Pwr FltMask ........................ 93 

105 Ctrl Pwr WrnMask ..................... 94 

106 Field Bandwidth......................... 79 


240 



107 Icd Command Gain.................... 79 

108 Line CurUnbalTrp ...................... 112 

109 Line CurUnbalDly....................... 112 

111 RecHSink TempTrp ................... 118 

112 RecHSink TempWrn.................. 117 

113 CurReg Bandwidth..................... 69 

114 DCLnk Induct pu........................ 32 

115 T DC Link................................... 70 

116 DC Link Current......................... 166 

117 Bypass Voltage.......................... 125 

118 Control AC#1 RMS .................... 166 

119 Idc Test Command .................... 69 

120 Idc Ref Step ............................... 70 

121 Control 56V................................ 167 

122 Line Current pu .......................... 4 

123 Anlg Out4 Scale......................... 148 

124 Anlg RecTstPt3.......................... 148 

125 Anlg RecTstPt4.......................... 149 

126 Anlg InvTstPt3 ........................... 149 

127 Anlg InvTstPt4 ........................... 149 

128 Motor Filter Cap ......................... 32 

129 R Stator...................................... 54 

130 L Total Leakage ......................... 54 

131 Lm Rated ................................... 52 

132 T Rotor....................................... 54 

133 Line Filter Cap ........................... 32 

134 Lm Measured............................. 52 

135 Line Voltage pu.......................... 3 

136 Master Line Volt......................... 7 



139 Control 5V.................................. 167 

140 Input Impedance ........................ 70 


142 Control 15V................................ 167 

143 InvDvc CurRating....................... 38 

144 RecDvc CurRating..................... 38 

145 Series RecDvc ........................... 39 

146 Series InvDvc............................. 39 

147 Active Trq Limit .......................... 71 

148 DPI Loss Warning...................... 107 

149 CT Ratio Line............................. 37 

150 HECS Ratio Motor ..................... 38 

151 CT Brden Line............................ 37 

152 HECS Brden Motor.................... 38 

153 Rectifier Type............................. 34 

154 Inv PWM Max Freq .................... 171 

155 Rec PWM Max Freq .................. 171 

156 Control HECS ............................ 168 

157 CT Ratio Gndflt .......................... 37 

158 CT Burden Gndflt....................... 36 

159 Bypass Frequency..................... 125 

160 RecControl Flag2....................... 15 

161 Line OvrCur Trp ......................... 110 

162 Line OvrCur Dly ......................... 110 

163 Drv OvrLoad Trp ........................ 113 

164 Drv OvrLoad Dly ........................ 113 


165 Line OvrVolt Trp ........................ 110 

166 Line OvrVolt Dly......................... 110 

167 Line UndVolt Lvl ........................ 112 

168 Line UndVolt Dly........................ 112 

169 DCLnk OvrCur Trp .................... 109 

170 DCLnk OvrCur Dly..................... 109 

171 Gnd OvrCur Trp......................... 114 

172 Gnd OvrCur Dly......................... 114 

173 Rec OvrVolt Trp......................... 110 

174 Rec OvrVolt Dly......................... 111 

175 DPI Loss Mask .......................... 94 

176 Drive Model ............................... 33 

177 Mtr OvrCur Trp .......................... 120 

178 Mtr OvrCur Dly........................... 120 

179 Mtr OvrLoad Trp ........................ 121 

180 Mtr OvrLoad Dly ........................ 121 

181 Mtr OvrVolt Trp.......................... 120 

182 Mtr OvrVolt Dly .......................... 120 

183 Anlg Out1 Scale ........................ 147 

184 Anlg Out2 Scale ........................ 147 

185 Mtr OvrSpeed Trp...................... 121 

186 Mtr OvrSpeed Dly...................... 121 

187 Anlg Out3 Scale ........................ 147 

188 Anlg4-20mA Scale..................... 148 

189 Mtr NeutVolt Trp ........................ 120 

190 Mtr NeutVolt Dly ........................ 121 

191 Mtr Stall Dly ............................... 122 

192 InpFilCutOffFreq........................ 33 

193 Inv OvrVolt Trp .......................... 111 

194 Inv OvrVolt Dly........................... 111 

196 Control XIO................................ 168 

197 HECS Brden RNeut................... 40 

198 HECS Ratio RNeut.................... 39 

199 Load Loss Detect ...................... 27 









208 Mtr CurUnbal Trp....................... 123 

209 Autotune Select ......................... 44 

210 Autotune Idc Cmd...................... 47 

211 Autotune Idc Stp........................ 47 

212 Autotune Idc BW ....................... 47 

213 Autotune Spd Cmd .................... 48 

214 Mtr CurUnbal Dly....................... 123 

215 Autotune Trq Stp ....................... 48 

216 Autotune Isd Stp........................ 48 

217 Autotune L Input ........................ 45 

218 Autotune T DCLnk..................... 45 

219 Autotune RStator....................... 45 

220 Autotune LLeakge ..................... 45 

221 Autotune L Magn ....................... 46 

222 Autotune T Rotor ....................... 46 


Linear Number Index 241 


223 Autotune Inertia ......................... 46 

224 Autotune Lmd ............................ 46 

225 Sync Reg Gain........................... 126 

226 Sync Lead Angle........................ 126 

227 Sync Off Delay........................... 126 

228 Sync Error Max .......................... 125 

229 Sync Time.................................. 126 

230 Sync Xfer Time .......................... 127 

231 Mtr LoadLoss Dly....................... 124 

232 Ext Fault XIO ............................. 151 

233 Tach Type.................................. 128 

234 Tach PPR .................................. 128 

235 Tach Loss Trip ........................... 124 

236 Tach Loss Delay........................ 124 

237 Control 5V Redn ........................ 168 

238 DrvStatus Flag2 ......................... 13 

239 Slave2 Line Freq........................ 8 

241 Logic Mask................................. 130 

242 Local Mask................................. 130 

243 Start Mask.................................. 132 

244 Direction Mask ........................... 129 

245 Jog Mask ................................... 129 

246 Mtr LoadLoss Lvl ....................... 123 

247 Reset Mask................................ 131 

248 Ref Cmd Mask ........................... 131 

249 Sync Xfer Mask.......................... 132 

251 InvAnlg SelfTst2......................... 18 

252 Inv HSink Temp C...................... 5 

253 Inv HSink Temp F ...................... 5 

254 Rec HSink Temp C.................... 4 

255 Rec HSink Temp F .................... 5 

257 Logic Command......................... 10 

258 Logic Status ............................... 11 

259 Mtr LoadLoss Spd...................... 124 

260 IdcRefLmt DCTest ..................... 69 

261 IdcRefLmt Autotn ....................... 69 

262 Drive Not Ready1 ...................... 11 

263 Motor Cur Unbal ........................ 23 

264 RecControl Flag1....................... 14 

265 InvControl Flag1 ........................ 16 

266 Rec Dvc Diag Dly....................... 117 

268 Inv Dvc Diag Dly ........................ 117 

269 Drv OvrLoad Min........................ 113 

270 Drv OvrLoad Wrn....................... 112 

271 LineVoltUnbalTrp....................... 111 

272 LineVoltUnbalDly ....................... 111 

273 Control Feedback ...................... 56 


275 Control Refernce........................ 55 

276 Speed Command In................... 55 

277 Speed Command....................... 55 

278 Speed Reference....................... 60 

279 Drive Fault1 ............................... 98 

280 Drive Fault2 ............................... 99 

281 Drive Fault3 ............................... 99 

282 Drive Warning1 .......................... 102 

284 HECS Ratio DCLnk ................... 37 


285 HECS Brden DCLnk.................. 37 

287 Ctrl Pwr Fault............................. 105 

288 Ctrl Pwr Warning ....................... 106 

289 Speed Feedback ....................... 60 

290 Speed Cmd Max........................ 57 

291 Torque Reference ..................... 71 

292 MtrTorque CurCmd ................... 60 

293 Speed Cmd Min......................... 57 

294 InvTorque CurCmd.................... 60 

295 Inv Pulse Number...................... 169 

296 Lmq............................................ 55 

297 Sync Reg Error.......................... 125 

298 Sync Reg Output ....................... 125 

299 PFC Access Code ..................... 30 

300 PowerFactor Comp ................... 30 

301 PFC LeadingLimit...................... 71 

302 PFC LaggingLimit...................... 71 

304 PFC Flux Command.................. 77 

305 Flux Reference .......................... 75 

306 Flux Feedback........................... 75 

307 Flux Error................................... 75 

308 FluxCur Feedfwd ....................... 76 

309 FluxCurRegulator ...................... 76 

310 Mtr Flux CurCmd ....................... 75 

311 PFC Mod Index.......................... 173 

312 Inv Flux CurCmd ....................... 76 

313 PID Command........................... 193 

314 Field CurCmd ............................ 77 

315 InvHSink TempTrp .................... 118 

316 InvHSink TempWrn ................... 118 

317 Conv AirFlow Nom .................... 119 

318 PID Max Limit ............................ 192 

319 Conv AirFlow Trp....................... 119 

320 Conv AirFlow Wrn ..................... 119 

321 Idc Reference ............................ 68 

322 Idc Feedback............................. 68 

323 Idc Error..................................... 68 

324 Line Voltage............................... 165 

325 Autotune Lmq ............................ 47 

326 Vdc Reference........................... 68 

327 Alpha Rectifier ........................... 68 

328 Alpha Inverter ............................ 76 

334 Master Line Freq ....................... 8 

335 Slave1 Line Freq ....................... 8 

336 PID Min Limit ............................. 192 

337 Rotor Frequency........................ 50 

338 MtrFlux Current ......................... 51 

339 MtrTrq Current........................... 51 

340 Stator Current............................ 49 

341 FlxFbk CurModel ....................... 52 

342 FlxFbk VoltModel....................... 52 

343 Slip Frequency .......................... 50 

344 Stator Voltage............................ 49 

345 Mtr AirGap Trq........................... 50 

346 Mtr AirGap Power...................... 50 

347 Mtr Neutral Volt.......................... 6 

348 PID Manual Input....................... 192 


242 



349 Tach Feedback.......................... 127 

350 Mtr OvrLoad Min ........................ 122 

351 Mtr OvrLoad Wrn ....................... 122 

352 PID Dead Band.......................... 192 

353 PID Gain .................................... 191 

354 PID Intgral Time......................... 191 

355 PID Deriv Time .......................... 191 

356 PID Output ................................. 190 

357 Process Variable........................ 190 

358 Liquid Cool Flt............................ 108 

359 Liquid Cool Wrn ......................... 109 

360 Process Setpoint........................ 191 

361 Motor Current............................. 164 

362 Motor Voltage ............................ 164 

363 Motor Speed RPM ..................... 164 

364 Motor Power .............................. 165 

365 PID Preload ............................... 193 

366 Process Var Eng........................ 191 

367 GndFault Current....................... 166 

368 RecControl Flag3....................... 15 

369 Motor Fault1............................... 101 

370 Drive Fault4 ............................... 100 

371 Drive Fault5 ............................... 100 

372 External Fault............................. 97 

373 Motor Warning1 ......................... 104 

374 Drive Warning3 .......................... 103 

375 AutotuneComplete..................... 49 

376 PLC Error Flags ......................... 138 

377 Autotune Warning...................... 44 

378 Inv PWM Pattern........................ 169 

379 Vdc Ref 5p to 3p ........................ 170 

380 Coolant Temp C......................... 173 

381 Coolant Temp F ......................... 173 

382 Master Line Cur ......................... 7 

383 Slave1 Line Cur ......................... 7 

384 Slave2 Line Cur ......................... 8 

385 Stop Owner................................ 136 

386 Local Owner............................... 135 

387 Start Owner................................ 136 

388 Direction Owner......................... 134 

389 Jog Owner ................................. 134 

390 PID Filter.................................... 193 

391 Reset Owner.............................. 135 

392 Ref Cmd Owner ......................... 135 

393 Sync Xfer Owner........................ 136 

394 Drv Fault1 Mask......................... 87 

395 Drv Fault2 Mask......................... 87 

396 Drv Fault3 Mask......................... 88 

397 Drv Wrn1 Mask .......................... 90 

398 Process Gain ............................. 192 

410 ExtFault9 Class.......................... 84 

411 ExtFault10 Class........................ 84 








418 Lmd............................................ 55 

420 DvcDiag Flt Mask ...................... 95 

421 RunTime Input........................... 150 

422 StndXIO Output ......................... 150 

423 Drv Wrn3 Mask.......................... 91 

427 OptXIO Output........................... 152 

428 Bypass VoltUnbal ...................... 21 

429 External Warning....................... 98 

431 StndXIO FltInput........................ 151 

432 Pump Duty Cycle....................... 174 

433 Stnd XIO Fault........................... 96 

434 Stnd XIO Warning ..................... 97 

435 Stnd XIOFlt Mask ...................... 82 



441 TxReacOvrTmpClss .................. 80 

442 DCLnkOvrTmpClass ................. 80 

443 Motor Prot Class........................ 81 


445 Aux Prot Class........................... 81 


447 Convrter AirFlow........................ 6 

448 Stator Frequency....................... 50 

449 Fan Duty Cycle.......................... 175 








465 Vdc Ref 7p to 5p........................ 170 

467 Drive Warning4.......................... 103 

468 Drv Wrn4 Mask.......................... 92 

472 Speed Error ............................... 60 



475 S Curve Percent ........................ 65 

477 Fan Config................................. 174 

478 Coolant Temp Wrn .................... 174 

479 S Curve Decel 1 ........................ 66 

480 S Curve Decel 2 ........................ 66 

481 S Curve Accel 1......................... 65 

482 S Curve Accel 2......................... 66 

483 Coolant Temp Trp ..................... 174 

485 StatFrqVoltModel....................... 51 

486 StatFrqCurModel ....................... 51 

487 Motor Speed Hz ........................ 164 

490 Fault Output............................... 23 

491 Fan1 Run Time.......................... 30 

493 Fan2 Run Time.......................... 30 


500 Line Current............................... 165 

502 Feedforward Fil ......................... 70 

505 Contactor Cmd .......................... 13 

506 Contactor Status........................ 14 


Linear Number Index 243 


508 Anlg Output4.............................. 146 

509 Anlg RecTstPt1.......................... 148 

510 Anlg RecTstPt2.......................... 148 

511 Anlg InvTstPt1 ........................... 149 

512 Anlg InvTstPt2 ........................... 149 

513 Anlg Output1.............................. 145 

514 Anlg Output2.............................. 145 

515 Anlg Output3.............................. 146 

516 Anlg 4-20mAOut ........................ 146 

517 Anlg Meter1 ............................... 144 

518 Anlg Meter2 ............................... 144 

519 Anlg Meter3 ............................... 145 

520 Anlg Meter4 ............................... 145 



523 AnlgMeter3 Scale ...................... 147 


529 PLC Inp Link A1......................... 138 

530 PLC Inp Link A2......................... 138 

531 PLC Inp Link B1......................... 139 

532 PLC Inp Link B2......................... 139 

533 PLC Inp Link C1......................... 139 

534 PLC Inp Link C2......................... 139 

535 PLC Inp Link D1......................... 139 

536 PLC Inp Link D2......................... 140 

537 PLC Out Link A1 ........................ 140 

538 PLC Out Link A2 ........................ 140 

539 PLC Out Link B1 ........................ 140 

540 PLC Out Link B2 ........................ 140 

541 PLC Out Link C1........................ 141 

542 PLC Out Link C2........................ 141 

543 PLC Out Link D1........................ 141 

544 PLC Out Link D2........................ 141 

550 Motor Overload .......................... 21 

551 Drive Overload........................... 21 

554 Motor Voltage pu ....................... 4 

555 Motor Current pu........................ 4 

559 Field Loss Dly ............................ 124 

560 Idc Fac 3p to 5p ......................... 170 

561 Mtr Fault1 Mask ......................... 90 

562 Drv Fault4 Mask......................... 88 

563 Drv Fault5 Mask......................... 89 

564 Ext Fault Mask ........................... 86 

565 Mtr Wrn1 Mask .......................... 93 

567 Air Filter Block............................ 5 

568 Air Filter Allow............................ 5 

569 DrvStatus Flag1 ......................... 12 

575 Number PwrSup ........................ 41 

584 Inv DvcGat Seqn........................ 172 

585 Mtr FluxUnbalTrp ....................... 123 

586 Mtr FluxUnbalDly ....................... 123 

587 LineNeutVoltTrp......................... 113 

588 LineNeutVoltDly ......................... 114 

589 LineNeutral Volt ......................... 6 

590 Rec Gating Test......................... 28 

591 Inv Gating Test .......................... 28 

592 XIO Standard IO ........................ 155 


593 XIO Ext Faults ........................... 155 

594 XIO Config Errs ......................... 154 

596 XIO Adaptr Loss ........................ 107 

597 Parameter Error......................... 24 

608 Inv DvcDiag FbkA...................... 172 

609 Inv DvcDiag FbkB...................... 173 

610 Master VoltUnbal....................... 21 

611 Slave1 VoltUnbal....................... 22 

612 Slave2 VoltUnbal....................... 22 

613 Master Cur Unbal ...................... 22 

614 Slave1 Cur Unbal ...................... 22 

615 Slave2 Cur Unbal ...................... 22 

616 Slave1 Angle ............................. 8 

617 Slave2 Angle ............................. 9 

618 Inv DvcDiag FbkC ..................... 173 

619 Motor Flux Unbal ....................... 23 

620 Rec DvcGat SeqnA ................... 171 

621 Rec DvcGat SeqnB ................... 171 

623 Flux Cmd Limit........................... 77 

624 Line Reactor .............................. 35 

625 Line Reactor pu ......................... 32 

626 Rec DvcGat SeqnC ................... 172 

627 Rec DvcDiag FbkA .................... 172 

628 Rec DvcDiag FbkB .................... 172 

629 Rec DvcDiag FbkC.................... 172 

630 Speed Pot Vmin......................... 142 

631 Speed Pot Vmax........................ 143 

632 Anlg Inp1 Vmin .......................... 143 

633 Anlg Inp1 Vmax ......................... 143 

634 Anlg Inp2 Vmin .......................... 143 

635 Angl Inp2 Vmax ......................... 143 

636 Anlg Inp3 Vmin .......................... 144 

637 Anlg Inp3 Vmax ......................... 144 

638 Forced Flt Mask......................... 133 

639 Forced Flt Owner....................... 137 

640 Idc Fac 7p to 5p......................... 171 

641 TrqCmd0 Tach .......................... 74 


643 Inv DCLink Volt.......................... 3 

644 Encoder Offset .......................... 128 

645 Rec DCLink Volt ........................ 3 

646 Drive Warning2.......................... 102 

647 Drv Wrn2 Mask.......................... 91 

648 Drive VSB Gain ......................... 33 

649 Drive VSB Tap........................... 33 

650 Ext Fault PLC ............................ 108 

651 Ext Fault Selct ........................... 82 

652 Anlg Inp Config.......................... 142 

653 IsoTx AirFlow............................. 6 

654 IsoTx AirFlowTrp ....................... 119 

655 IsoTx AirFlowWrn ...................... 118 

656 IsoTx AirFlowNom ..................... 118 

657 Line Frequency.......................... 165 

658 Trq Lmt Overload ...................... 74 

659 Scale Zero Ref .......................... 196 

660 Scale Full Ref ............................ 197 

661 Provide Zero Ref ....................... 197 


244 



662 Provide Full Ref ......................... 198 

663 Master Phasing.......................... 194 

664 Slave1 Phasing.......................... 194 

665 Slave2 Phasing.......................... 195 

666 Setup Wizard 2 .......................... 199 

667 CommissionStatus..................... 195 

668 CommissionFlags ...................... 196 

673 BusTransTrpFac........................ 116 

674 BusTransient Dly ....................... 116 

675 Harmonic VoltTrp....................... 114 

676 Harmonic VoltDly....................... 114 

677 BusTrans MinTrp ....................... 116 

678 BusTrans IdcFac........................ 116 

679 Min Freewhl Time ...................... 116 

680 Neutral Resistor......................... 39 

681 RNeut Pwr Rating...................... 39 

682 RNeutral OvrLoad...................... 21 

683 Harmonic Voltage ...................... 9 

684 BusTransient Trp ....................... 9 

686 XIO Logix IO .............................. 156 

687 Logix Inputs ............................... 153 

688 Logix Outputs............................. 154 

689 Scope Trigger ............................ 23 

692 Mtr Power Factor ....................... 51 

693 Lm Regen .................................. 53 

694 Lm Noload FlxMin...................... 53 

695 Lm Noload FlxMax..................... 53 

696 Rec Input Volt ............................ 3 

697 ComMode Current ..................... 166 

698 Line Loss Trip ............................ 117 

699 Drive Not Ready2 ...................... 12 

700 Warning Output.......................... 23 

701 Lm Predicted.............................. 52 

702 Extended Trend ......................... 29 

703 Liq Cool Mask ............................ 95 

706 Drive Warning5 .......................... 104 

707 Drv Wrn5 Mask .......................... 92 

708 Port Mask Act ............................ 175 

709 Port Logic Mask ......................... 176 

710 Logic Mask Act .......................... 176 

711 Write Mask Cfg .......................... 177 

712 Write Mask Act........................... 177 

714 Logix Register A ........................ 163 

715 Logix Register B ........................ 164 

716 Drive ID...................................... 178 

717 Powerup Config ......................... 178 

718 Master Mask .............................. 178 

719 Acting Master ID ........................ 179 

720 PD Fault Word ........................... 180 

721 PD Warning Word...................... 181 


722 PD Flags.................................... 180 

723 PD Status .................................. 181 

724 Drive0 Status............................. 182 

725 Drive1 Status............................. 182 

726 Drive2 Status............................. 183 

727 Drive3 Status............................. 183 

728 Drive4 Status............................. 184 

729 Drive5 Status............................. 184 

730 Drive6 Status............................. 185 

731 Drive7 Status............................. 185 

732 Master Flux Ref ......................... 186 

733 Master Torq Ref ........................ 186 

734 Master Isd Cmd ......................... 186 

735 Master Command...................... 187 

736 Sp Slave ID................................ 187 

737 Master Capacity ........................ 186 

738 Sp Capacity ............................... 187 

739 Sp Command............................. 187 

740 PD Flux Ref ............................... 188 

741 PD Torq Ref............................... 188 

742 PD Isd Cmd ............................... 188 

743 PD Command............................ 189 

745 Drives in System ....................... 179 

746 PD Capacity............................... 188 

747 Pwr Lmt Motoring ...................... 74 

748 Pwr Lmt Braking ........................ 74 

749 Speed Cmd Loss....................... 25 

750 ESP Cable Resis....................... 189 

751 Drv Application .......................... 190 

753 Input Power ............................... 165 

756 Idc 3 Pulse................................. 169 

757 Idc 5 Pulse................................. 170 

758 PD Warning ............................... 105 

759 PD Wrn Mask ............................ 96 

760 ESP Surface Volt....................... 189 

761 Inv Output Volt........................... 4 

763 DeSync Start Dly ....................... 127 

764 Cur Sens FltCode...................... 20 

765 Reduced Capacity ..................... 179 

767 BusTransient Lvl........................ 10 

771 Mtr Thermal Cyc........................ 122 

772 Drv Thermal Cyc ....................... 113 

773 IdcRefLmt Motor........................ 69 

774 RNeut OvrLoadTrp .................... 115 

775 RNeut OvrLoadDly .................... 115 

776 RNeut OvrCurTrp ...................... 115 

777 RNeut OvrCurDly ...................... 115 

778 TransientVoltMax ...................... 9 

779 ComModeCur Peak................... 9 


Chapter 3 

Troubleshooting 

(Firmware 7.xxx) 

Documenting Shutdowns 

All faults, warnings, or messages displayed on the Operator 

Interface should be thoroughly documented by the user prior to 

resetting those messages. This will assist maintenance personnel 

in correcting problems and ensuring they do not recur. 


3-2 Troubleshooting 

Acronyms and Abbreviations Used in this Manual 

Acronym/ 

Acronym/ 

Description 

Abbreviation 

Abbreviation 

Description 

A/D Analog/Digital Lo Low 

AC Alternating Current LV Low Voltage 

ADC Analog to Digital Converter M Machine 

Cap Capacitor Magntz Magnetizing 

Ch Channel Max Maximum 

Chn Channel Min Minimum 

CIB Customer Interface Board Mstr Master 

Cmd Command MTR Motor 

CT Current Transformer NVRAM Non-Volatile Random Access Memory 

Ctctr Contactor OC Overcurrent 

Cur Current OL Overload 

DAC Digital to Analog Converter OP Output 

DC Direct Current OT Overtemperature 

DCB Drive Control Board OV Overvoltage 

DD Dimensional Drawings PLL Phase Lock Loop 

DIM Drive Identity Module PS Power Supply 

DO Drive Output Pu Per Unit 

DPI Drive Peripheral Interface PWM Pulse-Width Modulation 

DrvIn Drive Input Rect Rectifier 

ED Electrical Drawings Rot’n Rotation 

Fbk Feedback SCB Signal Conditioning Board 

Flt Fault SCR Silicon-Controlled Rectifier 

Fltr Filter SGCT Symmetrical-Gate Commutated Thyristor 

FO Fiber-Optic Slv Slave 

FOB Fiber-Optic Interface Board Spd Speed 

FOI Fiber-Optic Interface SPGD Self-Powered Gate Driver 

FPGA Field-Programmable Gate Array SW Software 

GND Ground Sync Synchronous 

Gnrl General Tach Tachometer 

HCS Hall Effect Current Sensor TFB Temperature Feedback Board 

Hi High Trp Trip 

HW Hardware TSN Transient Suppression Network 

I Current UB Unbalance 

Init Initialize UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply 

Inv Inverter USART 

Universal Synchronous/Asynchronous 

Transmitter/Receiver 

IO Input/Output V Volt 

Isoltn Sw Isolation Switch VSB Volt Sensing Board 

L Inductance Wrn Warning 

L Line Xfer Transfer 

LED Light-emitting diode XIO External Input/Output 

Liq 

Liquid 


Troubleshooting 3-3 

FAULT MESSAGES 

FAULT 

MESSAGE 

FAULT 

CODE 

AC/DC#1 AC Fail 58 




AC/DC#1 DC Fail 48 




Adapter 1 Loss 17 






Adaptr1 ForceFlt 26 

Adaptr2 ForceFlt 27 


Adaptr4 ForceFlt 29 



DESCRIPTION 

There has been a loss of the AC power to 

this AC/DC converter and the power supply 

connector J14 is not plugged in. 

The 56VDC output voltage of this AC/DC 

converter has dropped below 49V. Check 

the connections and verify the input voltage 

and the output DC voltage. Ensure that the 

fault detection wiring is connected to J19 on 

the ACB. Replace the power supply if 

required. 

There has been a loss of communication 

between the DPM and the DPI Adapter 1-6. 

Ensure that the Adapter is plugged in the 

ACB, powered and working properly. Cycle 

power to the drive if necessary. 


between the identified DPI adapter and the 

customer’s communication network. The 

communication between the drive and the 

DPI adapter may still be active. This is a 

requirement for DPI communications. If the 

loss of communication from the network to 

the adapter is required to be a warning, this 

must be set in the adapter itself, not within 

the drive. 

RECOMMENDED ACTIONS 

– Verify the input ac voltage and ensure 

that the dc-dc power supply monitor is 

plugged in. 

– Check alarm signal connections 

– Replace PS if necessary 

– Measure the input voltage and verify it is 

within limits 

– Measure the output voltage and confirm 

whether the output level indeed falls below 

the trip level 

– Verify fault detection wiring is per the 

drawings, and measure the voltage on the 

trip signals 

– Verify the PS internal cooling fan is 

operational 

– Replace the Power Supply if required 

– Cycle control power to the drive 

– Change the Adapter and/or DPM if all 

attempts to restore communication fail 

– Verify the customer network is properly 

communicated with the device 

– Check DPM status and compare to the 

information in the User’s Manual 

– Change the Adapter if all attempts to 

restore communication fail 

Ambient OvrTemp 182 NOT ACTIVE – 

Ambient LowTemp 183 NOT ACTIVE – 

Ambient FbrOptic 184 NOT ACTIVE – 

Ambient Sensor 185 NOT ACTIVE – 



FAULT FAULT 

MESSAGE CODE 

DESCRIPTION 

Auxiliary Prot’n 37 Standard External Fault/Warning Input 

included to allow the end-user to install a 

protective relay/system status contact that 

can activate a drive fault or warning, 

depending on configuration of Aux Prot 

Class (P445). The message means drive 

has detected a fault triggered by the input 

wired in the auxillary input of the XIO card. 

Also check the 120V wiring and the XIO card. 

Bypass CtctrOpen 168 The bypass contactor was opened without a 

command from the drive. Verify the 

contactor feedback and the 120V wiring to 

the ACB. 

Bypass IsoSwClsd 175 The bypass isolation switch is closed when 

it was expected to be open. Verify the 

isolation switch mechanical set up and the 

120V wiring to the ACB. Depending on the 

Operating Mode of the drive, ensure that the 

switch is in the proper position. 

Bypass 

IsoSwOpen 

CabinetTemp High 

(C-Frame Only) 

172 The bypass isolation switch is open when it 

was expected to be closed. Verify the 





70 The drive has a temperature switch in 

several cabinets, and all the N/C switches 

are connected in series and fed back to the 

XIO input. The levels are set differently for 

different cabinets. 

Control Pwr Loss 57 There has been a loss or dip in the control 

power feeding the drive for more than 

5cycles. 


– Check device responsible for the 

auxiliary contact to this input, and 

investigate cause of the open contact 

status 

– Check the 120V signal through the 

external device 

– Check the XIO board inputs and 

parameter status bits 

– The drive system needs to have 

complete control over all contactors, so 

investigation of the specific contactor 

fault is required 

– Verify contactor feedback 

– Verify the control power circuit for the 

contactor 

– Check permissive string to the contactor 

control relay (refer to drawing) -Check 

contactor/breaker for physical 

malfunction (auxiliaries) 

– Check ACB inputs and outputs at J1. 

– Depending on the mode of operation 

(Normal, System Test, Open-Circuit 

Test, DC Current Test, or Open-Loop), 

there are specific states for all the 

possible system isolation switches (Refer 

to the description of the Parameter 141 – 

Hardware Options1). Ensure the isolation 

switches are in the proper position. 

– Verify wiring feedback 

– Verify isolation switch mechanical 

auxiliary setup 

– READ ASSOCIATED DESCRIPTION 

– Identify which switch has opened, and 

focus on that cabinet 

– Check for proper air flow within the 

identified section 

– Verify muffin fans are operating correctly 

– Verify ambient temperature is within 

tolerances 

– Ensure that the power source is active 

and investigate the reliability of the 

source. 

– Check control power input to ACB 



FAULT FAULT 

MESSAGE CODE 

DESCRIPTION 

Convrtr Air Flow 176 The Pressure drop at the input to the 

converter section sensed by the pressure 

transducer (as a voltage) has dropped 

below the value set in Pressure Value Trip 

(P319). This is dependent on the operation 

of the Main Cooling Fan. 

ConductivityHigh 


68 The measured coolant conductivity is 

greater than 2 μS/cm 3 . 

Control 5V Loss 54 There has been a loss of the 5 volt DC rail 

from the DC/DC Converter. 

Control 15V Loss 55 There has been a loss of the 15 volt DC rail 

from the DC/DC Converter. 

Control 56V Loss 52 The drive has detected a loss of the 56V dc 

voltage feeding the DC/DC converter. 


– Verify fan rotation 

– Check for blocked airflow in the filters/ 

heatsinks/ ducting (if installed) – Clean as 

required 

– Improper Trip settings – Verify Pressure 

Value voltage level when running with 

clear air flow, and compare to expected 

values for that specific drive type 

– Check that the pressure sensor is working 

and is connected to the ACB at J9. 

– Verify Alarm and Trip set-up procedure 

was completed adequately and adjust as 

necessary 

– Verify for drives with external ducting that 

there is sufficient air to the drive input 

– Verify supply voltage to differential 

pressure transducer, and confirm output is 

stable 

– Verify that no foreign debris has entered 

the system (iron piping, non-deionized 

water, etc.) 

– Wash the mesh filters 

– Change the de-ionizing cartridge and run 

the system, verifying that the conductivity 

is decreasing 

– Check connections, test the rail voltage 

level and test for short circuits. 

– Replace the DC/DC converter if this 

problem remains. 

– Check connections, test the rail voltage 

level and test for short circuits. 

– Replace the DC/DC converter if this 

problem remains. 

– Check the connections, feedback wiring 

on J14 of the ACB, the DC output of the 

AC/DC converter and the input voltage to 

the DC/DC converter. 

– Replace the power supply if required. 



FAULT 

MESSAGE 

CoolantLevel Low 


CoolantTemp High 


CoolantTemp Low 


FAULT 

DESCRIPTION 

CODE 

69 The measured coolant level within the 

reservoir has dropped below the second 

(lowest) level sensor and the drive has 

faulted. This sensor is set for the minimum 

level required to ensure there will be no air 

drawn into the system through the reservoir. 

67 The measured coolant temperature has 

exceeded 54°C (129°F). The drive detected 

that the coolant temperature has exceeded 

the trip setting in P#483. Ensure that the 

heat exchanger fans are working properly 

and the room ambient is adequate for the 

drive operation. 


dropped below 4°C (40°F). It will not clear 

until the coolant temperature reaches 10°C 

(50°F). This fault will only occur if the drive 

is not running, to stop you from starting with 

a low coolant temperature. If you are 

already running when the coolant level 

drops, you will only get a warning. 


– Verify that the drive cooling system does 

not have any coolant leaks – repair if 

found 

– Add the proper amount of de-ionized 

water to get the level above the warning 

sensor (de-ionized water will evaporate, 

not the glycol) 

– Verify the heat exchanger fans are 

operating 

– Verify that the thermostatic valve is fully 

opened 

– Check that all valves are in the normal 

operating position 

– Verify that the drive is operating within 

specified load and ambient conditions 

– Verify that the thermostatic bypass valve 

(V10) was not left open 

– Verify that the ambient temperature 

within the drive control room is not below 

specification 

– Warm up the control room ambient to get 

the drive to an operational level 



FAULT FAULT 

MESSAGE CODE 

DESCRIPTION 

Current Sensor 155 This fault is detected in either DC Test Mode 

or Open Loop test mode or during auto tune. 

This indicates that there is a problem with 

the current feedback in the drive. There are 

three different current sensors: Line side 

CT, DC Link HECS and Motor HECS. To 

ascertain the cause of the fault check Cur 

Sens FltCode (P764) under Diagnostic 

group. Corresponding bit and its 

troubleshooting guide should be followed. 


– If you have the Line HECS/CT code, the 

line current measurement is not what is 

expected at this level of dc current. 

Either of the CT DC HECS and there 

burden resistors may be damaged or 

programmed incorrectly. For example, 

the DC HECS may actually be 2500:1, 

the drawings and parameters indicate 

4000:1. Another cause would be an 

unplugged DC HECS. 

– If you have the CT Phs Seqn code, the 

CTs are likely swapped. For example the 

CT/wiring for 2U has been switched with 

2W. 

– If you have the CT Phs/Alpha code, the 

rectifier is firing with the wrong firing 

angle relative to the angle measured 

from the line current. This can occur 

when the CTs on an 18-pulse rectifier are 

switched between master and slaves. 

– If you have the Cap/CT Error code, this 

only occurs for PWM rectifiers when 

energized and not running. The line 

current measured by the CTs does not 

match the expected line current based 

on the capacitor parameters and 

measured voltage. Possible causes are 

incorrect capacitor, CT or burden resistor 

parameters, and in some cases, blown 

TSN fuses. 

– If you have the Motor HECS code, this 

only occurs when running on the motor 

in open loop mode. The drive 

compares the motor current to the dc 

current, and flags this fault if there is a 

significant difference. If there were no 

Line HECS/CT codes, then the likely 

cause of this fault in an incorrectly 

programmed motor HECS value or 

burden resistor. Other causes could be 

a defective or unplugged motor HECS. 

– Make sure hardware parameters are 

correct and do not exceed the range. 



FAULT FAULT 

MESSAGE CODE 

DESCRIPTION 

DAN Comm Loss 456 Drive Area network communication fault. 

This is applicable to parallel drive only 

This fault is for parallel drives only and 

indicates a loss of the Drive Area Network 

(DAN) link for a drive acting as a Slave. 

This would result in the slave drive stopping. 

DC Link Flow Low 


72 The flow switch in the DC Link coolant path 

has detected the flow is less than optimal, 

indicating a problem with the flow path. This 

is not designed to specifically measure flow. 

This is a switch that differentiates between 

flow and no flow. 

DClnk OvrCurrent 113 The DC Link current given by Idc Feedback 

(P322) has exceeded the DC Link current 

trip settings(P169). Verify the parameter 

settings of the drive. Check the HECS and 

burden resistor. Confirm stable operation of 

the drive and any sudden load transients. 


– Check RS485/RS232 converter. Red 

LED should be steady, and green and 

yellow transmit and receive LEDs should 

be flashing. 

– Check RS485 cable between drives 

– Check RS232 cable between ACB Board 

and serial converter 

– Verify pressure values in the cooling 

system are nominal 

– Verify the cooling path is not restricted 

because of tube crimping 

– Check flow switch for proper operation 

– It may be required to disconnect cooling 

path and complete a check on the DC 

Link for blockages 

– Verify that the parameters for drive and 

device ratings, and installed current 

sensing components are set accordingly 

– Verify that the DC Link HECS is wired 

properly and properly powered 

– Verify the Burden Resistor value 

– Complete a DC Current Test to verify the 

feedback corresponds to the IDC 

Command 

– Setup trending to capture DC Link 

current Feedback and other related readonly 

parameters (Contact factory if you 

require assistance) 

– Check Alpha Line, and verify that the 

value is not too low (15°) and the current 

regulator is not in limit; Decrease Flux 

Command Base Speed or increase 

incoming Line Voltage 

– Restart the drive to allow the start up 

diagnostics to detect any shorted 

thyristors, but only attempt this once if 

shorted SCRs are detected 



FAULT FAULT 

MESSAGE CODE 

DESCRIPTION 

DCLnk OvrTemp 34 The thermal switch in the DC Link inductor 

has detected an over temperature condition 

and opened the AC input to the standard 

XIO. Ensure that the converter cooling fan is 

working and that the air flow is not 

obstructed. Also check the 120V wiring and 

the XIO card. There is a thermal switch in 

each DC Link winding, and they are 

connected in series. 

DC Neutral VSB 461 This fault indicates that the voltage sensing 

board associated with the dc and neutral 

voltages is not plugged in. 

Drive OvrLoad 144 Drive Overload Trip (P163) as the absolute 

trip level, Drive Overload Delay (P164) as 

the base trip delay, and Drive Overload Min 

(P269) as initial detection level. 

The drive has detected an overload 

condition in the dc link indicated by Drive 

Overload (P551). 


– Verify operating conditions (ambient/ 

altitude/ load levels/ ventilation and fans) 

and verify that the DC Link Reactor is 

within ratings 


thermal switch 

– Verify the drive cooling circuit is 

operating correctly 



– Determine through elimination whether 

there is a faulty switch and replace if 

necessary 

– Check connector J25. 

– Verify connection from VSB to ACB. 

– Transient Loading – Check torque limit 

and overload settings and compare 

loading to torque settings and trip 

settings 

– Open Burden Resistor – Check Current 

feedback and check the burden resistors 

– Verify the drive sizing and that the 

overload parameters to meet the load 

requirements. 

DvcAnodCath/Snub 154 Device Anode-Cathode or Snubber fault – NOT USED 

Drv Output Open 161 NOT USED – NOT USED 

External 1-16 1-16 These are the optional additional External 

Faults available when there is an additional 

XIO board installed. This is configured with 

XIO Ext Faults (P593), and this message 

– Review XIO Board Drawing: 

– Identify source of Input from External 

Fault XIO Board print and investigate the 

cause of the fault 

will appear if the specific input (1-16) is – Verify voltage signals from external 

configured in Fault Config as a Class 1 or sources 

Class 2 fault. 

Ext Cooling Loss 

(C-Frame only) 

65 The drive has detected the loss of the ability 

to provide cooling for the drive. This is 

detected through feedback from the Heat 

Exchanger Cooling fans contactors and 

overloads. 

– Review the inputs to the drive Liquid 

Cooling XIO and determine the source of 

the missing signals 

– Investigate the Heat Exchanger fans and 

control for a cause 

– Check the liquid cool XIO card. 



FAULT FAULT 

MESSAGE CODE 

DESCRIPTION 

Gnd OvrCurrent 114 The Ground Current (P367) measured on 

the Ground Fault CT has exceeded the 

value in Ground Overcurrent Trip (P171) for 

the duration set in Ground Overcurrent 

Delay (P172). The GFCT (Zero-Sequence 

CT) is not installed in all drives. 

HECS Power Loss 56 The power supplied to the Motor Hall-Effect 

Current Sensors (±24VDC) is monitored on 

the control board and will fault the drive if 

the voltage is out of tolerance. 

IdcHECSConnector 191 The drive has detected that the Idc HECS 

connector (J7) is not connected properly. 

IGDPS 56V Loss 53 The drive has detected a loss of the 56V dc 

voltage feeding the IGDPS. 

InputLockOut 5Min 462 This fault is valid for 18-pulse drives and 

prevents damage to the isolation 

transformer. The input contactor has been 

locked out for 5 minutes due to a Line 

OverCurrent condition. 

InputLockOut Indef 463 This fault is valid for 18-pulse drives and 

prevents damage to the isolation 

transformer. The input contactor has been 

locked indefinitely due to a Line OverCurrent 

condition. 


– Verify the Burden resistor has not 

opened 

– Verify parameters are set properly 

– Megger the drive and motor and input 

transformer/AC line reactor to search for 

a ground fault in the system 

– Check for any imbalance. 

– Verify the DC voltage on the DC/DC 

supply, at the ACB board, and at the 

Current Sensors[HECS] 

– Check the Current Sensor wiring and 

ensure all connections are per the 

Electrical Drawing 

– Turn off the control power and verify 

that connector and the interlock are in 

place 

– Check connections, the DC output of the 

AC/DC converter and the input voltage to 

the IGDPS. 

– Replace the power supply if required. 

– Investigate the cause of the over-current 

condition. Fault can only be reset after 5 

minutes. 

– Check the rectifier devices for short 

– It is likely that there is line to line short 

condition due to shorted SCR devices. 

– Investigate the cause of the over-current 

condition. 

– If nothing found short, Cycle control 

power to reset the fault. 



FAULT FAULT 

MESSAGE CODE 

DESCRIPTION 

InvFbrOpt Config 187 The drive has detected that the number of 

fiber optic boards does not match the 

number of devices in the inverter section. 

InvHSnk FbrOptic 180 While Not Running, the Fiber Optic signal 

from the TFB on the Inverter Heatsink, 

connected to Channel A fiber optic receiver 

RX7 on FOI-M-A is not present. This is only 

a fault while not running. If this occurs while 

running it will appear as a warning. 

InvHSnk LowTemp 179 If the measured temperature IHeatsink 

Temp C (P#252) is less than 2°C, and the 

drive is not running, the drive will display this 

fault. 

InvHSnk OvrTemp 178 The temperature detection on the Inverter 

Heatsink, connected to Channel A fiber optic 

receiver RX7 on FOI-M-A, has exceeded 

Inverter Heatsink Temperature Trip (P315). 

InvHSnk Sensor 181 While Not Running, The drive has detected 

a missing temperature sensor connected to 

the TFB on the inverter heatsink. A missing 

sensor can result in either a Fiber Optic 

Loss fault or a Sensor fault because a 

missing sensor can be interpreted as either 

0°C or over 100°C, and both are unrealistic 

values. 


– Verify the parameter settings and 

check that the board in plugged properly 

on the OIBB 

– Check TFB and FOI board for power 

– Check the Fiber Optic cables are 

properly seated in the transmitters and 

receivers 

– Check the fiber optic cable for kinks, 

bends, breaks that could be blocking the 

signal 

– This can occur if the sensor is not 

connected to the TFB 

– Verify that the ambient in the control 

room is not below 2°C (35.6 °F) 

– Verify power to the TFB 

– There could be a mechanical problem 

with the temperature sensor or with the 

cable feeding the signal back to the TFB 

– Swap with the rectifier hardware to 

identify the bad component 

– Confirm actual temperature in 

parameters is not higher than the trip 

value – If so, investigate the conditions of 

the drive (ambient/ loading/ elevation / 

ventilation/ filter status /heatsink 

clogging) 

– Check the sensor and temperature 

offline (ambient) for accuracy 

– Check for any harmonic and capture DC 

current waveforms on ACB board 

– Ensure that the fan is working properly 

and that the air flow is sufficient in this 

cabinet. 

– Verify sensor is completely seated 

properly on TFB. 

– Measure sensor resistance. 

– Replace if necessary. 



FAULT FAULT 

MESSAGE CODE 

DESCRIPTION 

Input CtctrOpen 166 The input contactor has opened without a 

command from the drive. Verify the 


the ACB. 

Input IsoSwClsd 173 The input contactor isolation switch is closed 

when it was expected to be open. Verify the 





Input IsoSwOpen 170 The input isolation switch is open when it 

was expected to be closed. Verify the 






– The drive system needs to have 

complete control over all contactors, so 

investigation of the specific contactor 

fault is required 

– Verify contactor feedback 

– Verify the control power circuit for the 

contactor 

– Check permissive string to the contactor 

control relay (refer to drawing) -Check 

contactor/breaker for physical 

malfunction (auxiliaries) 

– Check ACB board inputs and outputs 






to the description of the Parameter 141 

(Hardware Options1). Ensure the isolation 

switches are in the proper position. 










to the description of the Parameter 141 

(Hardware Options1) Ensure the isolation 

switches are in the proper position 







FAULT FAULT 

MESSAGE CODE 

DESCRIPTION 

Input Prot’n #1 32 Standard External Fault/Warning Input 

included allowing the end-user to install a 

protective relay (i.e Input Feed Protection 

Relay) auxiliary contact that can activate a 

drive fault or warning, depending on 

configuration of InputProt1 Class (P440). 

InputProt’n #2 36 Standard External Fault/Warning Input 


protective relay (IE Input Feed Protection 




InvAnlg SelfTest 186 On power up the drive has detected that dc 

offset on some analog feedback channels is 

high. The offending channels are indicated 

by parameters InvAnlg SelfTst1 and InvAnlg 

SelfTst2 in Diagnostic group. 

InvA2D Convrsion 189 This fault indicates that the analog to digital 

converters on the ACB were not able to 

completely transmit the data to the slave 

processor using the DMA within the 

sampling period. 

Inv Heartbeat 132 The master processor has detected that the 

slave DSP software has either over-run or 

failed to initialize. 

Inv OvrVoltage 160 The inverter output voltage given by Inv 

Output Volt (P761) has exceeded the trip 

settings. This is detected by the hardware 

circuit in the ACB. 



auxiliary contact to this input and 

investigate the fault indicated by the 

device’s fault message 

– Investigate internal and external causes 

for this fault code 


external device 



– Cycle Control Power to see if the Fault 

remains, and Replace ACB if necessary 

– Check with multimter the DC offset on 

the circuit when this fault is present. The 

feedbacks that cause this fault can be 

determined by looking at parameter (P96 

and P251) under Diagnostic Group 

– Cycle Control Power to see if the Fault 

remains, and Replace ACB or DPM 

– Verify DC Control voltages on ACB 

– Recycle power and replace DPM board if 

necessary 

– This is drive output Voltage [ESP 

Surface volt (P760) terminology used in 

ESP application]. 

– The protection uses P#193 setting but 

drive calculates the motor filter cap 

voltage 

– In ESP application Inverter voltage may 

be different from motor voltage due to 

long cable drop. 

– Check the voltage sensing board for any 

resistor failure 

– Check for any open circuit at the drive 

output. 

– Check the devices at the inverter. 



FAULT 

MESSAGE 

IsoTx Air Flow 

(A-Frame Only) 

FAULT 

DESCRIPTION 

CODE 

177 The Pressure sensed by the pressure 

transducer in the Integral Isolation 

Transformer section (as a voltage) has 

dropped below the value set in Pressure 

Value Transformer Trip (P654). 

IsoTx/ReacOvrTmp 33 The thermal switch in the drive input 

Isolation Transformer or the Line Reactor 



XIO. 

Isolator 24V Loss 63 The 24V isolator power supply has 

malfunctioned. 

Line Harmonic OV 119 The drive has detected a steady-state 

resonance-induced overvoltage on the line 

(P683). This is defined at the level set in 

Harmonic OV Trip (P675) for the delay 

Harmonic OV Delay (P676) (on top of 

normal line voltage) for 1 second. The drive 

only detects the 5 th harmonic to eliminate 

nuisance faults from capacitor charging 

events. 



– Check for blocked airflow in the filters / 

ducting (if installed) – Clean as required 

– Improper Trip settings – Verify Pressure 


clear air flow 

– Check that the pressure sensor is 

working and is connected to the ACB. 



necessary, and compare with expected 




– Verify supply voltage to pressure 

transducer, and confirm output is stable 

– Verify operating conditions (ambient/ 

altitude/ current levels/ ventilation and 

fans/ cooling oil) and verify that the 

Rectifier Transformer/Reactor is within 

ratings 


thermal switch 

– Verify that it is not a faulty switch 



– Determine through elimination whether 

there is a faulty switch and replace if 

necessary 

– Measure the voltage between pins 1 and 

2 on connector P3 on the DC/DC power 

supply. 

– Ensure that the ribbon cable between P2 

(at DC/DC PS) and J14 (at ACB) is 

securely fastened. 

– Verify waveforms show excessive 

harmonics using oscilloscope on ACB 

unfiltered voltage testpoints 

– Investigate sources for excessive 

harmonics on customer power system 

– Contact factory for possible re-tuning of 

input filter 



FAULT FAULT 

MESSAGE CODE 

DESCRIPTION 

LineNeut OvrVolt 118 The line side neutral voltage (calculated 

from line to ground voltages for SCR 

rectifiers and measured from the capacitor 

neutral point for PWM rectifiers) displayed in 

LineNeutral Volt (P589) has exceeded the 

trip settings. Verify parameter settings. 

Check the system grounding and megger 

the input cables to ground. 

Line OvrCurrent 112 The measured Line Current (P122) has 

exceeded Line Overcurrent Trip (P161) for 

the duration set in Line Overcurrent Delay 

(P162). 

Line OvrVoltage 116 The calculated Line Voltage has exceeded 

Line Overvoltage Trip (P165) for the 

duration set in Line Overvoltage Delay 

(P166). This is calculated by looking at the 

compensated individual bridge voltages 

Master, Slave1 and Slave2 line volt (P136- 

138), and comparing them to 1/3 of Line 

Overvoltage Trip. 

Main VSB 459 This fault indicates that the voltage sensing 

board associated with the motor and line 

voltages is not plugged in. 


– Insulation Failure – Megger the motor 

insulation/motor cables/drive insulation to 

ground 

– If the grounding network is NOT 

connected to to the line cap neutral then 

the trip level can be increased from 

default 0.4p.u to higher. 

– NOTE: In DTD drive the default trip 

setting MUST not be increased with 

out consulting with MV Tech Support. 

– Verify the integrity of the input grounding 

network if applicable 

– Megger the input Isolation Transformer 

Secondary/Input Cables to ground 

– Verify Parameter settings are appropriate 

for AC Line Reactor or Isolation 

Transformer drives 

– Verify the integrity of Line Filter 

Capacitors (for PWM rectifier drives), 

looking for short circuits or signs of 

physical damage. Refer to Chapter 5 of 

the User Manual for detailed instructions 

on Testing Filter Capacitors. 

– CHECK FOR SHORTED SCRs – DO 

NOT ATTEMPT TO RESET THIS 

FAULT UNTIL YOU HAVE VERIFIED 

THE SCRS ARE NOT SHORTED 

– Investigate Possible damage to the input 

isolation transformer if there have been 

several aborted starts with Line OC faults 

– Verify that the drive sizing is not too 

small for the Rated Motor Current 

– Verify Parameters are set properly 

– Verify the Burden resistors are not 

opened and there are no loose grounds 

– Verify the parameters are set properly 

– Verify VSB connections and tap settings, 

resistor values, and grounds 

– Verify that the parameter Input 

Impedance (P140) was tuned properly. 

– If voltage is too high, change tap settings 

on the input source to lower voltage to an 

acceptable level 

– Check connector J27 at ACB. 

– Verify connection from VSB to ACB. 



FAULT FAULT 

MESSAGE CODE 

DESCRIPTION 

Master CurUnbal 123 The measured and calculated phase currents 

in the Master Bridge have exceeded the 

value set in Line Current Unbalance Trip 

(P108) for the duration set in Line Current 

Unbalance Delay (P109). The unbalance 

value can be seen in Parameter 613. 

Master VoltUnbal 120 The measured phase voltages (610) in the 

Master Bridge have exceeded the value set 

in Line Voltage Unbalance Trip (P271) for 

the duration set in Line Voltage Unbalance 

Delay (P272). 

Motor Current UB 100 The measured current unbalance on the 

drive output has exceeded Mtr current 

UnBalance Trip (P208) for the duration set 

in Mtr current UnBalance Delay (P214). 

Motor Load Loss 104 The drive has detected a loss of load 

condition. This is activated as a fault using 

the parameter Mtr Load Loss Detect (P199), 

and the necessary setpoints are Mtr Load 

Loss Level (P246), Mtr Load Loss Delay 

(P231), and Mtr Load Loss Speed (P259). 


– Verify that all Current Transformer 

connections are connected properly and 

that no wires are reversed – Ring-out 

wires to verify connections 

– Check grounding on CTs 

– Ensure that all plugs are firmly 

connected in the ACB 

– Check that all input voltages are 

balanced 

– Verify Parameter settings 

– Check the burden resistors 

– Verify the Input Capacitor values if 

installed 

– Verity that there are no open sharing 

resistors. 

– Verify all Line Thyristors are firing in 

Gating Test Mode 

– Check the Line Filter Capacitors (for 

PWM rectifier drives). Refer to Chap. 5 

of the User Manual for detailed 

instructions on Testing Filter Capacitors. 

– CHECK TSN FUSING 

– Verify the VSB connections and tap 

settings, and check resistance of VSB 

board – Megger board to confirm integrity 

– Check actual voltage values on the 

Operator Interface terminal for each 

bridge and the total line voltage 

– Check for possible source voltage supply 

problems 

– Use Multimeter and Oscilloscope to 

check voltages on the drive voltage test 

points 

– Verify the current sensor wiring and 

Burden Resistors from the Motor current 

sensors 

– Verify the HCS power 

– Check Motor Filter Capacitors for 

balanced loading of all 3 phases. Refer 

to Chapter 5 of the User Manual for 

detailed instructions on Testing Filter 

Capacitors. 

– Investigate the possibility of Motor 

winding or cabling problems 

– Verify the parameter settings 

– Ensure that the load should not normally 

be in an unloaded condition 

– This is designed for applications likely to 

lose the load (downhole pump – hollowshaft 

motor) and we do not want to run 

with the loss of load 



FAULT 

MESSAGE 

MotorNeut 

OvrVolt 

FAULT 

DESCRIPTION 

CODE 

98 The measured motor voltage neutral voltage 

Mtr Neutral Volt (#P347) has exceeded the 

Mtr NeutVolt Trp (P189) setting. 

Motor OvrCurrent 96 The measured motor current Stator Current 

(P340) has exceeded the Mtr OvrCur Trip 

(P177) setting. 

Motor OvrLoad 101 A Motor Overload condition has been 

detected, where the overload condition is 

calculated using I Stator (P340) and an 

algorithm based on Motor Overload Trip 

(P179) as the absolute trip level, Motor 

Overload Delay (P180) as the base trip delay, 

and Motor Overload Min (P351) as the point 

where the overload calculation begins. 

Motor Ovrspeed 102 The speed of the motor has exceeded the 

Motor Overspeed Trip (P185). Verify that 

parameter meets the load requirements. 

Check for load transients 


– NOTE: In DTD drive the default trip 

setting MUST not be increased with 

out consulting with MV Tech Support. 

– Insulation Failure – Megger the motor 

insulation/motor cables/drive insulation to 

ground 

– Verify the integrity of the output 

grounding network if applicable 

– Megger the input Isolation Transformer 

Secondaries/Input Cables to ground 

– Verify Parameter settings are appropriate 

for AC Line Reactor or Isolation 

Transformer drives 

– Verify the integrity of Motor Filter 

Capacitors, looking for short circuits or 

signs of physical damage. Refer to 

Chapter 5 of the User Manual for detailed 

instructions on Testing Filter Capacitors. 

Possible Causes: 

– Real OC/Transients 

– Bad Burden resistor/Current Sensor 

Circuit Failure – Check components 

– Parameter settings too low compared to 

torque limit. Verify Parameter settings 

– Current regulator in limit (check line 

voltage and Alpha line while running) 

– Transient Loading - Check torque limit 

motoring, Torque limit Overload and 

motor overload settings and Compare 


settings 

– Burden Resistor – Check HECS 

feedback and Check the burden resistors 

– Check for unbalance on the motor and 

line feedback voltages 

– Improper Settings – Check parameter 

settings for Reference Command 

Maximum and Ensure it is not too close 

to Overspeed Trip increase 

– Adjust Speed Regulator Bandwidth to 

control overshoot, and ensure 

acceleration rate near maximum speed is 

not too great 

– Check for load transients 

– For Tachometers, ensure the ppr is set 

properly and the feedback is valid 

– Check tachometer pulse train with an 

oscilloscope 



FAULT FAULT 

MESSAGE CODE 

DESCRIPTION 

Motor OvrVoltage 97 The measured motor voltage Stator Voltage 

(#P344) has exceeded the Mtr OvrVolt Trip 


Motor Protection 35 Standard External Fault/Warning Input 


protective relay (IE Bulletin 825 Motor 

Protection Relay) auxiliary contact that can 

activate a drive fault or warning, depending 

on configuration of Motor Prot Class (P443). 

Motor Slip Range 106 Incorrect motor RPM has been entered for 

an induction motor. Check the name plate 

data. Motor RPM cannot be the 

synchronous RPM. Enter the correct data 

and cycle control power. 

Motor Stall 103 The drive has detected a motor stall 

condition, with a delay set by Motor Stall 

Delay (P191). The different methods of 

Motor Stall detection depend on whether a 

tachometer/encoder is installed or not. 

Sensorless faults involve the motor not 

building up enough flux feedback to be 

detected by the drive, while tachometer 

feedback methods look at the difference 

between the tachometer/encoder feedback 

and the speed command. 


– Parameter setting incorrect (flux 

command/trip values) 

– VSB damage – Check VSB resistors, 

grounds, and verify tap settings are 

correct 

– Self-Excitation – Check for flying 

start/induced motor rotation 

– Make sure motor is not started in open 

circuit. 

– Make sure drive is not started in open 

circuit. Verify Motor is connected. 


auxiliary contact to this input and 

investigate the fault indicated by the 

device’s fault message 

– Investigate internal and external causes 

for this fault code 


external device. Check the XIO board 

inputs and parameter status bits 

– This fault can not be reset until correct 

slip is programmed. 

– If the motor nameplate shows 

synchronous rpm, then verify what the 

rated slip rpm is, subtract the slip rpm 

from synchronous rpm. 


– Insufficient torque on starting– Increase 

Torque Command 0 and 1 to avoid motor 

stalls when starting if Speed Feedback 

Mode is Sensorless 

– Insufficient torque – Increase Torque 

Limit Motoring to avoid motor stalls while 

running 

– Reverse Load Rotation – Ensure the 

load is not rotating in the opposite 

direction 

– Capture flux feedback voltModel (P342) 

parameter 

– Ensure Tachometer Feedback is 

functional where applicable 

– Ensure the motor is not spinning forward 

at a speed greater than Reference 

Command 

– While running – make sure there is no 

sudden increase of the load. 



FAULT FAULT 

MESSAGE CODE 

DESCRIPTION 

Motor Flux UB 99 The measured Motor Flux has exceeded 

Motor Flux Unbalance Trip (P585) for the 

duration set in Motor Flux Unbalance Delay 

(P586). 

Mstr Transfr Err 457 Master transfer Error 

This is applicable to parallel drive only 

MV in Gate Test 165 The drive has Medium voltage applied and 

the user attempted to program the drive in 

Gate Test. Isolate medium voltage from the 

drive and then proceed with the test. 

MV in System 

Test 

164 The drive has Medium voltage applied and 

the user attempted to program the drive in 

System Test. Isolate medium voltage from 

the drive and then proceed with the test. 

No Output Ctctr 169 This fault is specifically used for Open 

Circuit Test Mode, which demands that an 

Output Contactor be specified in IsoSw/Ctctr 

Cfg (P192). If the contactor is not specified, 

you will get this fault in Open Circuit Test 

Mode. This is to help avoid inexperienced 

people putting the drive in open circuit test 

mode without actually open circuiting the 

output with either a contactor or by 

disconnecting the motor cables. 


– Verify the VSB resistors are not open 

and that they are balanced 

– Check for the shorted Motor Filter 

Capacitors. Refer to Chapter 5 of the 

User Manual for detailed instructions on 

Testing Filter Capacitors. 

– Check for a grounded phase on the drive 

system using a megger test 

– The master drive cannot find a slave 

drive able to take over as master 

– Possible causes are: slave drive not 

ready, or slave drive masked off 

– Check input contactor control and Status 

– Ensure that the isolation switch is in the 

open position and locked out – Confirm 

with hot-stick and status parameters 

– Check input contactor control and Status 

– Ensure that the isolation switch is in the 

open position and locked out – Confirm 

with hot-stick and status parameters 

– If there truly is no Output Contactor in the 

system, then you can mask the fault. 

Then there will be a No DO/OP Ctctr 

warning, and you can continue with the 

open circuit test after disconnecting 

MOTOR cables 

Process Var Loss 464 Feedback from the process is not valid. – Check the process sensor, 4-20mA or 

0-10V input to the drive at IFM board 

– Check the wiring at IFM board and 

connection between IFM and ACB. 

PD Capcity Low 458 This fault is for parallel drives only and 

indicates that the available drive capacity is 

less than 50% of the motor rated current. 

The drive cannot run. 

Pressure Loss 


64 The measured system pressure has 

dropped below a preset trip level. The 

standard operating pressure is around 

50psi. The pressure switch is not designed 

to be an accurate measure of pressure, but 

is designed as a Pressure/No Pressure 

indication. Typically anything less than 

20psi will activate this switch. 

– The available drive capacity is less than 

50% of the motor rated current. The 

drive cannot run. 

– Check that the pumps are operating 

– Verify that there are no leaks in the 

system 

– Verify that there is no blockage in the 

system 



FAULT 

MESSAGE 

Pump/Fan Pwr 

Off 


FAULT 

DESCRIPTION 

CODE 

71 The control power to the pumping system 

and the heat exchanger fans is not present. 

The drive detected that the Pump/Fan power 

is off. 

RNeut OvrCurrent 115 This fault is valid only for common mode 

choke drives (D2D) and indicates that the 

current through the neutral resistor has 

exceeded the trip settings The current is 

displayed by ComMode Current (P697). 

RecAnlg SelfTest 128 On power up the drive has detected that dc 

offset on some analog feedback channels is 

high. The offending channels are indicated 

by parameters RecAnlg SelfTst1, RecAnlg 

SelfTst2 and RecAnlg SelfTst3 in Diagnostic 

group 

RecA2D 

Convrsion 

131 This fault indicates that the analog to digital 

converters on the ACB were not able to 

completely transmit the data to the master 

processor using the DMA within the 

sampling period. 

RecChB FbrOptic 152 Not Normally Used: While Not Running, the 

Fiber Optic signal from the optional TFB 

connected to Channel B fiber optic receiver 

RX7 on FOI-L-B is not present. This is only 



RecHSnk 

FbrOptic 

148 While Not Running, the Fiber Optic signal 

from the TFB on the Rectifier Heatsink, 


RX7 on FOI-L-A is not present. This is only 




– Verify the disconnect switch is closed 

and that there are no blown fuses 

– Measure the voltage at the pump and fan 

inputs to ensure voltage is present 

– Trace the feedback to the drive from the 

circuit, looking for loose wiring or 

incorrect auxiliaries 

– Check the neutral R for open 

– Check devices on rectifier and inverter 

for short circuits. 

– Check the Line and Motor Filter 

Capacitors for short circuits between 

Phase-to-Neutral or Phase-to-Phase. 

Refer to Chapter 5 of the User Manual 

for detailed instructions on Testing Filter 

Capacitors. 

– Check the line and motor neutral voltage 

– Verify the neutral R parameters. 

– Investigate the cause of neutral shift 

between the input and output filter 

capacitors which could be due to severe 

line transients or insulation failure. 

– Megger the drive if necessary. 

– Check with multimter the DC offset on 

the circuit when this fault is present. The 

feedbacks that cause this fault can be 

determined by looking at parameter 

(P473, P474 and P494) under Diagnostic 

Group. 

– Cycle Control Power, to see if the Fault 

condition remains and Replace ACB if 

necessary 

– Cycle power to the drive. 

– If the problem persists replace DPM or 

ACB. 


Check the Fiber Optic cables are 


receivers 

– Check the fiber optic cable for 

kinks/bends/breaks that could be 

blocking the signal 



FAULT 

MESSAGE 

RecHSnk 

LowTemp 

RecChB 

LowTemp 

RecHSnk 

OvrTemp 

FAULT 

DESCRIPTION 

CODE 

147 The drive detected that the rectifier heat sink 

temperature is less than 2 degrees C. 

Ensure the room ambient is higher than 0 

degrees C (32F) before starting the drive. 

151 This is not enabled on most drives, and the 

parameter is a high-level parameter. The 

drive has detected that the temperature 

feedback from the optional temperature 

board is less than 2 degrees C. 

146 The drive detected that the rectifier heat sink 

temperature has reached the trip setting. 

Ensure that the fan is working properly and 

that the air flow is sufficient in this cabinet. 

RecChB OvrTemp 150 Not Normally Used - 

The drive has detected that the temperature 

feedback from the optional temperature 

board has reached the trip setting. 

RecHSnk Sensor 149 The drive has detected while not running a 

missing temperature sensor connected to 

the TFB on the rectifier heatsink. A missing 





values. 

RecChB Sensor 153 Not normally used: 

The drive while not running has detected a 


the optional temperature feedback channel. 

Ensure that the sensor in plugged in. 

RecFbrOpt 

Config 

129 The drive has detected that the number of 

fiber optic boards does not match the 

number of devices. 

Rec Heartbeat 190 The slave processor drive has detected that 

the master DSP software has either over-run 

or failed to initialize. 

Rec OvrVoltage 117 The rectifier input voltage given by Rec Input 

Volt (P696) has exceeded the trip settings 

(P#173). This is detected by the hardware 

circuit in the ACB. 


– Verify that the ambient in the control 

room is not below 2°C (35.6°F) 

– Verify power to the TFB 

– There could be a mechanical problem 

with the temperature sensor or with the 

cable feeding the signal back to the TFB 

– Swap with the inverter hardware to 

identify the bad component 


parameters is not higher than the trip 

value – If so, investigate the conditions of 

the drive (ambient/ loading/ elevation / 

ventilation/ filter status /heatsink 

clogging) 

– Check TFB and FOI board for power and 

fiber optic integrity 








– Check that the boards are plugged 

properly on the OIBB 

– Verify DC Control voltages to both 

ACB/DPM 

– Possible Failed ACB board 

– Recycle power and replace DPM board if 

necessary 




– This is less likely to be caused by a true 

Line Overvoltage and more likely to be 

due to the effects of capacitive leading 

VARs on a high-impedance system 

– Tap down the input if possible 

– Investigate occurrences of bus 

transients. 



FAULT FAULT 

MESSAGE CODE 

DESCRIPTION 

RNeutral OvrLoad 145 The neutral resistor required for Direct-to- 

Drive technology has reached an overload 

condition. This is determined from 

parameters Neutral Resistor (P680), R 

Neutral power Rating (P681). The current 

through the neutral resistor is calculated by 

measuring the voltage across the resistor 

and knowing the resistance. Common Mode 

current (P697) displays that current, and R 

Neutral OL (P682) shows the overload 

accumulator. The resistor is allowed 500% 

for 10 seconds every 5 minutes, and P682 is 

normalized to fault whenever the value 

reaches 1.00. 

Slave1 CurUnbal 124 The level of unbalance in the input current of 

the Slave1 Bridge displayed in Slave1 Cur 

Unbal (P614) has exceeded the value of the 

trip settings (P108). Verify the CTs, burden 

resistors and connections on the ACB. 

Investigate the incoming source voltage for 

unbalance. 

Slave2 CurUnbal 125 The level of unbalance in the input voltage 

of the Slave 2 Bridge displayed in Slave2 

Cur Unbal (P615) has exceeded the value of 

the trip settings (P108). Verify the CTs, 

burden resistors and connections on the 

ACB. Investigate the incoming source 

voltage for unbalance. 

Slave1 Phasing 126 The drive has detected that the phasing in 

the Slave1 bridge is incorrect. Verify the 

cables are terminated correctly. 

Slave2 Phasing 127 The drive has detected that the phasing in 

the Slave2 bridge is incorrect. Verify the 

cables are terminated correctly. 


– Verify the resistor ratings 

– Verify that the drive Voltage Feedback 

Splitter board is operating properly 

– Investigate the possibility of voltage 

unbalances on the input or output of the 

drive that would create a voltage 

differential across the resistor 

– Contact the factory for further instructions 

– Verify the resistor parameters. 

– Investigate the cause of neutral shift 

between the input and output filter 

capacitors which could be due to severe 

line transients or insulation failure. 

– Megger the drive if necessary. 

– Verify that all Current Transformer 

connections are connected properly and 

that no wires are reversed – Ring-out 

wires to verify connections 

– Check grounding on CTs 

– Ensure that all plugs are firmly 

connected in the ACB 

– Check that all input voltages are 

balanced 

– Verify Parameter settings 

– Check the burden resistors 

– Verify the Input Capacitor values if 

installed 

– Verify that there are no open sharing 

resistors 

– Verify all Line Thyristors are firing in 


– Verify cables are terminated correctly 

– Verify the feedback wires from the 

terminals to the VSB is terminated correctly 

– The faults can be masked, and then the 

voltages and phasing can be checked 

using the test points on the ACB, being 

aware that there will be phase 

differences between the master and 

secondary bridges depending on the 

drive configuration. Refer to 

Commissioning chapter of the Manual. 


Troubleshooting 3-23 

FAULT FAULT 

MESSAGE CODE 

DESCRIPTION 

Slave1 VoltUnbal 121 The level of unbalance in the input voltage 


VoltUnbal (P611) has exceeded the value of 

the trip settings in (P271). This fault is valid 

only for 18-pulse rectifier. 

Slave2 VoltUnbal 122 The level of unbalance in the input voltage 


VoltUnbal (P610) has exceeded the value of 

the trip settings in (P271). This fault is valid 

only for 18-pulse rectifier. 

Speed Cmd Loss 23 The drive has lost communication with the 

device responsible for providing the speed 

command to the drive. This has been set to 

annunciate as a fault. The drive will 

configure the Speed Command Loss as a 

fault when the associated bit in DPI Loss 

Mask (P175) is set to a 1. Setting the bit to 

0 will cause the drive to indicate a warning 

and run at the last commanded speed. 

The fault could be the DPI adapter or the 4- 

20mA signal wired to the analog input (IFM 

board). Ensure that all connections are 

secure, device is powered and operating 

correctly. 

Sync VSB 460 This fault indicates that the voltage sensing 

board associated with the synchronous 

transfer voltages is not plugged in. 

Sync Xfer Failure 162 A Synchronous Transfer was not completed 

in the time specified in Synchronous 

Transfer Time (P230) and the drive has 

faulted. This fault will only occur if the 

parameter Sync Xfer Option is configured as 

Enable Fault. If the parameter is set as 

Enable Warn, the drive will go back to last 

speed command and issue a warning. 


– CHECK TSN FUSING 



board – Megger board to confirm 

integrity 


Operator Interface terminal for each 

bridge and the total line voltage 


problems 



points 

– Ensure that the communication device is 

powered 

– Verify the light status and ensure the 

communicating device is operating properly 



– Check ACB LED status 


– Change the Adapter and/or ACB if all 

attempts to restore communication fail 

– Ensure that all connections at IFM are 

secure, device is powered and operating 

correctly. 

– Check connector J25 at ACB 

– Verify the ribbon cable connection from 

Sync VSB to ACB board. 

– Instability at Synchronous Speed - Check 

for stability of the synchronous transfer 

process/ speed regulator 

– Motor can not reach Synchronous Speed 

due to heavy load 

– Check load conditions for torque limit or 

low alpha line (low line voltage) 

– Consult factory for review of 

synchronous transfer parameters 

– This fault indicates that the drive failed to 

synchronize the motor to the bypass 

within the specified time. Adjust the Sync 

Reg Gain (P225), Sync Error Max 

(P228), Spd Reg Bandwidth (P81) for a 

smooth transfer. 



FAULT FAULT 

MESSAGE CODE 

DESCRIPTION 

Tach Loss 163 This fault is for parallel drives. The signal 

from the encoder (tachometer) was lost. 

Ensure that the encoder is powered and 

connected properly 

TempFeedback 

Loss 

(C-Frame only) 

73 This fault occurs only if the drive is not 

running. The drive has detected missing 

temperature feedback from the cooling 

system. A missing sensor can be 

interpreted as either 0°C or over 100°C, and 

both are unrealistic values, so it is 

considered a Feedback Loss. 

UPS Fault 62 The drive has detected that either the UPS 

is running on low battery or there is an 

internal problem with the UPS and the dc 

output voltage of the dc/dc converter fed by 

the UPS has dropped below 52V. 

U1A Offline 246 

U1B Offline 252 

U1C Offline 258 



U4C Offline 261 

V3A Offline 248 

V3B Offline 254 

V3C Offline 260 




W2A Offline 247 

W2B Offline 253 

W2C Offline 259 



W5C Offline 262 

INVERTER SGCT FAULT 

This fault will only occur during the initial 

contactor closure and the diagnostic 

sequence after a start command. The 

inverter monitors the state of the feedback 

before a gate pulse is given, and monitors 

the feedback after a gate pulse has been 

sent. The SGCT has smart diagnostics, so 

the feedback may indicate short before 

firing, and if the pulse is received and the 

device is really shorted, the diagnostic will 

toggle the feedback to let you know the 

problem is with the device, or the power 

supply for that device. 

The firmware now completes a diagnostics 

sequence immediately after any drive reset, 

with the goal of detecting faults before any 

destructive action is taken from the next 

action 


– Check the tach feedback 

– Check if there is any loss of tach 

feedback signals. 

– Check the PS for Tach signal on ACB 




– Verify Fiber Optics are properly seated 

on TFB 

– Verify the TFB has power 


– Check the UPS and the AC/DC power 

supply. 

– Investigate what is causing PS dip. 

Replace UPS or PS if the problem still 

persists. 

– Complete a resistance check per the 

instructions in the manual 

– NOTE: SGCTs may not have completely 

shorted, and still could read in the kΩ 

range – Any devices with low suspect 

readings should be changed 

– Check the LED status of the SCGT gate 

driver card for abnormal readings 

– Complete a Gating Test mode check on 

the devices 

– Verify the associated 20V power supply 

is powered and active 

– Verify all the power connections to the 

SCGT firing card are seated properly 



FAULT 

MESSAGE 

FAULT 

CODE 

U1A DiagFbkLoss 210 

U1B DiagFbkLoss 216 

U1C DiagFbkLoss 222 

U4A DiagFbkLoss 213 

U4B DiagFbkLoss 219 

U4C DiagFbkLoss 225 

V3A DiagFbkLoss 212 

V3B DiagFbkLoss 218 

V3C DiagFbkLoss 224 

V6A DiagFbkLoss 215 

V6B DiagFbkLoss 221 

V6C DiagFbkLoss 227 

W2A DiagFbkLoss 211 

W2B DiagFbkLoss 217 

W2C DiagFbkLoss 223 

W5A DiagFbkLoss 214 

W5B DiagFbkLoss 220 

W5C DiagFbkLoss 226 

U1A Gating Loss 228 

U1B Gating Loss 234 

U1C Gating Loss 240 

U4A Gating Loss 231 

U4B Gating Loss 237 

U4C Gating Loss 243 

V3A Gating Loss 230 

V3B Gating Loss 236 

V3C Gating Loss 242 

V6A Gating Loss 233 

V6B Gating Loss 239 

V6C Gating Loss 245 

W2A Gating Loss 229 

W2B Gating Loss 235 

W2C Gating Loss 241 

W5A Gating Loss 232 

W5B Gating Loss 238 

W5C Gating Loss 244 

DESCRIPTION 


(Feedback Fiber-Optic Loss) 







sent. This fault occurs when the feedback 

was low from the device before gating, and 

is still low from the device after gating. The 

drive then assumes the feedback must be 

the problem. 





action 


(Gating Fiber-Optic Loss) 








was high from the device before gating, and 

is still high from the device after gating. The 

drive then assumes the gating pulse must 

not have reached the device. 





action 


– Check that the fiber optic cables are 

seated properly in the Optical Interface 

Board and the SCGT firing card 

– Check that the fiber optic cable is not 

pinched or damaged 










the devices 



















the devices 






3-26 Troubleshooting 

FAULT 

MESSAGE 

FAULT 

CODE 

U1A Online 192 

U1B Online 198 

U1C Online 204 

U4A Online 195 



V3A Online 194 

V3B Online 200 

V3C Online 206 

V6A Online 197 



W2A Online 193 

W2B Online 199 

W2C Online 205 

W5A Online 196 



2U1A Offline 318 

2U1B Offline 324 

2U1C Offline 330 


2U4B Offline 327 


2V3A Offline 320 

2V3B Offline 326 

2V3C Offline 332 

2V6A Offline 323 

2V6B Offline 329 


2W2A Offline 319 

2W2B Offline 325 

2W2C Offline 331 


2W5B Offline 328 


DESCRIPTION 


This fault will occur during running operation 

of the drive. The drive has detected that the 

feedback from the device was not correct, 

and does not wait to determine the exact 

problem. The drive polls the entire bridge 3 

times before and 3 times after each gating 

command. All 6 of these readings for each 

device must be consistent for the fault to 

occur. There is also a parameter called 

Inverter Device Diagnostic Delay (P268), 

which allows you to change the number of 

consecutive firings to eliminate nuisance 

faults. It will still poll 3 times before and 

after each firing, but will now require the 

condition to exist for the number of 

consecutive firings set in the Diagnostic 

Delay parameter for a fault to occur. 





action. The drive detected that the 

diagnostic feedback from this device did not 

match the gating pattern. 

PWM RECTIFIER SGCT FAULT 

This fault will occur during the initial 

contactor closure, the diagnostic sequence 

after a start command, or the diagnostic 

sequence after a stop command. The 

rectifier monitors the state of the feedback 



sent. The SGCT has smart diagnostics, so 

the feedback may indicate short before 

firing, and if the pulse is received and the 

device is really shorted, the diagnostic will 

toggle the feedback to let you know the 

problem is with the device, or the power 

supply for that device. 





action. The main example of this is closing 

the input contactor on a shorted bridge. 











the devices 





– For nuisance faults, contact the factory 

about extending the Diagnostic Delay 










the devices 







FAULT 

MESSAGE 

FAULT 

CODE 

2U1A DiagFbkLoss 282 

2U1B DiagFbkLoss 288 

2U1C DiagFbkLoss 294 

2U4A DiagFbkLoss 285 

2U4B DiagFbkLoss 291 

2U4C DiagFbkLoss 297 

2V3A DiagFbkLoss 284 

2V3B DiagFbkLoss 290 

2V3C DiagFbkLoss 296 

2V6A DiagFbkLoss 287 

2V6B DiagFbkLoss 293 

2V6C DiagFbkLoss 299 

2W2A DiagFbkLoss 283 

2W2B DiagFbkLoss 289 

2W2C DiagFbkLoss 295 

2W5A DiagFbkLoss 286 

2W5B DiagFbkLoss 292 

2W5C DiagFbkLoss 298 

2U1A Gating Loss 300 

2U1B Gating Loss 306 

2U1C Gating Loss 312 

2U4A Gating Loss 303 

2U4B Gating Loss 309 

2U4C Gating Loss 315 

2V3A Gating Loss 302 

2V3B Gating Loss 308 

2V3C Gating Loss 314 

2V6A Gating Loss 305 

2V6B Gating Loss 311 

2V6C Gating Loss 317 

2W2A Gating Loss 301 

2W2B Gating Loss 307 

2W2C Gating Loss 313 

2W5A Gating Loss 304 

2W5B Gating Loss 310 

2W5C Gating Loss 316 

DESCRIPTION 


(Feedback Fiber-Optic Loss) 









was low from the device before gating, and 

is still low from the device after gating. The 

drive then assumes the feedback must be 

the problem. 





action 


(Gating Fiber-Optic Loss) 









was high from the device before gating, and 

is still high from the device after gating. The 

drive then assumes the gating pulse must 

not have reached the device. 





action 


– Verify that the Feedback Fiber-Optic 

from the SCGT to the FOI board is not 

damaged or disconnected 

– Verify that the Gate Pulse has been 

received by the SGCT board using 


– Complete a resistance check described 

in Chapter 4, checking the devices, 

sharing resistors, and snubber circuitry 

– Replace all faulty components 

– It is likely that the feedback fiber optic 

cable is not plugged in or has been 

damaged 















the devices 





FAULT 

MESSAGE 

FAULT 

CODE 

2U1A Online 264 

2U1B Online 270 

2U1C Online 276 




2V3A Online 266 

2V3B Online 272 

2V3C Online 278 

2V6A Online 269 



2W2A Online 265 

2W2B Online 271 

2W2C Online 277 




DESCRIPTION 


This fault will occur during operation of the 

drive. The drive has detected that the 

feedback from the device was not correct, 

and does not wait to determine the exact 

problem. The drive polls the entire bridge 3 

times before and 3 times after each gating 

command. All 6 of these readings for each 

device must be consistent for the fault to 

occur. There is also a parameter called 

Rectifier Device Diagnostic Delay (P266), 

which allows you to change the number of 

consecutive firings to eliminate nuisance 

faults. It will still poll 3 times before and 

after each firing, but will now require the 








action 











the devices 





– Reset the drive and let the offline 

diagnostics further define the problem 




Troubleshooting 3-29 

FAULT 

MESSAGE 

FAULT 

CODE 

2U1A OfflineOpen 372 

2U1B OfflineOpen 378 

2U1C OfflineOpen 384 

2U4A OfflineOpen 375 



2V3A OfflineOpen 374 

2V3B OfflineOpen 380 

2V3C OfflineOpen 386 

2V6A OfflineOpen 377 



2W2A OfflineOpen 373 

2W2B OfflineOpen 379 

2W2C OfflineOpen 385 

2W5A OfflineOpen 376 















DESCRIPTION 

6P or 18P SCR RECTIFIER FAULT 

(Offline Open-Circuit) 

For SCR rectifiers, this fault will occur after 

the initial contact closure, or during the 

diagnostic sequence after a start command. 

After the Short-Circuit test described below, 

the drive fires each device, and verifies that 

the feedback from that device went low. If 

the feedback does not go low, the drive 

assumes the SCR must be Open-Circuited. 


– Complete a resistance check on the 

rectifier, including the gate-cathode 

resistance, the snubber and sharing 

resistors 

– Complete a firing check on the rectifier 

– Verify the snubber circuitry, and the 

sharing resistors 

– Verify fiber optic integrity from FOI board 

transmitter to SCRGD board receiver 




FAULT 

MESSAGE 

FAULT 

CODE 

2U1A OfflineShrt 390 

2U1B OfflineShrt 396 

2U1C OfflineShrt 402 




2V3A OfflineShrt 392 

2V3B OfflineShrt 398 

2V3C OfflineShrt 404 




2W2A OfflineShrt 391 

2W2B OfflineShrt 397 

2W2C OfflineShrt 403 

2W5A OfflineShrt 394 















DESCRIPTION 


(Offline Short-Circuit) 

For SCR rectifiers, this fault will occur after 

the initial contact closure or during the 

diagnostic sequence after a start command. 

This is the first test on the rectifier. When all 

devices blocking, the feedback from the 

devices should toggle from open to short to 

open every time the line voltage sine wave 

passes through zero. If this is consistently 

showing short (no feedback), then the drive 

assumes that the device is Short-Circuited. 





resistors 




– Verify fiber optic integrity from SCRGD 

board transmitter to FOI board receiver 




FAULT 

MESSAGE 

FAULT 

CODE 

2U1A OnlineOpen 336 

2U1B OnlineOpen 342 

2U1C OnlineOpen 348 

2U4A OnlineOpen 339 



2V3A OnlineOpen 338 

2V3B OnlineOpen 344 

2V3C OnlineOpen 350 

2V6A OnlineOpen 341 



2W2A OnlineOpen 337 

2W2B OnlineOpen 343 

2W2C OnlineOpen 349 

2W5A OnlineOpen 340 















DESCRIPTION 


(Online Open-Circuit) 

For SCR rectifiers, this fault will occur during 

operation. After a firing signal is sent to a 

device, the drive monitors the feedback 

status to ensure the voltage drops to zero 

across that device, indicating it has been 

turned on. If the feedback does not drop to 

zero before approximately 30-50 µsec, the 

drive will assume the device is open and a 

fault will occur. There is a 6 cycle fixed 

delay, which means that this has to occur for 

6 consecutive firings before the fault is 

instigated. 





resistors 




– Verify fiber optic integrity from FOI board 

transmitter to SCRGD board receiver 




FAULT 

MESSAGE 

FAULT 

CODE 

2U1A OnlineShrt 354 

2U1B OnlineShrt 360 

2U1C OnlineShrt 366 




2V3A OnlineShrt 356 

2V3B OnlineShrt 362 

2V3C OnlineShrt 368 




2W2A OnlineShrt 355 

2W2B OnlineShrt 361 

2W2C OnlineShrt 367 





3U4B OnlineShrt 423 





4U1C OnlineShrt 426 

4U4C OnlineShrt 429 





DESCRIPTION 


(Online Short-Circuit) 

For SCR rectifiers, this fault will occur during 

operation. Before an individual leg is fired, 

the drive takes 5 samples of the voltage 

across that device. This is because the 

notching on the line could cause individual 

readings to be low. If they are all low, the 

device is assumed to be short-circuited and 

a fault occurs. There is also a parameter 

called Rectifier Device Diagnostic Delay 

(P266), which allows you to change the 

number of consecutive firings to eliminate 

nuisance faults. It will still check 5 times 

before each firing, but will now require the 





– For multiple device faults, the risk of a 

line to line short exists, so tests with MV 

isolated should be attempted 




resistors 











WARNING MESSAGES 

WARNING 

MESSAGE 

WARNING 

CODE 





AC/DC#1Redundant 104 










AIn1 Calib Error 224 

AIn2 Calib Error 225 

AIn3 Calib Error 226 

DESCRIPTION 

There has been a loss or dip in the control 

power feeding the drive. Ensure that the 

power source is active and investigate the 

reliability of the source. 

Redundant AC/DC Power Supply#1-4 has 

failed. Verify electrical connections. 


between the DPM and the Adapter 1-6. 

Ensure that the Adapter is plugged in the 

ACB, powered and working properly. Cycle 

power to the drive if necessary. 

The analog input supplied was outside of 

the allowable range of 4-20 mA during 

calibration. Recalibrate with the proper 

range. 

Ambient FbrOptic 221 The drive has detected a missing – NOT USED 

temperature sensor to the Temperature 

Feedback Board (TFB). Ensure that the 

sensor in plugged in 

Ambient OvrTemp 217 Drive detected high ambienttemperature. – NOT USED 

Ambient Sensor 219 The drive has detected a missing 

temperature sensor to the Temperature 

Feedback Board (TFB). Ensure that the 

sensor in plugged in 

– NOT USED 

Autotune TimeLmt 62 Autotune test failed to complete in 2 

minutes. Perform test manually. 

Auxiliary Prot’n 79 Standard External Fault/Warning Input 

included to allow the end-user to install a 

protective relay/system status contact that 

can activate a drive fault or warning, 

depending on configuration of Aux Prot 

Class (P445) 


– Investigate possibility of loss of input 

voltage to the AC/DC Power Supply 

– Verify output voltage 

– Check alarm signal connections 

– Replace Power Supply if necessary 

– Replace PS if necessary. 

– Ensure that the remote communication 

device is powered 

– Verify the light status and ensure the 

communication device is operating 

properly 



– Check LED status 


– Change the adapter if all attempts to 

restore communication fail 

– Verify the calibration of Analog inputs 

– REFER TO THE POWERFLEX 7000 

DRIVE USER MANUAL (CHAPTER – 

COMMISSIONING) ON AUTOTUNE 

PROCEDURES, RESULTS, AND 

ACTIONS 

– See associated Fault Description 

– The drive has detected an alarm 

triggered by the input wired in the 

auxillary input of the XIO card. The 

alarm is user configurable by 

parameters in Alarm Config. Investigate 

the cause of the alarm. Check the 120V 

wiring and the XIO card. 



WARNING 

MESSAGE 

WARNING 

CODE 

DESCRIPTION 


BlkBox NVRAM Clr 176 Black Box NVRAM has been cleared. – NOT USED 

Bus Transient 164 This warning indicates a line side switching 

transient has occurred. The drive puts both 

bridges in freewheel mode till the event is 

– Check system for capacitive switching 

events 

– Check the drive if it is unstable. 

cleared and resumes normal operation. – Check Alph line is it is stable. 

Check system for capacitative switching – Contact factory for detailed actions 

events. 

Bypass CtctrOpen 188 The bypass contactor is open even though it 

has been commanded to close. Verify the 


the ACB. 

Bypass CtctrClsd 189 The bypass contactor is closed even though 

it has been commanded to open. Verify 

normal mode of starter the contactor 

feedback and the 120V wiring to the ACB. 

Bypass 

IsoSwOpen 

192 The bypass contactor is open even though it 

has been commanded to close, which is in 

Normal mode, DC Current test mode, and 

Open Loop test mode. Verify the contactor 


Bypass IsoSwClsd 195 The bypass isolation switch is closed when 

it is expected to be open. The switch should 

be open in in all operating modes of the 

drive except Normal. Ensure proper 

positioning, wiring feedback to ACB, mech 

auxiliary setup. 

– Ensure the associated starter unit is set 

to Normal mode 

– Verify the feedback from the contactor 

status (normally control relay auxiliary 

and contactor mechanical auxiliary) is 

wired properly and powered 

– Verify that there is control power to the 

contactor 

– Verify the associated ACB I/O 

– Verify that the Holding Coil or Closing 

Coil is not shorted 

– Review Contactor control wiring 

– These warnings may also occur during 

the autorestart feature, as the loss of 

power may also result in the inability to 

hold in the contactor during the outage 

– In DC Current test modes, the isolation 

switches are expected to be closed for 

DC Current test; although only the input 

contactor is required the test will run with 

warnings if the switches are open 

– Ensure the isolation switches are in the 

proper position for the specific operating 

mode (Refer to the description of the 

Parameter 141 – Hardware Option1 in 

the parameters manual) 






WARNING WARNING 

MESSAGE CODE 

DESCRIPTION 

Bypass OvrVolt 141 The measured line voltage Bypass Voltage 

pu (#P117) has exceeded the Line OvrVolt 

Trip (P165) setting. Synchronous transfer 

has been disabled. 

Bypass Phase Seq 144 The bypass phase sequence does not 

match the phase sequence of the input to 

the drive. Synchronous transfer has been 

disabled. 

Bypass UnderVolt 142 The measured bypass voltage Bypass 

Voltage pu (#P117) is less than the Line 

UndVolt Lvl (P167) setting. Synchronous 

transfer has been disabled. 

Bypass VoltUnbal 143 The measured unbalance in the Bypass 

Voltage has exceeded the trip setting 

(P271). Synchronous transfer has been 

disabled. 

ConductivityHigh 

(C-FRAME ONLY) 

37 This warning is for liquid cool drives. The 

drive indicates that the measured coolant 

conductivity is greater than 1 μS/cm 3 . Verify 

that there is no debris in the coolant, and 

replace the de-ionizing cartridge if 

necessary 

Control Pwr Loss 112 This is used in the Autorestart feature 

algorithm as an indicator to tell the drive to 

stop gating and wait for control power to 

return. This alarm is for drives engineered 

with a UPS option. There has been a loss or 

dip in the control power feeding the drive for 

more than 5 cycles. 



– Check for possible line voltage 

transients 



– If voltage is too high, change tap 

settings on the input source to lower 

voltage to an acceptable level 

– The drive will not allow a synchronous 

transfer unless the phasing is the same 

– Confirm the phase sequences and swap 

cables if necessary 




– Check for possible source voltage 

supply problems 


check voltages on the drive test points 








points 

– Verify that no foreign debris has entered 

the system (iron piping, non-deionized 

water, etc.) 

– There is no immediate need for action, 

but be prepared to change the de-ionizing 

cartridge and run the system, verifying 

that the conductivity is decreasing 

– Investigate reliability of the control power 

– Ensure the drive operates as expected 

when there is a control power outage 

(UPS must be installed) 

– Ensure that the power source is active 

and investigate the reliability of the 

source. 




MESSAGE CODE 

DESCRIPTION 

Convrtr AirFlow 204 The Pressure drop at the input to the 

converter section sensed by the pressure 

transducer (as a voltage) has dropped 

below the value set in Conv AirFlow 

Warning Value (P320). This is dependent 

on the operation of the Main Cooling Fan. 

Convrtr FansOn 206 The drive contol has detected that the 

converter fan contactors are closed even 

though it has not been commanded to run. 

Convrtr Fan1Loss 208 Drives with a Redundant Fan (P141) will 

give this warning if Fan 1 is running, there 

were no problems with Fan 2, and Fan 1 is 

lost. Fan 2 will start and the drive will 

continue running 

Convrtr Fan2Loss 209 Drives with a Redundant Fan (P141) will 

give this warning if Fan 2 is running, there 

were no problems with Fan 1, and Fan 2 is 

lost. Fan 1 will start and the drive will 

continue running. 

Conv Fan1 Ctctr 200 This warning indicates that while the drive 

was running it detected the loss of the main 

converter cooling fan. When the drive is 

running, the feedback from the Fan 1 

Contactor auxiliary and Isolation Switch is 

lost, but the drive will not trip and wait for 

Power Supply faults or Conv AirFlow faults 

to fault the drive. 

Conv Fan2 Ctctr 201 This warning indicates that while the drive 

was running it detected the loss of the 

redundant converter cooling fan 

When the drive is running, the feedback 

from the Fan 2 Contactor auxiliary and 

Isolation Switch is lost, but the drive will not 

trip and wait for Power Supply faults or Air 

Pressure faults to fault the drive. 



– Check for blocked airflow in the filters/ 

heatsinks/ ducting (if installed) – Clean as 

required 

– Improper Alarm settings – Verify Pressure 


clear air flow, and compare to expected 




necessary 



– Verify supply voltage to differential 

pressure transducer at ACB and confirm 

output is stable 

– Check Fan feedback wiring and confirm 

with ED 

– Verify that XIO is functional. 

– Investigate the cause of the Fan 1 loss 

(OL / damaged relay) 

– Verify Fan 2 is operating with the proper 

current levels 

– At the next possible shutdown, reset the 

warnings and Fan 1 can be run again 

– Investigate the cause of the Fan 2 loss 

(OL / damaged relay) 

– Verify Fan 1 is operating with the proper 

current levels 

– At the next possible shutdown, reset the 

warnings and Fan 2 can be run again 

– If the drive faults, investigate problems 

with the fan contactors or the fan 

overloads 

– Verify the fan contactor, fan overload 

and the 120V wiring to the standard 

XIO card. 

– If the drive is still running with this 

warning, there is a problem with the 

Fan Isolation Switch auxiliary 



WARNING 

MESSAGE 

CoolantLevel Low 


Coolant Temp Low 


CoolantTempHigh 


WARNING 

DESCRIPTION 

CODE 

38 This warning is for liquid cool drives. The 

measured coolant level in the reservoir is 

low. Check the coolant level and inspect for 

any leaks. If there are no visible leaks, then 

top up the level with approved coolant. 

35 This warning is for liquid cool drives. 

Measured coolant temperature is below 

10degC. The warning will not clear until the 

temperature rises above 15°C (58°F). 

Check thermostatic bypass valve and warm 

control room to get the drive operational. 


exceeded 48°C (120°F) trip setting (P478). 

The warning can not be cleared until the 

temperature has dropped below 44°C 

(110°F). 


– You will lose coolant over time through 

evaporation, but you should still verify 

that there are no slow leaks in the 

system 

– Add de-ionized water to the system 

since this is what normally evaporates, 

and check the coolant mixture with a 

glycol tester 

– Verify that the thermostatic bypass valve 

(V10) was not left open 

– Warm up the control room ambient to 

get the drive to an operational level 

– Verify the heat exchanger fans are 

operating 

– Verify that the thermostatic valve is fully 

opened 

– Check that all valves are in the normal 

operating position 

– Verify room ambient temperature is 

adequate for the drive operation 

Ctrl5V Redundant 118 5V redundant output of the DC/DC converter 

has failed. 

DCLnk OvrTemp 76 There is a thermal switch in each DC Link 

winding, and they are connected in series. 

The thermal switch in the DC Link inductor 



XIO. The alarm is user configurable by 

parameters in Alarm Config. 

DCLnk OvrCurrent 156 The DC Link current given by Idc Feedback 

(P322) has exceeded the DC Link current 

trip settings. A warning is logged first and if 

the over-current persists for the time delay a 

fault is logged. 

DC Link Range 167 The calculated pu value (P27) of the dc link 

inductance is less than the minimum 

recommended. For 6P SCR the value is less 

than 0.8pu, for 18-pulse SCR the value is 

less than 0.42pu and for PWM rectifier 

drives the value is less than 0.55pu. 

– Verify the output from the alarm signal is 

wired correctly 

– Check the 5V rail connections 

– Replace Power Supply when possible 

– Ensure that the converter cooling fan is 

working and that the air flow is not 

obstructed. 

– Also check the 120V wiring and the XIO 

card. 

– Make sure there are no distorted 

waveforms to the DC link. Check if there 

are harmonics on line voltages/current 


– Verify the parameter settings of the 

drive. Check the HECS and burden 

resistor. Confirm stable operation of the 

drive and any sudden load transients. 

– Review DC Link nameplate data 

– Review Motor and Drive nameplate data 

and verify that all parameters were 

entered properly 

– Contact factory if the above seems OK 




MESSAGE CODE 

DESCRIPTION 

DecLined Master 122 This warning is for parallel drives only and 

indicates that the slave drive was requested 

to be the Master, but it was unable to 

comply. 

Desync Delay 146 A transfer from the Line back to Drive 

(desync) has been commanded, but it has 

been less than 1 minute since the transfer 

from Drive to Line (sync) was completed. 

As a result, the Output Motor Filter Capacitors 

have not had time to adequately discharge. 

Drive OvrLoad 152 The drive has detected an overload 

condition in the drive indicated by Drive 

Overload (P551). A Drive Overload warning 

has been detected, where the overload 

condition is calculated using DC Current 

Feedback (P322) and Drive Overload 

Warning (P270) as the point where the 

overload warning occurs. (P270) is 

programmed as a percentage of the 

difference between Line Overload Minimum 

(P269) and Line Overload Trip (P163). 

Drv Maintenance 212 Drive maintenance is due. Contact the 

factory. 

Drv in Test Mode 59 The drive operating mode (P4) is 

programmed in test mode (Gate, System, 

DC Current, Open Circuit or Open Loop) 

when intiated for Autotune test. Place drive 

back in Normal mode before autotune. 

Duplicate Master 121 This warning is for parallel drives only and 

indicates that this drive was configured to be 

the Master, but already another Master drive 

exists in the link. 

Ext Flt Config 19 XIO Card assigned to External Fault is 

unusable for this purpose. Select the proper 

slot compatible for usage. 

Ext Flt Conflict 20 External Fault XIO card has been reassigned 

for another purpose. Check 

configuration of all cards and reassign if 

necessary. 

External 1-16 1-16 These are the optional additional External 

Faults available when there is an additional 

XIO board installed. This is configured with 

XIO Ext Faults (P593), and this message 

will appear if the specific input (1-16) is 

configured in Fault Config as a Warning. 


– Slave has lost communication with hub 

PLC, or slave is masked off in parameter 

Master Mask 

– Wait for 1 minute and attempt the 

desync transfer again. 

– Insuffcient time gap between drive sync 

and attempted desync. Wait till the 

motor filter capacitor has discharged and 

the drive is in READY mode. 

– Transient Loading – Check torque limit 

and overload settings and Compare 


settings 



requirements. Verify HECS feedback 

and burden resistors. 

– NOT USED 

– Place drive back in Normal Mode before 

attempting Autotune 

– The Powerup Config parameter is set to 

Master in more than one drive. The first 

drive to power up will become the 

master 

– Select the proper slot containing the XIO 

card which is compatible for External 

Faults usage. 

– Check the configuration of all XIO slots 

and reassign if necessary. 


– Check for the input circuit for that 

warning. 

– Refer the optional XIO board wiring 

circuit on electrical drawing 



WARNING 

MESSAGE 

HeatExchnger Fan 


WARNING 

DESCRIPTION 

CODE 

34 This warning is for liquid cool drives. Drive 

has dected a problem in the Liquid to Air 

heat exchanger fans. 

Hub Comm Loss 120 This warning is for parallel drives only and 

indicates that the drive has lost 

communication with the PLC. 

Inertia High 63 The drive estimated the Total Inertia is 

greater than 20secs. Check Autotune Trq 

Stp value and repeat. If the warning 

persists, determine the inertia from system 

data and if different from autotune value, 

manually set Total Intertia 

InputCloseDelay 197 For PWM drives, this warning indicates that 

a start command has been given, but the 

drive is still waiting for the DC voltage to 

discharge from the line filter capacitors. 

This can be observed by the status 

‘Discharging’, on the main screen. 



protective relay (IE Input Feed Protection 





included alllowing the end-user to install a 

second protective relay (IE Input Feed 



on configuration of InputProt2 Class (P444). 

InvHSnk Sensor 218 While Running, the drive has detected a 


the TFB on the inverter heatsink. A missing 





values. 

Inv Gate PwrSup 213 This warning is for SGCT based drives and 

indicates a problem with the gate power 

supply associated with a particular device 

which is also likely in the warning queue. 


– Verify the Fan O/L settings and conditions 

– Verify the Fan Control Relay status and 

auxiliary contact signals. 

– Verify that the Control Net adapter/cable 

and PLC are working properly. 


MANUAL (COMMISSIONING chapter) 

ON AUTOTUNE PROCEDURES, 

RESULTS, AND ACTIONS 

– Read DESCRIPTION 

– Wait for the drive Ready status to 

appear, allowing you to start the drive 



card. 



card. 





– Ensure that the sensor in plugged in. 

– NOTE: This is a warning because the 

drive should not fault on the loss of the 

signal while running. There is no 

imminent danger to the drive, but the 

user needs to be aware that there is a 

temperature feedback signal missing. 

– The device feedback was not correct due 

to power loss to the gate driver board. 

– This can be from the 20V DC output of the 

IGDPS or on the gate driver board itself. 

– This warning can also appear as a result 

of another device fault such as an 

Online Fault. 

– This warning can also appear if the 

device has failed. 




MESSAGE CODE 

DESCRIPTION 

Invalid AlarmBit 98 DEVELOPMENT ERROR - An unused bit in 

the first 16 bits in either a fault or warning 

word has been set and detected by the 

Alarm Queue server. Either a used bit has 

been overlooked in the Faults/Warnings 

database, or the control is incorrectly setting 

an alarm word. 

Unused bit is being set in the fault or 

warning word by the control software. 

Invalid DIM 99 The drive tried to access the DIM, but either 

encountered a problem with the checksum 

on the DIM, or the DIM was not installed. 

Invalid Mstr Req 124 Invalid Master request-slave only 

This warning is for parallel drives only and 

indicates that the slave drive refused to the 

request to be the Master because it 

detected that another Master is active on the 

link. 

IsoTx Fan1 Ctctr 202 Isolation Transformer Fan 1 contactor 

This warning indicates that while the drive 

was running it detected the loss of the main 

cooling fan in the isolation transformer 

cabinet. 

IsoTx Fan2 Ctctr 203 Isolation Transformer Fan 2 contactor 

This warning indicates that while the drive 

was running it detected the loss of the 

redundant cooling fan in the isolation 

transformer cabinet. 

IsoTx Fan1 Loss 210 Isolation Transformer Fan 1 Loss 

This warning is for drives with Redundant 

isolation transformer fan option. The drive 

detected the loss of Fan 1 and starts Fan 2. 

Investigate Fan 1 loss and verify Fan 2 

operation. 

IsoTx Fan2 Loss 211 Isolation Transformer Fan 2 Loss 





operation. 


– Contact the factory 

– This fault may occur on drives upgrading 

major revisions of firmware with the 

older DIM installed, or if the DIM has a 

failure 

– Remove the DIM 

– Drive tried to become master when 

another master was already active 

– Isolation transformer Fan status is NOT 

HIGH while the drive asked the 

contactor to be closed. 

– This warning occurs when the drive 

commands the Isolation Transformer 

Fan contactor to close, and does not 

detect the status feedback from the 

contactor. 

– Verify the fan contactor, fan overload 

and the 120V wiring to the standard XIO 

card. 


detects a loss of pressure or a loss of 

Fan contactor feedback when running. 


detects a loss of pressure or a loss of 

Fan 2 contactor feedback when running. 

– Reset warning at next shutdown and 

Fan 1 will start running. 



WARNING 

MESSAGE 

IsoTx AirFlow 

(A-Frame Only) 

WARNING 

DESCRIPTION 

CODE 

205 The Pressure sensed by the pressure 

transducer in the integral Isolation 

Transformer section (as a voltage) has 

dropped below the value set in Pressure 

Value Transformer Warning (P653). 

IxoTx Fans On 207 Isolation Transformer Fan ON warning 





operation. Reset warning at next shutdown 

and Fan 2 will start running 

L Input Low 64 Indicates that the Autotune L Input (P217) 

measured was less than 0.02 pu and the 

INPUT IMPEDANCE (P140) will have to be 

tuned manually. 

For PWM rectifier drives, verify that the line 

reactor is properly installed. 

L Input High 65 Indicates that the Autotune L Input (P217) 

measured was greater than 0.50 pu and the 

INPUT IMPEDANCE (P140) will have to be 

tuned manually. For PWM rectifier drives, 

verify that the size of line reactor is correct. 

InpCtctrFeedback 159 The drive has detected the presence of 

medium voltage but is not sensing the input 

contactor status. Check the contactor 

feedback wiring to the ACB. 



– Blocked airflow in the filters / ducting (if 

installed) – Clean as required 

– Improper Warning settings – Verify 

Pressure Value voltage level when 

running with clear air flow 



necessary 



– Verify supply voltage to pressure 

transducer, and confirm output is stable 

– Ensure pressure sensor is working and is 

connected to the ACB 

– Isolation transformer Fan status is high 

while it should be low. 

– Investigate the control circuit for isolation 

transformer Fan 

– Check the wiring at XIO for fan status. 


MANUAL (COMMISSIONING Chapter) 




– Verify the contactor is closed 

– Confirm the feedback path from the 

contactor to the XIO 

– Replace XIO if required 




MESSAGE CODE 

DESCRIPTION 

Input CtctrOpen 184 The input contactor is open even though it 



the ACB. Drive may be in auto-restart mode 

following loss of medium voltage. 

Input CtctrClsd 185 The input contactor is closed even though it 

has been commanded to open. Verify 



Input IsoSwOpen 190 The input isolation switch is open when it is 

expected to be closed. The switch should be 

closed in all operating modes of the drive 

except System and Gate Test. Ensure 

proper positioning, wiring feedback to ACB, 

mech auxiliary setup. 

Input IsoSwClsd 193 The input isolation switch is closed when it 

is expected to be open. The switch should 

be open in System and Gate Test. Ensure 

proper positioning, wiring feedback to ACB, 

mech auxiliary setup. 

InvHSnk FbrOptic 220 While Running, the Fiber Optic signal from 

the TFB on the Inverter Heatsink, connected 

to Channel A fiber optic receiver RX7 on 

FOI-M-A is not present. This is only a fault 

while not running. If this occurs while 










contactor 























– Check the Fiber Optic cables are 


receivers 

– Check the fiber optic cable for kinks, 

bends, breaks that could be blocking the 

signal 












MESSAGE CODE 

DESCRIPTION 

InvHSnk OvrTemp 216 The temperature detection on the Inverter 

Heatsink, connected to Channel A fiber optic 

receiver RX7 on FOI-M-A, has exceeded 

Inverter Heatsink Temperature Warning 

(P316). 

Inv AC Cur Gain 223 The current gain calculated for motor current 

sensing is outside the limit of the expected 

range [2 , 5 ] pu. 

Inv OvrVoltage 222 Motor Filter Capacitor Over Voltage. The 

inverter output voltage given by Inv Output 

Volt (P761) has exceeded the trip settings. 

This is detected by the hardware circuit in 

the ACB. A warning is logged first and if the 

over-voltage persists for the time delay a 

fault is logged Verify the parameters and 

ensure that the motor is connected to the 

drive either directly or through an output 

contactor. Inspect the VSB for possible 

damage. 

IsoTx/ReacOvrTmp 75 The temperature switch in the drive Input 

Isolation Transformer or Line Reactor has 

detected an over-temperature and opened 

the AC input to the standard XIO opened. 

There is a thermal switch in each phase 

winding, and they are connected in series. 

The alarm is user configurable by 

parameters in Alarm Config. 

L Leakage Low 68 Indicates that the Autotune L leakage 

(P220) measured was less than 0.10 pu. 

Verify the motor name plate data entered in 

the drive. 

L Leakage High 69 Indicates that the Autotune L Leakage 

(P220) measured was greater than 0.35 pu. 

Verify the motor name plate data entered in 

the drive. 



parameters is not higher than the 

warning value – If so, investigate the 

conditions of the drive (ambient / 

loading/ elevation / ventilation/ filter 

status / heatsink clogging) 





cabinet. 

– Verify that the HECS ratio and burden 

resistor match the drive/motor ratings. 

– This warning occurs when drive is not 

gating. It may be when motor is coasting. 

– This is drive output V [Surface voltage 

terminology used in ESP application]. 

– The protection uses P#193 setting but 

drive calculates the motor filter cap 

voltage 

– Make sure there is no open circuit at the 

drive output and motor is connected. 


– The alarm is user configurable by 

parameters in Alarm Config. Ensure that 

the cooling fan in the cabinet is working 

and that the air flow is not obstructed. 


card. 









MESSAGE CODE 

DESCRIPTION 

L Magnetize Low 70 Indicates that the Autotune L mag (P221) 

measured was less than 1.00 pu, and L 

magnetizing (P131) will have to be tuned 

manually. Verify the motor name plate data 

entered in the drive. 

L Magnetize High 71 Indicates that the Autotune L mag (P221) 

measured was greater than 10.00 pu, and L 

magnetizing (P131) will have to be tuned 

manually. Verify the motor name plate data 

entered in the drive. Manually tune flux 

regulator. 

Line Cap Range 165 The calculated pu value (P133) of the line 

filter cap is either less than 0.35pu or bigger 

than 0.55pu. Verify capacitor nameplate 

data and compare with the drive and motor 

ratings. 

Line Loss 161 The drive has detected a loss of input 

voltage from losing the frequency (PLL) lock 

on the input voltage. This is designed to be 

a faster method of detecting an 

undervoltage. The drive responds to this 

warning as it does to a Master UV warning. 

Line Synch Loss 158 The drive has lost synchronization with the 

incoming line voltage, and has announced a 

Phase Lock Loop warning. 

Liqd IO Config 


21 The XIO card which was being assigned to 

the Liquid Cooling System Faults Input is 

not a card which can be used for this 

purpose. 







– Verify capacitor nameplate data and 

compare with information entered in 

drive for drive and motor ratings. 



board – Megger board to confirm 

integrity 

– Check TSN fusing 


Terminal for each bridge and the total 

line voltage 



– Check input contactor status or it opens 

– Capture the voltage waveforms from the 

ACB test points and examine for 

inconsistency 

– Verify the incoming voltage, input 

contactor status, VSB and TSN fuses. 

– Verify that the drive power system is 

properly grounded 

– Check for noise on the control power in 

the drive 

– Check the grounding for all signal and 

control wiring 

– Verify the Input Impedance parameter is 

valid and retune if required 

– Select the proper slot containing the XIO 

card which is compatible for Liquid 

Cooling System Faults usage. 




WARNING 

MESSAGE 

Liqd IO Conflict 


WARNING 

DESCRIPTION 

CODE 

22 The XIO card previously being used for 

Liquid Cooling System Faults has been 

reassigned for another purpose. 

LogixIO Config 23 XIO Card assigned to Logix IO is unsable 

for this purpose. 

LogixIO Conflict 24 Logix IO card has been re-assigned for 

another purpose. 

Master UnderVolt 153 The measured Line voltage or Master Line 

Volt (P135-136) is less than Line 

Undervoltage level (P167) with respect to 

1/3 Rated Line Voltage (P18) [for 18-pulse 

drives], and Rated Line Voltage (P18) [for 6- 

pulse and PWM drives] for the period set by 

Line Undervoltage Delay (P168). 

Motor Cap Range 137 The calculated per unit value of the Motor 

Filter Capacitor (P128), based on the values 

entered for Motor Capacitor kVAR (P20), 

Motor Capacitor Volts (P21), and Motor 

Capacitor Frequency (P28) is outside of the 

normal range of 0.26-0.55 pu. 

Motor Load Loss 138 The drive has detected a loss of load 

condition. This is activated as a warning 

using the parameter Load Loss Detect 

(P199), and the necessary setpoints are 

Load Loss Level (P246), Load Loss Delay 

(P231), and Load Loss Speed (P259). 

Motor OvrLoad 136 A Motor Overload (P550) warning has been 

detected, where the overload condition is 

calculated using Stator Current (P340) and 

Motor Overload Warning (P351) as the point 

where the overload warning occurs. P351 is 

programmed as a percentage of the 

difference between Motor Overload Min 

(P350) and Motor Overload Trip (P179). 


– Check the configuration of all XIO slots 

and reassign if necessary. 


– Select the proper slot compatible for 

usage. 

– Check configuration of all cards and 

reassign if necessary. 






Terminal for each bridge and the total 

line voltage 





– Verify capacitor nameplate data and 

compare with information entered in 

drive for drive rating and motor rating 

– Contact factory 


– Ensure that the load should not normally 

be in an unloaded condition 

– Transient Loading - Check torque limit 

and overload settings and Compare 


settings 



requirements. Verify HECS feedback 

and burden resistors. 




MESSAGE CODE 

DESCRIPTION 

Motor OvrVoltage 139 The measured motor ac voltage or Stator 

Voltage (#P344) has exceeded Motor 

Overvoltage Trip (P181) for the duration set 

in Motor Overvoltage Delay (P182), but this 

has occurred with the drive NOT gating (as 

in a Sync Transfer event) 

Motor Protection 77 Standard External Fault/Warning Input 


protective relay (IE Bulletin 825 Motor 



on configuration of Motor Prot Class (P443). 

No Output Ctctr 196 This warning will happen in Open Circuit test 

mode and indicates that there is no output 

contactor programmed in the drive. Verify 

the parameter settings and ensure that the 

output of the drive is truly open-circuited. 

No Tach Installd 150 The drive has sensed that there is no 

tachometer/encoder connected, but the 

Speed Feedback Mode (P89) has been set 

to Pulse Tach. Verify tach requirement for 

system and change the tach configuration 

parameter Tach Type (P233). 

NVRAM Cleared 96 The drive parametrs are corrupt and have 

been initialized to default values. This 

happened either during firmware upgrade or 

if the battery was low. Reload paramters. 



– Make sure the motor is connected to the 

drive and there is no open circuit at the 

drive output when started in normal 

mode 

– Self-Excitation -Check for flying 

start/induced motor rotation 

– Noise from contactor closure 


– Verify the alarm and ensure that there is 

no damage to the motor. Also check the 

120V wiring and the XIO card 

– If there truly is no Output Contactor in the 

system, then you can mask the fault. 

Then there will be a No OP Ctctr 

warning, and you can continue with the 

test. 

– ENSURE THE OUTPUT OF THE DRIVE 

IS TRULY OPEN-CIRCUITED 

– If there is no output contactor then you 

MUST disconnect motor cables from the 

drive in case running Open Circuit Test. 

– Verify whether there is a tachometer 

required for the system, and set the 

parameter Speed Feedback Mode 

accordingly. 

– Investigate the tachometer for damage 

– Verify the wiring from the drive to the 

tachometer is per the Electrical Drawing 

– Verify the +15VDC supplying the 

tachometer is not low/missing. 

– Reload parameters from Terminal 

Memory, DriveTools, Flashcard, or from 

a hardcopy. 




MESSAGE CODE 

DESCRIPTION 

Output CtctrOpen 186 The output contactor is open even though it 



the ACB. Drive may be in auto-restart mode 

following loss of medium voltage. 

Output CtctrClsd 187 The output contactor is closed even though 

it has been commanded to open. Verify 



Output IsoSwClsd 194 The input isolation switch is closed when it 

is expected to be open. The switch should 

be open in System, Gate and Open Circuit 

Test. Ensure proper positioning, wiring 

feedback to ACB, mech auxiliary setup. 

Output IsoSwOpen 191 The output isolation switch is open when it is 

expected to be closed. The switch should be 

closed in Normal, DC current test and Open 

Loop modes. Ensure proper positioning, 

wiring feedback to ACB, mech auxiliary 

setup. 

Parameter Range 97 The parameter value loaded from the 

NVRAM or the DIM is outside the valid 

range and has been set to default value. 

The offending parameter number has been 

stored in Parameter Error (P597). Enter the 

correct value. 









contactor 






















– If this was a result of an INIT operation, 

contact the factory 

– If this was a result of a LOAD operation, 

correct the parameter value and perform 

a SAVE operation 

– Check the settings on the DIM to 

determine whether it is limiting the 

paramter’s max or min values. 




MESSAGE CODE 

DESCRIPTION 

PFC IdcLimit 227 Maximum dc current limit for power factor 

compensation has been reached. 

PFC Flux Limit 228 Flux command has been limited to avoid 

high motor voltage or current. 

Phantom Alarm 102 DEVELOPMENT ERROR - 

Unused bit in fault/warning word has been 

detected. It is due to noise interference on 

the control boards. Contact factory. 


– No further power factor correction is 

possible under these conditions. 

– Check the drive load, speed, line and 

motor voltage 

– Contact Factory 

– Power factor cannot be compensated 

further. 

– Check the drive load, speed, line and 

motor voltage. 


– Noise/Grounding Issue 

– Contact the factory 

Process Var Loss 229 Feedback from the process is not valid. – Check the process sensor, 4-20 mA or 

0-10V input to the drive. 

– Check the wiring at IFM 

Pump Failure 


33 This warning is for liquid cool drives. Drive 

has detected a pump failure in the cooling 

circuit. Verify O/L settings, control relay 

status and aux contact signals. 

Queues Cleared 100 This means that the drive had to clear the 

fault and warning queues after an upgrade 

of the firmware 

R Stator High 61 Autotune R stator (P219) measured during 

the autotune test was higher than 0.50 pu, 

indicating the presence of extremely long 

motor leads. Ensure motor windings are 

connected properly. 

– Verify the Pump O/L settings and 

conditions 

– Verify the Pump Control Relay status 

and auxiliary contact signals. 

– No action is required 





– Ensure motor windings are connected 

properly. 

RAM Battery Low 166 The battery on the NVRAM is running low. – Save the parameters in the drive 

terminal and replace the battery. 

Rec Gate Pwr Sup 173 Rectifier Gate driver power supply warning 

This warning is for SGCT based drives and 

indicates a problem with the gate power 

supply associated with a particular device 

which is also likely in the warning queue. 

– The device feedback was not correct due 

to power loss to the gate driver board. 

– This can be from the 20V DC output of the 

IGDPS or on the gate driver board itself. 

– This warning can also appear as a result of 

another device fault such as an Online 

Fault. 

– This wanring can also come if the device 

has failed. 




MESSAGE CODE 

DESCRIPTION 

RecHSnk FbrOptic 170 While Not Running, the Fiber Optic signal 

from the TFB on the Rectifier Heatsink, 


RX7 on FOI-L-A is not present. This is only 



RecChB FbrOptic 171 Not Normally Used: While Not Running, the 

Fiber Optic signal from the optional TFB 

connected to Channel B fiber optic receiver 

RX7 on FOI-L-B is not present. This is only 



RecHSnk OvrTemp 162 The drive detected that the heat sink 

temperature has reached the alarm level. 

Ensure that the fan is working properly and 

that the air flow is sufficient in this cabinet. 

Check TFB & FOI board and sensor. Verify 

the trip and warning settings match the 

factory recommended values. 

RecChB OvrTemp 163 Not Normally Used – The temperature 

detection on a Rectifier Heatsink. The drive 

has detected that the temperature feedback 

from the optional temperature board has 

reached the warning level. 

RecHSnk Sensor 168 While Running, the drive has detected a 


the TFB on the rectifier heatsink. A missing 





values. 

RecChB Sensor 169 Not normally used: While Running, the 

drive has detected a missing temperature 

sensor connected to the optional TFB 

connected to the fiber optic receiver RX7 on 

FOI-L-B. A missing sensor can result in 

either a Fiber Optic Loss fault or a Sensor 

fault because a missing sensor can be 

interpreted as either 0°C or over 100°C, 

and both are unrealistic values. 



– Check the Fiber Optic cables are properly 

seated in the transmitters and receivers 

– Check the fiber optic cable for kinks, bends, 

breaks that could be blocking the signal 



NOTE: This is a warning because the 







parameters is not higher than the 

warning value – If so, investigate the 

conditions of the drive (ambient / loading 

/ elevation / ventilation/ filter status / 

heatsink clogging) 

– Check TFB and FOI board for power and 

fiber optic integrity 





cabinet. 



– Measure sensor resistance. Replace if 

necessary. 










MESSAGE CODE 

DESCRIPTION 

Rec OvrVoltage 157 The rectifier input voltage given by Rec Input 

Volt (P696) has exceeded the trip settings. 

A warning is logged first and if the overvoltage 

persists for the time delay a fault is 

logged. 

Rec DC Cur Gain 172 The current gain calculated for DC Link 

current sensing is lower than expected 

Rec AC Cur Gain 174 The current gain calculated for DC Link 

current sensing is lower than expected. 

Regulator Limit 60 The regulators in the drive (Current, Flux and 

Speed) are running in the limit. 

Slave 0-7 Comm 128-135 Slave (0-7) DAN Communication Loss-Master 

only. This warning is for parallel drives only 

and indicates on the master drive that the 

Slave drive has stopped communication in 

the link. 

Slave1 UnderVolt 154 This warning is valid for 18-pulse drives only. 

The measured slave voltage Slave1 Line Volt 

(#P137) is less than the Line UndVolt Lvl 


Slave2 UnderVolt 155 This warning is valid for 18-pulse drives only. 

The measured slave voltage Slave2 Line Volt 

(#P138) is less than the Line UndVolt Lvl 



– This is detected by the hardware circuit in 

the ACB. 

– Verify the parameters and inspect the 

VSB for possible damage. 

– Investigate occurrences of bus transients. 





– The auto-tune results may not be 

accurate. Verify the input line voltage 

and the load conditions. 

– Raise the torque limits if necessary and 

repeat tuning. 

– Slave is Off line. 

– Check for communication between master 

and slave drives 






Terminal for each bridge and the total line 

voltage 


problems 




– Verify the tap settings. Investigate 

occurrences of bus transients. 




MESSAGE CODE 

DESCRIPTION 

Slave RfsdMstr 123 Slave refused Master-master only 


indicates that the master requested the 

slave to be the Master, but the slave drive 

refused. 

SpdProfile Limit 101 The sum of the individual ramp times has 

exceeded the maximum value for Total 

Acceleration Time. 

Speed Cmd Loss 55 The drive has lost communication with the 

device responsible for providing the speed 

command for the drive. The warning is 

configured by parameter Speed Cmd Loss. 

The warning could be due to the DPI 

adapter or the 4-20mA signal wired to the 

analog input. Ensure that all connections 

are secure, device is powered and operating 

correctly. 

Stack Depth 175 Stack size is now greater then the half 

allocated at initialization. 

Stnd IO Config 17 XIO Card assigned to Stnd IO is unsable for 

this purpose. 

Stnd IO conflict 18 Stnd IO XIO card has been re-assigned for 

another purpose. 

SyncXfer Failure 145 A Synchronous Transfer was not completed 

in the time specified in Synchronous 

Transfer Time (P230). This warning will 

occur if the Sync Transfer fault is masked, 

and the drive will continue to run at the last 

Reference Command before a 

synchronization command was initiated. 


– Slave has lost communication with hub 

PLC, or slave is masked off in parameter 

Master Mask 

– Set the ramp correctly. 


– Verify the DPI adapter light status and 

ensure the device is operating properly 




– Some time the adapter may not get 

power prior to drive board, the drive may 

detect speed command loss. 


– NOT USED 

– Select the proper slot compatible for 

usage. 

– Check configuration of all cards and 

reassign if necessary. 

– Instability at Synchronous Speed - Check 

for stability of the synchronous transfer 

process/ speed regulator 

– Motor can not reach Synchronous Speed 

due to heavy load 

– Check load conditions for torque limit or 

low alpha line (low line voltage) 

– Consult factory for review of synchronous 

transfer parameters 

– This fault indicates that the drive failed to 

synchronize the motor to the bypass 

within the specified time. Adjust the Sync 

Reg Gain (P225), Sync Error Max 

(P228), Spd Reg Bandwidth (P81) for a 

smooth transfer. 




MESSAGE CODE 

DESCRIPTION 

T DC Link High 67 Indicates that the Autotune T DCLnk (P218) 

measured was greater than 0.100 sec, and 

the T DC Link (P115) will have to be tuned 

manually. 

T DC Link Low 66 Indicates that the Autotune T DCLnk (P218) 

measured was less than 0.020 sec, and the 

T DC Link (P115) will have to be tuned 

manually. 

T Rotor Low 72 Indicates that the Autotune T rotor (P222) 

measured was less than 0.2 sec, and T 

rotor (P132) will have to be tuned manually. 

T Rotor High 73 Indicates that the Autotune T rotor (P222) 

measured was greater than 5.0 sec, and T 

rotor (P132) will have to be tuned manually 

Tach Direction 148 The drive has sensed that the 2 channels 

(generally A and B) are reversed. 

The drive cannot determine the direction of 

rotation from the tach feedback. It is likely 

that one of the quadrature pulses is not 

being sensed. Check all signal connections 

on the tachometer feedback board. Replace 

the board if necessary. 

Tach Loss 147 The error between tach feedback and 

estimated speed from motor flux is more 

than 2Hz (Tach Loss Trip P235). Drive will 

continue to run in Sensorless mode. Verify 

tach feedback, wiring & +15Vdc supply. 

Also ensure the stability of the drive. 

Tach PhaseA Loss 149 The drive has detected a loss of a Phase 

from the tachometer. The drive will continue 

to run on the tachometer provided pulses 

from the other phase are valid. 

Tach PhaseB Loss 151 The drive has detected a loss of a Phase 

from the tachometer. The drive will continue 

to run on the tachometer provided pulses 

from the other phase are valid. 






– Set the parameter Tachometer Select to 

‘None’ and verify the parameter 

Tachometer Feedback (Line or 

Motor)shows the reverse speed 

– Reverse the tachometer channels 

– See Description as well. 

– The drive should annunciate the warning 

and continue to run on Stator feedback 

– Verify that the parameter Tachometer 

Feedback (Line or Motor) is/ is not giving 

the correct feedback while running 

– Investigate the tachometer for damage 

– Scope the tachometer pulses on ACB 

and verify they are not corrupted by for 

example dust in the Optic disc of the tach. 

– Verify the wiring from the drive to the 

tachometer is per the Electrical Drawing 

– Verify the +15VDC supplying the 

tachometer is not low/missing 

– Verify the tachometer, tachometer 

wiring, power supply and the board. 



WARNING 

MESSAGE 

TempFeedbackLoss 


WARNING 

DESCRIPTION 

CODE 

42 While Running, the drive has detected a 

missing temperature feedback. A missing 

sensor can be interpreted as either 0°C or 

over 100°C, and both are unrealistic values. 




– Measure sensor resistance. Replace if 

necessary. 







Tuning Abort 58 Autotuning could not be completed in 2 

minutes or had to be aborted due to drive 

stop/fault. Check Alarm queue and perform 

manual tuning if problem persists. 

– Investigate why the Autotune Test 

aborted, and Retry Autotune Test 

– Verify Autotune default parameters are 

sufficient to complete test 

– Make sure the Speed min/max and 

ramptime are set to default. 

– Also Refer ther tuning section in user 

manual. 

– Attempt Manual Tuning 

UPS Battery Low 115 Warning that the UPS Battery is low. – This is not very useful as the UPS 

battery low occurs at the point where the 

UPS can no longer run and a fault is 

initiated. 

UPS Failed 116 The UPS has had an internal failure. 

This is a warning because we do not want a 

signal/wiring error to fault the drive. We are 

relying on the subsequent power supply 

faults to protect the drive. 

UPS on Battery 114 There has been a loss of control power 

feeding the UPS and it has switched to its 

internal battery pack. 

UPS on Bypass 113 Warning that the UPS is now on Bypass. 

This occurs when the drive has switched to 

UPS, but a UPS fault has forced the system 

to switch to Bypass, if available. 

Xfer Disabled 125 Transfer Disabled-master only. 


indicates that the transfer of mastership has 

been disabled because they are performing 

certain functions e.g Synchronous transfer 

or stopping during a Class 2 fault. 

– Investigate the cause for the UPS failure 

– Check batteries 

– Verify input voltage/UPS wiring 

– Refer to UPS manual 

– Replace UPS if required 

– Check for the reason that the UPS was 

required, and rectify the situation before 

the battery power expires 

– Investigate cause for initial transfer to 

UPS, and correct. 

– Then investigate why the UPS failed and 

was forced to go to bypass 

– Transfer of master not allowed while 

drive is stopping 



WARNING 

MESSAGE 

XIO Card #1-6 

Loss 

WARNING 

DESCRIPTION 

CODE 

90-95 XIO card has dropped off the 

communication link between other XIO 

cards and the ACB. Reset board. 

XIO Power Loss 117 The 24V input to the XIO boards from the 

ACB has dropped below 22.8V. Check 

DC/DC converter output to the board. 


– Reset the board in an attempt to reestablish 

communications. 

– Check all connections between the 

Customer Interface Board and the 

jumpers between individual adapters 

– Verify the status of all XIO adapters by 

comparing the LED status to the table in 

the manual. 

– Verify DC/DC power supply output 

– Check XIO LED status and compare to 

values in the manual 



WARNING 

MESSAGE 

WARNING 

CODE 











V6B Offline 261 






W5B Offline 260 


U1A Online 232 

U1B Online 238 


U4A Online 235 



V3A Online 234 



V6A Online 237 



W2A Online 233 

W2B Online 239 


W5A Online 236 



DESCRIPTION 

INVERTER SGCT WARNING 

This warning occurs if Redn Dvc Inv option 

is selected in HardwareOptions1 (P141). 

This SGCT device on the inverter side was 

detected to be faulted after the input 

contactor was closed or following a start 

command or following a drive reset. After 

isolating the drive from MV, ensure that the 

device, IGDPS power supply and the fiber 

optic signals are not damaged 

INVERTER SGCT WARNING 

This warning occurs if Redn Dvc Inv option 


SGCT device in the inverter section was 

detected to be faulted while the drive was 

running. The drive detected that the 


match the gating pattern. After isolating the 

drive from MV, ensure that the device, 

IGDPS power supply and the fiber optic 

signals are not damaged. 







readings should be changed in matched 

sets during the next outage 




the devices 





– NOTE: For Redundant devices, there 

will be no change in the drive operation. 

For N-1 drives, the drive will attempt to 

run at a load/speed combination that 

does not exceed the voltage rating of the 

remaining devices. 










the devices 







– NOTE: For Redundant devices, there 

will be no change in the drive operation. 

For N-1 drives, the drive will attempt to 

run at a load/speed combination that 

does not exceed the voltage rating of the 

remaining devices. 



WARNING 

MESSAGE 

WARNING 

CODE 


2U1B Offline 292 

2U1C Offline 298 


2U4B Offline 295 


2V3A Offline 288 

2V3B Offline 294 


2V6A Offline 291 

2V6B Offline 297 



2W2B Offline 293 

2W2C Offline 299 

2W5A Offline 290 

2W5B Offline 296 


DESCRIPTION 

PWM RECTIFIER SGCT WARNING 

This warning occurs if Redn Dvc Rec option 


This SGCT device on the rectifier side was 

detected to be faulted after the input 

contactor was closed or following a start 

command or following a drive reset. After 

isolating the drive from MV, ensure that the 

device, IGDPS power supply and the fiber 

optic signals are not damaged. 











the devices 





– NOTE: There is only the Redundant 

option available on the Rectifier, and 

only on 6P drives (SCR orPWM). You 

can not have N-1 operation on the 

rectifier since we can not control the line 

voltage. 




2U4A Online 271 



2V3A Online 270 



2V6A Online 273 






2W5A Online 272 



PWM RECTIFIER SGCT WARNING 



This SGCT device in the rectifier section 

was detected to be faulted while the drive 

was running. The drive detected that the 


match the gating pattern. After isolating the 

drive from MV, ensure that the device, 

IGDPS power supply and the fiber optic 

signals are not damaged. 










the devices 





– Reset the drive and let the offline 

diagnostics further define the problem 








voltage. 



WARNING 

MESSAGE 

WARNING 

CODE 













2W2A OfflineShrt 323 

2W2B OfflineShrt 329 


2W5A OfflineShrt 326 





















DESCRIPTION 

6P SCR RECTIFIER WARNING 


is selected in HardwareOptions1 (P141) and 

is valid only for 6P SCR drives. This SCR 

device was detected to be short circuited 

after the input contactor was closed or 

following a start command. After isolating 

the drive from MV, ensure that the device, 

snubber circuit, sharing resistor and the 

fiber-optic signal are not damaged. 

6P SCR RECTIFIER WARNING 


is selected in HardwareOptions1 (P141) and 

is valid only for 6P SCR drives. This SCR 

device was detected to be short circuited 

while the drive was running. After isolating 

the drive from MV, ensure that the device, 

snubber circuit, sharing resistor and the 

fiber-optic signal are not damaged. 





resistors 








option available on the Rectifier, and only 

on 6P drives (SCR orPWM). You can 

not have N-1 operation on the rectifier 

since we can not control the line voltage. 

– For multiple device faults, the risk of a 

line to line short exists, so tests with MV 

isolated should be attempted 




resistors 














voltage. 




Appendix A 

Drive Logic Command and Status 

The following is the Logic Status word from the Drive. 

It is common for all SCANport/DPI product specific peripherals. 

Logic Status Word – Database 7.xxx 

Bit Function Value Description Notes 

0 Ready 1 Drive is Ready 

1 Running 1 Drive is Running 

2 Commanded Direction 1 Drive has been commanded to run forward 0 = Reverse Command 

3 Rotating Direction 1 Drive is rotating in the forward direction 0 = Reverse Rotation. 

4 Accelerating 1 Drive is accelerating to commanded speed 0 = Drive is at speed 

5 Decelerating 1 Drive is decelerating to commanded speed 0 = Drive is at speed or stopped 

6 At Speed 1 Drive has reached the commanded speed 

7 On Bypass 1 Motor is on bypass 0 = Motor connected to Drive 

8 Reverse Disabled 1 The reverse function is disabled. 

9 Drive Fault 1 Drive has faulted 

10 Drive Warning 1 Drive has encountered a warning 

11 Local Lock 1 A DPI or XIO has local control of the drive 

12 Forced Stop 1 

13,15 Preset Speeds 

A DPI adapter or CIB has forced the drive 

to stop due to internal problems 

0 0 0 External Reference 0 (Speed Pot) 

0 0 1 External Reference 1 – ANI 1 



1 0 0 Preset 1 



1 1 1 DPI Adapter Reference 


A-2 Drive Logic Command and Status 

Product Specific Logic Command – Firmware 7.xxx 

To be used with gateway adapters such as RIO or DeviceNet. 

Bit Function Value Description Notes 

0 Stop 1 Stop Drive using Stop Profile 

1 Start (Pulsed) 1 

Start Drive on rising edge using Start 

Profile 

2 Jog 1 Jog at default or Preset Speed 

3 Clear Fault Queue 1 Clear Fault in Queue 

4 Clear Warning Queue 1 Clear Warning in Queue 

5 Reset Faults 1 Reset Faults and Warnings 

7,6 Direction 

8 

DPI Local/Remote 

Profile 

10,9 Synchronous Transfer 

11 Start Profile 

12 Stop Profile 

15-13 Speed Command Select 

0 1 Forward 

1 0 Reverse 

1 1 Not Used 

0 Remote 

1 Local 

0 0 No Command 

0 1 Transfer to Line 

1 0 Transfer to Drive 

1 1 Illegal 

0 Accel 1 (Default) 

1 Accel 2 

0 Decel 1 (Default) 

1 Decel 2 

0 0 0 No Command 

0 0 1 External Ref0 ( Front Panel Pot) 




1 0 1 External Ref1 (Programmed Reference) 

1 1 0 Manual Reference (Local DPI Adapter) 

1 1 1 Not Used 

All adapters can control the drive 

(Full multiplexed control) 

Only the adapter that has been 

granted permission has control of 

the Drive (Includes XIO Front 

Panel Selector Switch) 

Must be maintained until at 

Speed. 

Must be maintained until drive 

stopped. 


Medium Voltage Products, 135 Dundas Street, Cambridge, ON, N1R 5X1 Canada, Tel: (1) 519.740.4100, Fax: (1) 519.623.8930, www.ab.com/mvb 

Publication 7000-TD002B-EN-P – February 2010 

Supersedes Publication 7000-TD002A-EN-P – September 2007 

Copyright © 2010 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All rights reserved. Printed in Canada

Harmonic Evaluation Report 

HA013-Ward County – 7012577_R3.1 

Harmonic Evaluation of Electrical Power System 

CRMWD Ward County Water Supply Expansion 

Project - 7012577 

Scenario with One VFD Operating 

Submitted to 


Prepared by 

Larsen & Toubro Limited 

Integrated Engineering Services 

Document Version: 3.1 

(A Business Unit of Larsen & Toubro Limited) 

Mumbai, INDIA. 

Page 1 of 29



Contact Address 

Contact at L&T USA: 

Vinay Bhanot 

Name: Vinay Bhanot 

Sr. Relationship Manager 

Engineering Services 

Larsen & Toubro 

1051 Perimeter Drive, Suite 470 

Schaumburg, IL 60173, USA 

Contact at Rockwell Automation: 

Name: Ken Hilderley 

Ph No: +1 (519) 740-4736 

Email ID: khilderley@ra.rockwell.com 

Tel: +1 847 220 3032 

Email ID: vinay.bhanot@Lnties.com 

Project Delivery Head 

Name: Ashok Kumar 

Ph No: + 91 22 6776 7384 

Email ID: ashok.kumar@lnties.com 




Revision History 

Revision Date Author Remark 

1.0 16-02-2012 L&T IES First release 

2.1 05-04-2012 L&T IES Revised release 

3.1 13-04-2012 L&T IES 1. Source details Updated. 

2. Naming of PCC1 and PCC2 Changed as BUS1 

and BUS2 

3. Updated Distribution Transformer voltage. 





1. HARMONIC ANALYSIS REPORT USING ETAP SOFTWARE ..................................... 5 

1.1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................................ 5 

1.2 POWER SYSTEM IS SIMULATED FOR VOLTAGE & CURRENT HARMONICS, FOR FOLLOWING POINTS. ......... 5 

2. INPUT DATA ............................................................................................................................ 6 

2.1 SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM: -.................................................................................................................................. 6 

2.1 UTILITY DETAILS: ............................................................................................................................................. 8 

2.2 POWER TRANSFORMER IMPEDANCES: ........................................................................................................... 8 

2.3 DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMER IMPEDANCES: ................................................................................................ 8 

2.4 VFD REACTOR DETAILS ................................................................................................................................. 8 

2.5 ABBREVIATIONS ............................................................................................................................................... 8 

3. SIMULATION ........................................................................................................................... 9 

3.1 SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM USED FOR SIMULATION ............................................................................................. 9 

3.2 ASSUMPTIONS/CONSIDERATION ..................................................................................................................... 9 

3.3 SIMULATION “CONDITION A” ......................................................................................................................... 10 

3.4 RESULTS OF SIMULATION “CONDITION A” ................................................................................................... 10 

3.5 CONCLUSION/RECOMMENDATION ................................................................................................................ 10 

4. ANNEXURE RESULTS OF CONDITION A ...................................................................... 10 

List of Figure 

Figure 1 Single Line Diagram of TPS 4160V for Ward Country Water Supply Project 6 

Figure 2 Single Line Diagram of OPS 480V for Ward Country Water Supply Project . 7 

Figure 3 Single Line Diagram of WPS 480V for Ward Country Water Supply Project 7 

Figure 4 Actual Single line diagram used ............................................................................ 9 

List of Table 

Table 1 IEEE 519 Limits ......................................................................................................... 5 




1. Harmonic Analysis Report using ETAP software 

1.1 Introduction 

The purpose of this report is to evaluate the predicted effects on the power system related to the 

addition of Rockwell Automation Powerflex, 4.16kV AC Drive. Any AC or DC Drive will generate 

some harmonic currents & will feed back into the power supply system. The harmonics are caused by 

the nonlinearity of the rectifier which causes a non-sinusoidal current to be drawn from a sinusoidal 

voltage source. 

The drive used for Harmonic Analysis has an Active Front End (AFE) or PWM rectifier. The 

AFE produces low harmonic currents due to PWM switching of the semiconductor switches (SGCTs - 

Symmetrical Gate Commutated Thyristors) in the rectifier. Along with AFE an LC filter in the input 

side further reduces harmonic levels; still we get higher order current harmonics from VFD. 

Using selective harmonic elimination technique and switching the rectifier SGCTs at up to 

420Hz allows the use of 7 pulses (switching’s) per half cycle. A 7-pulse per half cycle PWM 

switching pattern achieves near elimination of the 5th, 7th, and 11th harmonic currents. The line 

capacitor absorbs much of the higher frequency harmonic currents. The higher the frequency the more 

effective the capacitor is at diverting the harmonic current away from the upstream power system. 

This report will present a summary of predicted harmonic voltage and current magnitudes due 

to the Rockwell drives at various points in the electrical power system. The aim of this study is to 

evaluate compliance of the Rockwell drives with IEEE Std 519-1992 recommendations for voltage 

and current distortion. 

The Simulation software package ETAP Version 5.0.3 was used to model the power system, 

perform a number of different analyses, and generate reports on the results. 

Two utility connection points have been treated as the points of common coupling for the 

purpose of harmonic analysis. Individual voltage harmonics should be limited at the point of common 

coupling as per following table. 

Table 1 IEEE 519 Limits 

1.2 Power system is simulated for Voltage & Current Harmonics, for following points. 

a. Point of Common Coupling(PCC) 

b. Individual bus 

c. Individual loads 

d. Capacitors. 




2. Input Data 

Data used for Harmonic Analysis from RA. 

2.1 Single line diagram: - 

Figure 1 Single Line Diagram of TPS 4160V for Ward Country Water Supply Project 




Figure 2 Single Line Diagram of OPS 480V for Ward Country Water Supply Project 

Figure 3 Single Line Diagram of WPS 480V for Ward Country Water Supply Project 




2.1.1 Short Circuit MVA at BUS1 & BUS2 buses 

The short circuit MVA assumed at BUS1 & BUS2 – 34.208 MVA 

2.1 Utility Details: 

Location 

Ward County Harmonic 

Analysis 

Substation 

Wickett (U1&U2) 

Serial No. GLN: 2078535 - 3162233 Feeder 0411 

kV Ratings 12.5 MAV ratings 100 

X1/R1 6.98 X0/R0 3.61 

Faults Details 

Fualts LLL LL LLG LG 

Amps Faults 1577 1365 1439 926 

MVA Faults 34 29 31 20 

Impedance Details 

Impedance R1 X1 R0 X0 

In Ohms 0.6474 4.5200 3.8005 13.7104 

In Per Units 0.4163 2.9067 2.4441 8.8169 

2.2 Power Transformer impedances: 

Name 

Transformer 

Rating(kVA) 

Voltage (Volts) 

Impedance 

% 

X/R 

(3 phase) 

UTIL-A 2000 12470D/4160 Yn 5.48 6.61 

UTIL-B 2000 12470D/4160 Yn 5.48 6.61 

2.3 Distribution Transformer impedances: 

Name 

Transformer 

Rating(kVA) 


Impedance 

% 

X/R 

(3 phase) 

TPST1 500 4160D /480 Yn 4.8(Typical) 4.7 (Typical) 

2.4 VFD Reactor Details 

1500HP Drive 

Component Rating Name on SLD 

Line Reactor 3.2mH X1,X2,X3,X4 

Filter Capacitor 700kVAR CAP1, CAP2,CAP3, CAP4 

2.5 Abbreviations 

Abbreviations 

HA 

RA 

L&T 

Full Form 

Harmonic Analysis 






3. Simulation 

3.1 Single Line Diagram used for simulation 

Figure 4 Actual Single line diagram used 

3.2 Assumptions/Consideration 

a. All motors are running simultaneously. 

b. VFD is driving the Induction motor. 

c. Harmonic Evaluation is done when motor is loaded at 100%. 

d. 1500HP Motor Rating considered as 1500HP, 1185 RPM. 

e. TPST1 Transformer Loading 80% 

Name kVA Rating Name in SLD 

TPSTI 500 TPSTI 

Loaded Load 340 Load1 

TPST2 60 Lighting and control load 

f. Source Short circuit MVA is assumed as 34.208MVAsc. 




3.3 Simulation “Condition A” 

Switch Name Switch status Name in SLD(Assumed) 

Tie Breaker ON SW5 

Tie Breaker OFF SW6 

Switch ON SW3 

Switch OFF SW4 



3.4 Results of Simulation “Condition A” 

Predicted harmonic: voltages/currents 

Point Of Common 

Coupling Bus 

Location Details 

Voltage Harmonics 

VTHD% 

To Bus ID 

Current Harmonic 

ITHD% 

BUS1 1.04 PCC3 1.40 

BUS2 0 PCC4 0 

PCC3 2.11 BUS1 1.44 

MAIN A 1.55 

PCC4 0 BUS2 0 

MAIN B 0 

PCC5 2.11 Bus2 1.99 

MAIN A 1.99 

BUS9 2.11 Bus8 1.06 

MAIN A 1.35 

3.5 Conclusion/Recommendation 

All harmonic voltages and currents are predicted to be within IEEE 519 recommendations. 

No further harmonic mitigation measures are recommended based on the results from this Evaluation. 

4. Annexure Results of Condition A 




Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_1 

Study Case: HARMONICS 

Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 

Electrical Transient Analyzer Program 

Harmonic Load Flow 

Loading Category (1): 

Generation Category (1): 

Load Diversity Factor: 

Design 

Design 

None 

Number of Buses: 

Swing 

2 

V-Control 

0 

Load 

9 

Total 

11 

Number of Branches: 

XFMR2 

4 

XFMR3 

0 

Reactor Line/Cable Impedance 

1 0 0 

Tie PD 

4 

Total 

9 

Number of Harm. Sources: 

Current 

1 


0 

Number of Filters: 

0 

System Frequency: 60 

Unit System: 

Data Filename: 

English 

HA013_R3_1 

Output Filename: W:\PROJECT\EMS1681\CURRENT\DELIVERABLES\HA013-WARD COUNTY - 




Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_1 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 

Adjustments 

Tolerance 

Apply 

Adjustments 

Individual 

/Global 

Percent 

Transformer Impedance: 

Yes 

Individual 

Reactor Impedance: 

Yes 

Individual 

Overload Heater Resistance: 

No 

Transmission Line Length: 

No 

Cable Length: 

No 

Temperature Correction 

Apply 

Adjustments 

Individual 

/Global 

Degree C 

Transmission Line Resistance: 

Yes 

Individual 

Cable Resistance: 

Yes 

Individual 




Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_1 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 

Bus Input Data 

ID 

Bus 

kV 

Sub-sys 

Initial Voltage 

% Mag. 

Ang. 

Constant kVA 

MW 

Mvar 

MW 

Constant Z 

Mvar 

Load 

MW 

Constant I 

Mvar 

MW 

Generic 

Mvar 

% Limits 

BUS1 12.500 1 100.0 0.0 2.50 1.50 

BUS2 12.500 2 100.0 0.0 2.50 1.50 

Bus2 4.160 1 100.0 -30.0 1.255 0.507 0.000 -0.700 

2.50 1.50 

Bus8 0.480 1 100.0 -60.0 0.231 0.143 0.058 0.036 

2.50 1.50 

BUS9 4.160 1 100.0 -30.0 2.50 1.50 

Bus11 0.120 1 100.0 -90.0 0.041 0.025 0.010 0.006 

2.50 1.50 

MAIN A 4.160 1 100.0 -30.0 2.50 1.50 

MAIN B 4.160 2 100.0 -30.0 2.50 1.50 

PCC3 4.160 1 100.0 -30.0 2.50 1.50 

PCC4 4.160 2 100.0 -30.0 2.50 1.50 

PCC5 4.160 1 100.0 -30.0 2.50 1.50 

Total Number of Buses: 11 1.527 0.676 0.068 -0.658 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 

VTHD 

VIHD 

Generation Bus 


Generation 

Mvar Limits 

ID 

kV 

Type 

Sub-sys 

% Mag. Angle MW Mvar % PF Max Min 

BUS1 12.500 Swing 1 

100.0 0.0 


100.0 0.0 

0.000 0.000 




Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_1 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 

2-Winding Transformer Input Data 

Transformer 

Rating 

Z Variation % Tap Setting 

ID MVA Prim. kV Sec. kV % Z X/R + 5% - 5% % Tol. Prim. Sec. 

Adjusted 

% Z 

Phase Shift 

Type 

Angle 

TPST1 0.500 4.160 0.480 4.80 4.70 0 0 0 0 0 4.8000 Std Pos. Seq. -30.0 


UTIL-A 2.000 12.470 4.160 5.48 6.61 0 0 0 0 0 5.4800 Std Pos. Seq. -30.0 

UTIL-B 2.000 12.470 4.160 5.48 6.61 0 0 0 0 0 5.4800 Std Pos. Seq. -30.0 

2-Winding Transformer Grounding Input Data 

Grounding 

Transformer 

Rating 

Conn. 

Primary 

Secondary 

ID MVA Prim. kV Sec. kV 

Type 

Type 

kV 

Amp 

Ohm 

Type 

kV 

Amp 

Ohm 

TPST1 

0.500 4.160 0.480 D/Y 

Solid 

TPST2 

0.075 

0.480 

0.120 

D/Y 

Solid 

UTIL-A 

2.000 

12.470 

4.160 

D/Y 

Solid 

UTIL-B 

2.000 

12.470 

4.160 

D/Y 

Solid 

Reactor Input Data 

Reactor 

Rated Positive Seq. Imp. 

ID kV X1 (ohm) X/R 

Zero Seq. Imp. 

X0 (ohm) 

X/R 

Imp. 

% Tol. 

X1 4.000 1.205 70.0 1.205 70.0 0.0 




Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_1 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 

Branch Connections 

CKT/Branch 

Connected Bus ID 

% Positive Sequence Impedance 

(100 MVA Base) 

ID Type 

From Bus To Bus R X Z 

TPST1 2W XFMR BUS9 Bus8 

198.83 934.48 955.40 

TPST2 2W XFMR Bus8 Bus11 

1593.70 3059.90 3450.05 

UTIL-A 2W XFMR BUS1 PCC3 

40.79 269.62 272.69 

UTIL-B 2W XFMR BUS2 PCC4 

40.79 269.62 272.69 

X1 Reactor 

PCC5 Bus2 

9.90 692.90 692.97 

SW3 Tie PD 

MAIN A PCC5 

SW5 Tie PD 

MAIN A BUS9 

SW9 Tie PD 

PCC3 MAIN A 

SW10 Tie PD 

PCC4 MAIN B 

Y 




Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_1 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 


Zero Sequence Impedance 

CKT/Branch 


% Impedance, Zero Seq., 100 MVAb 

ID Type 

From Bus To Bus R0 X0 Z0 

TPST1 2W Xfmr BUS9 Bus8 

TPST2 2W Xfmr Bus8 Bus11 

UTIL-A 2W Xfmr BUS1 PCC3 

UTIL-B 2W Xfmr BUS2 PCC4 

X1 Reactor PCC5 Bus2 

9.90 692.90 692.97 

SW3 Tie PD 

MAIN A PCC5 

SW5 Tie PD 

MAIN A BUS9 

SW9 Tie PD 

PCC3 MAIN A 

SW10 Tie PD 

PCC4 MAIN B 

Y0 




Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_1 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 

Machine Input Data 

Machine 

Connected Bus 

Rating (Base) 

% Negative Seq. Imp. 

Grounding 

% Zero Seq. Imp. 

ID Type ID 

MVA kV RPM X/R R2 X2 Conn. Type Amp X/R R0 X0 

U1 Grid BUS1 34.000 12.500 6.98 14.182 98.99 Wye Solid 3.61 34.618 124.97 


TPS P-1 IndM Bus2 1.296 4.000 1200 28.00 0.549 15.38 Wye Open 




Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_1 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 

Harmonic Source from Library 

Bus ID 

Harmonic Source Information 

Device ID Type Manufacturer Model 

Bus2 VFD TSP1 Current RockWell 

AFEsin100%LD 




Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_1 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 

FUNDAMENTAL LOAD FLOW REPORT 

Bus 


Generation 

Load 

Load Flow 

XFMR 

ID 

kV 

%Mag. 

Ang. 

MW 

Mvar 

MW 

Mvar 

ID 

MW Mvar Amp 

% PF 

% Tap 

* BUS1 12.500 100.000 0.0 1.606 0.216 0 0 PCC3 1.606 0.216 74.9 99.1 

* BUS2 12.500 100.000 0.0 0 0 0 0 PCC4 0.000 0.000 0.0 0.0 

Bus2 4.160 99.911 -37.5 0 0 1.255 -0.191 PCC5 -1.255 0.191 176.4 -98.9 

Bus8 0.480 96.320 -64.1 0 0 0.285 0.177 BUS9 -0.335 -0.209 493.2 84.9 

Bus11 0.051 0.032 74.8 84.4 

BUS9 4.160 99.090 -32.5 0 0 0 0 Bus8 0.339 0.224 56.9 83.4 

MAIN A -0.339 -0.224 56.9 83.4 

Bus11 0.120 94.462 -94.8 0 0 0.050 0.031 Bus8 -0.050 -0.031 299.0 85.0 

MAIN A 4.160 99.090 -32.5 0 0 0 0 PCC5 1.257 -0.079 176.4 -99.8 

BUS9 0.339 0.224 56.9 83.4 

PCC3 -1.596 -0.145 224.4 99.6 

MAIN B 4.160 100.241 -30.0 0 0 0 0 PCC4 0.000 0.000 0.0 0.0 

PCC3 4.160 99.090 -32.5 0 0 0 0 BUS1 -1.596 -0.145 224.4 99.6 

MAIN A 1.596 0.145 224.4 99.6 

PCC4 4.160 100.241 -30.0 0 0 0 0 BUS2 0.000 0.000 0.0 0.0 

MAIN B 0.000 0.000 0.0 0.0 

PCC5 4.160 99.090 -32.5 0 0 0 0 Bus2 1.257 -0.079 176.4 -99.8 

MAIN A -1.257 0.079 176.4 -99.8 

* Indicates a voltage regulated bus ( voltage controlled or swing type machine connected to it) 




Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_1 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 

SYSTEM HARMONICS INFORMATION 

Bus Voltage Distortion Current Distortion 

Fund. RMS ASUM THD 


ID kV % % % % TIF To Bus ID 

Amp Amp Amp % TIF IT 

BUS1 12.500 100.00 100.01 102.70 1.04 56.94 PCC3 74.87 74.87 77.54 1.40 63.56 4758.91 

BUS2 12.500 100.00 100.00 100.00 0 0.50 PCC4 0 0 0 0 0 0.00 

* Bus2 4.160 99.91 100.03 112.57 4.86 267.61 PCC5 176.40 176.43 185.37 1.99 92.79 16370.68 

Bus8 0.480 96.32 96.33 99.67 1.41 73.13 BUS9 493.20 493.23 506.12 1.06 54.80 27026.89 

Bus11 74.75 74.76 76.08 0.74 36.08 2696.99 

BUS9 4.160 99.09 99.11 104.59 2.11 116.62 Bus8 56.91 56.91 58.40 1.06 54.80 3118.49 

MAIN A 56.91 56.91 58.46 1.35 35.21 2004.12 

Bus11 0.120 94.46 94.47 96.63 0.96 46.73 Bus8 299.02 299.02 304.31 0.74 36.08 10787.96 

MAIN A 4.160 99.09 99.11 104.59 2.11 116.62 PCC5 176.40 176.43 185.37 1.99 92.79 16370.68 

BUS9 56.91 56.91 58.46 1.35 35.21 2004.12 

PCC3 224.42 224.45 232.46 1.55 55.31 12414.38 

MAIN B 4.160 100.24 100.24 100.24 0 0.50 PCC4 0 0 0 0 0 0.00 

PCC3 4.160 99.09 99.11 104.59 2.11 116.62 BUS1 224.42 224.44 232.43 1.40 63.56 14265.30 

MAIN A 224.42 224.45 232.46 1.55 55.31 12414.38 

PCC4 4.160 100.24 100.24 100.24 0 0.50 BUS2 0 0 0 0 0 0.00 

MAIN B 0 0 0 0 0 0.00 

PCC5 4.160 99.09 99.11 104.59 2.11 116.62 Bus2 176.40 176.43 185.37 1.99 92.79 16370.68 

MAIN A 176.40 176.43 185.37 1.99 92.79 16370.68 

* IndicatesTHD (Total Harmonic Distortion) Exceeds the Limit. 

# Indicates IHD (Individual Harmonic Distortion) Exceeds the Limit. 




Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_1 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 

BUS TABULATION 

Bus 

Harmonic Voltages (% of Fundamental Voltage ) 

Fundamental 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

17 

19 

23 

ID 

kV 

25 


31 

35 

37 

41 

43 

47 

49 

53 

55 

59 

61 

65 

67 

71 

73 

BUS1 12.500 0 0 0 0.15 0 0.08 0 0 0 0.14 0 0.18 0 0 0.71 0.63 0.15 

0 0.12 0.19 0.08 0.03 0.10 0.04 0.06 0.03 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

BUS2 12.500 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

Bus2 4.156 0 0 0 0.65 0 0.36 0 0 0 0.65 0 0.84 0 0 3.29 2.97 0.71 

0.02 0.57 0.91 0.37 0.16 0.51 0.18 0.30 0.18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

Bus8 0.462 0 0 0 0.28 0 0.15 0 0 0 0.24 0 0.29 0 0 0.99 0.83 0.17 

0 0.12 0.17 0.06 0.03 0.07 0.02 0.04 0.02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

BUS9 4.122 0 0 0 0.29 0 0.16 0 0 0 0.28 0 0.36 0 0 1.42 1.29 0.31 

0.01 0.25 0.40 0.17 0.07 0.23 0.08 0.14 0.08 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

Bus11 0.113 0 0 0 0.27 0 0.14 0 0 0 0.20 0 0.22 0 0 0.67 0.52 0.09 

0 0.05 0.07 0.02 0.01 0.02 0.01 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

MAIN A 4.122 0 0 0 0.29 0 0.16 0 0 0 0.28 0 0.36 0 0 1.42 1.29 0.31 

0.01 0.25 0.40 0.17 0.07 0.23 0.08 0.14 0.08 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

MAIN B 4.170 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

PCC3 4.122 0 0 0 0.29 0 0.16 0 0 0 0.28 0 0.36 0 0 1.42 1.29 0.31 

0.01 0.25 0.40 0.17 0.07 0.23 0.08 0.14 0.08 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

PCC4 4.170 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

PCC5 4.122 0 0 0 0.29 0 0.16 0 0 0 0.28 0 0.36 0 0 1.42 1.29 0.31 

0.01 0.25 0.40 0.17 0.07 0.23 0.08 0.14 0.08 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 




Page 22 of 29 

Location: 

Engineer: 


5.0.3Z 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_1 

Project: 

ETAP 

Contract: 

Revision: 

Base 

Config.: 

Normal 


47 

14 

2 

49 

15 

3 

53 

17 

4 

55 

19 

5 

59 


6 

61 

25 

7 

65 


8 

67 

31 

9 

71 

35 

10 

73 

37 

11 

41 

12 

43 

13 

kV 

ID 

Harmonic Voltages (% of Nominal Voltage ) 

Bus 

Nominal 

0.15 

0.63 

0.71 

0 

0 

0.18 

0 

0.14 

0 

0 

0 

0.08 

0 

0.15 

0 

0 

0 

0 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.03 

0.06 

0.04 

0.10 

0.03 

0.08 

0.19 

0.12 

12.500 

BUS1 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

12.500 

BUS2 

0.71 

2.96 

3.28 

0 

0 

0.83 

0 

0.64 

0 

0 

0 

0.36 

0 

0.65 

0 

0 

0 

0.02 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.17 

0.30 

0.18 

0.51 

0.16 

0.37 

0.91 

0.57 

4.160 

Bus2 

0.17 

0.80 

0.95 

0 

0 

0.27 

0 

0.23 

0 

0 

0 

0.14 

0 

0.27 

0 

0 

0 

0 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.02 

0.04 

0.02 

0.07 

0.03 

0.06 

0.17 

0.11 

0.480 

Bus8 

0.30 

1.27 

1.41 

0 

0 

0.36 

0 

0.28 

0 

0 

0 

0.16 

0 


0 

0 

0 

0.01 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.08 

0.14 

0.08 


0.07 

0.16 

0.40 

0.25 

4.160 

BUS9 

0.09 

0.49 

0.63 

0 

0 

0.21 

0 

0.18 

0 

0 

0 

0.13 

0 

0.25 

0 

0 

0 

0 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.01 

0.01 

0.02 

0.01 

0.02 

0.06 

0.05 

0.120 

Bus11 

0.30 

1.27 

1.41 

0 

0 

0.36 

0 

0.28 

0 

0 

0 

0.16 

0 


0 

0 

0 

0.01 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.08 

0.14 

0.08 


0.07 

0.16 

0.40 

0.25 

4.160 

MAIN A 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

4.160 

MAIN B 

0.30 

1.27 

1.41 

0 

0 

0.36 

0 

0.28 

0 

0 

0 

0.16 

0 


0 

0 

0 

0.01 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.08 

0.14 

0.08 


0.07 

0.16 

0.40 

0.25 

4.160 

PCC3 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

4.160 

PCC4 

0.30 

1.27 

1.41 

0 

0 

0.36 

0 

0.28 

0 

0 

0 

0.16 

0 


0 

0 

0 

0.01 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.08 

0.14 

0.08 


0.07 

0.16 

0.40 

0.25 

4.160 

PCC5



Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_1 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 

BRANCH TABULATION 

Branch 

% Harmonic Current Contents in 1 MVA Base 

ID 

2 

25 

3 


4 

31 

5 

35 

6 

37 

7 

41 

8 

43 

9 

47 

10 

49 

11 

53 

12 

55 

13 

59 

14 

61 

15 

65 

17 

67 

19 

71 


73 

TPST1 

TPST2 

UTIL-A 

UTIL-B 

X1 

0 0 0 0.09 0 0.05 0 0 0 0.08 0 0.09 0 0 0.31 0.26 0.05 

0 0.03 0.05 0.02 0.01 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0.01 0 0.01 0 0 0 0.01 0 0.01 0 0 0.03 0.03 0 

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 1.01 0 0.40 0 0 0 0.45 0 0.48 0 0 1.43 1.15 0.22 

0 0.14 0.21 0.07 0.03 0.09 0.03 0.04 0.02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 1.05 0 0.42 0 0 0 0.49 0 0.54 0 0 1.64 1.33 0.26 

0.01 0.17 0.25 0.09 0.04 0.10 0.03 0.05 0.03 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

Page 23 of 29



Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_1 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 


Branch 

% Harmonic Currents (% of Fundamental Current) 

ID 

Fundamental 

A 

2 

25 

3 


4 

31 

5 

35 

6 

37 

7 

41 

8 

43 

9 

47 

10 

49 

11 

53 

12 

55 

13 

59 

14 

61 

15 

65 

17 

67 

19 

71 


73 

TPST1 

TPST2 

UTIL-A 

UTIL-B 

X1 

56.91 

74.75 

74.87 

0.00 

176.40 

0 0 0 0.22 0 0.12 0 0 0 0.18 0 0.22 0 0 0.75 0.62 0.13 

0 0.08 0.13 0.05 0.02 0.05 0.02 0.03 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0.21 0 0.11 0 0 0 0.15 0 0.17 0 0 0.52 0.40 0.07 

0 0.04 0.05 0.02 0.01 0.02 0 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0.63 0 0.25 0 0 0 0.28 0 0.30 0 0 0.88 0.71 0.14 

0 0.09 0.13 0.05 0.02 0.05 0.02 0.03 0.02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0.83 0 0.33 0 0 0 0.38 0 0.42 0 0 1.28 1.04 0.21 

0 0.13 0.20 0.07 0.03 0.08 0.03 0.04 0.02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 




Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_1 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 

CAPACITOR FLOW TABULATION 

Capacitor 


ID 

2 

25 

3 


4 

31 

5 

35 

6 

37 

7 

41 

8 

43 

9 

47 

10 

49 

11 

53 

12 

55 

13 

59 

14 

61 

15 

65 

17 

67 

19 

71 


73 

CAP1 

0 0 0 2.26 0 1.78 0 0 0 4.96 0 7.59 0 0 39.06 39.43 11.38 

0.28 11.56 19.65 9.04 4.24 14.62 5.33 9.82 6.00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 




Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_1 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 


Capacitor 


Fundamental 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

17 

19 


ID 

A 

25 


31 

35 

37 

41 

43 

47 

49 

53 

55 

59 

61 

65 

67 

71 

73 

CAP1 

96.60 

0 0 0 3.24 0 2.55 0 0 0 7.11 0 10.87 0 0 55.98 56.52 16.32 

0.40 16.57 28.16 12.96 6.08 20.96 7.63 14.08 8.60 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 




Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_1 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 

VIHD (Individual Harmonic Distortion) Report 

Bus 

Voltage Distortion 

Fund. 

VIHD 

ID 

kV 

% 

% 

Order 

Bus2 4.160 99.91 3.29 17 

Bus2 4.160 99.91 2.97 19 

Indicates buses with IHD (Individual Harmonic Distortion) exceeding the limit 




Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_1 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 

VTHD (Total Harmonic Distortion) Report 

Bus 


Distortion 

Fund. 

VTHD 

ID 

kV 

% 

% 

Bus2 

4.160 

99.91 

4.86 

Indicates buses with THD (Total Harmonic Distortion) exceeding the limit 




Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_1 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 

Alert Summary Report 

% Alert Settings 

Critical Marginal 

Bus 

Individual Bus VTHD / VIHD values are used. 

Transformer 

Total I 

Filter 

Capacitor kV 

Inductor Amp 

Capacitor 

Max kV 

Cable 

Ampacity 

100.0 95.0 

100.0 95.0 

100.0 95.0 

100.0 95.0 

100.0 95.0 

Critical Report 

ID Device Type Rating/Limit 

Unit Calculated %Mag. Condition Harmonic 

Bus2 Bus 1.50 Bus IHD 

3.29 219.02 Exceeds Limit 17 


2.97 197.83 Exceeds Limit 19 

Bus2 Bus 2.50 Bus THD 4.86 194.30 Exceeds Limit Total 


Harmonic Evaluation Report HA013-Ward County – 7012577_R3.2 



Project - 7012577 

Scenario with Two VFD’s Operating 

Submitted to 


Prepared by 






Page 1 of 31




Vinay Bhanot 









Ph No: +1 (519) 740-4736 


Tel: +1 847 220 3032 




Ph No: + 91 22 6776 7384 


Page 2 of 31








and BUS2 


Page 3 of 31




1.1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................................ 5 


2. INPUT DATA ............................................................................................................................ 6 


2.1 UTILITY DETAILS :............................................................................................................................................ 8 

2.2 POWER TRANSFORMER IMPEDANCES: ........................................................................................................... 8 




3. SIMULATION ......................................................................................................................... 10 

3.1 SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM USED FOR SIMULATION ........................................................................................... 10 

3.2 ASSUMPTIONS/CONSIDERATION ................................................................................................................... 10 

3.3 SIMULATION “CONDITION B” ......................................................................................................................... 11 

3.4 RESULTS OF SIMULATION “CONDITION B” ................................................................................................... 11 


4. ANNEXURE RESULTS OF CONDITION B ...................................................................... 11 





Figure 4 Actual Single line diagram used .......................................................................... 10 

List of Table 


Page 4 of 31

































Page 5 of 31


2. Input Data 




Page 6 of 31




Page 7 of 31


2.1.1 Short Circuit MVA at BUS1& BUS2 buses 


2.1 Utility Details : 

Location 


Analysis 

Substation 

Serial No. GLN: 2078535 ‐ 3162233 Feeder 0411 



X1/R1 6.98 X0/R0 3.61 

Faults Details‐ 




Impedance Details : 


In Ohms 0.6474 4.5200 3.8005 13.7104 

In Per Units 0.4163 2.9067 2.4441 8.8169 

2.2 Power Transformer impedances: 

Name 

Transformer 

Rating(kVA) 


Impedance 

% 

X/R 

(3 phase) 

UTIL-A 2000 12470D/4160 Yn 5.48 6.61 

UTIL-B 2000 12470D/4160 Yn 5.48 6.61 


Name 

Transformer 

Rating(kVA) 


Impedance 

% 

X/R 

(3 phase) 



1500HP Drive 




Page 8 of 31



Abbreviations 

HA 

RA 

L&T 

Full Form 




Page 9 of 31


3. Simulation 














Page 10 of 31


3.3 Simulation “Condition B” 




Switch ON SW3 

Switch ON SW4 



3.4 Results of Simulation “Condition B” 



Coupling Bus 



VTHD% 

To Bus ID 


ITHD% 

BUS1 1.44 PCC3 1.04 

BUS2 0 PCC4 0 

PCC3 2.93 BUS1 1.04 

MAIN A 1.09 

PCC4 0 BUS2 0 

MAIN B 0 

PCC5 2.93 Bus2 1.32 

MAIN A 1.32 

PCC6 2.93 Bus3 1.32 

MAIN A 1.32 

BUS9 2.93 Bus8 1.46 

MAIN A 1.60 




4. Annexure Results of Condition B 

Page 11 of 31


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_2 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 






Design 

Design 

None 


Swing 

2 

V-Control 

0 

Load 

11 

Total 

13 


XFMR2 

4 

XFMR3 

0 


2 0 0 

Tie PD 

5 

Total 

11 


Current 

2 


0 


0 


Unit System: 


English 

HA013_R3_2 


Page 12 of 31


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_2 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 

Adjustments 

Tolerance 

Apply 

Adjustments 

Individual 

/Global 

Percent 


Yes 

Individual 


Yes 

Individual 


No 


No 

Cable Length: 

No 


Apply 

Adjustments 

Individual 

/Global 

Degree C 


Yes 

Individual 


Yes 

Individual 

Page 13 of 31


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_2 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 


ID 

Bus 

kV 

Sub-sys 


% Mag. 

Ang. 

Constant kVA 

MW 

Mvar 

MW 

Constant Z 

Mvar 

Load 

MW 

Constant I 

Mvar 

MW 

Generic 

Mvar 

% Limits 

BUS1 12.500 1 100.0 0.0 2.50 1.50 

BUS2 12.500 2 100.0 0.0 2.50 1.50 

Bus2 4.160 1 100.0 -30.0 1.255 0.507 0.000 -0.700 

2.50 1.50 

Bus3 4.160 1 100.0 -30.0 1.255 0.507 0.000 -0.700 

2.50 1.50 


2.50 1.50 

BUS9 4.160 1 100.0 -30.0 2.50 1.50 

Bus11 0.120 1 100.0 -90.0 0.041 0.025 0.010 0.006 

2.50 1.50 

MAIN A 4.160 1 100.0 -30.0 2.50 1.50 

MAIN B 4.160 2 100.0 -30.0 2.50 1.50 

PCC3 4.160 1 100.0 -30.0 2.50 1.50 

PCC4 4.160 2 100.0 -30.0 2.50 1.50 

PCC5 4.160 1 100.0 -30.0 2.50 1.50 

PCC6 4.160 1 100.0 -30.0 2.50 1.50 


VTHD 

VIHD 



Generation 

Mvar Limits 

ID 

kV 

Type 

Sub-sys 



100.0 0.0 


100.0 0.0 

0.000 0.000 

Page 14 of 31


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_2 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 


Transformer 

Rating 



Adjusted 

% Z 

Phase Shift 

Type 

Angle 






Grounding 

Transformer 

Rating 

Conn. 

Primary 

Secondary 


Type 

Type 

kV 

Amp 

Ohm 

Type 

kV 

Amp 

Ohm 

TPST1 

0.500 4.160 0.480 D/Y 

Solid 

TPST2 

0.075 

0.480 

0.120 

D/Y 

Solid 

UTIL-A 

2.000 

12.470 

4.160 

D/Y 

Solid 

UTIL-B 

2.000 

12.470 

4.160 

D/Y 

Solid 


Reactor 




X0 (ohm) 

X/R 

Imp. 

% Tol. 

X1 4.000 1.205 70.0 1.205 70.0 0.0 

X2 4.160 1.205 70.0 1.205 70.0 0.0 

Page 15 of 31


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_2 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 


CKT/Branch 




ID Type 



198.83 934.48 955.40 


1593.70 3059.90 3450.05 


40.79 269.62 272.69 


40.79 269.62 272.69 

X1 Reactor 

PCC5 Bus2 

9.90 692.90 692.97 

X2 Reactor 

PCC6 Bus3 

9.90 692.90 692.97 

SW3 Tie PD 

MAIN A PCC5 

SW4 Tie PD 

MAIN A PCC6 

SW5 Tie PD 

MAIN A BUS9 

SW9 Tie PD 

PCC3 MAIN A 

SW10 Tie PD 

PCC4 MAIN B 

Y 

Page 16 of 31


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_2 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 



CKT/Branch 



ID Type 







9.90 692.90 692.97 


9.90 692.90 692.97 

SW3 Tie PD 

MAIN A PCC5 

SW4 Tie PD 

MAIN A PCC6 

SW5 Tie PD 

MAIN A BUS9 

SW9 Tie PD 

PCC3 MAIN A 

SW10 Tie PD 

PCC4 MAIN B 

Y0 

Page 17 of 31


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_2 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 


Machine 

Connected Bus 

Rating (Base) 


Grounding 


ID Type ID 






Page 18 of 31


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_2 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 


Bus ID 




AFEsin100%LD 


AFEsin100%LD 

Page 19 of 31


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_2 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 


Bus 


Generation 

Load 

Load Flow 

XFMR 

ID 

kV 

%Mag. 

Ang. 

MW 

Mvar 

MW 

Mvar 

ID 

MW Mvar Amp 

% PF 

% Tap 

* BUS1 12.500 100.000 0.0 2.886 0.314 0 0 PCC3 2.886 0.314 134.1 99.4 

* BUS2 12.500 100.000 0.0 0 0 0 0 PCC4 0.000 0.000 0.0 0.0 

Bus2 4.160 99.270 -39.6 0 0 1.255 -0.182 PCC5 -1.255 0.182 177.4 -99.0 

Bus3 4.160 99.270 -39.6 0 0 1.255 -0.182 PCC6 -1.255 0.182 177.4 -99.0 

Bus8 0.480 95.730 -66.1 0 0 0.284 0.176 BUS9 -0.335 -0.208 495.1 84.9 

Bus11 0.050 0.032 75.1 84.4 

BUS9 4.160 98.512 -34.5 0 0 0 0 Bus8 0.338 0.224 57.1 83.3 

MAIN A -0.338 -0.224 57.1 83.3 

Bus11 0.120 93.864 -96.8 0 0 0.050 0.031 Bus8 -0.050 -0.031 300.2 85.0 

MAIN A 4.160 98.512 -34.5 0 0 0 0 PCC5 1.257 -0.069 177.4 -99.9 

PCC6 1.257 -0.069 177.4 -99.9 

BUS9 0.338 0.224 57.1 83.3 

PCC3 -2.852 -0.087 402.0 100.0 

MAIN B 4.160 100.241 -30.0 0 0 0 0 PCC4 0.000 0.000 0.0 0.0 

PCC3 4.160 98.512 -34.5 0 0 0 0 BUS1 -2.852 -0.087 402.0 100.0 

MAIN A 2.852 0.087 402.0 100.0 

PCC4 4.160 100.241 -30.0 0 0 0 0 BUS2 0.000 0.000 0.0 0.0 

MAIN B 0.000 0.000 0.0 0.0 

PCC5 4.160 98.512 -34.5 0 0 0 0 Bus2 1.257 -0.069 177.4 -99.9 

MAIN A -1.257 0.069 177.4 -99.9 

PCC6 4.160 98.512 -34.5 0 0 0 0 Bus3 1.257 -0.069 177.4 -99.9 

MAIN A -1.257 0.069 177.4 -99.9 


Page 20 of 31


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_2 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 







BUS1 12.500 100.00 100.01 103.69 1.44 79.15 PCC3 134.10 134.11 137.65 1.04 49.29 6610.19 

BUS2 12.500 100.00 100.00 100.00 0 0.50 PCC4 0 0 0 0 0 0.00 



Bus8 0.480 95.73 95.75 100.28 1.95 102.24 BUS9 495.11 495.16 512.64 1.46 75.84 37555.28 

Bus11 75.06 75.06 76.84 1.00 49.90 3745.78 

* BUS9 4.160 98.51 98.55 106.04 2.93 163.04 Bus8 57.13 57.13 59.15 1.46 75.84 4333.30 

MAIN A 57.13 57.14 59.09 1.60 48.62 2778.18 

Bus11 0.120 93.86 93.87 96.78 1.31 65.32 Bus8 300.23 300.25 307.36 1.00 49.90 14983.13 

* MAIN A 4.160 98.51 98.55 106.04 2.93 163.04 PCC5 177.36 177.37 183.33 1.32 64.11 11370.63 

PCC6 177.36 177.37 183.33 1.32 64.11 11370.63 

BUS9 57.13 57.14 59.09 1.60 48.62 2778.18 

PCC3 401.98 402.00 412.37 1.09 42.85 17224.18 

MAIN B 4.160 100.24 100.24 100.24 0 0.50 PCC4 0 0 0 0 0 0.00 

* PCC3 4.160 98.51 98.55 106.04 2.93 163.04 BUS1 401.98 402.00 412.61 1.04 49.29 19814.68 

MAIN A 401.98 402.00 412.37 1.09 42.85 17224.18 

PCC4 4.160 100.24 100.24 100.24 0 0.50 BUS2 0 0 0 0 0 0.00 

MAIN B 0 0 0 0 0 0.00 

* PCC5 4.160 98.51 98.55 106.04 2.93 163.04 Bus2 177.36 177.37 183.33 1.32 64.11 11370.63 

MAIN A 177.36 177.37 183.33 1.32 64.11 11370.63 

* PCC6 4.160 98.51 98.55 106.04 2.93 163.04 Bus3 177.36 177.37 183.33 1.32 64.11 11370.63 

MAIN A 177.36 177.37 183.33 1.32 64.11 11370.63 



Page 21 of 31


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_2 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 


Bus 


Fundamental 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

17 

19 


ID 

kV 

25 


31 

35 

37 

41 

43 

47 

49 

53 

55 

59 

61 

65 

67 

71 

73 

BUS1 12.500 0 0 0 0.16 0 0.10 0 0 0 0.19 0 0.25 0 0 0.98 0.88 0.21 

0 0.17 0.26 0.11 0.05 0.14 0.05 0.08 0.05 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

BUS2 12.500 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

Bus2 4.130 0 0 0 0.52 0 0.33 0 0 0 0.63 0 0.82 0 0 3.27 2.96 0.71 

0.02 0.57 0.91 0.37 0.16 0.51 0.18 0.30 0.18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

Bus3 4.130 0 0 0 0.52 0 0.33 0 0 0 0.63 0 0.82 0 0 3.27 2.96 0.71 

0.02 0.57 0.91 0.37 0.16 0.51 0.18 0.30 0.18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

Bus8 0.460 0 0 0 0.31 0 0.19 0 0 0 0.32 0 0.39 0 0 1.38 1.17 0.24 

0.01 0.16 0.24 0.09 0.04 0.10 0.03 0.05 0.03 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

BUS9 4.098 0 0 0 0.32 0 0.21 0 0 0 0.38 0 0.50 0 0 1.99 1.80 0.43 

0.01 0.35 0.56 0.23 0.10 0.33 0.11 0.19 0.11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

Bus11 0.113 0 0 0 0.30 0 0.18 0 0 0 0.27 0 0.31 0 0 0.93 0.73 0.13 

0 0.07 0.10 0.03 0.01 0.03 0.01 0.01 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

MAIN A 4.098 0 0 0 0.32 0 0.21 0 0 0 0.38 0 0.50 0 0 1.99 1.80 0.43 

0.01 0.35 0.56 0.23 0.10 0.33 0.11 0.19 0.11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

MAIN B 4.170 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

PCC3 4.098 0 0 0 0.32 0 0.21 0 0 0 0.38 0 0.50 0 0 1.99 1.80 0.43 

0.01 0.35 0.56 0.23 0.10 0.33 0.11 0.19 0.11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

PCC4 4.170 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

PCC5 4.098 0 0 0 0.32 0 0.21 0 0 0 0.38 0 0.50 0 0 1.99 1.80 0.43 

0.01 0.35 0.56 0.23 0.10 0.33 0.11 0.19 0.11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

PCC6 4.098 0 0 0 0.32 0 0.21 0 0 0 0.38 0 0.50 0 0 1.99 1.80 0.43 

0.01 0.35 0.56 0.23 0.10 0.33 0.11 0.19 0.11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

Page 22 of 31


Page 23 of 31 

Location: 

Engineer: 


5.0.3Z 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_2 

Project: 

ETAP 

Contract: 

Revision: 

Base 

Config.: 

Normal 


47 

14 

2 

49 

15 

3 

53 

17 

4 

55 

19 

5 

59 


6 

61 

25 

7 

65 


8 

67 

31 

9 

71 

35 

10 

73 

37 

11 

41 

12 

43 

13 

kV 

ID 

0.21 

0.88 

0.98 

0 

0 

0.25 

0 

0.19 

0 

0 

0 

0.10 

0 

0.16 

0 

0 

0 

0 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.05 

0.08 

0.05 

0.14 

0.05 

0.11 


0.17 

12.500 

BUS1 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

12.500 

BUS2 

0.70 

2.93 

3.24 

0 

0 

0.81 

0 

0.62 

0 

0 

0 

0.33 

0 

0.51 

0 

0 

0 

0.02 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.17 

0.30 

0.18 

0.51 

0.16 

0.37 

0.90 

0.57 

4.160 

Bus2 

0.70 

2.93 

3.24 

0 

0 

0.81 

0 

0.62 

0 

0 

0 

0.33 

0 

0.51 

0 

0 

0 

0.02 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.17 

0.30 

0.18 

0.51 

0.16 

0.37 

0.90 

0.57 

4.160 

Bus3 


1.11 

1.31 

0 

0 

0.38 

0 

0.31 

0 

0 

0 

0.18 

0 


0 

0 

0 

0 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.03 

0.05 

0.03 

0.10 

0.04 

0.08 


0.16 

0.480 

Bus8 

0.42 

1.77 

1.95 

0 

0 

0.49 

0 

0.38 

0 

0 

0 

0.20 

0 

0.31 

0 

0 

0 

0.01 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.11 

0.19 

0.11 

0.32 

0.10 


0.55 

0.35 

4.160 

BUS9 

0.12 

0.68 

0.87 

0 

0 


0 

0.25 

0 

0 

0 

0.17 

0 

0.28 

0 

0 

0 

0 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.03 

0.01 

0.03 

0.09 

0.06 

0.120 

Bus11 

0.42 

1.77 

1.95 

0 

0 

0.49 

0 

0.38 

0 

0 

0 

0.20 

0 

0.31 

0 

0 

0 

0.01 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.11 

0.19 

0.11 

0.32 

0.10 


0.55 

0.35 

4.160 

MAIN A 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

4.160 

MAIN B 

0.42 

1.77 

1.95 

0 

 

0.49 

0 

0.38 

0 

0 

0 

0.20 

0 

0.31 

0 

0 

0 

0.01 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.11 

0.19 

0.11 

0.32 

0.10 


0.55 

0.35 

4.160 

PCC3 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

4.160 

PCC4 

0.42 

1.77 

1.95 

0 

0 

0.49 

0 

0.38 

0 

0 

0 

0.20 

0 

0.31 

0 

0 

0 

0.01 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.11 

0.19 

0.11 

0.32 

0.10 


0.55 

0.35 

4.160 

PCC5 

0.42 

1.77 

1.95 

0 

0 

0.49 

0 

0.38 

0 

0 

0 

0.20 

0 

0.31 

0 

0 

0 

0.01 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.11 

0.19 

0.11 

0.32 

0.10 


0.55 

0.35 

4.160 

PCC6


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_2 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 


Branch 


ID 

2 

25 

3 


4 

31 

5 

35 

6 

37 

7 

41 

8 

43 

9 

47 

10 

49 

11 

53 

12 

55 

13 

59 

14 

61 

15 

65 

17 

67 

19 

71 


73 

TPST1 

TPST2 

UTIL-A 

UTIL-B 

X1 

X2 

0 0 0 0.10 0 0.06 0 0 0 0.10 0 0.12 0 0 0.42 0.36 0.07 

0 0.05 0.07 0.03 0.01 0.03 0.01 0.01 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0.01 0 0.01 0 0 0 0.01 0 0.01 0 0 0.04 0.04 0.01 

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 1.12 0 0.51 0 0 0 0.61 0 0.66 0 0 1.99 1.60 0.31 

0.01 0.20 0.29 0.10 0.04 0.12 0.04 0.06 0.03 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0.58 0 0.27 0 0 0 0.33 0 0.37 0 0 1.13 0.92 0.18 

0 0.12 0.17 0.06 0.03 0.07 0.02 0.04 0.02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0.58 0 0.27 0 0 0 0.33 0 0.37 0 0 1.13 0.92 0.18 

0 0.12 0.17 0.06 0.03 0.07 0.02 0.04 0.02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

Page 24 of 31


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_2 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 


Branch 


ID 

Fundamental 

A 

2 

25 

3 


4 

31 

5 

35 

6 

37 

7 

41 

8 

43 

9 

47 

10 

49 

11 

53 

12 

55 

13 

59 

14 

61 

15 

65 

17 

67 

19 

71 


73 

TPST1 

TPST2 

UTIL-A 

UTIL-B 

X1 

X2 

57.13 

75.06 

134.10 

0.00 

177.36 

177.36 

0 0 0 0.24 0 0.15 0 0 0 0.25 0 0.30 0 0 1.03 0.87 0.18 

0 0.12 0.18 0.06 0.03 0.07 0.02 0.04 0.02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0.23 0 0.14 0 0 0 0.21 0 0.24 0 0 0.71 0.56 0.10 

0 0.05 0.07 0.02 0.01 0.02 0.01 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0.38 0 0.18 0 0 0 0.21 0 0.23 0 0 0.69 0.55 0.11 

0 0.07 0.10 0.04 0.01 0.04 0.01 0.02 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0.45 0 0.21 0 0 0 0.26 0 0.29 0 0 0.89 0.72 0.14 

0 0.09 0.14 0.05 0.02 0.06 0.02 0.03 0.02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 


0 0.09 0.14 0.05 0.02 0.06 0.02 0.03 0.02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

Page 25 of 31


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_2 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 


Capacitor 


ID 

2 

25 

3 


4 

31 

5 

35 

6 

37 

7 

41 

8 

43 

9 

47 

10 

49 

11 

53 

12 

55 

13 

59 

14 

61 

15 

65 

17 

67 

19 

71 


73 

CAP1 

CAP2 

0 0 0 1.79 0 1.62 0 0 0 4.80 0 7.42 0 0 38.55 39.02 11.30 

0.28 11.51 19.57 9.02 4.23 14.59 5.31 9.80 5.99 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 1.79 0 1.62 0 0 0 4.80 0 7.42 0 0 38.55 39.02 11.30 

0.28 11.51 19.57 9.02 4.23 14.59 5.31 9.80 5.99 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

Page 26 of 31


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_2 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 


Capacitor 


Fundamental 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

17 

19 


ID 

A 

25 


31 

35 

37 

41 

43 

47 

49 

53 

55 

59 

61 

65 

67 

71 

73 

CAP1 

CAP2 

95.98 

95.98 

0 0 

0.40 16.60 

0 2.59 0 2.34 0 0 0 6.93 0 10.70 0 0 55.62 56.29 16.31 

28.23 13.00 6.10 21.04 7.67 14.14 8.64 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 

0.40 16.60 

0 2.59 0 2.34 0 0 0 6.93 0 10.70 0 0 55.62 56.29 16.31 

28.23 13.00 6.10 21.04 7.67 14.14 8.64 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

Page 27 of 31


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_2 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 


Bus 


Fund. 

VIHD 

ID 

kV 

% 

% 

Order 



BUS9 4.160 98.51 1.98 17 

MAIN A 4.160 98.51 1.98 17 

PCC3 4.160 98.51 1.98 17 

PCC5 4.160 98.51 1.98 17 

PCC6 4.160 98.51 1.98 17 

Bus2 4.160 99.27 2.96 19 

Bus3 4.160 99.27 2.96 19 

BUS9 4.160 98.51 1.80 19 

MAIN A 4.160 98.51 1.80 19 

PCC3 4.160 98.51 1.80 19 

PCC5 4.160 98.51 1.80 19 

PCC6 4.160 98.51 1.80 19 


Page 28 of 31


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_2 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 


Bus 


Distortion 

Fund. 

VTHD 

ID 

kV 

% 

% 

Bus2 

4.160 

99.27 

4.81 

Bus3 

4.160 

99.27 

4.81 

BUS9 

4.160 

98.51 

2.93 

MAIN A 

4.160 

98.51 

2.93 

PCC3 

4.160 

98.51 

2.93 

PCC5 

4.160 

98.51 

2.93 

PCC6 

4.160 

98.51 

2.93 




Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_2 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 



Critical 

Bus 


Marginal 

Transformer 

Total I 

Filter 

Capacitor kV 

Inductor Amp 

Capacitor 

Max kV 

Cable 

Ampacity 

100.0 95.0 

100.0 95.0 

100.0 95.0 

100.0 95.0 

100.0 95.0 








BUS9 Bus 1.50 Bus IHD 


MAIN A Bus 1.50 Bus IHD 


PCC3 Bus 1.50 Bus IHD 




















UTIL-A Transformer 92.60 Amp 

134.11 144.83 Over Loading Total 



BUS9 Bus 2.50 Bus THD 2.93 117.31 Exceeds Limit Total 

MAIN A Bus 2.50 Bus THD 2.93 117.31 Exceeds Limit Total 

Page 30 of 31


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_2 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 




PCC3 Bus 2.50 Bus THD 2.93 117.31 Exceeds Limit Total 



Page 31 of 31




Project - 7012577 

Scenario with Three VFD’s Operating 

Submitted to 


Prepared by 






Page 1 of 31




Vinay Bhanot 









Ph No: +1 (519) 740-4736 


Tel: +1 847 220 3032 




Ph No: + 91 22 6776 7384 


Page 2 of 31







2. Naming of PCC1 and PCC2 Changed as BUS. 

And BUS2 


Page 3 of 31




1.1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................................ 5 


2. INPUT DATA ............................................................................................................................ 6 



2.2 POWER TRANSFORMER IMPEDANCES ............................................................................................................ 8 




3. SIMULATION ......................................................................................................................... 10 

3.1 SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM USED FOR SIMULATION ........................................................................................... 10 

3.2 ASSUMPTIONS/CONSIDERATION ................................................................................................................... 10 

3.3 SIMULATION “CONDITION C” ......................................................................................................................... 11 

3.4 RESULTS OF SIMULATION “CONDITION C” ................................................................................................... 11 


4. ANNEXURE RESULTS OF CONDITION C ...................................................................... 11 





Figure 4 Actual Single line diagram used .......................................................................... 10 

List of Table 


Page 4 of 31

































Page 5 of 31


2. Input Data 




Page 6 of 31




Page 7 of 31



The short circuit MVA assumed at BUS1& BUS2 – 34.208 MVA 


Location 


Analysis 

Substation 

Wickett(U1&U2) 



X1/R1 6.98 X0/R0 3.61 







In Ohms 0.6474 4.5200 3.8005 13.7104 

In Per Units 0.4163 2.9067 2.4441 8.8169 

2.2 Power Transformer impedances 

Name 

Transformer 

Rating(kVA) 


Impedance 

% 

X/R 

(3 phase) 

UTIL-A 2000 12470D/4160 Yn 5.48 6.61 

UTIL-B 2000 12470D/4160 Yn 5.48 6.61 


Name 

Transformer 

Rating(kVA) 


Impedance 

% 

X/R 

(3 phase) 



1500HP Drive 




Page 8 of 31



Abbreviations 

HA 

RA 

L&T 

Full Form 




Page 9 of 31


3. Simulation 














Page 10 of 31


3.3 Simulation “Condition C” 




Switch ON SW3 

Switch ON SW4 

Switch ON SW8 


3.4 Results of Simulation “Condition C” 



Coupling Bus 



VTHD% 

To Bus ID 


ITHD% 

BUS1 1.44 PCC 3 1.04 

BUS2 1.10 PCC4 1.88 

PCC3 2.93 BUS1 1.04 

MAIN A 1.09 

PCC4 2.22 BUS2 1.66 

MAIN B 2.05 

PCC5 2.93 Bus2 1.32 

MAIN A 1.32 

PCC6 2.93 Bus3 1.32 

MAIN A 1.32 

PCC7 2.22 Bus10 1.88 

MAIN B 1.88 

BUS 9 2.93 Bus8 1.46 

MAIN A 1.66 




4. Annexure Results of Condition C 

Page 11 of 31


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_3 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 






Design 

Design 

None 


Swing 

2 

V-Control 

0 

Load 

13 

Total 

15 


XFMR2 

4 

XFMR3 

0 


3 0 0 

Tie PD 

6 

Total 

13 


Current 

3 


0 


0 


Unit System: 


English 

HA013_R3_3 


Page 12 of 31


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_3 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 

Adjustments 

Tolerance 

Apply 

Adjustments 

Individual 

/Global 

Percent 


Yes 

Individual 


Yes 

Individual 


No 


No 

Cable Length: 

No 


Apply 

Adjustments 

Individual 

/Global 

Degree C 


Yes 

Individual 


Yes 

Individual 

Page 13 of 31


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_3 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 


ID 

Bus 

kV 

Sub-sys 


% Mag. 

Ang. 

Constant kVA 

MW 

Mvar 

MW 

Constant Z 

Mvar 

Load 

MW 

Constant I 

Mvar 

MW 

Generic 

Mvar 

% Limits 

BUS1 12.500 1 100.0 0.0 2.50 1.50 

Bus2 4.160 1 100.0 -30.0 1.255 0.507 0.000 -0.700 

2.50 1.50 

BUS2 12.500 2 100.0 0.0 2.50 1.50 

Bus3 4.160 1 100.0 -30.0 1.255 0.507 0.000 -0.700 

2.50 1.50 


2.50 1.50 

BUS9 4.160 1 100.0 -30.0 2.50 1.50 

Bus10 4.160 2 100.0 -30.0 1.255 0.507 0.000 -0.700 

2.50 1.50 

Bus11 0.120 1 100.0 -90.0 0.041 0.025 0.010 0.006 

2.50 1.50 

MAIN A 4.160 1 100.0 -30.0 2.50 1.50 

MAIN B 4.160 2 100.0 -30.0 2.50 1.50 

PCC3 4.160 1 100.0 -30.0 2.50 1.50 

PCC4 4.160 2 100.0 -30.0 2.50 1.50 

PCC5 4.160 1 100.0 -30.0 2.50 1.50 

PCC6 4.160 1 100.0 -30.0 2.50 1.50 

PCC7 4.160 2 100.0 -30.0 2.50 1.50 


VTHD 

VIHD 



Generation 

Mvar Limits 

ID 

kV 

Type 

Sub-sys 



100.0 0.0 


100.0 0.0 

0.000 0.000 

Page 14 of 31


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_3 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 


Transformer 

Rating 



Adjusted 

% Z 

Phase Shift 

Type 

Angle 






Grounding 

Transformer 

Rating 

Conn. 

Primary 

Secondary 


Type 

Type 

kV 

Amp 

Ohm 

Type 

kV 

Amp 

Ohm 

TPST1 

0.500 4.160 0.480 D/Y 

Solid 

TPST2 

0.075 

0.480 

0.120 

D/Y 

Solid 

UTIL-A 

2.000 

12.470 

4.160 

D/Y 

Solid 

UTIL-B 

2.000 

12.470 

4.160 

D/Y 

Solid 


Reactor 




X0 (ohm) 

X/R 

Imp. 

% Tol. 

X1 4.000 1.205 70.0 1.205 70.0 0.0 

X2 4.160 1.205 70.0 1.205 70.0 0.0 

X5 4.160 1.205 70.0 1.205 70.0 0.0 

Page 15 of 31


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_3 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 


CKT/Branch 




ID Type 



198.83 934.48 955.40 


1593.70 3059.90 3450.05 


40.79 269.62 272.69 


40.79 269.62 272.69 

X1 Reactor 

PCC5 Bus2 

9.90 692.90 692.97 

X2 Reactor 

PCC6 Bus3 

9.90 692.90 692.97 

X5 Reactor 

PCC7 Bus10 

9.90 692.90 692.97 

SW3 Tie PD 

MAIN A PCC5 

SW4 Tie PD 

MAIN A PCC6 

SW5 Tie PD 

MAIN A BUS9 

SW8 Tie PD 

MAIN B PCC7 

SW9 Tie PD 

PCC3 MAIN A 

SW10 Tie PD 

PCC4 MAIN B 

Y 

Page 16 of 31


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_3 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 



CKT/Branch 



ID Type 







9.90 692.90 692.97 


9.90 692.90 692.97 


9.90 692.90 692.97 

SW3 Tie PD 

MAIN A PCC5 

SW4 Tie PD 

MAIN A PCC6 

SW5 Tie PD 

MAIN A BUS9 

SW8 Tie PD 

MAIN B PCC7 

SW9 Tie PD 

PCC3 MAIN A 

SW10 Tie PD 

PCC4 MAIN B 

Y0 

Page 17 of 31


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_3 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 


Machine 

Connected Bus 

Rating (Base) 


Grounding 


ID Type ID 







Page 18 of 31


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_3 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 


Bus ID 




AFEsin100%LD 


AFEsin100%LD 


AFEsin100%LD 

Page 19 of 31


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_3 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 


Bus 


Generation 

Load 

Load Flow 

XFMR 

ID 

kV 

%Mag. 

Ang. 

MW 

Mvar 

MW 

Mvar 

ID 

MW Mvar Amp 

% PF 

% Tap 

* BUS1 12.500 100.000 0.0 2.886 0.314 0 0 PCC3 2.886 0.314 134.1 99.4 

Bus2 4.160 99.270 -39.6 0 0 1.255 -0.182 PCC5 -1.255 0.182 177.4 -99.0 

* BUS2 12.500 100.000 0.0 1.263 -0.050 0 0 PCC4 1.263 -0.050 58.4 -99.9 

Bus3 4.160 99.270 -39.6 0 0 1.255 -0.182 PCC6 -1.255 0.182 177.4 -99.0 

Bus8 0.480 95.730 -66.1 0 0 0.284 0.176 BUS9 -0.335 -0.208 495.1 84.9 

Bus11 0.050 0.032 75.1 84.4 

BUS9 4.160 98.512 -34.5 0 0 0 0 Bus8 0.338 0.224 57.1 83.3 

MAIN A -0.338 -0.224 57.1 83.3 

Bus10 4.160 100.828 -37.0 0 0 1.255 -0.204 PCC7 -1.255 0.204 175.1 -98.7 

Bus11 0.120 93.864 -96.8 0 0 0.050 0.031 Bus8 -0.050 -0.031 300.2 85.0 

MAIN A 4.160 98.512 -34.5 0 0 0 0 PCC5 1.257 -0.069 177.4 -99.9 

PCC6 1.257 -0.069 177.4 -99.9 

BUS9 0.338 0.224 57.1 83.3 

PCC3 -2.852 -0.087 402.0 100.0 

MAIN B 4.160 99.919 -32.0 0 0 0 0 PCC7 1.257 -0.094 175.1 -99.7 

PCC4 -1.257 0.094 175.1 -99.7 

PCC3 4.160 98.512 -34.5 0 0 0 0 BUS1 -2.852 -0.087 402.0 100.0 

MAIN A 2.852 0.087 402.0 100.0 

PCC4 4.160 99.919 -32.0 0 0 0 0 BUS2 -1.257 0.094 175.1 -99.7 

MAIN B 1.257 -0.094 175.1 -99.7 

PCC5 4.160 98.512 -34.5 0 0 0 0 Bus2 1.257 -0.069 177.4 -99.9 

MAIN A -1.257 0.069 177.4 -99.9 

PCC6 4.160 98.512 -34.5 0 0 0 0 Bus3 1.257 -0.069 177.4 -99.9 

MAIN A -1.257 0.069 177.4 -99.9 

PCC7 4.160 99.919 -32.0 0 0 0 0 Bus10 1.257 -0.094 175.1 -99.7 

MAIN B -1.257 0.094 175.1 -99.7 


Page 20 of 31


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_3 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 









BUS2 12.500 100.00 100.01 102.86 1.10 60.62 PCC4 58.40 58.41 61.22 1.88 87.00 5081.98 


Bus8 0.480 95.73 95.75 100.28 1.95 102.24 BUS9 495.11 495.16 512.64 1.46 75.84 37555.28 

Bus11 75.06 75.06 76.84 1.00 49.90 3745.78 

* BUS9 4.160 98.51 98.55 106.04 2.93 163.04 Bus8 57.13 57.13 59.15 1.46 75.84 4333.30 

MAIN A 57.13 57.14 59.09 1.60 48.62 2778.18 

* Bus10 4.160 100.83 100.94 113.45 4.80 264.68 PCC7 175.07 175.10 183.51 1.88 87.00 15233.72 


* MAIN A 4.160 98.51 98.55 106.04 2.93 163.04 PCC5 177.36 177.37 183.33 1.32 64.11 11370.63 

PCC6 177.36 177.37 183.33 1.32 64.11 11370.63 

BUS9 57.13 57.14 59.09 1.60 48.62 2778.18 

PCC3 401.98 402.00 412.37 1.09 42.85 17224.18 

MAIN B 4.160 99.92 99.94 105.77 2.22 123.60 PCC7 175.07 175.10 183.51 1.88 87.00 15233.72 

PCC4 175.07 175.11 183.45 2.05 75.41 13205.08 


MAIN A 401.98 402.00 412.37 1.09 42.85 17224.18 

PCC4 4.160 99.92 99.94 105.77 2.22 123.60 BUS2 175.07 175.10 183.51 1.88 87.00 15233.72 

MAIN B 175.07 175.11 183.45 2.05 75.41 13205.08 

* PCC5 4.160 98.51 98.55 106.04 2.93 163.04 Bus2 177.36 177.37 183.33 1.32 64.11 11370.63 

MAIN A 177.36 177.37 183.33 1.32 64.11 11370.63 

* PCC6 4.160 98.51 98.55 106.04 2.93 163.04 Bus3 177.36 177.37 183.33 1.32 64.11 11370.63 

MAIN A 177.36 177.37 183.33 1.32 64.11 11370.63 

PCC7 4.160 99.92 99.94 105.77 2.22 123.60 Bus10 175.07 175.10 183.51 1.88 87.00 15233.72 

MAIN B 175.07 175.10 183.51 1.88 87.00 15233.72 



Page 21 of 31


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_3 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 


Bus 


Fundamental 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

17 

19 


ID 

kV 

25 


31 

35 

37 

41 

43 

47 

49 

53 

55 

59 

61 

65 

67 

71 

73 

BUS1 12.500 0 0 0 0.16 0 0.10 0 0 0 0.19 0 0.25 0 0 0.98 0.88 0.21 

0 0.17 0.26 0.11 0.05 0.14 0.05 0.08 0.05 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

Bus2 4.130 0 0 0 0.52 0 0.33 0 0 0 0.63 0 0.82 0 0 3.27 2.96 0.71 

0.02 0.57 0.91 0.37 0.16 0.51 0.18 0.30 0.18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

BUS2 12.500 0 0 0 0.15 0 0.08 0 0 0 0.15 0 0.19 0 0 0.75 0.68 0.16 

0 0.13 0.20 0.08 0.04 0.11 0.04 0.06 0.04 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

Bus3 4.130 0 0 0 0.52 0 0.33 0 0 0 0.63 0 0.82 0 0 3.27 2.96 0.71 

0.02 0.57 0.91 0.37 0.16 0.51 0.18 0.30 0.18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

Bus8 0.460 0 0 0 0.31 0 0.19 0 0 0 0.32 0 0.39 0 0 1.38 1.17 0.24 

0.01 0.16 0.24 0.09 0.04 0.10 0.03 0.05 0.03 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

BUS9 4.098 0 0 0 0.32 0 0.21 0 0 0 0.38 0 0.50 0 0 1.99 1.80 0.43 

0.01 0.35 0.56 0.23 0.10 0.33 0.11 0.19 0.11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 


0.02 0.57 0.90 0.37 0.16 0.51 0.18 0.30 0.17 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

Bus11 0.113 0 0 0 0.30 0 0.18 0 0 0 0.27 0 0.31 0 0 0.93 0.73 0.13 

0 0.07 0.10 0.03 0.01 0.03 0.01 0.01 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

MAIN A 4.098 0 0 0 0.32 0 0.21 0 0 0 0.38 0 0.50 0 0 1.99 1.80 0.43 

0.01 0.35 0.56 0.23 0.10 0.33 0.11 0.19 0.11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

MAIN B 4.157 0 0 0 0.29 0 0.16 0 0 0 0.29 0 0.38 0 0 1.50 1.36 0.33 

0.01 0.27 0.43 0.18 0.08 0.25 0.09 0.15 0.09 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

PCC3 4.098 0 0 0 0.32 0 0.21 0 0 0 0.38 0 0.50 0 0 1.99 1.80 0.43 

0.01 0.35 0.56 0.23 0.10 0.33 0.11 0.19 0.11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

PCC4 4.157 0 0 0 0.29 0 0.16 0 0 0 0.29 0 0.38 0 0 1.50 1.36 0.33 

0.01 0.27 0.43 0.18 0.08 0.25 0.09 0.15 0.09 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

PCC5 4.098 0 0 0 0.32 0 0.21 0 0 0 0.38 0 0.50 0 0 1.99 1.80 0.43 

0.01 0.35 0.56 0.23 0.10 0.33 0.11 0.19 0.11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

PCC6 4.098 0 0 0 0.32 0 0.21 0 0 0 0.38 0 0.50 0 0 1.99 1.80 0.43 

0.01 0.35 0.56 0.23 0.10 0.33 0.11 0.19 0.11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

PCC7 4.157 0 0 0 0.29 0 0.16 0 0 0 0.29 0 0.38 0 0 1.50 1.36 0.33 

0.01 0.27 0.43 0.18 0.08 0.25 0.09 0.15 0.09 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

Page 22 of 31



Location: 

Engineer: 


5.0.3Z 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_3 

Project: 

ETAP 

Contract: 

Revision: 

Base 

Config.: 

Normal 


47 

14 

2 

49 

15 

3 

53 

17 

4 

55 

19 

5 

59 


6 

61 

25 

7 

65 


8 

67 

31 

9 

71 

35 

10 

73 

37 

11 

41 

12 

43 

13 

kV 

ID 


Bus 

Nominal 

0.21 

0.88 

0.98 

0 

0 

0.25 

0 

0.19 

0 

0 

0 

0.10 

0 

0.16 

0 

0 

0 

0 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.05 

0.08 

0.05 

0.14 

0.05 

0.11 


0.17 

12.500 

BUS1 

0.70 

2.93 

3.24 

0 

0 

0.81 

0 

0.62 

0 

0 

0 

0.33 

0 

0.51 

0 

0 

0 

0.02 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.17 

0.30 

0.18 

0.51 

0.16 

0.37 

0.90 

0.57 

4.160 

Bus2 

0.16 

0.68 

0.75 

0 

0 

0.19 

0 

0.15 

0 

0 

0 

0.08 

0 

0.15 

0 

0 

0 

0 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.04 

0.06 

0.04 

0.11 

0.04 

0.08 

0.20 

0.13 

12.500 

BUS2 

0.70 

2.93 

3.24 

0 

0 

0.81 

0 

0.62 

0 

0 

0 

0.33 

0 

0.51 

0 

0 

0 

0.02 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.17 

0.30 

0.18 

0.51 

0.16 

0.37 

0.90 

0.57 

4.160 

Bus3 


1.11 

1.31 

0 

0 

0.38 

0 

0.31 

0 

0 

0 

0.18 

0 


0 

0 

0 

0 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.03 

0.05 

0.03 

0.10 

0.04 

0.08 


0.16 

0.480 

Bus8 

0.42 

1.77 

1.95 

0 

0 

0.49 

0 

0.38 

0 

0 

0 

0.20 

0 

0.31 

0 

0 

0 

0.01 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.11 

0.19 

0.11 

0.32 

0.10 


0.55 

0.35 

4.160 

BUS9 

0.71 

2.96 

3.27 

0 

0 

0.83 

0 

0.64 

0 

0 

0 

0.36 

0 

0.64 

0 

0 

0 

0.02 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.17 

0.30 

0.18 

0.51 

0.16 

0.37 

0.90 

0.57 

4.160 

Bus10 

0.12 

0.68 

0.87 

0 

0 


0 

0.25 

0 

0 

0 

0.17 

0 

0.28 

0 

0 

0 

0 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.03 

0.01 

0.03 

0.09 

0.06 

0.120 

Bus11 

0.42 

1.77 

1.95 

0 

0 

0.49 

0 

0.38 

0 

0 

0 

0.20 

0 

0.31 

0 

0 

0 

0.01 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.11 

0.19 

0.11 

0.32 

0.10 


0.55 

0.35 

4.160 

MAIN A 

0.33 

1.36 

1.49 

0 

0 

0.38 

0 


0 

0 

0 

0.16 

0 


0 

0 

0 

0.01 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.09 

0.15 

0.09 

0.25 

0.08 

0.18 

0.43 

0.27 

4.160 

MAIN B 

0.42 

1.77 

1.95 

0 

0 

0.49 

0 

0.38 

0 

0 

0 

0.20 

0 

0.31 

0 

0 

0 

0.01 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.11 

0.19 

0.11 

0.32 

0.10 


0.55 

0.35 

4.160 

PCC3 

0.33 

1.36 

1.49 

0 

0 

0.38 

0 


0 

0 

0 

0.16 

0 


0 

0 

0 

0.01 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.09 

0.15 

0.09 

0.25 

0.08 

0.18 

0.43 

0.27 

4.160 

PCC4 

0.42 

1.77 

1.95 

0 

0 

0.49 

0 

0.38 

0 

0 

0 

0.20 

0 

0.31 

0 

0 

0 

0.01 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.11 

0.19 

0.11 

0.32 

0.10 


0.55 

0.35 

4.160 

PCC5 

0.42 

1.77 

1.95 

0 

0 

0.49 

0 

0.38 

0 

0 

0 

0.20 

0 

0.31 

0 

0 

0 

0.01 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.11 

0.19 

0.11 

0.32 

0.10 


0.55 

0.35 

4.160 

PCC6 

0.33 

1.36 

1.49 

0 

0 

0.38 

0 


0 

0 

0 

0.16 

0 


0 

0 

0 

0.01 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.09 

0.15 

0.09 

0.25 

0.08 

0.18 

0.43 

0.27 

4.160 

PCC7


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_3 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 


Branch 


ID 

2 

25 

3 


4 

31 

5 

35 

6 

37 

7 

41 

8 

43 

9 

47 

10 

49 

11 

53 

12 

55 

13 

59 

14 

61 

15 

65 

17 

67 

19 

71 


73 

TPST1 

TPST2 

UTIL-A 

UTIL-B 

X1 

X2 

X5 

0 0 0 0.10 0 0.06 0 0 0 0.10 0 0.12 0 0 0.42 0.36 0.07 

0 0.05 0.07 0.03 0.01 0.03 0.01 0.01 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0.01 0 0.01 0 0 0 0.01 0 0.01 0 0 0.04 0.04 0.01 

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 1.12 0 0.51 0 0 0 0.61 0 0.66 0 0 1.99 1.60 0.31 

0.01 0.20 0.29 0.10 0.04 0.12 0.04 0.06 0.03 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 1.02 0 0.41 0 0 0 0.46 0 0.51 0 0 1.53 1.23 0.24 

0 0.15 0.23 0.08 0.03 0.09 0.03 0.05 0.03 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0.58 0 0.27 0 0 0 0.33 0 0.37 0 0 1.13 0.92 0.18 

0 0.12 0.17 0.06 0.03 0.07 0.02 0.04 0.02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0.58 0 0.27 0 0 0 0.33 0 0.37 0 0 1.13 0.92 0.18 

0 0.12 0.17 0.06 0.03 0.07 0.02 0.04 0.02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 1.02 0 0.41 0 0 0 0.46 0 0.51 0 0 1.53 1.23 0.24 

0 0.15 0.23 0.08 0.03 0.09 0.03 0.05 0.03 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

Page 24 of 31


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_3 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 


Branch 


ID 

Fundamental 

A 

2 

25 

3 


4 

31 

5 

35 

6 

37 

7 

41 

8 

43 

9 

47 

10 

49 

11 

53 

12 

55 

13 

59 

14 

61 

15 

65 

17 

67 

19 

71 


73 

TPST1 

TPST2 

UTIL-A 

UTIL-B 

X1 

X2 

X5 

57.13 

75.06 

134.10 

58.40 

177.36 

177.36 

175.07 

0 0 0 0.24 0 0.15 0 0 0 0.25 0 0.30 0 0 1.03 0.87 0.18 

0 0.12 0.18 0.06 0.03 0.07 0.02 0.04 0.02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0.23 0 0.14 0 0 0 0.21 0 0.24 0 0 0.71 0.56 0.10 

0 0.05 0.07 0.02 0.01 0.02 0.01 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0.38 0 0.18 0 0 0 0.21 0 0.23 0 0 0.69 0.55 0.11 

0 0.07 0.10 0.04 0.01 0.04 0.01 0.02 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0.81 0 0.33 0 0 0 0.37 0 0.40 0 0 1.21 0.97 0.19 

0 0.12 0.18 0.06 0.03 0.07 0.02 0.04 0.02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 


0 0.09 0.14 0.05 0.02 0.06 0.02 0.03 0.02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 


0 0.09 0.14 0.05 0.02 0.06 0.02 0.03 0.02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0.81 0 0.33 0 0 0 0.37 0 0.40 0 0 1.21 0.97 0.19 

0 0.12 0.18 0.06 0.03 0.07 0.02 0.04 0.02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

Page 25 of 31


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_3 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 


Capacitor 


ID 

2 

25 

3 


4 

31 

5 

35 

6 

37 

7 

41 

8 

43 

9 

47 

10 

49 

11 

53 

12 

55 

13 

59 

14 

61 

15 

65 

17 

67 

19 

71 


73 

CAP1 

CAP2 

CAP5 

0 0 0 1.79 0 1.62 0 0 0 4.80 0 7.42 0 0 38.55 39.02 11.30 

0.28 11.51 19.57 9.02 4.23 14.59 5.31 9.80 5.99 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 1.79 0 1.62 0 0 0 4.80 0 7.42 0 0 38.55 39.02 11.30 

0.28 11.51 19.57 9.02 4.23 14.59 5.31 9.80 5.99 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 2.24 0 1.77 0 0 0 4.94 0 7.56 0 0 38.97 39.35 11.37 

0.28 11.55 19.63 9.04 4.24 14.61 5.32 9.82 6.00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 



Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_3 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 


Capacitor 


Fundamental 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

17 

19 


ID 

A 

25 


31 

35 

37 

41 

43 

47 

49 

53 

55 

59 

61 

65 

67 

71 

73 

CAP1 

CAP2 

CAP5 

95.98 

95.98 

97.48 

0 0 

0.40 16.60 

0 2.59 0 2.34 0 0 0 6.93 0 10.70 0 0 55.62 56.29 16.31 

28.23 13.00 6.10 21.04 7.67 14.14 8.64 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 

0.40 16.60 

0 2.59 0 2.34 0 0 0 6.93 0 10.70 0 0 55.62 56.29 16.31 

28.23 13.00 6.10 21.04 7.67 14.14 8.64 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 

0.39 16.40 

0 3.18 0 2.51 0 0 0 7.02 0 10.74 0 0 55.35 55.89 16.14 

27.88 12.83 6.02 20.75 7.56 13.94 8.52 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

Page 27 of 31


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_3 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 


Bus 


Fund. 

VIHD 

ID 

kV 

% 

% 

Order 



BUS9 4.160 98.51 1.98 17 

Bus10 4.160 100.83 3.25 17 

MAIN A 4.160 98.51 1.98 17 

PCC3 4.160 98.51 1.98 17 

PCC5 4.160 98.51 1.98 17 

PCC6 4.160 98.51 1.98 17 

Bus2 4.160 99.27 2.96 19 

Bus3 4.160 99.27 2.96 19 

BUS9 4.160 98.51 1.80 19 

Bus10 4.160 100.83 2.93 19 

MAIN A 4.160 98.51 1.80 19 

PCC3 4.160 98.51 1.80 19 

PCC5 4.160 98.51 1.80 19 

PCC6 4.160 98.51 1.80 19 


Page 28 of 31


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_3 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 


Bus 


Distortion 

Fund. 

VTHD 

ID 

kV 

% 

% 

Bus2 

4.160 

99.27 

4.81 

Bus3 

4.160 

99.27 

4.81 

BUS9 

4.160 

98.51 

2.93 

Bus10 

4.160 

100.83 

4.80 

MAIN A 

4.160 

98.51 

2.93 

PCC3 

4.160 

98.51 

2.93 

PCC5 

4.160 

98.51 

2.93 

PCC6 

4.160 

98.51 

2.93 




Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_3 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 



Critical 

Bus 


Marginal 

Transformer 

Total I 

Filter 

Capacitor kV 

Inductor Amp 

Capacitor 

Max kV 

Cable 

Ampacity 

100.0 95.0 

100.0 95.0 

100.0 95.0 

100.0 95.0 

100.0 95.0 








































Page 30 of 31


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_3 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 










Page 31 of 31




Project - 7012577 

Scenario with Four VFD’s Operating 

Submitted to 


Prepared by 






Page 1 of 32




Vinay Bhanot 









Ph No: +1 (519) 740-4736 


Tel: +1 847 220 3032 




Ph No: + 91 22 6776 7384 


Page 2 of 32








and BUS2. 


Page 3 of 32




1.1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................................ 5 


2. INPUT DATA ............................................................................................................................ 6 



2.2 POWER TRANSFORMER IMPEDANCES ............................................................................................................ 8 




3. SIMULATION ........................................................................................................................... 9 

3.1 SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM USED FOR SIMULATION ............................................................................................. 9 

3.2 ASSUMPTIONS/CONSIDERATION ..................................................................................................................... 9 

3.3 SIMULATION “CONDITION D” ......................................................................................................................... 10 

3.4 RESULTS OF SIMULATION “CONDITION D” ................................................................................................... 10 


4. ANNEXURE RESULTS OF CONDITION DETAILS ....................................................... 10 





Figure 4 Actual Single line diagram used ............................................................................ 9 

List of Table 


Page 4 of 32

































Page 5 of 32


2. Input Data 




Page 6 of 32




Page 7 of 32





Location 


Analysis 

Substation 




X1/R1 6.98 X0/R0 3.61 







In Ohms 0.6474 4.5200 3.8005 13.7104 

In Per Units 0.4163 2.9067 2.4441 8.8169 

2.2 Power Transformer impedances 

Name 

Transformer 

Rating(kVA) 


Impedance 

% 

X/R 

(3 phase) 

UTIL-A 2000 12470D/4160 Yn 5.48 6.61 

UTIL-B 2000 12470D/4160 Yn 5.48 6.61 


Name 

Transformer 

Rating(kVA) 


Impedance 

% 

X/R 

(3 phase) 



1500HP Drive 





Abbreviations 

HA 

RA 

L&T 

Full Form 




Page 8 of 32


3. Simulation 














Page 9 of 32


3.3 Simulation “Condition D” 




Switch ON SW3 

Switch ON SW4 

Switch ON SW8 

Switch ON SW7 

3.4 Results of Simulation “Condition D” 



Coupling Bus 



VTHD% 

To Bus ID 


ITHD% 

BUS1 1.44 PCC3 1.04 

BUS2 1.49 PCC4 1.23 

PCC3 2.93 BUS1 1.04 

MAIN A 1.09 

PCC4 3.02 BUS2 1.23 

MAIN B 1.27 

PCC5 2.93 Bus2 1.32 

MAIN A 1.32 

PCC6 2.93 Bus3 1.32 

MAIN A 1.32 

PCC7 3.02 Bus10 1.23 

MAIN B 1.23 

PCC8 3.02 Bus9 1.23 

MAIN B 1.23 

BUS9 2.93 Bus8 1.46 

MAIN A 1.60 




4. Annexure Results of Condition Details 

Page 10 of 32


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_4 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 






Design 

Design 

None 


Swing 

2 

V-Control 

0 

Load 

15 

Total 

17 


XFMR2 

4 

XFMR3 

0 


4 0 0 

Tie PD 

7 

Total 

15 


Current 

4 


0 


0 


Unit System: 


English 

HA013_R3_4 


Page 11 of 32


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_4 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 

Adjustments 

Tolerance 

Apply 

Adjustments 

Individual 

/Global 

Percent 


Yes 

Individual 


Yes 

Individual 


No 


No 

Cable Length: 

No 


Apply 

Adjustments 

Individual 

/Global 

Degree C 


Yes 

Individual 


Yes 

Individual 

Page 12 of 32


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_4 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 


ID 

Bus 

kV 

Sub-sys 


% Mag. 

Ang. 

Constant kVA 

MW 

Mvar 

MW 

Constant Z 

Mvar 

Load 

MW 

Constant I 

Mvar 

MW 

Generic 

Mvar 

% Limits 

BUS1 12.500 1 100.0 0.0 2.50 1.50 

Bus2 4.160 1 100.0 -30.0 1.255 0.507 0.000 -0.700 

2.50 1.50 

BUS2 12.500 2 100.0 0.0 2.50 1.50 

Bus3 4.160 1 100.0 -30.0 1.255 0.507 0.000 -0.700 

2.50 1.50 


2.50 1.50 

BUS9 4.160 1 100.0 -30.0 2.50 1.50 

Bus9 4.160 2 100.0 -30.0 1.255 0.507 0.000 -0.700 

2.50 1.50 

Bus10 4.160 2 100.0 -30.0 1.255 0.507 0.000 -0.700 

2.50 1.50 

Bus11 0.120 1 100.0 -90.0 0.041 0.025 0.010 0.006 

2.50 1.50 

MAIN A 4.160 1 100.0 -30.0 2.50 1.50 

MAIN B 4.160 2 100.0 -30.0 2.50 1.50 

PCC3 4.160 1 100.0 -30.0 2.50 1.50 

PCC4 4.160 2 100.0 -30.0 2.50 1.50 

PCC5 4.160 1 100.0 -30.0 2.50 1.50 

PCC6 4.160 1 100.0 -30.0 2.50 1.50 

PCC7 4.160 2 100.0 -30.0 2.50 1.50 

PCC8 4.160 2 100.0 -30.0 2.50 1.50 

Total Number of Buses: 17 5.294 2.198 0.068 -2.758 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 

VTHD 

VIHD 



Generation 

Mvar Limits 

ID 

kV 

Type 

Sub-sys 



100.0 0.0 


100.0 0.0 

0.000 0.000 

Page 13 of 32


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_4 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 


Transformer 

Rating 



Adjusted 

% Z 

Phase Shift 

Type 

Angle 






Grounding 

Transformer 

Rating 

Conn. 

Primary 

Secondary 


Type 

Type 

kV 

Amp 

Ohm 

Type 

kV 

Amp 

Ohm 

TPST1 

0.500 4.160 0.480 D/Y 

Solid 

TPST2 

0.075 

0.480 

0.120 

D/Y 

Solid 

UTIL-A 

2.000 

12.470 

4.160 

D/Y 

Solid 

UTIL-B 

2.000 

12.470 

4.160 

D/Y 

Solid 


Reactor 




X0 (ohm) 

X/R 

Imp. 

% Tol. 

X1 4.000 1.205 70.0 1.205 70.0 0.0 

X2 4.160 1.205 70.0 1.205 70.0 0.0 

X4 4.160 1.205 70.0 1.205 70.0 0.0 

X5 4.160 1.205 70.0 1.205 70.0 0.0 

Page 14 of 32


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_4 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 


CKT/Branch 




ID Type 



198.83 934.48 955.40 


1593.70 3059.90 3450.05 


40.79 269.62 272.69 


40.79 269.62 272.69 

X1 Reactor 

PCC5 Bus2 

9.90 692.90 692.97 

X2 Reactor 

PCC6 Bus3 

9.90 692.90 692.97 

X4 Reactor 

PCC8 Bus9 

9.90 692.90 692.97 

X5 Reactor 

PCC7 Bus10 

9.90 692.90 692.97 

SW3 Tie PD 

MAIN A PCC5 

SW4 Tie PD 

MAIN A PCC6 

SW5 Tie PD 

MAIN A BUS9 

SW7 Tie PD 

MAIN B PCC8 

SW8 Tie PD 

MAIN B PCC7 

SW9 Tie PD 

PCC3 MAIN A 

SW10 Tie PD 

PCC4 MAIN B 

Y 

Page 15 of 32


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_4 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 



CKT/Branch 



ID Type 







9.90 692.90 692.97 


9.90 692.90 692.97 


9.90 692.90 692.97 


9.90 692.90 692.97 

SW3 Tie PD 

MAIN A PCC5 

SW4 Tie PD 

MAIN A PCC6 

SW5 Tie PD 

MAIN A BUS9 

SW7 Tie PD 

MAIN B PCC8 

SW8 Tie PD 

MAIN B PCC7 

SW9 Tie PD 

PCC3 MAIN A 

SW10 Tie PD 

PCC4 MAIN B 

Y0 

Page 16 of 32


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_4 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 


Machine 

Connected Bus 

Rating (Base) 


Grounding 


ID Type ID 








Page 17 of 32


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_4 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 


Bus ID 




AFEsin100%LD 


AFEsin100%LD 


AFEsin100%LD 


AFEsin100%LD 

Page 18 of 32


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_4 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 


Bus 


Generation 

Load 

Load Flow 

XFMR 

ID 

kV 

%Mag. 

Ang. 

MW 

Mvar 

MW 

Mvar 

ID 

MW Mvar Amp 

% PF 

% Tap 

* BUS1 12.500 100.000 0.0 2.886 0.314 0 0 PCC3 2.886 0.314 134.1 99.4 

Bus2 4.160 99.270 -39.6 0 0 1.255 -0.182 PCC5 -1.255 0.182 177.4 -99.0 

* BUS2 12.500 100.000 0.0 2.540 0.004 0 0 PCC4 2.540 0.004 117.3 100.0 

Bus3 4.160 99.270 -39.6 0 0 1.255 -0.182 PCC6 -1.255 0.182 177.4 -99.0 

Bus8 0.480 95.730 -66.1 0 0 0.284 0.176 BUS9 -0.335 -0.208 495.1 84.9 

Bus11 0.050 0.032 75.1 84.4 

BUS9 4.160 98.512 -34.5 0 0 0 0 Bus8 0.338 0.224 57.1 83.3 

MAIN A -0.338 -0.224 57.1 83.3 

Bus9 4.160 100.284 -39.0 0 0 1.255 -0.197 PCC8 -1.255 0.197 175.9 -98.8 

Bus10 4.160 100.284 -39.0 0 0 1.255 -0.197 PCC7 -1.255 0.197 175.9 -98.8 

Bus11 0.120 93.864 -96.8 0 0 0.050 0.031 Bus8 -0.050 -0.031 300.2 85.0 

MAIN A 4.160 98.512 -34.5 0 0 0 0 PCC5 1.257 -0.069 177.4 -99.9 

PCC6 1.257 -0.069 177.4 -99.9 

BUS9 0.338 0.224 57.1 83.3 

PCC3 -2.852 -0.087 402.0 100.0 

MAIN B 4.160 99.428 -34.0 0 0 0 0 PCC8 1.257 -0.085 175.9 -99.8 

PCC7 1.257 -0.085 175.9 -99.8 

PCC4 -2.514 0.170 351.7 -99.8 

PCC3 4.160 98.512 -34.5 0 0 0 0 BUS1 -2.852 -0.087 402.0 100.0 

MAIN A 2.852 0.087 402.0 100.0 

PCC4 4.160 99.428 -34.0 0 0 0 0 BUS2 -2.514 0.170 351.7 -99.8 

MAIN B 2.514 -0.170 351.7 -99.8 

PCC5 4.160 98.512 -34.5 0 0 0 0 Bus2 1.257 -0.069 177.4 -99.9 

MAIN A -1.257 0.069 177.4 -99.9 

PCC6 4.160 98.512 -34.5 0 0 0 0 Bus3 1.257 -0.069 177.4 -99.9 

MAIN A -1.257 0.069 177.4 -99.9 

PCC7 4.160 99.428 -34.0 0 0 0 0 Bus10 1.257 -0.085 175.9 -99.8 

MAIN B -1.257 0.085 175.9 -99.8 

PCC8 4.160 99.428 -34.0 0 0 0 0 Bus9 1.257 -0.085 175.9 -99.8 

MAIN B -1.257 0.085 175.9 -99.8 


Page 19 of 32


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_4 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 









BUS2 12.500 100.00 100.01 103.83 1.49 82.26 PCC4 117.33 117.34 121.00 1.23 58.80 6899.69 


Bus8 0.480 95.73 95.75 100.28 1.95 102.24 BUS9 495.11 495.16 512.64 1.46 75.84 37555.28 

Bus11 75.06 75.06 76.84 1.00 49.90 3745.78 

* BUS9 4.160 98.51 98.55 106.04 2.93 163.04 Bus8 57.13 57.13 59.15 1.46 75.84 4333.30 

MAIN A 57.13 57.14 59.09 1.60 48.62 2778.18 

* Bus9 4.160 100.28 100.40 112.62 4.76 263.48 PCC8 175.86 175.87 181.36 1.23 58.80 10341.24 

* Bus10 4.160 100.28 100.40 112.62 4.76 263.48 PCC7 175.86 175.87 181.36 1.23 58.80 10341.24 


* MAIN A 4.160 98.51 98.55 106.04 2.93 163.04 PCC5 177.36 177.37 183.33 1.32 64.11 11370.63 

PCC6 177.36 177.37 183.33 1.32 64.11 11370.63 

BUS9 57.13 57.14 59.09 1.60 48.62 2778.18 

PCC3 401.98 402.00 412.37 1.09 42.85 17224.18 

* MAIN B 4.160 99.43 99.47 107.26 3.02 168.48 PCC8 175.86 175.87 181.36 1.23 58.80 10341.24 

PCC7 175.86 175.87 181.36 1.23 58.80 10341.24 

PCC4 351.71 351.74 362.40 1.27 50.95 17920.71 


MAIN A 401.98 402.00 412.37 1.09 42.85 17224.18 

* PCC4 4.160 99.43 99.47 107.26 3.02 168.48 BUS2 351.71 351.74 362.72 1.23 58.80 20682.49 

MAIN B 351.71 351.74 362.40 1.27 50.95 17920.71 

* PCC5 4.160 98.51 98.55 106.04 2.93 163.04 Bus2 177.36 177.37 183.33 1.32 64.11 11370.63 

MAIN A 177.36 177.37 183.33 1.32 64.11 11370.63 

* PCC6 4.160 98.51 98.55 106.04 2.93 163.04 Bus3 177.36 177.37 183.33 1.32 64.11 11370.63 

MAIN A 177.36 177.37 183.33 1.32 64.11 11370.63 

* PCC7 4.160 99.43 99.47 107.26 3.02 168.48 Bus10 175.86 175.87 181.36 1.23 58.80 10341.24 

MAIN B 175.86 175.87 181.36 1.23 58.80 10341.24 

* PCC8 4.160 99.43 99.47 107.26 3.02 168.48 Bus9 175.86 175.87 181.36 1.23 58.80 10341.24 

MAIN B 175.86 175.87 181.36 1.23 58.80 10341.24 



Page 20 of 32


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_4 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 


Bus 


Fundamental 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

17 

19 


ID 

kV 

25 


31 

35 

37 

41 

43 

47 

49 

53 

55 

59 

61 

65 

67 

71 

73 

BUS1 12.500 0 0 0 0.16 0 0.10 0 0 0 0.19 0 0.25 0 0 0.98 0.88 0.21 

0 0.17 0.26 0.11 0.05 0.14 0.05 0.08 0.05 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

Bus2 4.130 0 0 0 0.52 0 0.33 0 0 0 0.63 0 0.82 0 0 3.27 2.96 0.71 

0.02 0.57 0.91 0.37 0.16 0.51 0.18 0.30 0.18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

BUS2 12.500 0 0 0 0.16 0 0.11 0 0 0 0.20 0 0.26 0 0 1.02 0.92 0.22 

0 0.17 0.27 0.11 0.05 0.15 0.05 0.09 0.05 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

Bus3 4.130 0 0 0 0.52 0 0.33 0 0 0 0.63 0 0.82 0 0 3.27 2.96 0.71 

0.02 0.57 0.91 0.37 0.16 0.51 0.18 0.30 0.18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

Bus8 0.460 0 0 0 0.31 0 0.19 0 0 0 0.32 0 0.39 0 0 1.38 1.17 0.24 

0.01 0.16 0.24 0.09 0.04 0.10 0.03 0.05 0.03 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

BUS9 4.098 0 0 0 0.32 0 0.21 0 0 0 0.38 0 0.50 0 0 1.99 1.80 0.43 

0.01 0.35 0.56 0.23 0.10 0.33 0.11 0.19 0.11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 


0.02 0.57 0.90 0.37 0.16 0.51 0.18 0.30 0.17 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 


0.02 0.57 0.90 0.37 0.16 0.51 0.18 0.30 0.17 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

Bus11 0.113 0 0 0 0.30 0 0.18 0 0 0 0.27 0 0.31 0 0 0.93 0.73 0.13 

0 0.07 0.10 0.03 0.01 0.03 0.01 0.01 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

MAIN A 4.098 0 0 0 0.32 0 0.21 0 0 0 0.38 0 0.50 0 0 1.99 1.80 0.43 

0.01 0.35 0.56 0.23 0.10 0.33 0.11 0.19 0.11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

MAIN B 4.136 0 0 0 0.32 0 0.21 0 0 0 0.39 0 0.51 0 0 2.05 1.86 0.45 

0.01 0.37 0.59 0.24 0.11 0.34 0.12 0.20 0.12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

PCC3 4.098 0 0 0 0.32 0 0.21 0 0 0 0.38 0 0.50 0 0 1.99 1.80 0.43 

0.01 0.35 0.56 0.23 0.10 0.33 0.11 0.19 0.11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

PCC4 4.136 0 0 0 0.32 0 0.21 0 0 0 0.39 0 0.51 0 0 2.05 1.86 0.45 

0.01 0.37 0.59 0.24 0.11 0.34 0.12 0.20 0.12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

PCC5 4.098 0 0 0 0.32 0 0.21 0 0 0 0.38 0 0.50 0 0 1.99 1.80 0.43 

0.01 0.35 0.56 0.23 0.10 0.33 0.11 0.19 0.11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

PCC6 4.098 0 0 0 0.32 0 0.21 0 0 0 0.38 0 0.50 0 0 1.99 1.80 0.43 

0.01 0.35 0.56 0.23 0.10 0.33 0.11 0.19 0.11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

PCC7 4.136 0 0 0 0.32 0 0.21 0 0 0 0.39 0 0.51 0 0 2.05 1.86 0.45 

0.01 0.37 0.59 0.24 0.11 0.34 0.12 0.20 0.12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

Page 21 of 32


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_4 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 

Bus 


Fundamental 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

17 

19 


ID 

kV 

25 


31 

35 

37 

41 

43 

47 

49 

53 

55 

59 

61 

65 

67 

71 

73 

PCC8 4.136 0 0 0 0.32 0 0.21 0 0 0 0.39 0 0.51 0 0 2.05 1.86 0.45 

0.01 0.37 0.59 0.24 0.11 0.34 0.12 0.20 0.12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

Page 22 of 32



Location: 

Engineer: 


5.0.3Z 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_4 

Project: 

ETAP 

Contract: 

Revision: 

Base 

Config.: 

Normal 


47 

14 

2 

49 

15 

3 

53 

17 

4 

55 

19 

5 

59 


6 

61 

25 

7 

65 


8 

67 

31 

9 

71 

35 

10 

73 

37 

11 

41 

12 

43 

13 

kV 

ID 


Bus 

Nominal 

0.21 

0.88 

0.98 

0 

0 

0.25 

0 

0.19 

0 

0 

0 

0.10 

0 

0.16 

0 

0 

0 

0 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.05 

0.08 

0.05 

0.14 

0.05 

0.11 


0.17 

12.500 

BUS1 

0.70 

2.93 

3.24 

0 

0 

0.81 

0 

0.62 

0 

0 

0 

0.33 

0 

0.51 

0 

0 

0 

0.02 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.17 

0.30 

0.18 

0.51 

0.16 

0.37 

0.90 

0.57 

4.160 

Bus2 

0.22 

0.92 

1.02 

0 

0 


0 

0.20 

0 

0 

0 

0.11 

0 

0.16 

0 

0 

0 

0 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.05 

0.09 

0.05 

0.15 

0.05 

0.11 

0.27 

0.17 

12.500 

BUS2 

0.70 

2.93 

3.24 

0 

0 

0.81 

0 

0.62 

0 

0 

0 

0.33 

0 

0.51 

0 

0 

0 

0.02 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.17 

0.30 

0.18 

0.51 

0.16 

0.37 

0.90 

0.57 

4.160 

Bus3 


1.11 

1.31 

0 

0 

0.38 

0 

0.31 

0 

0 

0 

0.18 

0 


0 

0 

0 

0 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.03 

0.05 

0.03 

0.10 

0.04 

0.08 


0.16 

0.480 

Bus8 

0.42 

1.77 

1.95 

0 

0 

0.49 

0 

0.38 

0 

0 

0 

0.20 

0 

0.31 

0 

0 

0 

0.01 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.11 

0.19 

0.11 

0.32 

0.10 


0.55 

0.35 

4.160 

BUS9 

0.70 

2.93 


0 

0 

0.81 

0 

0.62 

0 

0 

0 

0.33 

0 

0.51 

0 

0 

0 

0.02 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.17 

0.30 

0.18 

0.51 

0.16 

0.37 

0.90 

0.57 

4.160 

Bus9 

0.70 

2.93 


0 

0 

0.81 

0 

0.62 

0 

0 

0 

0.33 

0 

0.51 

0 

0 

0 

0.02 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.17 

0.30 

0.18 

0.51 

0.16 

0.37 

0.90 

0.57 

4.160 

Bus10 

0.12 

0.68 

0.87 

0 

0 


0 

0.25 

0 

0 

0 

0.17 

0 

0.28 

0 

0 

0 

0 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.03 

0.01 

0.03 

0.09 

0.06 

0.120 

Bus11 

0.42 

1.77 

1.95 

0 

0 

0.49 

0 

0.38 

0 

0 

0 

0.20 

0 

0.31 

0 

0 

0 

0.01 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.11 

0.19 

0.11 

0.32 

0.10 


0.55 

0.35 

4.160 

MAIN A 

0.45 

1.84 

2.03 

0 

0 

0.51 

0 

0.39 

0 

0 

0 

0.20 

0 

0.31 

0 

0 

0 

0.01 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.12 

0.20 

0.12 

0.34 

0.11 

0.24 

0.58 

0.36 

4.160 

MAIN B 

0.42 

1.77 

1.95 

0 

0 

0.49 

0 

0.38 

0 

0 

0 

0.20 

0 

0.31 

0 

0 

0 

0.01 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.11 

0.19 

0.11 

0.32 

0.10 


0.55 

0.35 

4.160 

PCC3 

0.45 

1.84 

2.03 

0 

0 

0.51 

0 

0.39 

0 

0 

0 

0.20 

0 

0.31 

0 

0 

0 

0.01 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.12 

0.20 

0.12 

0.34 

0.11 

0.24 

0.58 

0.36 

4.160 

PCC4 

0.42 

1.77 

1.95 

0 

0 

0.49 

0 

0.38 

0 

0 

0 

0.20 

0 

0.31 

0 

0 

0 

0.01 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.11 

0.19 

0.11 

0.32 

0.10 


0.55 

0.35 

4.160 

PCC5 

0.42 

1.77 

1.95 

0 

0 

0.49 

0 

0.38 

0 

0 

0 

0.20 

0 

0.31 

0 

0 

0 

0.01 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.11 

0.19 

0.11 

0.32 

0.10 


0.55 

0.35 

4.160 

PCC6 

0.45 

1.84 

2.03 

0 

0 

0.51 

0 

0.39 

0 

0 

0 

0.20 

0 

0.31 

0 

0 

0 

0.01 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.12 

0.20 

0.12 

0.34 

0.11 

0.24 

0.58 

0.36 

4.160 

PCC7


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_4 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 

Bus 


Nominal 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

17 

19 


ID 

kV 

25 


31 

35 

37 

41 

43 

47 

49 

53 

55 

59 

61 

65 

67 

71 

73 

PCC8 

4.160 

0 0 0 0.31 0 0.20 0 0 0 0.39 0 0.51 0 0 2.03 1.84 0.45 

0.01 0.36 0.58 0.24 0.11 0.34 0.12 0.20 0.12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

Page 24 of 32


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_4 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 


Branch 


ID 

2 

25 

3 


4 

31 

5 

35 

6 

37 

7 

41 

8 

43 

9 

47 

10 

49 

11 

53 

12 

55 

13 

59 

14 

61 

15 

65 

17 

67 

19 

71 


73 

TPST1 

TPST2 

UTIL-A 

UTIL-B 

X1 

X2 

X4 

X5 

0 0 0 0.10 0 0.06 0 0 0 0.10 0 0.12 0 0 0.42 0.36 0.07 

0 0.05 0.07 0.03 0.01 0.03 0.01 0.01 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0.01 0 0.01 0 0 0 0.01 0 0.01 0 0 0.04 0.04 0.01 

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 1.12 0 0.51 0 0 0 0.61 0 0.66 0 0 1.99 1.60 0.31 

0.01 0.20 0.29 0.10 0.04 0.12 0.04 0.06 0.03 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 1.12 0 0.52 0 0 0 0.62 0 0.69 0 0 2.07 1.67 0.33 

0.01 0.21 0.31 0.11 0.05 0.13 0.04 0.06 0.04 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0.58 0 0.27 0 0 0 0.33 0 0.37 0 0 1.13 0.92 0.18 

0 0.12 0.17 0.06 0.03 0.07 0.02 0.04 0.02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0.58 0 0.27 0 0 0 0.33 0 0.37 0 0 1.13 0.92 0.18 

0 0.12 0.17 0.06 0.03 0.07 0.02 0.04 0.02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0.56 0 0.26 0 0 0 0.31 0 0.34 0 0 1.04 0.84 0.16 

0 0.10 0.15 0.05 0.02 0.06 0.02 0.03 0.02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0.56 0 0.26 0 0 0 0.31 0 0.34 0 0 1.04 0.84 0.16 

0 0.10 0.15 0.05 0.02 0.06 0.02 0.03 0.02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

Page 25 of 32


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_4 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 


Branch 


ID 

Fundamental 

A 

2 

25 

3 


4 

31 

5 

35 

6 

37 

7 

41 

8 

43 

9 

47 

10 

49 

11 

53 

12 

55 

13 

59 

14 

61 

15 

65 

17 

67 

19 

71 


73 

TPST1 

TPST2 

UTIL-A 

UTIL-B 

X1 

X2 

X4 

X5 

57.13 

75.06 

134.10 

117.33 

177.36 

177.36 

175.86 

175.86 

0 0 0 0.24 0 0.15 0 0 0 0.25 0 0.30 0 0 1.03 0.87 0.18 

0 0.12 0.18 0.06 0.03 0.07 0.02 0.04 0.02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0.23 0 0.14 0 0 0 0.21 0 0.24 0 0 0.71 0.56 0.10 

0 0.05 0.07 0.02 0.01 0.02 0.01 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0.38 0 0.18 0 0 0 0.21 0 0.23 0 0 0.69 0.55 0.11 

0 0.07 0.10 0.04 0.01 0.04 0.01 0.02 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0.44 0 0.20 0 0 0 0.24 0 0.27 0 0 0.82 0.66 0.13 

0 0.08 0.12 0.04 0.02 0.05 0.02 0.02 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 


0 0.09 0.14 0.05 0.02 0.06 0.02 0.03 0.02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 


0 0.09 0.14 0.05 0.02 0.06 0.02 0.03 0.02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0.44 0 0.20 0 0 0 0.24 0 0.27 0 0 0.82 0.66 0.13 

0 0.08 0.12 0.04 0.02 0.05 0.02 0.02 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0.44 0 0.20 0 0 0 0.24 0 0.27 0 0 0.82 0.66 0.13 

0 0.08 0.12 0.04 0.02 0.05 0.02 0.02 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 



Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_4 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 


Capacitor 


ID 

2 

25 

3 


4 

31 

5 

35 

6 

37 

7 

41 

8 

43 

9 

47 

10 

49 

11 

53 

12 

55 

13 

59 

14 

61 

15 

65 

17 

67 

19 

71 


73 

CAP1 

CAP2 

CAP4 

CAP5 

0 0 0 1.79 0 1.62 0 0 0 4.80 0 7.42 0 0 38.55 39.02 11.30 

0.28 11.51 19.57 9.02 4.23 14.59 5.31 9.80 5.99 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 1.79 0 1.62 0 0 0 4.80 0 7.42 0 0 38.55 39.02 11.30 

0.28 11.51 19.57 9.02 4.23 14.59 5.31 9.80 5.99 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 1.78 0 1.62 0 0 0 4.79 0 7.40 0 0 38.48 38.96 11.29 

0.27 11.50 19.55 9.01 4.23 14.58 5.31 9.80 5.99 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 1.78 0 1.62 0 0 0 4.79 0 7.40 0 0 38.48 38.96 11.29 

0.27 11.50 19.55 9.01 4.23 14.58 5.31 9.80 5.99 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

Page 27 of 32


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_4 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 


Capacitor 


Fundamental 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

17 

19 


ID 

A 

25 


31 

35 

37 

41 

43 

47 

49 

53 

55 

59 

61 

65 

67 

71 

73 

CAP1 

CAP2 

CAP4 

CAP5 

95.98 

95.98 

96.96 

96.96 

0 0 

0.40 16.60 

0 2.59 0 2.34 0 0 0 6.93 0 10.70 0 0 55.62 56.29 16.31 

28.23 13.00 6.10 21.04 7.67 14.14 8.64 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 

0.40 16.60 

0 2.59 0 2.34 0 0 0 6.93 0 10.70 0 0 55.62 56.29 16.31 

28.23 13.00 6.10 21.04 7.67 14.14 8.64 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 

0.39 16.42 

0 2.54 0 2.31 0 0 0 6.84 0 10.56 0 0 54.95 55.63 16.12 

27.92 12.87 6.04 20.82 7.59 14.00 8.55 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 

0.39 16.42 

0 2.54 0 2.31 0 0 0 6.84 0 10.56 0 0 54.95 55.63 16.12 

27.92 12.87 6.04 20.82 7.59 14.00 8.55 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

Page 28 of 32


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_4 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 


Bus 


Fund. 

VIHD 

ID 

kV 

% 

% 

Order 



BUS9 4.160 98.51 1.98 17 

Bus9 4.160 100.28 3.22 17 

Bus10 4.160 100.28 3.22 17 

MAIN A 4.160 98.51 1.98 17 

MAIN B 4.160 99.43 2.04 17 

PCC3 4.160 98.51 1.98 17 

PCC4 4.160 99.43 2.04 17 

PCC5 4.160 98.51 1.98 17 

PCC6 4.160 98.51 1.98 17 

PCC7 4.160 99.43 2.04 17 

PCC8 4.160 99.43 2.04 17 

Bus2 4.160 99.27 2.96 19 

Bus3 4.160 99.27 2.96 19 

BUS9 4.160 98.51 1.80 19 

Bus9 4.160 100.28 2.92 19 

Bus10 4.160 100.28 2.92 19 

MAIN A 4.160 98.51 1.80 19 

MAIN B 4.160 99.43 1.86 19 

PCC3 4.160 98.51 1.80 19 

PCC4 4.160 99.43 1.86 19 

PCC5 4.160 98.51 1.80 19 

PCC6 4.160 98.51 1.80 19 

PCC7 4.160 99.43 1.86 19 

PCC8 4.160 99.43 1.86 19 




Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_4 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 


Bus 


Distortion 

Fund. 

VTHD 

ID 

kV 

% 

% 

Bus2 

4.160 

99.27 

4.81 

Bus3 

4.160 

99.27 

4.81 

BUS9 

4.160 

98.51 

2.93 

Bus9 

4.160 

100.28 

4.76 

Bus10 

4.160 

100.28 

4.76 

MAIN A 

4.160 

98.51 

2.93 

MAIN B 

4.160 

99.43 

3.02 

PCC3 

4.160 

98.51 

2.93 

PCC4 

4.160 

99.43 

3.02 

PCC5 

4.160 

98.51 

2.93 

PCC6 

4.160 

98.51 

2.93 

PCC7 

4.160 

99.43 

3.02 

PCC8 

4.160 

99.43 

3.02 


Page 30 of 32


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_4 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 



Critical 

Bus 


Marginal 

Transformer 

Total I 

Filter 

Capacitor kV 

Inductor Amp 

Capacitor 

Max kV 

Cable 

Ampacity 

100.0 95.0 

100.0 95.0 

100.0 95.0 

100.0 95.0 

100.0 95.0 
















MAIN B Bus 1.50 Bus IHD 


























Page 31 of 32


Project: 

Location: 

ETAP 

5.0.3Z 

Contract: 

SN: 

85OTI30125 

Engineer: 

Filename: 

HA013_R3_4 


Revision: 

Config.: 

Base 

Normal 




MAIN B Bus 1.50 Bus IHD 

1.86 123.69 Exceeds Limit 19 
















UTIL-B Transformer 92.60 Amp 

117.34 126.72 Over Loading Total 



Bus9 Bus 2.50 Bus THD 4.76 190.26 Exceeds Limit Total 

Bus10 Bus 2.50 Bus THD 4.76 190.26 Exceeds Limit Total 


MAIN B Bus 2.50 Bus THD 3.02 120.93 Exceeds Limit Total 







Page 32 of 32

General Overview of Rockwell Automation Standard testing on the Powerflex drive. 

The following list provides an overview of the testing which is completed on each drive, by our 

quality control personnel, before shipment of the product. 

This is not what is done during a witness test as it has already been competed during our regular 

testing procedures. 

1. Read all the notes on the DD and ED and review the DD and ED to develop an 

understanding of the job requirements. 

2. Check all power connections for tightness by putting a wrench on or pulling on each 

connection. Check all connections for cross-threaded hardware. 

3. Check for the required clearances between components between phase to phase, and 

phase to ground. 

4. Visually check to verify electrical clearances, creepage allowances and bend radii are 

within the design specifications. 

5. Perform continuity checks on all parts of the control circuit, which cannot be verified by 

cycling. 

6. Trace or perform continuity checks on all power wiring. 

7. Perform a Dielectric Withstand Test, ensuring that any components that cannot handle 

such a test, such things like the Power supply boards, the voltage sensing boards, are 

not in the circuit for this test. 

8. Using ohmmeter check L1, L2, L3 to R,S,T to confirm that all devices are commoned up. Hipot 

to the following values for 1 minute: 

Less than 2500 volts 8.0 KVac 

2501 to 5000 volts 13.5 KVac 

5001 to 7200 volts 18.5 KVac (about 21ma) 

9. Verify that no SCRs and GTOs have been damaged as a result of the dielectric test by measuring 

from anode to cathode on all devices. 

TEST POINT 

Rectifier 

Rectifier Heatsink to Heatsink 

TP1 to Heatsink (Snubber Res) 

S1 to Heatsink (Sharing Res) 

Gate TP1 to cathode TP2(Connected) 

Gate to cathode (Un-Con) 

Inverter 

Inv Heatsink to Heatsink (Reverse leads) 

TP1 to Heatsink (Snubber Res) 

Gate TPG to cathode TPK 

EXPECTED RESISTANCE 

42kΩ to 44kΩ 

60Ω 

80kΩ 

17Ω 

21Ω 

60kΩ or (50kΩ) 

10Ω 

2kΩ to 1.7kΩ 

10. Using an ohmmeter, check each element of the voltage sensing boards. The readings should be 

approximately 16 kohms. Look for consistent readings between the resistors. 

11. Perform calibration tests on all power supplies, transducers and control boards.


TECHNICAL DATA 

TYPICAL TEST PROCEDURES FOR 

MEDIUM VOLTAGE PRODUCTS

2 Test Procedures for Medium Voltage Products 

Scope 

This document provides a general description of the tests performed 

on medium voltage products manufactured at the Rockwell Automation 

facility in Cambridge, Ontario, Canada. All testing procedures are 

developed and controlled under the guidelines of the Rockwell 

Automation Quality System. This system is registered to ISO 9001 

and is regularly reviewed and audited by a third party registrar. 

The following tests are carried out in accordance with applicable 

requirements and/or specifications of Canadian Standards Association 

(CSA), Underwriters Laboratories (UL), National Electrical 

Manufacturers Association (NEMA), European Standard (EN) and 

International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC), and to the 

capability of the Rockwell Automation Cambridge test facility. 

Electrical 

1. Functional checks are performed wherever possible; otherwise, 

inspection and continuity checks are made. 

• Continuity checks are performed on all parts of the control 

circuit that cannot be verified by cycling. 

• Trace or continuity checks are performed on all power wiring. 

• Control wiring is verified to ensure it is identical to that shown 

on the electrical diagrams, using both sides of the terminal 

blocks as indicated. 

2. A “HI-POT” dielectric withstand test is performed on all buswork 

and power cables from phase to phase and phase to ground 

(except solid-state components, low voltage controls and 

instrument transformers). The voltage level used for this test 

depends on the product’s nominal AC voltage. (See Table 1.A.) 

Table 1.A – Hi-POT Tests on Medium Voltage Components 

Medium Voltage 

Components 

Starters 

Drives 

SMCs 

Nominal 

AC Voltage 

Hi-POT 

AC Voltage 

Duration 

2300V to 5000V 16000 V 1 second 

5000V to 7200V 22000 V 1 second 

2500 V 8000 V 1 minute 

5000 V 13500 V 1 minute 

7200 V 18500 V 1 minute 

2400 V 8000 V 1 minute 

3300V to 5000V 13250 V 1 minute 

5000V to 7200V 18500 V 1 minute 

1500-TD220D-EN-E – January 2007

Test Procedures for Medium Voltage Products 3 

3. Component devices are functionally operated in circuits as shown 

on electrical diagrams or as called for by specific test instructions. 

• Calibration of Printed Circuit Boards according to specifications. 

• I/O Checks 

• Programmable devices 

4. Instruments, meters, protective devices and associated controls 

are functionally tested by applying the specified control signals, 

current and/or voltages. Multi-function protective relays and like 

devices are not fully programmed – these types of devices are 

only functionally tested. 

5. The product must function in accordance with the electrical 

diagram. 

5.1 Medium Voltage Starters are inspected for the following: 

• Electrical interlocking 

• Motor protection and ground fault, if applicable 

5.2 Medium Voltage Smart Motor Controllers (SMCs) are 

inspected for the following: 

• Electrical interlocking 

• Motor protection and ground fault 

• Motor start tests at rated voltage 

• Motor stop tests (if applicable) at rated voltage 

5.2 Medium Voltage Drives are inspected for the following: 

• Control Power Failure Test 

• Rectifier Gating Checks 

• Inverter Gating Checks 

• Line Converter Tests 

• Machine Converter Tests 

• Load Tests 

a) Drives are accelerated to the test motor’s nominal 

frequency, under load, decelerated to 10 Hz, then 

accelerated back to test motor’s nominal frequency, 

with a ramp time of approximately ten seconds. This 

cycle can be repeated continuously for up to one hour. 

b) Drives are tested under constant load at the test motor’s 

nominal frequency. 

5.3 MV OEM components are inspected per the following 

when applicable: 

• Electrical interlocks 

• Gating checks performed on SCRs (180 and 360A units) 

6. Optional witness testing and combined drive/motor testing is 

available. Contact your Rockwell Automation representative for 

more details. 

1500-TD220D-EN-E – January 2007

4 Test Procedures for Medium Voltage Products 

Physical Inspection 

1. The product must meet all applicable engineering and 

workmanship standards and specifications. 

• All components are verified against engineering documentation 

to be present and correctly installed. 

2. Warning nameplates, isolation barriers, and mechanical interlocks 

must provide sufficient safety/isolation for personnel and 

equipment. 

• Warning labels and nameplates must be present and in their 

specified positions to advise personnel of possible hazards. 

• Isolation barriers must be in place within the cabinet. Such 

barriers protect personnel from touching live medium voltage 

components in an area that otherwise does not have power 

supplied to it. 

• Verify operation of isolation switch handle and door interlocks. 

The interlocking prevents the opening of any medium voltage 

door on a medium voltage cabinet when the isolation switch 

handle has been moved to the full ON position. 

3. All bus and bus connections are checked for proper clearance, 

creepage, phasing, and torque. 

Medium Voltage Products, 135 Dundas Street, Cambridge, ON, N1R 5X1 Canada, Tel: (1) 519.740.4100, Fax: (1) 519.623.8930, www.ab.com/mvb 

Publication 1500-TD220D-EN-E – January 2007 

Supersedes Publication 1500-TD220C-EN-E – November 2006 

Copyright © 2006 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All rights reserved. Printed in Canada.

Medium and Low Voltage 

Test Procedures for PowerFlex 7000 

Medium Voltage Drives 

This document describes in generic terms all the tests performed on 

PowerFlex 7000 medium voltage drives manufactured at the 

Cambridge, Ontario, facility of Rockwell Automation. All testing 

procedures are developed and controlled under the guidelines of the 

Rockwell Automation Quality System. This system is registered to ISO 

9001-1994 and is regularly reviewed and audited by a third party 

registrar. 

The following tests were made according to applicable CSA, UL, 

NEMA requirements and/or specifications. 

ELECTRICAL 

1. Actual operation performed wherever possible. Otherwise, 

inspection and continuity checks made. 

• Perform continuity checks on all parts of the control circuit that 

cannot be verified by cycling. 

• Trace or perform continuity checks on all power wiring. 

• Control wiring is to be the same as shown on the electrical diagrams, 

using both sides of the terminal blocks as indicated. 

2. "HI-POT" dielectric withstand test performed on all buswork and 

cables (except solid state, low voltage control and instrument 

transformers) from phase to phase and phase to ground. The levels of 

voltage and the method used for this test depend on the product's 

nominal AC voltage and are described in Table 1 below. 

Table 1 

Nominal AC Voltage HI-POT AC Duration 


2300V 7500V 1 minute 

MEDIUM VOLTAGE 3300V 9500V 1 minute 

DRIVES 4160V 11500V 1 minute 

7200V 18000V 1 minute 

3. Component devices operated in circuits as shown on diagrams or as 

called for by specific test instructions. 

• Printed Circuit Boards calibration per specifications. 

• PLC Programming 

• I/O Checks 

• Transducer Calibration

1. Instruments, meters, protective devices and associated equipment 

are functionally tested by applying the specified current and/or voltages. 

2. Functioning of the product was in accordance with the electrical 

diagram. 

• Control Power Failure Test 

• Rectifier Gating Checks 

• Inverter Gating Checks 

• Line Converter Tests 

• Machine Converter Tests 

• Load Tests 

a) Drives are accelerated to the motor’s nominal frequency, at full 

load, decelerated to 10 Hz, then accelerated back to motor’s 

nominal frequency, with a ramp time of approximately ten 

seconds. This cycle is repeated continuously for one hour. 

b) After the ramp test, drives are tested for one hour at motor’s 

nominal frequency and full load. 

PHYSICAL INSPECTION 

1. Product meets all applicable engineering and workmanship 

standards and specifications. 

• Verify paint quality. 

• Verify that all components are present and correct. 

2. Warning nameplates, isolation barriers, and mechanical interlocks 

provide sufficient safety/isolation for personnel and equipment. 

• Check for appropriate warning labels and nameplates to advise 

personnel of possible hazards. 

• Check that appropriate barriers are in place to isolate all live MV 

compartments. Barriers are to ensure that personnel cannot touch 

live medium voltage in a cell that is otherwise dead. 

• Verify handle defeater operation and door interlocking by ensuring 

that no door on a medium voltage cabinet can be opened when the 

isolator handle has been moved from the full off position. 

1. All bus and bus connections checked for proper clearance, creepage, 

phasing, and torque. 

• Visually check to verify electrical clearances, creepage allowances 

and bend radii. 

4. Tightness of all control and power wires. 

• Ensure all connections are tight and checked for cross-threaded 

hardware.

Final Factory Tests and Inspections 

Procedure Inspection Acceptance 

IN PROCESS INSPECTIONS 

DWI-15100-015-06 Low Voltage Panel Wiring Workmanship Standards, Drawing 

Conformance 

DWI-15100-015-06 Power Cage Module Inspection 

DWI-15100-015-06 Sub Assembly In Process Check 

DWI-15100-015-06 Up-ender assembly In Process Check 

DWI-15100-015-06 Final Assembly In Process Check 

DWI-15100-015-06 

Rear Panel Assembly & Completion of 

Assembly Wiring 

In Process Check 

CSP-2490-179-03 

PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD TEST 

DWI-15100-015-06 Drive Control Board PCB Board Functional Test 

DWI-15100-015-06 Communication Interface Board PCB Board Functional Test 

DWI-15100-015-06 Signal Conditioning Board PCB Board Functional Test 

DWI-15100-015-06 XIO Board PCB Board Functional Test 

DWI-15100-015-06 Isolated gate Drive Power Supply Board PCB Board Functional Test 

DWI-15100-015-06 Operator Interface Board PCB Board Functional Test 

DWI-15100-015-06 Transient Suppression Board PCB Board Functional Test 

DWI-15100-015-06 Voltage Sensing Board PCB Board Functional Test 

DWI-15100-015-06 Drive Control Board PCB Board Burn In 

DWI-15100-015-06 Communication Interface Board PCB Board Burn In 

DWI-15100-015-06 Signal Conditioning Board PCB Board Burn In 

DWI-15100-015-06 XIO Board PCB Board Burn In 

DWI-15100-015-06 Isolated gate Drive Power Supply Board PCB Board Burn In 

DWI-15100-015-06 Operator Interface Board PCB Board Burn In 

DWI-15100-015-06 Transient Suppression Board PCB Board Burn In 

DWI-15100-015-06 Voltatge Sensing Board PCB Board Burn In 

INSPECTIONS OF COMPLETE VFD 

CSP-2490-198-08 Quality Control Inspection Card Summary report card for all 7000 

DWI-15100-015-06 Bus Compartment – Connection Check Visual (Check Torque-seal) 

DWI-15100-015-06 Cable Termination Direction Visual 

DWI-15100-015-06 CT Polarity Per Drawing 

DWI-15100-015-06 LEM Polarity Per Drawing 

DWI-15100-015-06 Phase to Phase Bus Clearance 3” min 

DWI-15100-015-06 Phase to Ground Bus Clearance 3” min 

DWI-15100-015-06 Power Cables Braced 18 inch max 

DWI-15100-015-06 Structure Grounded in 2 places Confirm 

DWI-15100-015-06 Power Rating of Cable, bus, fuses, CT’s Per Drawing 

7000 family Quality Control Test Listing.doc 

January 2008

INSPECTIONS OF COMPLETE VFD 

-Continued- 

DWI-15100-015-06 Paint Quality DWI-35500-029 

DWI-15100-015-06 Components on ED, DD & BOM present Per Drawings 

DWI-15100-015-06 Clearances, Creep-age & Bend Radii UL 347 

Nema ICS3-199 

DWI-15100-015-06 Pull Test, very no cross threaded hardware Confirm 

DWI-15100-015-06 SGCT matching Supplier Records 

DWI-15100-015-06 Control Circuit Wiring Continuity 

DWI-15100-015-06 Power Circuit Wiring Continuity 

DWI-15100-015-06 PT wires, lugs, tagging, wire wraps Visual 

DWI-15100-015-06 Warning Labels, Nameplates Visual 

DWI-15100-015-06 Barriers in place Visual 

DWI-15100-015-06 Voltage Feedback Wiring Confirm HV wire 

DWI-15100-015-06 Fibre Optic Cables Bend Radius 

DWI-15600-001-03 Liquid Test Confirm liquid installation 

Listing of Tests 

Procedure Test Method Acceptance 

CSP-0280-004-04 Low Voltage Hi-Pot 208-600 Volt circuits – 2500 Vac 1 

second withstand 

48-120 Volt circuits – 1500 Vac 1 

minute withstand 

DWI-15100-015-06 Dielectric Withstand VFD 13.5 k Vac 1 minute (2501-5000V) 

DWI-15100-015-06 SGCT Anode to Cathode Resistance Correct Ohmic Value 

DWI-15100-015-06 Voltage Sensing Board Resistance 16 kOhms 

DWI-15100-015-06 Control Power Calibration Correct voltage on 27 test points 

DWI-15100-015-06 Voltage at logic board connectors, HECs and Correct voltage & polarity 

56 V Output of IGDPS 

DWI-15100-015-06 Signal Conditioners 

Correct voltage, polarity & dip switch 

setting 

DWI-15100-015-06 56 Volt Logic Supply LEDs illuminated 

Correct input voltage 

Correct output voltage 

DWI-15100-015-06 UPS (if required) Setup per manufacturer’s instructions 

DWI-15100-015-06 Circuit Boards Flash procedure 

DWI-15100-015-06 Gate Drive Power Supplies Calibrate per procedure 

DWI-15100-015-06 Heat Sink Thermistors Trips drive when pulled 

DWI-15100-015-06 System Test Mode External I/O 

Pressure Transducer 

DWI-15100-015-06 Scaling Resistors Calibrate 

DWI-15100-015-06 Diagnostic Trend Buffer Set-up 

DWI-15100-015-06 I/O Checks Function Test 

DWI-15100-015-06 4-10 mA Transducers (if required) Calibrate 


January 2008

DWI-15100-015-06 Ground Fault (If Zero Sequence CT is 

Demonstrate trip function 

purchased) 

DWI-15100-015-06 Control Power Test DC Fail Circuit 

DWI-15100-015-06 Test Mode 1 Check Rectifier Gating 

Check Inverter Gating 

DWI-15100-015-06 Line Converter With Rated Voltage applied check 

phase rotation and phase relationship 

DWI-15100-015-06 Idc Test With current circulating in the DC Link 

-check DC waveform for correct 

pattern & ripple 

-check AC waveform phase angle, 

notch depth and current balance 

-check flux feedback signal 

DWI-15100-015-06 Machine Converter Test Connected to Motor Load: 

-open loop stability 

-output waveforms at minimum speed 

-output phase relationship 

- adjust speed to 60 Hz, checking for 

normal noise & vibration 

- check machine converter voltage & 

current relationship 

DWI-15100-015-06 Load Test Connected to fully rated dynamometer 

load 

-1 hour rated load test 

- 1/2 hour torque step test 


January 2008

Q.C INSPECTION CARD - POWERFLEX 7000 

DRIVE DATA 

ORDER#: ED#: DD#: 

SERIES#: PO#: ENG.: 

CUSTOMER: 

PROJECT: 

BUL.: PULSE: LINE: V LOAD: FLC: A CONTROL : V HZ 

CONVERTER PRETEST 

BUS & LEM MODULE ASSY. # INV. POWER CAGE # 

BUS & C.T. MODULE ASSY. # # 

INV. BUS MODULE ASSY. # RECT. POWER CAGE # 

RECT. BUS MODULE ASSY. # # 

CHOKE: uH A LEM RATIO: CT RATIO: 

UPENDER 

BULLETTS PROPER HARDWARE & TIGHTNESS BUS & LEM ASSY INV. BUS MODULE ASSY. 

CORRECT FAN & WIRING V A BUS & C.T. ASSY. RECT. BUS MODULE ASSY. 

CORRECT WIRING OF 2ND FAN V A 

FINAL ASSEMBLY 

INPUT CABINET CONVERTER CABINET D.C. LINK CABINET 

LINE REAC. WIRING CORRECT REAR ELECT./MECH CONN. TIGHT ELECT./MECH CONN. TIGHT 

LINE REACT. WIRING TIGHT CONTINUITY POWER CHECK CONTINUITY POWER CHECK 

ELECT./MECH CONN. TIGHT POWER CAGE MOUNTING TIGHT LEM CONNECTIONS 

CONTINUITY POWER CABLE HEATSINK MOUNTING TIGHT CORRECT FAN(S) INSTALLED 

CONTINUITY TSN WIRING BOARD MOUNTING TIGHT LINE FILTER CAP. WIRING 

CONTINUITY VSB WIRING CORRECT CLAMP ASSY. RECTIFIER DC SENSING WIRES TIGHT 

GNDS TO GROUND BUS 

CORRECT CLAMP ASSY. INVERTER 

CON. CHK'D B4 TAPING (18P) 

MATCHED DEVICES CHECKED 

PARTS CHECK 

GATE DRIVER POWER SUP. LINE REACTOR FAN ASSY. MOTOR FILTER CAPS 

GROUNDING NETWORK VSB ASSY. DOORS INSTALLED 

LINE REACTOR THERMISTOR ASSY. KIRK KEY'S ASSY. INSTALLED 

LINE FILTER CAPS INVERTER BOARDS HEATER/THERMOSTATS 

TSN ASSY. RECTIFIER BOARDS DRIVE SERIES LETTER 

RECT. POWER CAGE ASSY. D.C. LINK N.P'S ORDERED 

INV. POWER CAGE ASSY. 

REVISIONS CHECKED 

CONTROL WIRE 

ROUTING AWAY FROM H.V., SEPARATE BELDON, GNDS FROM CONTROL 

CHECK WIRE SIZE, COLOUR, TYPE PER E.D. 

CHECK FOR PROPER CRIMPS AND TIGHT CONNECTIONS 

CHECK FOR TE, PE GROUNDS 

CHECK CONTINUITY PER E.D. 

THERMISTOR WIRING AND SENSOR PLUG FROM HEATSINK IS ISOLATED 

LINE REACTOR INPUT LOGIC CONV. DC 

FORM: CSP-2490-198-03 PAGE 1 OF 2

Q.C INSPECTION CARD - POWERFLEX 7000 

ORDER#: 

LOW VOLTAGE TEST 

DIELECTRIC WITHSTAND TEST @ KV mA FAN FAULT CHECK 

LINE & LOAD CAPS TORQUED 

PLC PROGRAMMED 

DEVICE RESISTENCE CHECKED 

I/O CHECKS 

LIQUID COOLED: A. FILLED WITH DI WATER TRANSDUCER CALIBRATION 

B. PUMP VOLTAGE/ROTATION CORRECT CONTROL POWER FAILURE TEST 

C. ALL CONNECTION CHECKED FOR LEAKS GROUND FAULT TEST 

D. PRESSURE TEST RECTIFIER GATING TEST 

E. CONDUCTIVITY SENSOR SET INVERTER GATING TEST 

UNLOADED CONTROL POWER CALIBRATION 

BOARD SERIAL NUMBERS SCANNED 

LOADED CONTROL POWER CALIBRATION 

TEST REWORK CHECKLIST COMPLETED 

CORRECT SCALING RESISTORS SUPPLIED 

ED's & DD's SUBMITTED FOR REV. 

CONFIGURE DRIVE PARAMETERS 


CONNECTION OF POWER CABLING 

TEST PARAMETERS COPIED TO FLOPPY DISK 

LINE CONVERTER TEST 

QUANTUM DATA ENTRY 

MACHINE CONVERTER TEST DIM MODULE PROGRAMMED/DOWNLOADED REV.: [ ] 

TACH BOARD TESTED 

SYSTEM STAMP BOARDS 

LOAD TEST: 1HR. RAMP & 1HR. FULL LOAD 

WITNESS TEST 

PREPARE BOX FOR MANUALS/DRAWINGS 

CLEAN-UP DRIVE FOR SHIP PREP. 

SYSTEM FLUSHED WITH COOLANT (-40 C) 

FINAL PREP. 

SEND BOX MANUALS IN DRIVE D.C. LINK: REMOTE [ ] SHIPPED [ ] REMOVED [ ] 

CUSTOMER DRAWINGS INCLUDED AC REACTOR REMOTE [ ] SHIPPED [ ] REMOVED [ ] 

ALL MECHANICAL INTERLOCKS OPERATIONAL 

CLEAN-UP LIST COMPLETED 

KIRK-KEYS: SHIPPED [ ], GIVEN TO ENG. [ ] KIRK-KEYS #: [ ] [ ] [ ] 

ALL LABLES INSTALLED 

FINAL CODE STAMP 

BACK PLATES SILICONED 

TRACKING SIGNED OFF 

CUSTOMER INSPECTION CSA INSPECTION TAG#: [ ] 

CERTIFICATION 

COMMENTS: 

This certifies that the forgoing is a true report based on factory tests INSPECTOR: DATE: 

made at Rockwell Automation/Allen-Bradley, Cambridge, Ontario. 

This product, Series# 

Alternate signature if not satisfied: 

has been inspected, approved and released for shipment. 

FORM: CSP-2490-198-03 PAGE 2 OF 2

DET NORSKE VERITAS 

MANAGEMENT SYSTEM CERTIFICATE 

Certificate No. CERT-09379-2004-USA-RvA Rev. 1 

This is to certify that 

ROCKWELL AUTOMATION 

at 

1201 South 2 nd Street, Milwaukee, WI 53204 USA (HQ) 

has been found to conform to the Management System Standard: 

ISO 9001:2008 

This Certificate is valid for the following product or service ranges: 

The Design, Manufacture, Re-Manufacture, Distribution, Support and 

Service of Automation Components and Systems. 

Initial Certification date: 

June 01, 1992 

This Certificate is valid until: 

May 17, 2013 

Place and date: 

Houston, Texas, March 10, 2011 

for the Accredited Unit: 

DNV CERTIFICATION B.V., 

THE NETHERLANDS 

The audit has been performed under the 

supervision of 

Pat Jackson 

Lead Auditor 

Accredited by the RvA 

Rudy Frueboes 

Management Representative 

Lack of fulfillment of conditions as set out in the Certification Agreement may render this Certificate invalid. 

DET NORSKE VERITAS CERTIFICATION B.V. ZWOLSEWEG 1, 2994 LB BARENDRECHT, NEDERLAND, TEL: +31 10 2922 688 - WWW.DNV.COM / WWW.DNV.NL

DET NORSKE VERITAS 

APPENDIX TO CERTIFICATE 

This Appendix refers to Certificate No. CERT-09379-2004-USA-RvA Rev. 1 

ROCKWELL AUTOMATION 

locations included in the certification are as follows: 

Site Name Site Address Site City Site State/Country Site Main Activities 

Rockwell Automation 135 Dundas St. Cambridge Ontario Canada 

Contracts, Design, Purchasing, 

Production, Warehousing 

Rockwell Automation 2802 Bloomington Rd. Champaign IL USA Contracts, Warehousing 

Rockwell Automation 2 Executive Dr. Chelmsford MA USA Contracts, Design 

Rockwell Automation 10120 West 76th St., Ste. B Eden Prairie MN USA Contracts, Design 

Rockwell Automation 1506 East 16th St. Ladysmith WI USA Production, Warehousing 

Rockwell Automation One Allen Bradley Dr. Mayfield Heights OH USA Contracts, Design, Purchasing 

Rockwell Automation 6680 Beta Drive Mayfield Village OH USA Support , Service 

Rockwell Automation 6400 W. Enterprise Dr. Mequon WI USA 

Contracts, Design, Purchasing, Production, 

Warehousing, Remanufacturing 

Rockwell Automation 1201 S. 2 nd St. Milwaukee WI USA Contracts, Purchasing, Design, Warehousing 

Rockwell Automation 225 West 45 th Ave. Munster IN USA Repair, Remanufacturing 

Rockwell Automation Camino Vecinal No.3051 

Nuevo Leon 

(Monterrey) 

Mexico 

Contracts, Design, 

Purchasing, Production, Warehousing 

Rockwell Automation 1500 Peebles Dr. Richland Center WI USA Contracts, Production, Warehousing 


Zona Franca De Las 

Americas, KM22 Las 

Americas Ave. 

Santo Domingo 

Rockwell Automation 100 Precision Dr. Shirley NY USA 


Blvd. Encino 101 Parque 

Industrial 

Tecate 

Dominican Republic Contracts, Production, Warehousing 

Mexico 

Rockwell Automation 8440 Darrow Rd. Twinsburg OH USA 

Contracts, Design, Purchasing, 

Production, Repair, Warehousing 

Contracts, Design, Purchasing, Production, 

Warehousing 

Design, Purchasing, Production, Remanufacture, 

Repair 

Lack of fulfillment of conditions as set out in the Certification Agreement may render this Certificate invalid. 

DET NORSKE VERITAS CERTIFICATION B.V. ZWOLSEWEG 1, 2994 LB BARENDRECHT, NEDERLAND, TEL: +31 10 2922 688 - WWW.DNV.COM / WWW.DNV.NL

26 29 23-001A Med Voltage VFD Resubmittal - Garney Construction

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?